diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index b34b3f160f..2803e17279 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,262 @@ +2025-08-14 ElliBleeker + + update p5 subset with HBS + +2025-08-14 helenasabel + + adjust version number in preparation for release + +2025-07-29 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #710 from rettinghaus/patch-1 + fix #703: update link in README.md + +2025-07-29 Joey Takeda + + Merge pull request #747 from TEIC/trishaoconnor_694 + Update target link to TCW 27 for deprecation warnings + + Merge pull request #761 from rvdb/jTEI_OpenEdition-1.6.4 + - switched output to OpenEdition-1.6.4 + +2025-07-29 Patricia O Connor + + Merge pull request #762 from rvdb/rvdb_copy_xsl_constraintDecl_children_to_rng + copy *:xsl children of //tei:constraintDecl[@scheme eq 'schematron'] … + +2025-07-18 rvdb + + copy *:xsl children of //tei:constraintDecl[@scheme eq 'schematron'] to RNG + +2025-07-15 rvdb + + - switched output to OpenEdition-1.6.4 - added support for //titleStmt/(editor|author)/idno + +2025-07-07 Syd Bauman + + Updated p5subset to current + +2025-06-29 Martin Holmes + + Merge pull request #758 from jbampton/fix-spelling + misc: fix spelling + +2025-06-25 John Bampton + + misc: fix spelling + +2025-06-24 Patricia O Connor + + Merge pull request #753 from jbampton/fix-spelling + misc: fix spelling + +2025-06-24 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #756 from TEIC/issue-755-diff-simplification + +2025-06-24 Syd Bauman + + Concluding merge of dev into this branch to get the latest and greatest. Required 2 hand merges + +2025-06-12 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #738 from a1ix2/double-quotes + fix for filenames with spaces + +2025-06-11 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #751 from TEIC/sydb_749_abstract_pat_fix + ignore instances of non-existent abstract pattern + +2025-06-11 martindholmes + + Fix for issue #755. + + Last remaining diff errors for issue #749. + +2025-06-11 Syd Bauman + + Update some expected changes to expected results; MDH to work on rest + + post-manual merge of testPure1 and p5subset + + Fix expected results changes due to new p5subset + + Fix another diff error; Test2 now passes + + Fix one of what may be many diff errs due to new p5subset + + Update p5subset with the new version that uses abstract patterns + +2025-06-10 martindholmes + + Updating p5subset,xml per Council schedule. + +2025-06-10 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #748 from TEIC/issue-742-java + Set fork to true for all java tasts to work around security manager issue + +2025-06-02 John Bampton + + misc: fix spelling + +2025-06-02 Syd Bauman + + Merge pull request #752 from jbampton/fix-spelling + misc: fix spelling + + Passes tests, corrections seem correct. + +2025-06-01 Syd Bauman + + OK, try removing those spaces + +2025-05-29 John Bampton + + misc: fix spelling + +2025-05-27 ElliBleeker + + updated p5 subset + +2025-05-25 Syd Bauman + + Process patterns differently, teiodds: Do the same thing that was recently done to extract-isosch.xsl: Ignore patterns that that have an is-a=, but for which there is no pattern in the input that has an id= that matches the is-a=. + +2025-05-21 Syd Bauman + + Process patterns differently depending on presence or absence of is-a= attribute, ignoring those that have an is-a=, but for which there is no pattern in the input that has an id= that matches the is-a=. + +2025-05-20 martindholmes + + Set fork to true for all java tasts to work around security manager issue. + +2025-05-19 Patricia O Connor + + Update link to TCW 27 + + Update link to TCW 27 + +2025-05-17 Syd Bauman + + Update source (i.e., p5subset) to 4.10.0a, last updated on 2025-05-16, rev a449704c0 + +2025-04-20 Helena Bermúdez Sabel + + Merge pull request #739 from jbampton/fix-spelling + Fix spelling + +2025-04-08 Patricia O Connor + + Updated p5 subset + +2025-03-31 Benjamin W. Bohl + + odd2odd: fix typo in comment (#741) + +2025-03-25 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #740 from TEIC/updateP5subset + updating expected results and p5 subset during Stylesheets meeting + +2025-03-25 ElliBleeker + + updating expected results and p5 subset during Stylesheets meeting + +2025-03-18 John Bampton + + Fix spelling + +2025-03-18 Elisa Beshero-Bondar + + Merge pull request #682 from TEIC/iss657 + Fixes #657 + +2025-03-07 alix + + handle directories and output directories with spaces + +2025-03-05 Alix + + fix for filenames with spaces + +2025-02-26 Helena Bermúdez Sabel + + Merge pull request #731 from TEIC/sydb_sch_pattern_attrs + copy over `tei:constraint/sch:pattern` attributes into output Schematron + + Merge pull request #736 from rvdb/jTEI_optimizeWhitespaceInEg + optimizations for whitespace handling in eg elements + + Merge pull request #735 from rvdb/jTEI_OpenEditionSkipElements + skip more unsupported OpenEdition elements + +2025-02-24 rvdb + + optimizations for whitespace handling in eg elements + +2025-02-19 rvdb + + - skip more unsupported OpenEdition elements - small improvement for parsing multi-item @rendition values + +2025-02-11 Klaus Rettinghaus + + Use secure link for DOIResolver (#732) + * update doi resolver to https + + * adjust tests + +2025-02-10 Patricia O Connor + + updated p5 subset + +2025-02-03 Syd Bauman + + Bug fix: we were failing to copy over the attributes of an tei:constraint/sch:pattern element + +2025-01-29 martindholmes + + Fix expected results following change to ODD file. + + Make ODD file valid; add rule+context around two Schematron asserts. + +2025-01-28 Patricia O Connor + + Merge pull request #724 from TEIC/sydb_723_type_of_ab_to_class + output `@class` for an `` that has a `@type` + +2025-01-28 Syd Bauman + + Once more, because some tests in dev were just updated, grab latest from dev + + Oops — Stylesheets group found that some Test2/ tests were failing on file comparaisions; we took a careful look at 2 of them and decided changes were all reasonable for new subset and known changes, and copied all three of them over. Tests in Test2/ now pass. + + Grab latest from dev + +2025-01-28 Helena Bermúdez Sabel + + replace underscore with whitespace to create a multi-value @class attribute + +2025-01-28 Patricia O Connor + + Merge pull request #725 from rvdb/jTEI-pdf-imagescaling + improved image scaling in PDF + + Merge pull request #715 from TEIC/issue712 + Correct sorting of tei:biblStruct when multiple dates available (#712) + +2025-01-24 Raff Viglianti + + upped version + + updated test + + resolved conflicts + + upped version and generated logs + + updated p5subset 2025-01-24 Raff Viglianti updated p5subset diff --git a/Documentation/teixsl.xml b/Documentation/teixsl.xml index 16d452eb30..db23fdc5fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/teixsl.xml +++ b/Documentation/teixsl.xml @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ with a table of links on the left or right.

whether they should start a new window, occupy all of the current window, or stay within the frame. These stylesheets implement the following rules: -Any ref or ptr link stays within the frameAny link containing :// uses the whole browser windowAny link starting . uses the whole browser windowIf the stylesheet sets no splitting of the document, +Any ref or ptr link stays within the frameAny link containing :// uses the whole browser windowAny link starting . uses the whole browser windowIf the stylesheet sets no splitting of the document, any ref or ptr link uses the whole browser windowIf a ref or ptr link has a rend attribute value of noframe, the whole browser diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 00f8907177..1fb0dd9449 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -16,9 +16,10 @@ The package assumes that you have several additional tools installed. Their avai In particular, Stylesheets assume that you use `ant` version 1.9.x+. If for some reason, you need to use `ant` 1.8.x, you should remove all occurences of the attribute `@zip64Mode` from the file `common/teianttasks.xml`. -It is helpful to have the TEI environment installed locally. Please refer to http://www.tei-c.org/Guidelines/P5/get.xml for hints on how to do that. +To work with the Stylesheets, you can: -It is also possible to avoid manual installation of additional tools, by resorting to the pre-built test environment in Docker described in https://teic.github.io/Documentation/TCW/testing_and_building.html . +* Install the TEI environment locally: Somewhat dated information on this is available at [Using the TEI GitHub Repository](https://old.tei-c.org/guidelines/p5/using-the-tei-github-repository/) +* (Recommended): avoid the local installation and work with the up-to-date pre-built test environment in Docker, described in ## Usage The `bin/` directory contains several executable files, which can be run on Linux, OS X, or other Unix operating systems. These perform a variety of transformations and are very useful for, e.g., generating a schema from a TEI ODD. Some examples: diff --git a/Test/expected-results/mdtest1.xml b/Test/expected-results/mdtest1.xml index d5b92c07fe..0d0d5fad23 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/mdtest1.xml +++ b/Test/expected-results/mdtest1.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Paragraphs are separated by a blank line.

2nd paragraph. Italic, bold, monospace, deleted. Itemized lists

look like:

- + this one that one the other one diff --git a/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.dtd b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b3ac0b1f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.rnc b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.rnc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43c6dbd2aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.rnc @@ -0,0 +1,1008 @@ +namespace a = "http://relaxng.org/ns/compatibility/annotations/1.0" +namespace ns1 = "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +namespace rng = "http://relaxng.org/ns/structure/1.0" +namespace sch = "http://purl.oclc.org/dsdl/schematron" +default namespace tei = "http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" +namespace teix = "http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples" +namespace xi = "http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" +namespace xlink = "http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + +# Schema generated from ODD source 2025-10-07T16:49:40Z. . +# TEI Edition: P5 Version 4.11.0a. Last updated on 6th October 2025, revision 2d8eae701 +# TEI Edition Location: https://www.tei-c.org/Vault/P5/4.11.0a/ +# + +# +macro.paraContent = (text | model.paraPart)* +att.canonical.attributes = + att.canonical.attribute.key, att.canonical.attribute.ref +att.canonical.attribute.key = + + ## provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being named, using a coded value of some kind. + attribute key { xsd:string }? +att.canonical.attribute.ref = + + ## (reference) provides an explicit means of locating a full definition or identity for the entity being named by means of one or more URIs. + attribute ref { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +att.cmc.attributes = att.cmc.attribute.generatedBy +att.cmc.attribute.generatedBy = + + ## (generated by) categorizes how the content of an element was generated in a CMC environment. + ## Suggested values include: 1] human; 2] template; 3] system; 4] bot; 5] unspecified + attribute generatedBy { + + ## the content was naturally typed or spoken by a human user + "human" + | + ## the content was generated after a human user activated a template for its insertion + "template" + | + ## the content was generated by the system, i.e. the CMC environment + "system" + | + ## the content was generated by a bot, i.e. a non-human agent, typically one that is not part of the CMC environment itself + "bot" + | + ## the content was generated by an unknown or unspecified process + "unspecified" + | xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } + }? +sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-att.cmc-generatedBy-CMC_generatedBy_within_post-constraint-rule-1" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@generatedBy]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:assert [ + test = "ancestor-or-self::tei:post" + "The @generatedBy attribute is for use within a element." + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +att.datable.w3c.attributes = + att.datable.w3c.attribute.when, + att.datable.w3c.attribute.notBefore, + att.datable.w3c.attribute.notAfter, + att.datable.w3c.attribute.from, + att.datable.w3c.attribute.to +att.datable.w3c.attribute.when = + + ## supplies the value of the date or time in a standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + attribute when { + xsd:date + | xsd:gYear + | xsd:gMonth + | xsd:gDay + | xsd:gYearMonth + | xsd:gMonthDay + | xsd:time + | xsd:dateTime + }? +att.datable.w3c.attribute.notBefore = + + ## specifies the earliest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + attribute notBefore { + xsd:date + | xsd:gYear + | xsd:gMonth + | xsd:gDay + | xsd:gYearMonth + | xsd:gMonthDay + | xsd:time + | xsd:dateTime + }? +att.datable.w3c.attribute.notAfter = + + ## specifies the latest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + attribute notAfter { + xsd:date + | xsd:gYear + | xsd:gMonth + | xsd:gDay + | xsd:gYearMonth + | xsd:gMonthDay + | xsd:time + | xsd:dateTime + }? +att.datable.w3c.attribute.from = + + ## indicates the starting point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + attribute from { + xsd:date + | xsd:gYear + | xsd:gMonth + | xsd:gDay + | xsd:gYearMonth + | xsd:gMonthDay + | xsd:time + | xsd:dateTime + }? +att.datable.w3c.attribute.to = + + ## indicates the ending point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + attribute to { + xsd:date + | xsd:gYear + | xsd:gMonth + | xsd:gDay + | xsd:gYearMonth + | xsd:gMonthDay + | xsd:time + | xsd:dateTime + }? +sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-att.datable.w3c-att-datable-w3c-when-constraint-rule-2" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@when]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:report [ + test = "@notBefore|@notAfter|@from|@to" + role = "nonfatal" + "The @when attribute cannot be used with any other att.datable.w3c attributes." + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-att.datable.w3c-att-datable-w3c-from-constraint-rule-3" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@from]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:report [ + test = "@notBefore" + role = "nonfatal" + "The @from and @notBefore attributes cannot be used together." + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-att.datable.w3c-att-datable-w3c-to-constraint-rule-4" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@to]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:report [ + test = "@notAfter" + role = "nonfatal" + "The @to and @notAfter attributes cannot be used together." + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +att.declarable.attributes = att.declarable.attribute.default +att.declarable.attribute.default = + + ## indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when its parent is selected. + [ a:defaultValue = "false" ] + attribute default { + + ## This element is selected if its parent is selected + "true" + | + ## This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. + "false" + }? +att.declaring.attributes = att.declaring.attribute.decls +att.declaring.attribute.decls = + + ## (declarations) identifies one or more declarable elements within the header, which are understood to apply to the element bearing this attribute and its content. + attribute decls { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +att.fragmentable.attributes = att.fragmentable.attribute.part +att.fragmentable.attribute.part = + + ## specifies whether or not its parent element is fragmented in some way, typically by some other overlapping structure: for example a speech which is divided between two or more verse stanzas, a paragraph which is split across a page division, a verse line which is divided between two speakers. + [ a:defaultValue = "N" ] + attribute part { + + ## (yes) the element is fragmented in some (unspecified) respect + "Y" + | + ## (no) the element is not fragmented, or no claim is made as to its completeness + "N" + | + ## (initial) this is the initial part of a fragmented element + "I" + | + ## (medial) this is a medial part of a fragmented element + "M" + | + ## (final) this is the final part of a fragmented element + "F" + }? +att.global.rendition.attributes = + att.global.rendition.attribute.rend, + att.global.rendition.attribute.style, + att.global.rendition.attribute.rendition +att.global.rendition.attribute.rend = + + ## (rendition) indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text. + attribute rend { + list { + xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" }+ + } + }? +att.global.rendition.attribute.style = + + ## contains an expression in some formal style definition language which defines the rendering or presentation used for this element in the source text. + attribute style { xsd:string }? +att.global.rendition.attribute.rendition = + + ## points to a description of the rendering or presentation used for this element in the source text. + attribute rendition { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +att.global.responsibility.attributes = + att.global.responsibility.attribute.cert, + att.global.responsibility.attribute.resp +att.global.responsibility.attribute.cert = + + ## (certainty) signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation. + attribute cert { + xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" } + | ( + ## + "high" + | + ## + "medium" + | + ## + "low" + | + ## + "unknown") + }? +att.global.responsibility.attribute.resp = + + ## (responsible party) indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an editor or transcriber. + attribute resp { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +att.global.source.attributes = att.global.source.attribute.source +att.global.source.attribute.source = + + ## specifies the source from which some aspect of this element is drawn. + attribute source { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@source]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:let [ + name = "srcs" + value = "tokenize( normalize-space(@source),' ')" + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:report [ + test = + "( self::tei:classRef | self::tei:dataRef | self::tei:elementRef | self::tei:macroRef | self::tei:moduleRef | self::tei:schemaSpec ) and $srcs[2]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " When used on a schema description element (like\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:value-of [ select = "name(.)" ] + "), the @source attribute\x{a}" ~ + " should have only 1 value. (This one has " + sch:value-of [ select = "count($srcs)" ] + ".)\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +att.typed.attributes = + att.typed.attribute.type, att.typed.attribute.subtype +att.typed.attribute.type = + + ## characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology. + attribute type { + xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } + }? +att.typed.attribute.subtype = + + ## (subtype) provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed. + attribute subtype { + xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } + }? +sch:pattern [ + id = "oddbyexample-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-6" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:*[@subtype]" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:assert [ + test = "@type" + "The " + sch:name [ ] + " element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type" + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " +] +att.written.attributes = att.written.attribute.hand +att.written.attribute.hand = + [ + a:documentation [ + "points to a " + ns1:code [ "" ] + " element describing the hand considered responsible for the content of the element concerned." + ] + ] + attribute hand { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } + }? +att.datable.attributes = att.datable.w3c.attributes +att.global.attributes = + att.global.rendition.attributes, + att.global.responsibility.attributes, + att.global.source.attributes, + att.global.attribute.xmlid, + att.global.attribute.n, + att.global.attribute.xmllang, + att.global.attribute.xmlbase, + att.global.attribute.xmlspace +att.global.attribute.xmlid = + + ## (identifier) provides a unique identifier for the element bearing the attribute. + attribute xml:id { xsd:ID }? +att.global.attribute.n = + + ## (number) gives a number (or other label) for an element, which is not necessarily unique within the document. + attribute n { xsd:string }? +att.global.attribute.xmllang = + [ + a:documentation [ + "(language) indicates the language of the element content using a tag generated according to " + ns1:a [ + href = "http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt" + "BCP 47" + ] + "." + ] + ] + attribute xml:lang { + xsd:language + | ( + ## + "") + }? +att.global.attribute.xmlbase = + + ## provides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI references into absolute URI references. + attribute xml:base { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } + }? +att.global.attribute.xmlspace = + + ## signals an intention about how white space should be managed by applications. + attribute xml:space { + + ## signals that the application's default white-space processing modes are acceptable + "default" + | + ## indicates the intent that applications preserve all white space + "preserve" + }? +model.nameLike.agent = notAllowed +model.nameLike.agent_alternation = notAllowed +model.nameLike.agent_sequence = empty +model.nameLike.agent_sequenceOptional = empty +model.nameLike.agent_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.nameLike.agent_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.segLike = notAllowed +model.segLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.segLike_sequence = empty +model.segLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.segLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.segLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.hiLike = notAllowed +model.hiLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.hiLike_sequence = empty +model.hiLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.hiLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.hiLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.emphLike = title +model.emphLike_alternation = title +model.emphLike_sequence = title +model.emphLike_sequenceOptional = title? +model.emphLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = title* +model.emphLike_sequenceRepeatable = title+ +model.highlighted = model.hiLike | model.emphLike +model.highlighted_alternation = + model.hiLike_alternation | model.emphLike_alternation +model.highlighted_sequence = + model.hiLike_sequence, model.emphLike_sequence +model.highlighted_sequenceOptional = + model.hiLike_sequenceOptional?, model.emphLike_sequenceOptional? +model.highlighted_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.hiLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.emphLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.highlighted_sequenceRepeatable = + model.hiLike_sequenceRepeatable+, model.emphLike_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.dateLike = notAllowed +model.dateLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.dateLike_sequence = empty +model.dateLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.dateLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.dateLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.measureLike = notAllowed +model.measureLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.measureLike_sequence = empty +model.measureLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.measureLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.measureLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.egLike = notAllowed +model.egLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.egLike_sequence = empty +model.egLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.egLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.egLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.graphicLike = notAllowed +model.graphicLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.graphicLike_sequence = empty +model.graphicLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.graphicLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.graphicLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.offsetLike = notAllowed +model.offsetLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.offsetLike_sequence = empty +model.offsetLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.offsetLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.offsetLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.pPart.msdesc = notAllowed +model.pPart.msdesc_alternation = notAllowed +model.pPart.msdesc_sequence = empty +model.pPart.msdesc_sequenceOptional = empty +model.pPart.msdesc_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.pPart.msdesc_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.pPart.editorial = notAllowed +model.pPart.editorial_alternation = notAllowed +model.pPart.editorial_sequence = empty +model.pPart.editorial_sequenceOptional = empty +model.pPart.editorial_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.pPart.editorial_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.pPart.transcriptional = notAllowed +model.pPart.transcriptional_alternation = notAllowed +model.pPart.transcriptional_sequence = empty +model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceOptional = empty +model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.pPart.edit = model.pPart.editorial | model.pPart.transcriptional +model.pPart.edit_alternation = + model.pPart.editorial_alternation + | model.pPart.transcriptional_alternation +model.pPart.edit_sequence = + model.pPart.editorial_sequence, model.pPart.transcriptional_sequence +model.pPart.edit_sequenceOptional = + model.pPart.editorial_sequenceOptional?, + model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceOptional? +model.pPart.edit_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.pPart.editorial_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.pPart.edit_sequenceRepeatable = + model.pPart.editorial_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.pPart.transcriptional_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.ptrLike = notAllowed +model.ptrLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.ptrLike_sequence = empty +model.ptrLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.ptrLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.ptrLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.lPart = notAllowed +model.lPart_alternation = notAllowed +model.lPart_sequence = empty +model.lPart_sequenceOptional = empty +model.lPart_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.lPart_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.global.meta = notAllowed +model.global.meta_alternation = notAllowed +model.global.meta_sequence = empty +model.global.meta_sequenceOptional = empty +model.global.meta_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.global.meta_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.milestoneLike = notAllowed +model.milestoneLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.milestoneLike_sequence = empty +model.milestoneLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.milestoneLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.milestoneLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.gLike = notAllowed +model.oddDecl = notAllowed +model.oddDecl_alternation = notAllowed +model.oddDecl_sequence = empty +model.oddDecl_sequenceOptional = empty +model.oddDecl_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.oddDecl_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.phrase.xml = notAllowed +model.phrase.xml_alternation = notAllowed +model.phrase.xml_sequence = empty +model.phrase.xml_sequenceOptional = empty +model.phrase.xml_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.phrase.xml_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.specDescLike = notAllowed +model.specDescLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.specDescLike_sequence = empty +model.specDescLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.specDescLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.specDescLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.biblLike = notAllowed +model.biblLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.biblLike_sequence = empty +model.biblLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.biblLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.biblLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.headLike = notAllowed +model.headLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.headLike_sequence = empty +model.headLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.headLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.headLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.labelLike = notAllowed +model.labelLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.labelLike_sequence = empty +model.labelLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.labelLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.labelLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.listLike = notAllowed +model.listLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.listLike_sequence = empty +model.listLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.listLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.listLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.noteLike = notAllowed +model.noteLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.noteLike_sequence = empty +model.noteLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.noteLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.noteLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.lLike = notAllowed +model.lLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.lLike_sequence = empty +model.lLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.lLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.lLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.pLike = p +model.pLike_alternation = p +model.pLike_sequence = p +model.pLike_sequenceOptional = p? +model.pLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = p* +model.pLike_sequenceRepeatable = p+ +model.stageLike = notAllowed +model.stageLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.stageLike_sequence = empty +model.stageLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.stageLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.stageLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.global.edit = app +model.global.edit_alternation = app +model.global.edit_sequence = app +model.global.edit_sequenceOptional = app? +model.global.edit_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = app* +model.global.edit_sequenceRepeatable = app+ +model.divPart = model.lLike | model.pLike +model.placeNamePart = notAllowed +model.placeNamePart_alternation = notAllowed +model.placeNamePart_sequence = empty +model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptional = empty +model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.placeNamePart_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.placeStateLike = model.placeNamePart +model.placeStateLike_alternation = model.placeNamePart_alternation +model.placeStateLike_sequence = model.placeNamePart_sequence +model.placeStateLike_sequenceOptional = + model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptional? +model.placeStateLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.placeStateLike_sequenceRepeatable = + model.placeNamePart_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.publicationStmtPart.agency = notAllowed +model.publicationStmtPart.detail = model.ptrLike +model.quoteLike = notAllowed +model.quoteLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.quoteLike_sequence = empty +model.quoteLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.quoteLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.quoteLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.attributable = model.quoteLike +model.attributable_alternation = model.quoteLike_alternation +model.attributable_sequence = model.quoteLike_sequence +model.attributable_sequenceOptional = model.quoteLike_sequenceOptional? +model.attributable_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.quoteLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.attributable_sequenceRepeatable = + model.quoteLike_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.respLike = notAllowed +model.divWrapper = notAllowed +model.divTopPart = model.headLike +model.divTop = model.divWrapper | model.divTopPart +model.divBottomPart = notAllowed +model.divBottom = model.divWrapper | model.divBottomPart +model.addressLike = notAllowed +model.addressLike_alternation = notAllowed +model.addressLike_sequence = empty +model.addressLike_sequenceOptional = empty +model.addressLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.addressLike_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.nameLike = + model.nameLike.agent + | model.offsetLike + | model.placeStateLike + | model.persNamePart +model.nameLike_alternation = + model.nameLike.agent_alternation + | model.offsetLike_alternation + | model.placeStateLike_alternation + | model.persNamePart_alternation +model.nameLike_sequence = + model.nameLike.agent_sequence, + model.offsetLike_sequence, + model.placeStateLike_sequence, + model.persNamePart_sequence +model.nameLike_sequenceOptional = + model.nameLike.agent_sequenceOptional?, + model.offsetLike_sequenceOptional?, + model.placeStateLike_sequenceOptional?, + model.persNamePart_sequenceOptional? +model.nameLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.nameLike.agent_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.offsetLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.placeStateLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.persNamePart_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.nameLike_sequenceRepeatable = + model.nameLike.agent_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.offsetLike_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.placeStateLike_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.persNamePart_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.global = + model.global.meta + | model.milestoneLike + | model.noteLike + | model.global.edit +model.pPart.data = + model.dateLike + | model.measureLike + | model.addressLike + | model.nameLike +model.pPart.data_alternation = + model.dateLike_alternation + | model.measureLike_alternation + | model.addressLike_alternation + | model.nameLike_alternation +model.pPart.data_sequence = + model.dateLike_sequence, + model.measureLike_sequence, + model.addressLike_sequence, + model.nameLike_sequence +model.pPart.data_sequenceOptional = + model.dateLike_sequenceOptional?, + model.measureLike_sequenceOptional?, + model.addressLike_sequenceOptional?, + model.nameLike_sequenceOptional? +model.pPart.data_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = + model.dateLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.measureLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.addressLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable*, + model.nameLike_sequenceOptionalRepeatable* +model.pPart.data_sequenceRepeatable = + model.dateLike_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.measureLike_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.addressLike_sequenceRepeatable+, + model.nameLike_sequenceRepeatable+ +model.inter = + model.egLike + | model.oddDecl + | model.biblLike + | model.labelLike + | model.listLike + | model.stageLike + | model.attributable +model.cmc = notAllowed +model.common = model.divPart | model.inter | model.cmc | model.entryLike +model.phrase = + model.segLike + | model.highlighted + | model.graphicLike + | model.pPart.msdesc + | model.pPart.edit + | model.ptrLike + | model.lPart + | model.phrase.xml + | model.specDescLike + | model.pPart.data + | model.ptrLike.form +model.paraPart = + model.gLike | model.lLike | model.global | model.inter | model.phrase +model.divLike = notAllowed +model.divGenLike = notAllowed +model.div1Like = notAllowed +model.teiHeaderPart = notAllowed +model.sourceDescPart = notAllowed +model.resource = \text +p = + + ## (paragraph) marks paragraphs in prose. [3.1. Paragraphs 7.2.5. Speech Contents] + element p { + macro.paraContent + >> sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-7" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:p" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:report [ + test = + "(ancestor::tei:ab or ancestor::tei:p) and not( ancestor::tei:floatingText | parent::tei:exemplum | parent::tei:item | parent::tei:note | parent::tei:q | parent::tei:quote | parent::tei:remarks | parent::tei:said | parent::tei:sp | parent::tei:stage | parent::tei:cell | parent::tei:figure )" + "\x{a}" ~ + " Abstract model violation: Paragraphs may not occur inside other paragraphs or ab elements.\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + >> sch:pattern [ + id = + "oddbyexample-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-8" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:rule [ + context = "tei:l//tei:p" + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + sch:assert [ + test = + "ancestor::tei:floatingText | parent::tei:figure | parent::tei:note" + "\x{a}" ~ + " Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, p, or ab, unless p is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText.\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ] + "\x{a}" ~ + " " + ], + att.global.attributes, + att.cmc.attributes, + att.declaring.attributes, + att.fragmentable.attributes, + att.written.attributes, + empty + } +title = + + ## (title) contains a title for any kind of work. [3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors 2.2.1. The Title Statement 2.2.5. The Series Statement] + element title { + macro.paraContent, + att.global.attributes, + att.canonical.attributes, + att.cmc.attributes, + att.datable.attributes, + att.typed.attribute.subtype, + empty + } +app = + + ## (apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage. [13.1.1. The Apparatus Entry] + element app { + (lem?, (model.rdgLike | model.noteLike)*), + att.global.attributes, + att.typed.attribute.subtype, + empty + } +lem = + + ## (lemma) contains the lemma, or base text, of a textual variation. [13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses] + element lem { + (text + | model.divLike + | model.divPart + | model.gLike + | model.phrase + | model.inter + | model.global + | model.rdgPart)*, + att.global.attributes, + att.textCritical.attributes, + att.witnessed.attributes, + empty + } +rdg = + + ## (reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation. [13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses] + element rdg { + (text + | model.divLike + | model.divPart + | model.gLike + | model.phrase + | model.inter + | model.global + | model.rdgPart)*, + att.global.attributes, + att.textCritical.attributes, + empty + } +teiHeader = + + ## (TEI header) supplies descriptive and declarative metadata associated with a digital resource or set of resources. [2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text] + element teiHeader { + (fileDesc, model.teiHeaderPart*), att.global.attributes, empty + } +fileDesc = + + ## (file description) contains a full bibliographic description of an electronic file. [2.2. The File Description 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components] + element fileDesc { + ((titleStmt, publicationStmt), sourceDesc+), + att.global.attributes, + empty + } +titleStmt = + + ## (title statement) groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its content. [2.2.1. The Title Statement 2.2. The File Description] + element titleStmt { + (title+, model.respLike*), att.global.attributes, empty + } +publicationStmt = + + ## (publication statement) groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. 2.2. The File Description] + element publicationStmt { + ((model.publicationStmtPart.agency, + model.publicationStmtPart.detail*)+ + | model.pLike+), + att.global.attributes, + empty + } +sourceDesc = + + ## (source description) describes the source(s) from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as born digital for a text which has no previous existence. [2.2.7. The Source Description] + element sourceDesc { + (model.pLike+ + | (model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike)+), + att.global.attributes, + att.declarable.attributes, + empty + } +TEI = + [ + a:documentation [ + "(TEI document) contains a single TEI-conformant document, combining a single TEI header with one or more members of the model.resource class. Multiple " + ns1:code [ "" ] + " elements may be combined within a " + ns1:code [ "" ] + " (or " + ns1:code [ "" ] + ") element. [4. Default Text Structure 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text]" + ] + ] + element TEI { + (teiHeader, + ((model.resource+, TEI*) | TEI+)), + att.global.attributes, + att.typed.attributes, + empty + } +\text = + + ## (text) contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample. [4. Default Text Structure 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text] + element text { + (model.global*, (body), model.global*), + att.global.attributes, + att.declaring.attributes, + att.typed.attributes, + att.written.attributes, + empty + } +body = + + ## (text body) contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. [4. Default Text Structure] + element body { + (model.global*, + (model.divTop, (model.global | model.divTop)*)?, + (model.divGenLike, (model.global | model.divGenLike)*)?, + ((model.divLike, (model.global | model.divGenLike)*)+ + | (model.div1Like, (model.global | model.divGenLike)*)+ + | (((model.common), model.global*)+, + ((model.divLike, (model.global | model.divGenLike)*)+ + | (model.div1Like, (model.global | model.divGenLike)*)+)?)), + (model.divBottom, model.global*)*), + att.global.attributes, + att.declaring.attributes, + empty + } +att.textCritical.attributes = att.written.attributes +att.witnessed.attributes = att.witnessed.attribute.wit +att.witnessed.attribute.wit = + + ## (witness or witnesses) contains a space-delimited list of one or more pointers indicating the witnesses which attest to a given reading. + attribute wit { + list { + xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }+ + } + }? +model.rdgLike = rdg +model.rdgPart = notAllowed +model.persNamePart = notAllowed +model.persNamePart_alternation = notAllowed +model.persNamePart_sequence = empty +model.persNamePart_sequenceOptional = empty +model.persNamePart_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.persNamePart_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +model.entryLike = notAllowed +model.ptrLike.form = notAllowed +model.ptrLike.form_alternation = notAllowed +model.ptrLike.form_sequence = empty +model.ptrLike.form_sequenceOptional = empty +model.ptrLike.form_sequenceOptionalRepeatable = empty +model.ptrLike.form_sequenceRepeatable = notAllowed +start = TEI +sch:ns [ prefix = "tei" uri = "http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" ] +sch:ns [ prefix = "xs" uri = "http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" ] +sch:ns [ prefix = "rng" uri = "http://relaxng.org/ns/structure/1.0" ] +sch:ns [ + prefix = "rna" + uri = "http://relaxng.org/ns/compatibility/annotations/1.0" +] +sch:ns [ prefix = "sch" uri = "http://purl.oclc.org/dsdl/schematron" ] +sch:ns [ prefix = "sch1x" uri = "http://www.ascc.net/xml/schematron" ] diff --git a/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.xsd b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.xsd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7c2b0193a --- /dev/null +++ b/Test/expected-results/oddbyexample.xsd @@ -0,0 +1,833 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being named, using a coded value of some kind. + + + + + + + (reference) provides an explicit means of locating a full definition or identity for the entity being named by means of one or more URIs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (generated by) categorizes how the content of an element was generated in a CMC environment. +Suggested values include: 1] human; 2] template; 3] system; 4] bot; 5] unspecified + + + + + + + + the content was naturally typed or spoken by a human user + + + + + + + + + the content was generated after a human user activated a template for its insertion + + + + + + + + + the content was generated by the system, i.e. the CMC environment + + + + + + + + + the content was generated by a bot, i.e. a non-human agent, typically one that is not part of the CMC environment itself + + + + + + + + + the content was generated by an unknown or unspecified process + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + supplies the value of the date or time in a standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + + + + + + + + + + specifies the earliest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + + + + + + + + + + specifies the latest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + + + + + + + + + + indicates the starting point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + + + + + + + + + + indicates the ending point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when its parent is selected. + + + + + + This element is selected if its parent is selected + + + + + This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + + (declarations) identifies one or more declarable elements within the header, which are understood to apply to the element bearing this attribute and its content. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies whether or not its parent element is fragmented in some way, typically by some other overlapping structure: for example a speech which is divided between two or more verse stanzas, a paragraph which is split across a page division, a verse line which is divided between two speakers. + + + + + + (yes) the element is fragmented in some (unspecified) respect + + + + + (no) the element is not fragmented, or no claim is made as to its completeness + + + + + (initial) this is the initial part of a fragmented element + + + + + (medial) this is a medial part of a fragmented element + + + + + (final) this is the final part of a fragmented element + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (rendition) indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + contains an expression in some formal style definition language which defines the rendering or presentation used for this element in the source text. + + + + + + + points to a description of the rendering or presentation used for this element in the source text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (certainty) signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (responsible party) indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an editor or transcriber. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies the source from which some aspect of this element is drawn. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology. + + + + + + + + + + + + (subtype) provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (number) gives a number (or other label) for an element, which is not necessarily unique within the document. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (paragraph) marks paragraphs in prose. [3.1. Paragraphs 7.2.5. Speech Contents] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (title) contains a title for any kind of work. [3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors 2.2.1. The Title Statement 2.2.5. The Series Statement] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage. [13.1.1. The Apparatus Entry] + + + + + + + + + + + + + (lemma) contains the lemma, or base text, of a textual variation. [13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation. [13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses] + + + + + (TEI header) supplies descriptive and declarative metadata associated with a digital resource or set of resources. [2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (file description) contains a full bibliographic description of an electronic file. [2.2. The File Description 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (title statement) groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its content. [2.2.1. The Title Statement 2.2. The File Description] + + + + + + + + + + + (publication statement) groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. 2.2. The File Description] + + + + + + + + + (source description) describes the source(s) from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as born digital for a text which has no previous existence. [2.2.7. The Source Description] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (text) contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample. [4. Default Text Structure 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text] + + + + + (text body) contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. [4. Default Text Structure] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (witness or witnesses) contains a space-delimited list of one or more pointers indicating the witnesses which attest to a given reading. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test-complex.html b/Test/expected-results/test-complex.html index b8c590a931..fd23cf6b26 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test-complex.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test-complex.html @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@

Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists...

-
    +
    1. Dogs
    2. Zebras
    3. Birds
      4. @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@

      The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

      This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist
      -
        +
        • first item
        • @@ -781,30 +781,30 @@

          Extended prose: MARLEY'S GHOST

          -
          +

          Marley was dead: to begin with. There is no doubt whatever about that. The register of his burial was signed by the clergyman, the clerk, the undertaker, and the chief mourner. Scrooge signed it. And Scrooge's name was good upon 'Change, for anything he chose to put his hand to. Old Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

          Mind! I don't mean to say that I know, of my own knowledge, what there is particularly dead about a door-nail. I might have been inclined, myself, to regard a coffin-nail as the deadest piece of ironmongery in the trade. But the wisdom of our ancestors is in the simile; and my unhallowed - [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

          + [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

          Scrooge knew he was dead? Of course he did. How could it be otherwise? Scrooge and he were partners for I don't know how many years. Scrooge was his sole executor, his sole administrator, his sole assign, his sole residuary legatee, his sole friend, and sole mourner. And even Scrooge was not so dreadfully cut up by the sad event, but that he was an excellent man of business on the very day of the funeral, and solemnised it with an undoubted bargain.

          The mention of Marley's funeral brings me back to the point I started from. There is no doubt that Marley was dead. This must be distinctly understood, or nothing wonderful can come of the story I am going to relate. If we were not perfectly convinced that Hamlet's Father died before the play began, there would be nothing more remarkable in his taking a stroll at night, in an easterly wind, upon his own ramparts, than there - [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

          + [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

          Scrooge never painted out Old Marley's name. There it stood, years afterwards, above the ware-house door: Scrooge and Marley. The firm was known as Scrooge and Marley. Sometimes people new to the business called Scrooge Scrooge, and sometimes Marley, but he answered to both names. It was all the same to him.

          Oh! But he was a tight-fisted hand at the grindstone, Scrooge! a squeezing, wrenching, grasping, scraping, clutching, covetous old sinner! Hard and sharp as flint, from which no steel had ever struck out generous fire; secret, and self-contained, and solitary as an oyster. The cold within him froze his old features, nipped his pointed nose, shrivelled his cheek, stiffened his gait; made his eyes red, his thin lips blue; and spoke out shrewdly in his grating voice. A frosty rime was on his head, and on his eyebrows, and his wiry chin. He - [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

          + [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

          External heat and cold had little influence on Scrooge. No warmth could warm, no wintry weather chill him. No wind that blew was bitterer than he, no falling snow was more intent upon its purpose, no pelting rain less open to entreaty. Foul weather didn't know where to have him. The heaviest rain, and snow, and hail, and sleet, could boast of the advantage over him in only one respect. They often ‘came down’ handsomely, and Scrooge never did.

          Nobody ever stopped him in the street to say, with gladsome looks, ‘My dear Scrooge, how are you. When will you come to see me.’No beggars implored him to bestow a trifle, no children asked him what it was o'clock, no man or woman ever once in all his life inquired the way to such and such a place, of Scrooge. Even the blindmen's dogs appeared to know him; and when they saw him coming on, would tug their owners into doorways - [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, + [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, ‘No eye at all is better than an evil eye, dark master! ’

          But what did Scrooge care! It was the very thing he liked. To edge his way along the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the knowing ones call ‘nuts’ to Scrooge.

          Once upon a time — of all the good days in the year, on Christmas Eve — old Scrooge sat busy in his counting-house. It was cold, bleak, biting weather: foggy withal: and he could hear the people in the court outside, go wheezing up and down, beating their hands upon their breasts, and stamping their feet upon the pavement stones to warm them. The city clocks had only just gone three, but it was quite dark already: it had not been light all day: and candles were flaring in the windows of the neighbouring offices, like ruddy smears upon the palpable brown air. The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole, and was so dense without, that although the court was of the - [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

          + [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

          The door of Scrooge's counting-house was open that he might keep his eye upon his clerk, who in a dismal little cell beyond, a sort of tank, was copying letters. Scrooge had a very small fire, but the clerk's fire was so very much smaller that it looked like one coal. But he couldn't replenish it, for Scrooge kept the coal-box in his own room; and so surely as the clerk came in with the shovel, the master predicted that it would be necessary for them to part. Wherefore the clerk put on his white comforter, and tried to warm himself at the candle; in which effort, not being a man of a strong imagination, he failed.

          ‘A merry Christmas, uncle! God save you!’cried a cheerful voice. It was the voice of Scrooge's nephew, who came upon him so quickly that this was the first intimation he had of his approach. - [Page 7]

          + [Page 7]

          ‘Bah!’said Scrooge, ‘Humbug!’

          @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@

          ‘What else can I be,’returned the uncle, ‘when I live in such a world of fools as this Merry Christmas! Out upon merry Christmas. What's Christmas time to you but a time for - [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, + [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, ‘every idiot who goes about with ‘Merry Christmas’on his lips, should be boiled with his own pudding, and buried with a stake of holly through his heart. He should!’

          @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@

          ‘There are many things from which I might have derived good, by which I have not profited, I dare say,’returned the nephew: ‘Christmas among the rest. But I am sure I have always thought of Christmas - [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it + [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it hasdone me good, and willdo me good; and I say, God bless it!’

          The clerk in the tank involuntarily applauded. Becoming immediately sensible of the impropriety, he poked the fire, and extinguished the last frail spark for ever.

          @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@

          you,’said Scrooge, ‘and you'll keep your Christmas by losing your situation. You're quite a powerful speaker, sir,’he added, turning to his nephew. ‘I wonder you don't go into Parliament.’ - [Page 10]

          + [Page 10]

          ‘Don't be angry, uncle. Come! Dine with us to-morrow.’

          @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@

          ‘Good afternoon,’said Scrooge.

          ‘I am sorry, with all my heart, to find you so resolute. We have never had any quarrel, to which - [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’ + [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’

          ‘Good afternoon!’said Scrooge.

          @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@

          This lunatic, in letting Scrooge's nephew out, had let two other people in. They were portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold, and now stood, with their hats off, in Scrooge's office. They had books and papers in their hands, and bowed to him.

          ‘Scrooge and Marley's, I believe,’said one of the - [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. + [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. ‘Have I the pleasure of addressing Mr Scrooge, or Mr Marley?’

          ‘Mr Marley has been dead these seven years,’Scrooge replied. @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@

          ‘Are there no prisons?’asked Scrooge.

          ‘Plenty of prisons,’said the gentleman, laying down the pen again. - [Page 13]

          + [Page 13]

          ‘And the Union workhouses?’demanded Scrooge. ‘Are they still in operation?’

          @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@

          ‘I wish to be left alone,’said Scrooge. ‘Since - [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

          + [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

          ‘Many can't go there; and many would rather die.’

          @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

          ‘It's not my business,’Scrooge returned. ‘It's enough for a man to understand his own business, and not to interfere with other people's. Mine occupies me constantly. Good afternoon, gentlemen!’

          Seeing clearly that it would be useless to pursue their point, the gentlemen withdrew. Scrooge resumed his labours with an improved opinion of himself, and in a more facetious temper than was usual with him. - [Page 15]

          + [Page 15]

          Foggier yet, and colder! Piercing, searching, biting cold. If the good Saint Dunstan had but nipped the Evil Spirit's nose with a touch of such weather as that, Note:test of a noteinstead of using his familiar weapons, then indeed he would have roared to lusty purpose. The owner of one scant young nose, gnawed and mumbled by the hungry cold as bones are gnawed by dogs, stooped down at Scrooge's keyhole to regale him with a Christmas carol: but at the first sound of

          @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@

          May nothing you dismay!

          Scrooge seized the ruler with such energy of action - [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

          + [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

          @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@

          an egXML in a list:

          • -
            +
            <div  xml:id=" test99"  @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@

            Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.

            -
            +
            <p>Ampersands: <seg>Fit the first&amp; </seg>  diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test-ota.html b/Test/expected-results/test-ota.html index 70cd160a81..222dffa2de 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test-ota.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test-ota.html @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

          Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists...

          -
            +
            1. Dogs
            2. Zebras
            3. Birds
              4. @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@

          The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

          This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist
          -
            +
            • first item
            • @@ -716,30 +716,30 @@

              Extended prose: MARLEY'S GHOST

              -
              +

              Marley was dead: to begin with. There is no doubt whatever about that. The register of his burial was signed by the clergyman, the clerk, the undertaker, and the chief mourner. Scrooge signed it. And Scrooge's name was good upon 'Change, for anything he chose to put his hand to. Old Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

              Mind! I don't mean to say that I know, of my own knowledge, what there is particularly dead about a door-nail. I might have been inclined, myself, to regard a coffin-nail as the deadest piece of ironmongery in the trade. But the wisdom of our ancestors is in the simile; and my unhallowed - [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

              + [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

              Scrooge knew he was dead? Of course he did. How could it be otherwise? Scrooge and he were partners for I don't know how many years. Scrooge was his sole executor, his sole administrator, his sole assign, his sole residuary legatee, his sole friend, and sole mourner. And even Scrooge was not so dreadfully cut up by the sad event, but that he was an excellent man of business on the very day of the funeral, and solemnised it with an undoubted bargain.

              The mention of Marley's funeral brings me back to the point I started from. There is no doubt that Marley was dead. This must be distinctly understood, or nothing wonderful can come of the story I am going to relate. If we were not perfectly convinced that Hamlet's Father died before the play began, there would be nothing more remarkable in his taking a stroll at night, in an easterly wind, upon his own ramparts, than there - [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

              + [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

              Scrooge never painted out Old Marley's name. There it stood, years afterwards, above the ware-house door: Scrooge and Marley. The firm was known as Scrooge and Marley. Sometimes people new to the business called Scrooge Scrooge, and sometimes Marley, but he answered to both names. It was all the same to him.

              Oh! But he was a tight-fisted hand at the grindstone, Scrooge! a squeezing, wrenching, grasping, scraping, clutching, covetous old sinner! Hard and sharp as flint, from which no steel had ever struck out generous fire; secret, and self-contained, and solitary as an oyster. The cold within him froze his old features, nipped his pointed nose, shrivelled his cheek, stiffened his gait; made his eyes red, his thin lips blue; and spoke out shrewdly in his grating voice. A frosty rime was on his head, and on his eyebrows, and his wiry chin. He - [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

              + [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

              External heat and cold had little influence on Scrooge. No warmth could warm, no wintry weather chill him. No wind that blew was bitterer than he, no falling snow was more intent upon its purpose, no pelting rain less open to entreaty. Foul weather didn't know where to have him. The heaviest rain, and snow, and hail, and sleet, could boast of the advantage over him in only one respect. They often ‘came down’ handsomely, and Scrooge never did.

              Nobody ever stopped him in the street to say, with gladsome looks, ‘My dear Scrooge, how are you. When will you come to see me.’No beggars implored him to bestow a trifle, no children asked him what it was o'clock, no man or woman ever once in all his life inquired the way to such and such a place, of Scrooge. Even the blindmen's dogs appeared to know him; and when they saw him coming on, would tug their owners into doorways - [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, + [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, ‘No eye at all is better than an evil eye, dark master! ’

              But what did Scrooge care! It was the very thing he liked. To edge his way along the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the knowing ones call ‘nuts’ to Scrooge.

              Once upon a time — of all the good days in the year, on Christmas Eve — old Scrooge sat busy in his counting-house. It was cold, bleak, biting weather: foggy withal: and he could hear the people in the court outside, go wheezing up and down, beating their hands upon their breasts, and stamping their feet upon the pavement stones to warm them. The city clocks had only just gone three, but it was quite dark already: it had not been light all day: and candles were flaring in the windows of the neighbouring offices, like ruddy smears upon the palpable brown air. The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole, and was so dense without, that although the court was of the - [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

              + [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

              The door of Scrooge's counting-house was open that he might keep his eye upon his clerk, who in a dismal little cell beyond, a sort of tank, was copying letters. Scrooge had a very small fire, but the clerk's fire was so very much smaller that it looked like one coal. But he couldn't replenish it, for Scrooge kept the coal-box in his own room; and so surely as the clerk came in with the shovel, the master predicted that it would be necessary for them to part. Wherefore the clerk put on his white comforter, and tried to warm himself at the candle; in which effort, not being a man of a strong imagination, he failed.

              ‘A merry Christmas, uncle! God save you!’cried a cheerful voice. It was the voice of Scrooge's nephew, who came upon him so quickly that this was the first intimation he had of his approach. - [Page 7]

              + [Page 7]

              ‘Bah!’said Scrooge, ‘Humbug!’

              @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@

              ‘What else can I be,’returned the uncle, ‘when I live in such a world of fools as this Merry Christmas! Out upon merry Christmas. What's Christmas time to you but a time for - [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, + [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, ‘every idiot who goes about with ‘Merry Christmas’on his lips, should be boiled with his own pudding, and buried with a stake of holly through his heart. He should!’

              @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@

              ‘There are many things from which I might have derived good, by which I have not profited, I dare say,’returned the nephew: ‘Christmas among the rest. But I am sure I have always thought of Christmas - [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it + [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it hasdone me good, and willdo me good; and I say, God bless it!’

              The clerk in the tank involuntarily applauded. Becoming immediately sensible of the impropriety, he poked the fire, and extinguished the last frail spark for ever.

              @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@

              you,’said Scrooge, ‘and you'll keep your Christmas by losing your situation. You're quite a powerful speaker, sir,’he added, turning to his nephew. ‘I wonder you don't go into Parliament.’ - [Page 10]

              + [Page 10]

              ‘Don't be angry, uncle. Come! Dine with us to-morrow.’

              @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@

              ‘Good afternoon,’said Scrooge.

              ‘I am sorry, with all my heart, to find you so resolute. We have never had any quarrel, to which - [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’ + [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’

              ‘Good afternoon!’said Scrooge.

              @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@

              This lunatic, in letting Scrooge's nephew out, had let two other people in. They were portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold, and now stood, with their hats off, in Scrooge's office. They had books and papers in their hands, and bowed to him.

              ‘Scrooge and Marley's, I believe,’said one of the - [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. + [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. ‘Have I the pleasure of addressing Mr Scrooge, or Mr Marley?’

              ‘Mr Marley has been dead these seven years,’Scrooge replied. @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@

              ‘Are there no prisons?’asked Scrooge.

              ‘Plenty of prisons,’said the gentleman, laying down the pen again. - [Page 13]

              + [Page 13]

              ‘And the Union workhouses?’demanded Scrooge. ‘Are they still in operation?’

              @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@

              ‘I wish to be left alone,’said Scrooge. ‘Since - [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

              + [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

              ‘Many can't go there; and many would rather die.’

              @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

              ‘It's not my business,’Scrooge returned. ‘It's enough for a man to understand his own business, and not to interfere with other people's. Mine occupies me constantly. Good afternoon, gentlemen!’

              Seeing clearly that it would be useless to pursue their point, the gentlemen withdrew. Scrooge resumed his labours with an improved opinion of himself, and in a more facetious temper than was usual with him. - [Page 15]

              + [Page 15]

              Foggier yet, and colder! Piercing, searching, biting cold. If the good Saint Dunstan had but nipped the Evil Spirit's nose with a touch of such weather as that, Note:test of a noteinstead of using his familiar weapons, then indeed he would have roared to lusty purpose. The owner of one scant young nose, gnawed and mumbled by the hungry cold as bones are gnawed by dogs, stooped down at Scrooge's keyhole to regale him with a Christmas carol: but at the first sound of

              @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@

              May nothing you dismay!

              Scrooge seized the ruler with such energy of action - [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

              + [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

              @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@

              an egXML in a list:

              • -
                +
                <div  xml:id=" test99"  @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@

                Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.

                -
                +
                <p>Ampersands: <seg>Fit the first&amp; </seg>  diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test-pages.epub b/Test/expected-results/test-pages.epub new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99175710d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Test/expected-results/test-pages.epub differ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.docx_core.xml b/Test/expected-results/test.docx_core.xml index f12d4f5a9c..6769359325 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.docx_core.xml +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.docx_core.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ A Christmas Carol - CharlesDickens + Charles Dickens TEI stylesheets 4 20Z diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.epub b/Test/expected-results/test.epub index 44a35440cf..0455b5af3d 100644 Binary files a/Test/expected-results/test.epub and b/Test/expected-results/test.epub differ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.fo b/Test/expected-results/test.fo index 832ffdcf67..0dca9d0f66 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.fo +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.fo @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -(half title note)The Original Edition of A CHRISTMAS CAROL has been out of print for many years, and this Edition is a reprint from the stereotype plates of that Edition.A Christmas carol. in prose. being A Ghost Story of Christmasby Charles Dickens.With illustrations by John LeechLondon: Chapman and Hall, Ltd. 1893. -PREFACE I have endeavoured in this Ghostly little book, to raise the Ghost of an Idea, which shall not put my readers out of humour with themselves, with each other, with the season, or with me. May it haunt their houses pleasantly, and no one wish to lay it. Their faithful Friend and Servant, C.D. December, 1843. -Contents. +(half title note)The Original Edition of A CHRISTMAS CAROL has been out of print for many years, and this Edition is a reprint from the stereotype plates of that Edition.A Christmas carol. in prose. being A Ghost Story of Christmasby Charles Dickens.With illustrations by John LeechLondon: Chapman and Hall, Ltd. 1893. +PREFACE I have endeavoured in this Ghostly little book, to raise the Ghost of an Idea, which shall not put my readers out of humour with themselves, with each other, with the season, or with me. May it haunt their houses pleasantly, and no one wish to lay it. Their faithful Friend and Servant, C.D. December, 1843. +Contents. Stave I Marley's ghost 1 Stave II The first of the three spirits Stave III  The second of the three spirits Stave IV  The last of the spirits Stave V The end of it -1. Simple rendition testsWho-e debel you? — he at last said — you no speak-e, damme, I kill-e. And so saying, the lighted tomahawk began flourishing about me in the dark.‘Who-e debel you?’ — he at last said — ‘you no speak-e, damme, I kill-e.’ And so saying, the lighted tomahawk began flourishing about me in the dark. +1. Simple rendition testsWho-e debel you? — he at last said — you no speak-e, damme, I kill-e. And so saying, the lighted tomahawk began flourishing about me in the dark.‘Who-e debel you?’ — he at last said — ‘you no speak-e, damme, I kill-e.’ And so saying, the lighted tomahawk began flourishing about me in the dark.
                EffectExample hiThis is hi rend="special" tag @@ -28,21 +28,21 @@ superscriptThis is superscript effect bold italic red, done separatelyrend test 1 bold italic smallcapsrend test 1 [1][1] Cairns 2003: 11. My work is Muellner 1996.
                -2. QuotationsA paragraph with a footnote containing a block-level object22 We start with a quotation:This is the way the world endsThis is the way the world endsThis is the way the world endsNot with a bang but a whimper. which is from TS Eliot's Hollow menConsider quotations: ‘This is a quote which is run on within the text and will have quote marks of some kind around it.’Another quotation: This is a block quote set off as such from the rest of the textHere, by contrast is an ‘inline quotation’. Another strange thing about quotes is this: You can put line breaksto determine where the line breaksInside a block! -3. Use of xml:langHe used a French radiateur.Languages: Deutsch; Italiano; Español; Français; Portugues; Russian; Svenska; 日本語; 中文. -4. del, gap, add, unclear etc[]. The interest & — affor [] the amount over[?] so small the interest afforded ⟨compared with cash, []⟩ by the Annuity note paper to those who tutor[?] ⟨think[?]⟩ it, ⟨or keep it,⟩ with a view to circulation, will, when compared with cash ⟨be it ever so small⟩ be so much profit: compared with a ⟨the⟩ preceding higher rate of interest, the ⟨reduced⟩ rate afforded by the Annuity note paper, to those who, tutor[?] if they tutor[?] it, will, have to depend upon to the extent of their respective capitals so invested, have nothing else to depend upon for their ⟨respective⟩ incomes, will, [] ⟨by⟩ the amount of the difference, foremost[?] itself as so much less. -5. DramaRoderigo Where shall we meet i' the morning?Iago At my lodging.Roderigo I'll be with thee betimes.Iago Go to; farewell. Do you hear, Roderigo?Roderigo What say you?Iago No more of drowning, do you hear?Roderigo I am changed: I'll go sell all my land. -6. Footnotes and endnotes -6.1. 1 Zur Entstehung der Philosophischen Untersuchungen88 Zu Textauszeichnungen und Siglen siehe die Legende.Iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod99 It is time to begin the beguine. Iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismodIriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputatei velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blanditii praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod -7. Assorted elements and linksFit the first The <emph> element is used for linguistic emphasis. ‘highlighting’ (<soCalled>) nor with shouting (<mentioned>), transmogrification, (a technical <term>), for which the <gloss> tag might be used to supply a technical definition).Now for some links! We will start by cross-referring to a later section.Here is a simple <ptr> to it: 9 (Lists). Here is a simple <ref>, a reference to it.An external link as ref and as ptr: http://www.bbc.co.uk and http://www.ox.ac.uk/. -8. TablesTables may have cells that span multiple columns and rows.Table 2. +2. QuotationsA paragraph with a footnote containing a block-level object22 We start with a quotation:This is the way the world endsThis is the way the world endsThis is the way the world endsNot with a bang but a whimper. which is from TS Eliot's Hollow menConsider quotations: ‘This is a quote which is run on within the text and will have quote marks of some kind around it.’Another quotation: This is a block quote set off as such from the rest of the textHere, by contrast is an ‘inline quotation’. Another strange thing about quotes is this: You can put line breaksto determine where the line breaksInside a block! +3. Use of xml:langHe used a French radiateur.Languages: Deutsch; Italiano; Español; Français; Portugues; Russian; Svenska; 日本語; 中文. +4. del, gap, add, unclear etc[]. The interest & — affor [] the amount over[?] so small the interest afforded ⟨compared with cash, []⟩ by the Annuity note paper to those who tutor[?] ⟨think[?]⟩ it, ⟨or keep it,⟩ with a view to circulation, will, when compared with cash ⟨be it ever so small⟩ be so much profit: compared with a ⟨the⟩ preceding higher rate of interest, the ⟨reduced⟩ rate afforded by the Annuity note paper, to those who, tutor[?] if they tutor[?] it, will, have to depend upon to the extent of their respective capitals so invested, have nothing else to depend upon for their ⟨respective⟩ incomes, will, [] ⟨by⟩ the amount of the difference, foremost[?] itself as so much less. +5. DramaRoderigo Where shall we meet i' the morning?Iago At my lodging.Roderigo I'll be with thee betimes.Iago Go to; farewell. Do you hear, Roderigo?Roderigo What say you?Iago No more of drowning, do you hear?Roderigo I am changed: I'll go sell all my land. +6. Footnotes and endnotes +6.1. 1 Zur Entstehung der Philosophischen Untersuchungen88 Zu Textauszeichnungen und Siglen siehe die Legende.Iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod99 It is time to begin the beguine. Iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismodIriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputatei velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blanditii praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod +7. Assorted elements and linksFit the first The <emph> element is used for linguistic emphasis. ‘highlighting’ (<soCalled>) nor with shouting (<mentioned>), transmogrification, (a technical <term>), for which the <gloss> tag might be used to supply a technical definition).Now for some links! We will start by cross-referring to a later section.Here is a simple <ptr> to it: 9 (Lists). Here is a simple <ref>, a reference to it.An external link as ref and as ptr: http://www.bbc.co.uk and http://www.ox.ac.uk/. +8. TablesTables may have cells that span multiple columns and rows.Table 2.
                ImageDescriptionCamera direction SVG, JPEG, GIF or PNG format All pictures were taken on Jun 27, 2007 -Mountain flowers. north -Sunset over a secondary ridge.north-east -Glacier lake at 2100m altitude.east
                Table 3. +Mountain flowers. north +Sunset over a secondary ridge.north-east +Glacier lake at 2100m altitude.east
                Table 3. Spans HorizontallyHeader 3Spans Horizontally Spans Verticallyabcd @@ -74,31 +74,31 @@ –one –two –three -10. Pictures
                +10. Pictures
                - -width="2.5in" -width=".5in" -scale=".5" -width="1in" -width="1in" style="border:solid green 2pt" -height="1in" -height="1in" width="2in" -height="2in" width="1in" -width="10%" -height="10%" width="10%"
                -11. MS catalogueIdentificationwhere is it, repository name, identifier + +width="2.5in" +width=".5in" +scale=".5" +width="1in" +width="1in" style="border:solid green 2pt" +height="1in" +height="1in" width="2in" +height="2in" width="1in" +width="10%" +height="10%" width="10%" +11. MS catalogueIdentificationwhere is it, repository name, identifier 12. Extended prose: MARLEY'S GHOST [ Page 1] Marley was dead: to begin with. There is no doubt whatever about that. The register of his burial was signed by the clergyman, the clerk, the undertaker, and the chief mourner. Scrooge signed it. And Scrooge's name was good upon 'Change, for anything he chose to put his hand to. Old Marley was as dead as a door-nail. Mind! I don't mean to say that I know, of my own knowledge, what there is particularly dead about a door-nail. I might have been inclined, myself, to regard a coffin-nail as the deadest piece of ironmongery in the trade. But the wisdom of our ancestors is in the simile; and my unhallowed [ Page 2] hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.Scrooge knew he was dead? Of course he did. How could it be otherwise? Scrooge and he were partners for I don't know how many years. Scrooge was his sole executor, his sole administrator, his sole assign, his sole residuary legatee, his sole friend, and sole mourner. And even Scrooge was not so dreadfully cut up by the sad event, but that he was an excellent man of business on the very day of the funeral, and solemnised it with an undoubted bargain. The mention of Marley's funeral brings me back to the point I started from. There is no doubt that Marley was dead. This must be distinctly understood, or nothing wonderful can come of the story I am going to relate. If we were not perfectly convinced that Hamlet's Father died before the play began, there would be nothing more remarkable in his taking a stroll at night, in an easterly wind, upon his own ramparts, than there [ Page 3] would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.Scrooge never painted out Old Marley's name. There it stood, years afterwards, above the ware-house door: Scrooge and Marley. The firm was known as Scrooge and Marley. Sometimes people new to the business called Scrooge Scrooge, and sometimes Marley, but he answered to both names. It was all the same to him. Oh! But he was a tight-fisted hand at the grindstone, Scrooge! a squeezing, wrenching, grasping, scraping, clutching, covetous old sinner! Hard and sharp as flint, from which no steel had ever struck out generous fire; secret, and self-contained, and solitary as an oyster. The cold within him froze his old features, nipped his pointed nose, shrivelled his cheek, stiffened his gait; made his eyes red, his thin lips blue; and spoke out shrewdly in his grating voice. A frosty rime was on his head, and on his eyebrows, and his wiry chin. He [ Page 4] carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.External heat and cold had little influence on Scrooge. No warmth could warm, no wintry weather chill him. No wind that blew was bitterer than he, no falling snow was more intent upon its purpose, no pelting rain less open to entreaty. Foul weather didn't know where to have him. The heaviest rain, and snow, and hail, and sleet, could boast of the advantage over him in only one respect. They often ‘came down’ handsomely, and Scrooge never did.Nobody ever stopped him in the street to say, with gladsome looks, ‘My dear Scrooge, how are you. When will you come to see me.’ No beggars implored him to bestow a trifle, no children asked him what it was o'clock, no man or woman ever once in all his life inquired the way to such and such a place, of Scrooge. Even the blindmen's dogs appeared to know him; and when they saw him coming on, would tug their owners into doorways [ Page 5] and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, ‘No eye at all is better than an evil eye, dark master! ’But what did Scrooge care! It was the very thing he liked. To edge his way along the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the knowing ones call ‘nuts’ to Scrooge.Once upon a time — of all the good days in the year, on Christmas Eve — old Scrooge sat busy in his counting-house. It was cold, bleak, biting weather: foggy withal: and he could hear the people in the court outside, go wheezing up and down, beating their hands upon their breasts, and stamping their feet upon the pavement stones to warm them. The city clocks had only just gone three, but it was quite dark already: it had not been light all day: and candles were flaring in the windows of the neighbouring offices, like ruddy smears upon the palpable brown air. The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole, and was so dense without, that although the court was of the [ Page 6] narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.The door of Scrooge's counting-house was open that he might keep his eye upon his clerk, who in a dismal little cell beyond, a sort of tank, was copying letters. Scrooge had a very small fire, but the clerk's fire was so very much smaller that it looked like one coal. But he couldn't replenish it, for Scrooge kept the coal-box in his own room; and so surely as the clerk came in with the shovel, the master predicted that it would be necessary for them to part. Wherefore the clerk put on his white comforter, and tried to warm himself at the candle; in which effort, not being a man of a strong imagination, he failed. ‘A merry Christmas, uncle! God save you!’ cried a cheerful voice. It was the voice of Scrooge's nephew, who came upon him so quickly that this was the first intimation he had of his approach. [ Page 7] ‘Bah!’ said Scrooge, ‘Humbug!’He had so heated himself with rapid walking in the fog and frost, this nephew of Scrooge's, that he was all in a glow; his face was ruddy and handsome; his eyes sparkled, and his breath smoked again. ‘Christmas a humbug, uncle!’ said Scrooge's nephew. ‘You don't mean that, I am sure.’‘I do,’ said Scrooge. ‘Merry Christmas! What right have you to be merry? what reason have you to be merry? You're poor enough.’‘Come, then,’ returned the nephew gaily. ‘What right have you to be dismal? what reason have you to be morose? You're rich enough.’Scrooge having no better answer ready on the spur of the moment, said, ‘Bah!’ again; and followed it up with ‘Humbug.’‘Don't be cross, uncle,’ said the nephew.‘What else can I be,’ returned the uncle, ‘when I live in such a world of fools as this Merry Christmas! Out upon merry Christmas. What's Christmas time to you but a time for [ Page 8] paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’ said Scrooge indignantly, ‘every idiot who goes about with ‘Merry Christmas’ on his lips, should be boiled with his own pudding, and buried with a stake of holly through his heart. He should!’‘Uncle!’ pleaded the nephew.‘Nephew!’ returned the uncle, sternly, ‘keep Christmas in your own way, and let me keep it in mine.’‘Keep it!’ repeated Scrooge's nephew. ‘But you don't keep it.’‘Let me leave it alone, then,’ said Scrooge. ‘Much good may it do you! Much good it has ever done you!’‘There are many things from which I might have derived good, by which I have not profited, I dare say,’ returned the nephew: ‘Christmas among the rest. But I am sure I have always thought of Christmas [ Page 9] time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it has done me good, and will do me good; and I say, God bless it!’The clerk in the tank involuntarily applauded. Becoming immediately sensible of the impropriety, he poked the fire, and extinguished the last frail spark for ever. ‘Let me hear another sound from you,’ said Scrooge, ‘and you'll keep your Christmas by losing your situation. You're quite a powerful speaker, sir,’ he added, turning to his nephew. ‘I wonder you don't go into Parliament.’ [ Page 10] ‘Don't be angry, uncle. Come! Dine with us to-morrow.’Scrooge said that he would see him — yes, indeed he did. He went the whole length of the expression, and said that he would see him in that extremity first. ‘But why?’ cried Scrooge's nephew. ‘Why?’‘Why did you get married?’ said Scrooge.‘Because I fell in love.’‘Because you fell in love!’ growled Scrooge, as if that were the only one thing in the world more ridiculous than a merry Christmas. ‘Good afternoon!’‘Nay, uncle, but you never came to see me before that happened. Why give it as a reason for not coming now?’‘Good afternoon,’ said Scrooge.‘I want nothing from you; I ask nothing of you; why cannot we be friends?’‘Good afternoon,’ said Scrooge.‘I am sorry, with all my heart, to find you so resolute. We have never had any quarrel, to which [ Page 11] I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’‘Good afternoon!’ said Scrooge.‘And A Happy New Year!’‘Good afternoon!’ said Scrooge.His nephew left the room without an angry word, notwithstanding. He stopped at the outer door to bestow the greeting of the season on the clerk, who, cold as he was, was warmer than Scrooge; for he returned them cordially. ‘There's another fellow,’ muttered Scrooge; who overheard him: ‘my clerk, with fifteen shillings a week, and a wife and family, talking about a merry Christmas. I'll retire to Bedlam.’This lunatic, in letting Scrooge's nephew out, had let two other people in. They were portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold, and now stood, with their hats off, in Scrooge's office. They had books and papers in their hands, and bowed to him. ‘Scrooge and Marley's, I believe,’ said one of the [ Page 12] gentlemen, referring to his list. ‘Have I the pleasure of addressing Mr Scrooge, or Mr Marley?’‘Mr Marley has been dead these seven years,’ Scrooge replied. ‘He died seven years ago, this very night.’‘We have no doubt his liberality is well represented by his surviving partner,’ said the gentleman, presenting his credentials.It certainly was; for they had been two kindred spirits. At the ominous word ‘liberality’, Scrooge frowned, and shook his head, and handed the credentials back.‘At this festive season of the year, Mr Scrooge,’ said the gentleman, taking up a pen, ‘it is more than usually desirable that we should make some slight provision for the Poor and destitute, who suffer greatly at the present time. Many thousands are in want of common necessaries; hundreds of thousands are in want of common comforts, sir.’‘Are there no prisons?’ asked Scrooge.‘Plenty of prisons,’ said the gentleman, laying down the pen again. [ Page 13] ‘And the Union workhouses?’ demanded Scrooge. ‘Are they still in operation?’‘They are. Still,’ returned the gentleman, ‘I wish I could say they were not.’‘The Treadmill and the Poor Law are in full vigour, then?’ said Scrooge.‘Both very busy, sir.’‘Oh! I was afraid, from what you said at first, that something had occurred to stop them in their useful course,’ said Scrooge. ‘I'm very glad to hear it.’‘Under the impression that they scarcely furnish Christian cheer of mind or body to the multitude,’ returned the gentleman, ‘a few of us are endeavouring to raise a fund to buy the Poor some meat and drink, and means of warmth. We choose this time, because it is a time, of all others, when Want is keenly felt, and Abundance rejoices. What shall I put you down for?’‘Nothing!’ Scrooge replied.‘You wish to be anonymous?’‘I wish to be left alone,’ said Scrooge. ‘Since [ Page 14] you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’‘Many can't go there; and many would rather die.’‘If they would rather die,’ said Scrooge, ‘they had better do it, and decrease the surplus population. Besides — excuse me — I don't know that.’‘But you might know it,’ observed the gentleman.‘It's not my business,’ Scrooge returned. ‘It's enough for a man to understand his own business, and not to interfere with other people's. Mine occupies me constantly. Good afternoon, gentlemen!’Seeing clearly that it would be useless to pursue their point, the gentlemen withdrew. Scrooge resumed his labours with an improved opinion of himself, and in a more facetious temper than was usual with him. [ Page 15] Foggier yet, and colder! Piercing, searching, biting cold. If the good Saint Dunstan had but nipped the Evil Spirit's nose with a touch of such weather as that, [Note: test of a note] instead of using his familiar weapons, then indeed he would have roared to lusty purpose. The owner of one scant young nose, gnawed and mumbled by the hungry cold as bones are gnawed by dogs, stooped down at Scrooge's keyhole to regale him with a Christmas carol: but at the first sound of God bless you, merry gentleman! May nothing you dismay! Scrooge seized the ruler with such energy of action [ Page 17] that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost. -13. Linkinghttp://www.bbc.co.ukhttps://staff.oucs.ox.ac.ukFredJones 76 -14. Testing preservation of IDLorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. With references to +13. Linkinghttp://www.bbc.co.ukhttps://staff.oucs.ox.ac.ukFredJones 76 +14. Testing preservation of IDLorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. With references to •Quotation •Citation •Paragraph •Reference •Anchor •TitleI wonder what are the xml-ids preserved in a transformation to XHTML, in particular in the case of quotations. So, let’s try :Something longer. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.In Somewhere. -15. Choice, sic, corr, reg, origvoro þav sammędd syskin in heilagri olafr konvngr ok fyrnefnd [gvnnhilldr].Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of meat and drink sufficient for the support of [1728] of our subjects, with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our favor. -16. Verbatiman egXML in a list: +15. Choice, sic, corr, reg, origvoro þav sammędd syskin in heilagri olafr konvngr ok fyrnefnd [gvnnhilldr].Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of meat and drink sufficient for the support of [1728] of our subjects, with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our favor. +16. Verbatiman egXML in a list: •<div xml:id="test99" rend="whatever">  <head>Choice, sic, corr, reg, orig</head>  <p>v<ex>oro</ex> þav sam<ex>m</ex>ędd syskin in @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@    <corr>gvn<ex>n</ex>hilldr</corr>   </choice>.</p> </div> -17. divs with no heads -17.1. Ampersands: Fit the first& Fit the first& more Fit the first&amp; more Fit the first&& Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.<p>Ampersands: +17. divs with no heads +17.1. Ampersands: Fit the first& Fit the first& more Fit the first&amp; more Fit the first&& Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.<p>Ampersands: <seg>Fit the first&amp;</seg>  <seg>Fit the first&amp; more</seg>  <seg>Fit the first&amp;amp; more</seg> @@ -119,4 +119,4 @@  <seg>Fit the first @ <ref target="http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&amp;bar=foo&#3">http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&amp;bar=foo&#3</ref>  </seg>. </p> -17.2. Fit the secondNotesi. Not Vultureii. Not Blandings                 \ No newline at end of file +17.2. Fit the secondNotesi. Not Vultureii. Not Blandings \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.html b/Test/expected-results/test.html index 65cea6151c..b81aa7fc13 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.html @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@

              Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists...

              -
                +
                1. Dogs
                2. Zebras
                3. Birds
                  4. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

              The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

              This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist
              -
                +
                • first item
                • @@ -747,30 +747,30 @@

                  Extended prose: MARLEY'S GHOST

                  -
                  +

                  Marley was dead: to begin with. There is no doubt whatever about that. The register of his burial was signed by the clergyman, the clerk, the undertaker, and the chief mourner. Scrooge signed it. And Scrooge's name was good upon 'Change, for anything he chose to put his hand to. Old Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

                  Mind! I don't mean to say that I know, of my own knowledge, what there is particularly dead about a door-nail. I might have been inclined, myself, to regard a coffin-nail as the deadest piece of ironmongery in the trade. But the wisdom of our ancestors is in the simile; and my unhallowed - [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

                  + [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

                  Scrooge knew he was dead? Of course he did. How could it be otherwise? Scrooge and he were partners for I don't know how many years. Scrooge was his sole executor, his sole administrator, his sole assign, his sole residuary legatee, his sole friend, and sole mourner. And even Scrooge was not so dreadfully cut up by the sad event, but that he was an excellent man of business on the very day of the funeral, and solemnised it with an undoubted bargain.

                  The mention of Marley's funeral brings me back to the point I started from. There is no doubt that Marley was dead. This must be distinctly understood, or nothing wonderful can come of the story I am going to relate. If we were not perfectly convinced that Hamlet's Father died before the play began, there would be nothing more remarkable in his taking a stroll at night, in an easterly wind, upon his own ramparts, than there - [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

                  + [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

                  Scrooge never painted out Old Marley's name. There it stood, years afterwards, above the ware-house door: Scrooge and Marley. The firm was known as Scrooge and Marley. Sometimes people new to the business called Scrooge Scrooge, and sometimes Marley, but he answered to both names. It was all the same to him.

                  Oh! But he was a tight-fisted hand at the grindstone, Scrooge! a squeezing, wrenching, grasping, scraping, clutching, covetous old sinner! Hard and sharp as flint, from which no steel had ever struck out generous fire; secret, and self-contained, and solitary as an oyster. The cold within him froze his old features, nipped his pointed nose, shrivelled his cheek, stiffened his gait; made his eyes red, his thin lips blue; and spoke out shrewdly in his grating voice. A frosty rime was on his head, and on his eyebrows, and his wiry chin. He - [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

                  + [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

                  External heat and cold had little influence on Scrooge. No warmth could warm, no wintry weather chill him. No wind that blew was bitterer than he, no falling snow was more intent upon its purpose, no pelting rain less open to entreaty. Foul weather didn't know where to have him. The heaviest rain, and snow, and hail, and sleet, could boast of the advantage over him in only one respect. They often ‘came down’ handsomely, and Scrooge never did.

                  Nobody ever stopped him in the street to say, with gladsome looks, ‘My dear Scrooge, how are you. When will you come to see me.’No beggars implored him to bestow a trifle, no children asked him what it was o'clock, no man or woman ever once in all his life inquired the way to such and such a place, of Scrooge. Even the blindmen's dogs appeared to know him; and when they saw him coming on, would tug their owners into doorways - [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, + [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, ‘No eye at all is better than an evil eye, dark master! ’

                  But what did Scrooge care! It was the very thing he liked. To edge his way along the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the knowing ones call ‘nuts’ to Scrooge.

                  Once upon a time — of all the good days in the year, on Christmas Eve — old Scrooge sat busy in his counting-house. It was cold, bleak, biting weather: foggy withal: and he could hear the people in the court outside, go wheezing up and down, beating their hands upon their breasts, and stamping their feet upon the pavement stones to warm them. The city clocks had only just gone three, but it was quite dark already: it had not been light all day: and candles were flaring in the windows of the neighbouring offices, like ruddy smears upon the palpable brown air. The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole, and was so dense without, that although the court was of the - [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

                  + [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

                  The door of Scrooge's counting-house was open that he might keep his eye upon his clerk, who in a dismal little cell beyond, a sort of tank, was copying letters. Scrooge had a very small fire, but the clerk's fire was so very much smaller that it looked like one coal. But he couldn't replenish it, for Scrooge kept the coal-box in his own room; and so surely as the clerk came in with the shovel, the master predicted that it would be necessary for them to part. Wherefore the clerk put on his white comforter, and tried to warm himself at the candle; in which effort, not being a man of a strong imagination, he failed.

                  ‘A merry Christmas, uncle! God save you!’cried a cheerful voice. It was the voice of Scrooge's nephew, who came upon him so quickly that this was the first intimation he had of his approach. - [Page 7]

                  + [Page 7]

                  ‘Bah!’said Scrooge, ‘Humbug!’

                  @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@

                  ‘What else can I be,’returned the uncle, ‘when I live in such a world of fools as this Merry Christmas! Out upon merry Christmas. What's Christmas time to you but a time for - [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, + [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, ‘every idiot who goes about with ‘Merry Christmas’on his lips, should be boiled with his own pudding, and buried with a stake of holly through his heart. He should!’

                  @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@

                  ‘There are many things from which I might have derived good, by which I have not profited, I dare say,’returned the nephew: ‘Christmas among the rest. But I am sure I have always thought of Christmas - [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it + [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it hasdone me good, and willdo me good; and I say, God bless it!’

                  The clerk in the tank involuntarily applauded. Becoming immediately sensible of the impropriety, he poked the fire, and extinguished the last frail spark for ever.

                  @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@

                  you,’said Scrooge, ‘and you'll keep your Christmas by losing your situation. You're quite a powerful speaker, sir,’he added, turning to his nephew. ‘I wonder you don't go into Parliament.’ - [Page 10]

                  + [Page 10]

                  ‘Don't be angry, uncle. Come! Dine with us to-morrow.’

                  @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@

                  ‘Good afternoon,’said Scrooge.

                  ‘I am sorry, with all my heart, to find you so resolute. We have never had any quarrel, to which - [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’ + [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’

                  ‘Good afternoon!’said Scrooge.

                  @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@

                  This lunatic, in letting Scrooge's nephew out, had let two other people in. They were portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold, and now stood, with their hats off, in Scrooge's office. They had books and papers in their hands, and bowed to him.

                  ‘Scrooge and Marley's, I believe,’said one of the - [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. + [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. ‘Have I the pleasure of addressing Mr Scrooge, or Mr Marley?’

                  ‘Mr Marley has been dead these seven years,’Scrooge replied. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

                  ‘Are there no prisons?’asked Scrooge.

                  ‘Plenty of prisons,’said the gentleman, laying down the pen again. - [Page 13]

                  + [Page 13]

                  ‘And the Union workhouses?’demanded Scrooge. ‘Are they still in operation?’

                  @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@

                  ‘I wish to be left alone,’said Scrooge. ‘Since - [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

                  + [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

                  ‘Many can't go there; and many would rather die.’

                  @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@

                  ‘It's not my business,’Scrooge returned. ‘It's enough for a man to understand his own business, and not to interfere with other people's. Mine occupies me constantly. Good afternoon, gentlemen!’

                  Seeing clearly that it would be useless to pursue their point, the gentlemen withdrew. Scrooge resumed his labours with an improved opinion of himself, and in a more facetious temper than was usual with him. - [Page 15]

                  + [Page 15]

                  Foggier yet, and colder! Piercing, searching, biting cold. If the good Saint Dunstan had but nipped the Evil Spirit's nose with a touch of such weather as that, Note:test of a noteinstead of using his familiar weapons, then indeed he would have roared to lusty purpose. The owner of one scant young nose, gnawed and mumbled by the hungry cold as bones are gnawed by dogs, stooped down at Scrooge's keyhole to regale him with a Christmas carol: but at the first sound of

                  @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@

                  May nothing you dismay!

                  Scrooge seized the ruler with such energy of action - [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

                  + [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

                  @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@

                  an egXML in a list:

                  • -
                    +
                    <div  xml:id=" test99"  @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@

                    Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.

                    -
                    +
                    <p>Ampersands: <seg>Fit the first&amp; </seg>  diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.html5 b/Test/expected-results/test.html5 index 9d020b01a9..e420ade80d 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.html5 +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.html5 @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@

                  Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists...

                  -
                    +
                    1. Dogs
                    2. Zebras
                    3. Birds
                      4. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

                  The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

                  This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist
                  -
                    +
                    • first item
                    • @@ -747,30 +747,30 @@ Extended prose: MARLEY'S GHOST

      -
      +

      Marley was dead: to begin with. There is no doubt whatever about that. The register of his burial was signed by the clergyman, the clerk, the undertaker, and the chief mourner. Scrooge signed it. And Scrooge's name was good upon 'Change, for anything he chose to put his hand to. Old Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

      Mind! I don't mean to say that I know, of my own knowledge, what there is particularly dead about a door-nail. I might have been inclined, myself, to regard a coffin-nail as the deadest piece of ironmongery in the trade. But the wisdom of our ancestors is in the simile; and my unhallowed - [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

      + [Page 2]hands shall not disturb it, or the Country's done for. You will therefore permit me to repeat, emphatically, that Marley was as dead as a door-nail.

      Scrooge knew he was dead? Of course he did. How could it be otherwise? Scrooge and he were partners for I don't know how many years. Scrooge was his sole executor, his sole administrator, his sole assign, his sole residuary legatee, his sole friend, and sole mourner. And even Scrooge was not so dreadfully cut up by the sad event, but that he was an excellent man of business on the very day of the funeral, and solemnised it with an undoubted bargain.

      The mention of Marley's funeral brings me back to the point I started from. There is no doubt that Marley was dead. This must be distinctly understood, or nothing wonderful can come of the story I am going to relate. If we were not perfectly convinced that Hamlet's Father died before the play began, there would be nothing more remarkable in his taking a stroll at night, in an easterly wind, upon his own ramparts, than there - [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

      + [Page 3]would be in any other middle-aged gentleman rashly turning out after dark in a breezy spot — say Saint Paul's Churchyard for instance — literally to astonish his son's weak mind.

      Scrooge never painted out Old Marley's name. There it stood, years afterwards, above the ware-house door: Scrooge and Marley. The firm was known as Scrooge and Marley. Sometimes people new to the business called Scrooge Scrooge, and sometimes Marley, but he answered to both names. It was all the same to him.

      Oh! But he was a tight-fisted hand at the grindstone, Scrooge! a squeezing, wrenching, grasping, scraping, clutching, covetous old sinner! Hard and sharp as flint, from which no steel had ever struck out generous fire; secret, and self-contained, and solitary as an oyster. The cold within him froze his old features, nipped his pointed nose, shrivelled his cheek, stiffened his gait; made his eyes red, his thin lips blue; and spoke out shrewdly in his grating voice. A frosty rime was on his head, and on his eyebrows, and his wiry chin. He - [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

      + [Page 4]carried his own low temperature always about with him; he iced his office in the dog-days; and didn't thaw it one degree at Christmas.

      External heat and cold had little influence on Scrooge. No warmth could warm, no wintry weather chill him. No wind that blew was bitterer than he, no falling snow was more intent upon its purpose, no pelting rain less open to entreaty. Foul weather didn't know where to have him. The heaviest rain, and snow, and hail, and sleet, could boast of the advantage over him in only one respect. They often ‘came down’ handsomely, and Scrooge never did.

      Nobody ever stopped him in the street to say, with gladsome looks, ‘My dear Scrooge, how are you. When will you come to see me.’No beggars implored him to bestow a trifle, no children asked him what it was o'clock, no man or woman ever once in all his life inquired the way to such and such a place, of Scrooge. Even the blindmen's dogs appeared to know him; and when they saw him coming on, would tug their owners into doorways - [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, + [Page 5]and up courts; and then would wag their tails as though they said, ‘No eye at all is better than an evil eye, dark master! ’

      But what did Scrooge care! It was the very thing he liked. To edge his way along the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the knowing ones call ‘nuts’ to Scrooge.

      Once upon a time — of all the good days in the year, on Christmas Eve — old Scrooge sat busy in his counting-house. It was cold, bleak, biting weather: foggy withal: and he could hear the people in the court outside, go wheezing up and down, beating their hands upon their breasts, and stamping their feet upon the pavement stones to warm them. The city clocks had only just gone three, but it was quite dark already: it had not been light all day: and candles were flaring in the windows of the neighbouring offices, like ruddy smears upon the palpable brown air. The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole, and was so dense without, that although the court was of the - [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

      + [Page 6]narrowest, the houses opposite were mere phantoms. To see the dingy cloud come drooping down, obscuring everything, one might have thought that Nature lived hard by, and was brewing on a large scale.

      The door of Scrooge's counting-house was open that he might keep his eye upon his clerk, who in a dismal little cell beyond, a sort of tank, was copying letters. Scrooge had a very small fire, but the clerk's fire was so very much smaller that it looked like one coal. But he couldn't replenish it, for Scrooge kept the coal-box in his own room; and so surely as the clerk came in with the shovel, the master predicted that it would be necessary for them to part. Wherefore the clerk put on his white comforter, and tried to warm himself at the candle; in which effort, not being a man of a strong imagination, he failed.

      ‘A merry Christmas, uncle! God save you!’cried a cheerful voice. It was the voice of Scrooge's nephew, who came upon him so quickly that this was the first intimation he had of his approach. - [Page 7]

      + [Page 7]

      ‘Bah!’said Scrooge, ‘Humbug!’

      @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@

      ‘What else can I be,’returned the uncle, ‘when I live in such a world of fools as this Merry Christmas! Out upon merry Christmas. What's Christmas time to you but a time for - [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, + [Page 8]paying bills without money; a time for finding yourself a year older, but not an hour richer; a time for balancing your books and having every item in 'em through a round dozen of months presented dead against you? If I could work my will,’said Scrooge indignantly, ‘every idiot who goes about with ‘Merry Christmas’on his lips, should be boiled with his own pudding, and buried with a stake of holly through his heart. He should!’

      @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@

      ‘There are many things from which I might have derived good, by which I have not profited, I dare say,’returned the nephew: ‘Christmas among the rest. But I am sure I have always thought of Christmas - [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it + [Page 9]time, when it has come round — apart from the veneration due to its sacred name and origin, if anything belonging to it can be apart from that — as a good time: a kind, forgiving, charitable, pleasant time: the only time I know of, in the long calendar of the year, when men and women seem by one consent to open their shut-up hearts freely, and to think of people below them as if they really were fellow-passengers to the grave, and not another race of creatures bound on other journeys. And therefore, uncle, though it has never put a scrap of gold or silver in my pocket, I believe that it hasdone me good, and willdo me good; and I say, God bless it!’

      The clerk in the tank involuntarily applauded. Becoming immediately sensible of the impropriety, he poked the fire, and extinguished the last frail spark for ever.

      @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ you,’said Scrooge, ‘and you'll keep your Christmas by losing your situation. You're quite a powerful speaker, sir,’he added, turning to his nephew. ‘I wonder you don't go into Parliament.’ - [Page 10]

      + [Page 10]

      ‘Don't be angry, uncle. Come! Dine with us to-morrow.’

      @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ ‘Good afternoon,’said Scrooge.

      ‘I am sorry, with all my heart, to find you so resolute. We have never had any quarrel, to which - [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’ + [Page 11]I have been a party. But I have made the trial in homage to Christmas, and I'll keep my Christmas humour to the last. So A Merry Christmas, uncle!’

      ‘Good afternoon!’said Scrooge.

      @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@

      This lunatic, in letting Scrooge's nephew out, had let two other people in. They were portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold, and now stood, with their hats off, in Scrooge's office. They had books and papers in their hands, and bowed to him.

      ‘Scrooge and Marley's, I believe,’said one of the - [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. + [Page 12]gentlemen, referring to his list. ‘Have I the pleasure of addressing Mr Scrooge, or Mr Marley?’

      ‘Mr Marley has been dead these seven years,’Scrooge replied. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ ‘Are there no prisons?’asked Scrooge.

      ‘Plenty of prisons,’said the gentleman, laying down the pen again. - [Page 13]

      + [Page 13]

      ‘And the Union workhouses?’demanded Scrooge. ‘Are they still in operation?’

      @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@

      ‘I wish to be left alone,’said Scrooge. ‘Since - [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

      + [Page 14]you ask me what I wish, gentlemen, that is my answer. I don't make merry myself at Christmas and I can't afford to make idle people merry. I help to support the establishments I have mentioned: they cost enough: and those who are badly off must go there.’

      ‘Many can't go there; and many would rather die.’

      @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ ‘It's not my business,’Scrooge returned. ‘It's enough for a man to understand his own business, and not to interfere with other people's. Mine occupies me constantly. Good afternoon, gentlemen!’

      Seeing clearly that it would be useless to pursue their point, the gentlemen withdrew. Scrooge resumed his labours with an improved opinion of himself, and in a more facetious temper than was usual with him. - [Page 15]

      + [Page 15]

      Foggier yet, and colder! Piercing, searching, biting cold. If the good Saint Dunstan had but nipped the Evil Spirit's nose with a touch of such weather as that, Note:test of a noteinstead of using his familiar weapons, then indeed he would have roared to lusty purpose. The owner of one scant young nose, gnawed and mumbled by the hungry cold as bones are gnawed by dogs, stooped down at Scrooge's keyhole to regale him with a Christmas carol: but at the first sound of

      @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@
      May nothing you dismay!

      Scrooge seized the ruler with such energy of action - [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

      + [Page 17]that the singer fled in terror, leaving the keyhole to the fog and even more congenial frost.

      @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@

      an egXML in a list:

      • -
        +
        <div  xml:id=" test99"  @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ Fit the first&quot; Fit the first @ http://www.example.com/?foo=bar&bar=foo&#3.

        -
        +
        <p>Ampersands: <seg>Fit the first&amp; </seg>  diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.isosch b/Test/expected-results/test.isosch index f64edd73d0..91001cc475 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.isosch +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.isosch @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ - + @@ -34,222 +34,129 @@ The @to and @notAfter attributes cannot be used together. - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - + When used on a schema description element (like ), the @source attribute should have only 1 value. (This one has .) - + The @unit attribute may be unnecessary when @unitRef is present. - + @targetLang should only be used on if @target is specified. - + The element indicated by @spanTo () must follow the current element - + @schemeVersion can only be used if @scheme is specified. - + The element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type - + @calendar indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, but this element has no textual content. - + Abstract model violation: Paragraphs may not occur inside other paragraphs or ab elements. - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, p, or ab, unless p is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. - + Information about a deprecation should only be present in a specification element that is being deprecated: that is, only an element that has a @validUntil attribute should have a child <desc type="deprecationInfo">. - + When target= is present, neither from= nor to= should be. - + When from= is present, the to= attribute of is required. - + When to= is present, the from= attribute of is required. - + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . - + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . - + The content of a "gloss" list should include a sequence of one or more pairs of a label element followed by an item element - - - - - - - - - - + If the @target attribute on is used, the relatedItem element must be empty A relatedItem element should have either a @target attribute or a child element to indicate the related bibliographic item - + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain lines or lg elements. - + An lg element must contain at least one child l, lg, or gap element. - + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain line groups. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + On , either the @marks attribute should be used, or a paragraph of description provided - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + An XPath in @match on the outer must start with '/'. - + An XPath in @match must not start with '/' except on the outer . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus transcribed text should not be present within it. - + The first and last elements of this path are the same. To specify a closed polygon, use the zone element rather than the path element. - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. - + Abstract model violation: p and ab may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. - + You must supply at least two values for @target or on - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level divisions such as p or ab, unless ab is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. - + You must supply at least two values for @target on - + This element must have a @type attribute, since it is nested inside a diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.odd.html b/Test/expected-results/test.odd.html index 66f2be7289..5fdf2993e1 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.odd.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.odd.html @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@

        closer : ( closer) - groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter.[ + groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter.[ 4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.odt b/Test/expected-results/test.odt index b5bc9ff1bc..7abce4addd 100644 Binary files a/Test/expected-results/test.odt and b/Test/expected-results/test.odt differ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test.rng b/Test/expected-results/test.rng index 16da928c5d..00c6accb75 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test.rng +++ b/Test/expected-results/test.rng @@ -437,16 +437,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] human; 2] template; 3] system; 4] bot; 5] unspecifi - - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - - - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - @@ -674,7 +664,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] internal; 2] external; 3] conjecture - + @@ -796,7 +786,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] m (metre); 2] kg (kilogram); 3] s (second); 4] Hz ( - + The @unit attribute may be unnecessary when @unitRef is present. @@ -877,7 +867,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] top; 2] bottom; 3] margin; 4] opposite; 5] overleaf - + @targetLang should only be used on if @target is specified. @@ -1044,7 +1034,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sole; 2] major; 3] minor - + The element indicated by @spanTo () must follow the current element @@ -1082,7 +1072,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sole; 2] major; 3] minor - + @schemeVersion can only be used if @scheme is specified. @@ -1113,7 +1103,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sole; 2] major; 3] minor - + The element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type @@ -3495,6 +3485,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] rubbing; 2] mildew; 3] smoke + @@ -3525,6 +3516,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] rubbing; 2] mildew; 3] smoke + @@ -4144,7 +4136,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] full (full form); 2] pref (prefix); 3] suff (suffix - + @calendar indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, @@ -4195,14 +4187,14 @@ Suggested values include: 1] page; 2] column; 3] line; 4] book; 5] poem; 6] cant (paragraph) marks paragraphs in prose. [3.1. Paragraphs 7.2.5. Speech Contents] - + Abstract model violation: Paragraphs may not occur inside other paragraphs or ab elements. - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, p, or ab, unless p is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. @@ -4413,7 +4405,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] spoken (spoken); 2] thought (thought); 3] written ( (description) contains a short description of the purpose, function, or use of its parent element, or when the parent is a documentation element, describes or defines the object being documented. [23.4.1. Description of Components] - + Information about a deprecation should only be present in a specification element @@ -4508,7 +4500,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] deprecationInfo (deprecation information) - + When target= is present, neither from= nor to= should be. @@ -4521,7 +4513,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] deprecationInfo (deprecation information) - + When from= is present, the to= attribute of is required. @@ -4534,7 +4526,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] deprecationInfo (deprecation information) - + When to= is present, the from= attribute of is required. @@ -5002,7 +4994,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] suspension (suspension); 2] contraction (contraction); (pointer) defines a pointer to another location. [3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References 17.1. Links] - + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . @@ -5021,7 +5013,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] suspension (suspension); 2] contraction (contraction); (reference) defines a reference to another location, possibly modified by additional text or comment. [3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References 17.1. Links] - + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . @@ -5082,7 +5074,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] suspension (suspension); 2] contraction (contraction); - + The content of a "gloss" list should include a sequence of one or more pairs of a label element followed by an item element @@ -5693,9 +5685,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5728,9 +5717,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5767,9 +5753,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5787,7 +5770,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - + If the @target attribute on is used, the relatedItem element must be empty A relatedItem element should have either a @target attribute or a child element to indicate the related bibliographic item @@ -5818,7 +5801,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain lines or lg elements. @@ -5863,12 +5846,12 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - + An lg element must contain at least one child l, lg, or gap element. - + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain line groups. @@ -5886,33 +5869,65 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] - - - - + - - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - + - + + + + @@ -6294,9 +6309,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6350,9 +6362,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6386,9 +6395,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6424,9 +6430,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6473,9 +6476,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6487,9 +6487,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6504,9 +6501,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6518,9 +6512,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6558,9 +6549,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6583,10 +6571,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - - + On , either the @marks attribute should be used, or a paragraph of description provided @@ -6617,9 +6602,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6646,9 +6628,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6660,9 +6639,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6674,9 +6650,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6688,9 +6661,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6814,9 +6784,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -6840,9 +6807,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -6876,12 +6840,12 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after(match) supplies an XPath selection pattern using the syntax defined in which identifies a set of nodes which are citable structural components. The expression may be absolute (beginning with `/`) or relative. @match on a <citeStructure> without a <citeStructure> parent must be an absolute XPath. If it is relative, its context is set by the @match of the parent <citeStructure>. - + An XPath in @match on the outer must start with '/'. - + An XPath in @match must not start with '/' except on the outer . @@ -7075,9 +7039,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] book; 2] chapter; 3] entry; 4] poem; 5] letter; 6] lin (geographic coordinates declaration) documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the <geo> element elsewhere within the document. [2.3.8. The Geographic Coordinates Declaration] - - - @@ -7262,9 +7223,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7305,9 +7263,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7398,9 +7353,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7465,9 +7417,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sent; 2] received; 3] transmitted; 4] redirected; 5 - - - @@ -7697,7 +7646,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sent; 2] received; 3] transmitted; 4] redirected; 5 - + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus @@ -7824,7 +7773,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] glued; 2] pinned; 3] sewn (path) defines any line passing through two or more points within a <surface> element. [12.1. Digital Facsimiles 12.2.2. Embedded Transcription] - + @@ -7870,12 +7819,12 @@ Sample values include: 1] glued; 2] pinned; 3] sewn (added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>). [12.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions] - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + L'attribut spanTo est requis. @@ -7902,12 +7851,12 @@ Sample values include: 1] glued; 2] pinned; 3] sewn (damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible. [12.3.3.1. Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text] - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + L'attribut spanTo est requis. @@ -7923,12 +7872,12 @@ Sample values include: 1] glued; 2] pinned; 3] sewn (deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector. [12.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions] - + The @spanTo attribute of is required. - + L'attribut spanTo est requis. @@ -8093,7 +8042,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] header; 2] footer; 3] pageNum (page number); 4] lineNu - + must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus @@ -9129,14 +9078,14 @@ Suggested values include: 1] initial; 2] final - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. - + Abstract model violation: p and ab may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. @@ -9640,11 +9589,12 @@ Suggested values include: 1] initial; 2] final - (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + @@ -10058,7 +10008,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] main (main); 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternat (link) defines an association or hypertextual link among elements or passages, of some type not more precisely specifiable by other elements. [17.1. Links] - + You must supply at least two values for @target or on @@ -10095,7 +10045,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] main (main); 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternat (anonymous block) contains any component-level unit of text, acting as a container for phrase or inter level elements analogous to, but without the same constraints as, a paragraph. [17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors] - + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level divisions such as p or ab, unless ab is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. @@ -10267,7 +10217,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] d (days); 2] h (hours); 3] min (minutes); 4] s (sec - + You must supply at least two values for @target on @@ -10426,7 +10376,7 @@ Suggested values include: 1] d (days); 2] h (hours); 3] min (minutes); 4] s (sec - + This element must have a @type attribute, since it is diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.html b/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.html index d77a4677e1..6bf9b2ac24 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.html @@ -619,6 +619,7 @@

        core: + address bibl biblStruct cb @@ -780,7 +781,7 @@

        Content model - 
        +                  
         <content>
  <sequence minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1">
   <alternate minOccurs="0"
@@ -832,7 +833,7 @@ 
        
  </sequence>
 </content>
     
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
@@ -841,7 +842,7 @@ 
        
                   Declaración
                 
                 
-                  
        +                  
         element div
 {
    
@@ -885,7 +886,7 @@ 
        
       )
    )
 }
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
@@ -1354,12 +1355,12 @@ 
        
                   Content model
                 
                 
-                  
        +                  
         <content>
  <macroRef key="macro.paraContent"/>
 </content>
     
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
@@ -1368,7 +1369,7 @@ 
        
                   Declaración
                 
                 
-                  
        +                  
         element para
 {
    
@@ -1384,7 +1385,7 @@ 
        
    
 macro.paraContent
 }
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
@@ -1999,12 +2000,12 @@ 
        
                   Content model
                 
                 
-                  
        +                  
         <content>
  <macroRef key="macro.specialPara"/>
 </content>
     
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
@@ -2013,7 +2014,7 @@ 
        
                   Declaración
                 
                 
-                  
        +                  
         element q
 {
    
@@ -2037,7 +2038,7 @@ 
        
    
 macro.specialPara
 }
-⚓
+⚓
 
        
                 
               
diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.rnc b/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.rnc
index 75541cc5dd..a930d5d1e6 100644
--- a/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.rnc
+++ b/Test/expected-results/test15.odd.rnc
@@ -368,41 +368,6 @@ att.declarable.attribute.default =
       ## This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected.
       "false"
   }?
-sch:pattern [
-  id = "declarable"
-  abstract = "true"
-  "\x{a}" ~
-  "      "
-  sch:rule [
-    context =
-      "$tde[ ancestor::tei:teiHeader                                  and                                  following-sibling::$tde                                  and                                  not( preceding-sibling::$tde ) ]"
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "         "
-    sch:report [
-      test = "../child::$tde[ not( @xml:id ) ]"
-      "\x{a}" ~
-      "            When there is more than one "
-      sch:name [ ]
-      ", each must have an @xml:id\x{a}" ~
-      "          "
-    ]
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "         "
-    sch:assert [
-      test =
-        "count( ../child::$tde[ normalize-space( @default ) = ('1','true') ] ) eq 1"
-      "\x{a}" ~
-      "            When there is more than one "
-      sch:name [ ]
-      ", one and only one must have a @default of 'true'.\x{a}" ~
-      "          "
-    ]
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "      "
-  ]
-  "\x{a}" ~
-  "   "
-]
 att.declaring.attributes = att.declaring.attribute.decls
 att.declaring.attribute.decls =
   
@@ -558,7 +523,7 @@ att.global.source.attribute.source =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test15-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-6"
+    "test15-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -699,7 +664,7 @@ att.measurement.attribute.commodity =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test15-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-7"
+    "test15-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-6"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -794,7 +759,7 @@ att.pointing.attribute.targetLang =
        "")
   }?
 sch:pattern [
-  id = "test15-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-8"
+  id = "test15-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-7"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -926,7 +891,7 @@ att.spanning.attribute.spanTo =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test15-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-9"
+    "test15-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-8"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -981,7 +946,7 @@ att.styleDef.attribute.schemeVersion =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test15-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-10"
+    "test15-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-9"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -1015,7 +980,7 @@ att.typed.attribute.subtype =
     xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" }
   }?
 sch:pattern [
-  id = "test15-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-11"
+  id = "test15-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-10"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -1872,7 +1837,7 @@ model.divWrapper =
   | salute
   | docAuthor
   | docDate
-model.divTopPart = model.headLike | opener | signed
+model.divTopPart = model.headLike | address | opener | signed
 model.divTop = model.divWrapper | model.divTopPart
 model.frontPart.drama = notAllowed
 model.pLike.front =
@@ -1887,7 +1852,7 @@ model.pLike.front =
   | docEdition
   | docImprint
   | docDate
-model.divBottomPart = trailer | closer | signed | postscript
+model.divBottomPart = address | trailer | closer | signed | postscript
 model.divBottom = model.divWrapper | model.divBottomPart
 model.titlepagePart =
   graphic
@@ -2175,7 +2140,7 @@ att.calendarSystem.attribute.calendar =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test15-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-12"
+    "test15-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-11"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -2260,7 +2225,7 @@ p =
     macro.paraContent
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13"
+           "test15-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2282,7 +2247,7 @@ p =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14"
+           "test15-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2482,7 +2447,7 @@ desc =
     macro.limitedContent
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15"
+           "test15-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2575,7 +2540,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16"
+         id = "test15-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2598,7 +2563,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17"
+         id = "test15-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2623,7 +2588,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18"
+         id = "test15-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3007,7 +2972,7 @@ ptr =
   element ptr {
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19"
+         id = "test15-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3041,7 +3006,7 @@ ref =
   element ref {
     macro.paraContent
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20"
+         id = "test15-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3081,7 +3046,7 @@ ref =
      (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21"
+           "test15-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3535,23 +3500,15 @@ bibl =
   
   ## (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element bibl {
-    ((text
-      | model.gLike
-      | model.highlighted
-      | model.pPart.data
-      | model.pPart.edit
-      | model.segLike
-      | model.ptrLike
-      | model.biblPart
-      | model.global)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (text
+     | model.gLike
+     | model.highlighted
+     | model.pPart.data
+     | model.pPart.edit
+     | model.segLike
+     | model.ptrLike
+     | model.biblPart
+     | model.global)*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -3567,15 +3524,7 @@ biblStruct =
   element biblStruct {
     (analytic*,
      (monogr, series*)+,
-     (model.noteLike | model.ptrLike | relatedItem | citedRange)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.noteLike | model.ptrLike | relatedItem | citedRange)*),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -3593,15 +3542,7 @@ listBibl =
      desc*,
      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*,
      (model.biblLike+,
-      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -3615,7 +3556,7 @@ relatedItem =
   element relatedItem {
     ((model.biblLike | model.ptrLike)?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22"
+         id = "test15-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3656,7 +3597,7 @@ l =
     ((text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.inter | model.global)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23"
+           "test15-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3697,7 +3638,7 @@ lg =
       | lg)*,
      (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24"
+         id = "test15-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3717,7 +3658,7 @@ lg =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25"
+           "test15-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3746,15 +3687,32 @@ sp =
   
   ## (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers]
   element sp {
-    ((model.global | model.stageLike)*,
-     (speaker, model.global*),
+    (model.global*,
+     (model.stageLike, model.global*)*,
+     (((speaker, model.global*),
+       ((lg
+         | model.lLike
+         | model.pLike
+         | model.listLike
+         | model.attributable
+         | q
+         | model.stageLike),
+        model.global*))
+      | ((lg
+          | model.lLike
+          | model.pLike
+          | model.listLike
+          | model.attributable
+          | q),
+         model.global*)),
      ((lg
        | model.lLike
        | model.pLike
        | model.listLike
-       | model.stageLike
-       | model.attributable),
-      (model.global* | q))+),
+       | model.attributable
+       | q
+       | model.stageLike),
+      model.global*)*),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.ascribed.directed.attributes,
     att.placement.attributes,
@@ -4066,15 +4024,7 @@ availability =
   
   ## (availability) supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.]
   element availability {
-    ((model.availabilityPart | model.pLike)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.availabilityPart | model.pLike)+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4107,15 +4057,7 @@ seriesStmt =
   ## (series statement) groups information about the series, if any, to which a publication belongs. [2.2.5. The Series Statement 2.2. The File Description]
   element seriesStmt {
     (model.pLike+
-     | (title+, (editor | respStmt)*, (idno | biblScope)*))
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (title+, (editor | respStmt)*, (idno | biblScope)*)),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4131,15 +4073,7 @@ sourceDesc =
   ## (source description) describes the source(s) from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as born digital for a text which has no previous existence. [2.2.7. The Source Description]
   element sourceDesc {
     (model.pLike+
-     | (model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4155,15 +4089,7 @@ biblFull =
        seriesStmt*,
        notesStmt?),
       sourceDesc*)
-     | (fileDesc, profileDesc))
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (fileDesc, profileDesc)),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -4197,15 +4123,7 @@ projectDesc =
   
   ## (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element projectDesc {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4214,15 +4132,7 @@ samplingDecl =
   
   ## (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element samplingDecl {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4231,15 +4141,7 @@ editorialDecl =
   
   ## (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element editorialDecl {
-    ((model.pLike | model.editorialDeclPart)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike | model.editorialDeclPart)+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4248,15 +4150,7 @@ correction =
   
   ## (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element correction {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4292,15 +4186,7 @@ normalization =
   
   ## (normalization) indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element normalization {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4322,15 +4208,7 @@ quotation =
   element quotation {
     (model.pLike*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ]
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-26"
+         id = "test15-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-25"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4372,15 +4250,7 @@ hyphenation =
   
   ## (hyphenation) summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element hyphenation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4406,15 +4276,7 @@ segmentation =
   
   ## (segmentation) describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element segmentation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4423,15 +4285,7 @@ stdVals =
   
   ## (standard values) specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element stdVals {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4440,15 +4294,7 @@ interpretation =
   
   ## (interpretation) describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration]
   element interpretation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4457,15 +4303,7 @@ punctuation =
   
   ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation]
   element punctuation {
-    (model.pLike*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4577,15 +4415,7 @@ styleDefDecl =
   
   ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration]
   element styleDefDecl {
-    (model.pLike*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     att.styleDef.attributes,
@@ -4595,15 +4425,7 @@ refsDecl =
   
   ## (references declaration) specifies how canonical references are constructed for this text. [2.3.6.3. Milestone Method 2.3. The Encoding Description 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration]
   element refsDecl {
-    (model.pLike+ | citeStructure+ | cRefPattern+ | refState+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike+ | citeStructure+ | cRefPattern+ | refState+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4638,7 +4460,7 @@ citeStructure =
     attribute match { text }
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-27"
+           "test15-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-26"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4659,7 +4481,7 @@ citeStructure =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-28"
+           "test15-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-27"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4800,15 +4622,7 @@ geoDecl =
     ]
   ]
   element geoDecl {
-    macro.phraseSeq
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    macro.phraseSeq,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -4937,15 +4751,7 @@ langUsage =
   
   ## (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element langUsage {
-    (model.pLike+ | language+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike+ | language+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -4981,15 +4787,7 @@ textClass =
   
   ## (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification]
   element textClass {
-    ((classCode | catRef | keywords)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (classCode | catRef | keywords)*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -5067,15 +4865,7 @@ correspDesc =
   
   ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description]
   element correspDesc {
-    (model.correspDescPart+ | model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.correspDescPart+ | model.pLike+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5123,15 +4913,7 @@ xenoData =
   
   ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata]
   element xenoData {
-    (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     att.typed.attributes,
@@ -5278,7 +5060,7 @@ floatingText =
       (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)?)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-29"
+           "test15-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-28"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5299,7 +5081,7 @@ floatingText =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-30"
+           "test15-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-29"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5511,10 +5293,11 @@ opener =
   }
 closer =
   
-  ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions]
+  ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions]
   element closer {
     (text
      | model.gLike
+     | byline
      | signed
      | dateline
      | salute
@@ -5764,7 +5547,7 @@ link =
   element link {
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-31"
+         id = "test15-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-30"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5807,7 +5590,7 @@ ab =
     macro.abContent
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-32"
+           "test15-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-31"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5990,7 +5773,7 @@ join =
   element join {
     ((model.descLike | model.certLike)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-33"
+         id = "test15-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-32"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -6146,7 +5929,7 @@ standOff =
     (model.standOffPart+)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test15-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-34"
+           "test15-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-33"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7045,15 +6828,7 @@ listOrg =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((org | listOrg)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listOrg" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((org | listOrg)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -7068,15 +6843,7 @@ listEvent =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     (model.eventLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listEvent" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.eventLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -7091,15 +6858,7 @@ listPerson =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((model.personLike | listPerson)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPerson" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((model.personLike | listPerson)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -7114,15 +6873,7 @@ listPlace =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((model.placeLike | listPlace)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPlace" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((model.placeLike | listPlace)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -7439,7 +7190,7 @@ relation =
   element relation {
     (desc?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-35"
+         id = "test15-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-34"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7457,7 +7208,7 @@ relation =
          "         "
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-36"
+         id = "test15-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-35"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7475,7 +7226,7 @@ relation =
          "         "
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test15-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-37"
+         id = "test15-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-36"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7689,15 +7440,7 @@ listObject =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     (model.objectLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listObject" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.objectLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -7737,15 +7480,7 @@ listNym =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((nym | listNym)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listNym" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((nym | listNym)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test21.odd.rnc b/Test/expected-results/test21.odd.rnc
index bfbd4ca602..55271230f3 100644
--- a/Test/expected-results/test21.odd.rnc
+++ b/Test/expected-results/test21.odd.rnc
@@ -369,41 +369,6 @@ att.declarable.attribute.default =
       ## cet élément ne peut être sélectionné qu'explicitement, à moins qu'il ne soit le seul de ce type, auquel cas il est sélectionné si son parent a été choisi
       "false"
   }?
-sch:pattern [
-  id = "declarable"
-  abstract = "true"
-  "\x{a}" ~
-  "      "
-  sch:rule [
-    context =
-      "$tde[ ancestor::tei:teiHeader                                  and                                  following-sibling::$tde                                  and                                  not( preceding-sibling::$tde ) ]"
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "         "
-    sch:report [
-      test = "../child::$tde[ not( @xml:id ) ]"
-      "\x{a}" ~
-      "            When there is more than one "
-      sch:name [ ]
-      ", each must have an @xml:id\x{a}" ~
-      "          "
-    ]
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "         "
-    sch:assert [
-      test =
-        "count( ../child::$tde[ normalize-space( @default ) = ('1','true') ] ) eq 1"
-      "\x{a}" ~
-      "            When there is more than one "
-      sch:name [ ]
-      ", one and only one must have a @default of 'true'.\x{a}" ~
-      "          "
-    ]
-    "\x{a}" ~
-    "      "
-  ]
-  "\x{a}" ~
-  "   "
-]
 att.declaring.attributes = att.declaring.attribute.decls
 att.declaring.attribute.decls =
   
@@ -559,7 +524,7 @@ att.global.source.attribute.source =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test21-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-6"
+    "test21-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -700,7 +665,7 @@ att.measurement.attribute.commodity =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test21-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-7"
+    "test21-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-6"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -795,7 +760,7 @@ att.pointing.attribute.targetLang =
        "")
   }?
 sch:pattern [
-  id = "test21-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-8"
+  id = "test21-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-7"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -927,7 +892,7 @@ att.spanning.attribute.spanTo =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test21-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-9"
+    "test21-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-8"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -982,7 +947,7 @@ att.styleDef.attribute.schemeVersion =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test21-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-10"
+    "test21-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-9"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -1021,7 +986,7 @@ att.typed.attribute.subtype =
     xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" }
   }?
 sch:pattern [
-  id = "test21-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-11"
+  id = "test21-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-10"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -2186,7 +2151,7 @@ model.divWrapper =
   | salute
   | docAuthor
   | docDate
-model.divTopPart = model.headLike | opener | signed
+model.divTopPart = model.headLike | address | opener | signed
 model.divTop = model.divWrapper | model.divTopPart
 model.frontPart.drama = notAllowed
 model.pLike.front =
@@ -2201,7 +2166,7 @@ model.pLike.front =
   | docEdition
   | docImprint
   | docDate
-model.divBottomPart = trailer | closer | signed | postscript
+model.divBottomPart = address | trailer | closer | signed | postscript
 model.divBottom = model.divWrapper | model.divBottomPart
 model.titlepagePart =
   graphic
@@ -2516,7 +2481,7 @@ att.calendarSystem.attribute.calendar =
   }?
 sch:pattern [
   id =
-    "test21-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-12"
+    "test21-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-11"
   "\x{a}" ~
   "      "
   sch:rule [
@@ -2604,7 +2569,7 @@ p =
      }*)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13"
+           "test21-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2626,7 +2591,7 @@ p =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14"
+           "test21-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2848,7 +2813,7 @@ desc =
     macro.limitedContent
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15"
+           "test21-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2941,7 +2906,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16"
+         id = "test21-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2964,7 +2929,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17"
+         id = "test21-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -2989,7 +2954,7 @@ rt =
        xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" }
      }?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18"
+         id = "test21-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3382,7 +3347,7 @@ ptr =
   element ptr {
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19"
+         id = "test21-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3426,7 +3391,7 @@ ref =
   element ref {
     macro.paraContent
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20"
+         id = "test21-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3466,7 +3431,7 @@ ref =
      (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21"
+           "test21-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -3932,23 +3897,15 @@ bibl =
   
   ## (référence bibliographique.) contient une référence bibliographique faiblement structurée dans laquelle les sous-composants peuvent ou non être explicitement balisés. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element bibl {
-    ((text
-      | model.gLike
-      | model.highlighted
-      | model.pPart.data
-      | model.pPart.edit
-      | model.segLike
-      | model.ptrLike
-      | model.biblPart
-      | model.global)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (text
+     | model.gLike
+     | model.highlighted
+     | model.pPart.data
+     | model.pPart.edit
+     | model.segLike
+     | model.ptrLike
+     | model.biblPart
+     | model.global)*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -3964,15 +3921,7 @@ biblStruct =
   element biblStruct {
     (analytic*,
      (monogr, series*)+,
-     (model.noteLike | model.ptrLike | relatedItem | citedRange)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.noteLike | model.ptrLike | relatedItem | citedRange)*),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -3990,15 +3939,7 @@ listBibl =
      desc*,
      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*,
      (model.biblLike+,
-      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+      (model.milestoneLike | relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -4012,7 +3953,7 @@ relatedItem =
   element relatedItem {
     ((model.biblLike | model.ptrLike)?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22"
+         id = "test21-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4053,7 +3994,7 @@ l =
     ((text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.inter | model.global)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23"
+           "test21-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4094,7 +4035,7 @@ lg =
       | lg)*,
      (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24"
+         id = "test21-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4114,7 +4055,7 @@ lg =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25"
+           "test21-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -4154,15 +4095,32 @@ sp =
   
   ## (langue orale) monologue dans un texte écrit pour la scène ou un passage présenté sous cette forme dans un texte en prose ou en vers. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers]
   element sp {
-    ((model.global | model.stageLike)*,
-     (speaker, model.global*),
+    (model.global*,
+     (model.stageLike, model.global*)*,
+     (((speaker, model.global*),
+       ((lg
+         | model.lLike
+         | model.pLike
+         | model.listLike
+         | model.attributable
+         | q
+         | model.stageLike),
+        model.global*))
+      | ((lg
+          | model.lLike
+          | model.pLike
+          | model.listLike
+          | model.attributable
+          | q),
+         model.global*)),
      ((lg
        | model.lLike
        | model.pLike
        | model.listLike
-       | model.stageLike
-       | model.attributable),
-      (model.global* | q))+),
+       | model.attributable
+       | q
+       | model.stageLike),
+      model.global*)*),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.ascribed.directed.attributes,
     att.placement.attributes,
@@ -4963,15 +4921,7 @@ listOrg =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((org | listOrg)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listOrg" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((org | listOrg)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -4986,15 +4936,7 @@ listEvent =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     (model.eventLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listEvent" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.eventLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5009,15 +4951,7 @@ listPerson =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((model.personLike | listPerson)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPerson" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((model.personLike | listPerson)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5032,15 +4966,7 @@ listPlace =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((model.placeLike | listPlace)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPlace" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((model.placeLike | listPlace)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5362,7 +5288,7 @@ relation =
   element relation {
     (desc?)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-26"
+         id = "test21-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-25"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5380,7 +5306,7 @@ relation =
          "         "
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-27"
+         id = "test21-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-26"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5398,7 +5324,7 @@ relation =
          "         "
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-28"
+         id = "test21-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-27"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -5607,15 +5533,7 @@ listObject =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     (model.objectLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listObject" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     (model.objectLike+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5663,15 +5581,7 @@ listNym =
     (model.headLike*,
      desc*,
      (relation | listRelation)*,
-     ((nym | listNym)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listNym" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     ((nym | listNym)+, (relation | listRelation)*)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -5862,15 +5772,7 @@ availability =
   
   ## (disponibilité) renseigne sur la disponibilité du texte, par exemple sur toutes restrictions quant à son usage ou sa diffusion, son copyright, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.]
   element availability {
-    ((model.availabilityPart | model.pLike)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.availabilityPart | model.pLike)+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -5903,15 +5805,7 @@ seriesStmt =
   ## (mention de collection) regroupe toute information relative à la collection (si elle existe) à laquelle appartient une publication. [2.2.5. The Series Statement 2.2. The File Description]
   element seriesStmt {
     (model.pLike+
-     | (title+, (editor | respStmt)*, (idno | biblScope)*))
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (title+, (editor | respStmt)*, (idno | biblScope)*)),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -5927,15 +5821,7 @@ sourceDesc =
   ## (description de la source) décrit la source à partir de laquelle un texte électronique a été dérivé ou produit, habituellement une description bibliographique pour un texte numérisé, ou une expression comme document numérique natif pour un texte qui n'a aucune existence précédente. [2.2.7. The Source Description]
   element sourceDesc {
     (model.pLike+
-     | (model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike)+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -5951,15 +5837,7 @@ biblFull =
        seriesStmt*,
        notesStmt?),
       sourceDesc*)
-     | (fileDesc, profileDesc))
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+     | (fileDesc, profileDesc)),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.cmc.attributes,
@@ -5993,15 +5871,7 @@ projectDesc =
   
   ## (description du projet) décrit en détail le but ou l’objectif visé dans l’encodage d’un fichier électronique, ainsi que toute autre information pertinente sur la manière dont il a été construit ou recueilli. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element projectDesc {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6010,15 +5880,7 @@ samplingDecl =
   
   ## (déclaration d'échantillonnage) contient une description en texte libre du raisonnement et des méthodes utilisés pour l'échantillonnage des textes dans la création d’un corpus ou d’une collection. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element samplingDecl {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6027,15 +5889,7 @@ editorialDecl =
   
   ## (déclaration des pratiques éditoriales) donne des précisions sur les pratiques et les principes éditoriaux appliqués au cours de l’encodage du texte. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element editorialDecl {
-    ((model.pLike | model.editorialDeclPart)+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike | model.editorialDeclPart)+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6044,15 +5898,7 @@ correction =
   
   ## (règles de correction) établit comment et dans quelles circonstances des corrections ont été apportées au texte. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element correction {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -6088,15 +5934,7 @@ normalization =
   
   ## (normalisation) indique l'extension de la normalisation ou de la régularisation effectuée sur le texte source dans sa conversion vers sa forme électronique. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element normalization {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -6118,15 +5956,7 @@ quotation =
   element quotation {
     (model.pLike*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ]
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-29"
+         id = "test21-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-28"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -6168,15 +5998,7 @@ hyphenation =
   
   ## (césurage) résume la façon dont les traits d'union sécants de fin de ligne d’un texte source ont été traités dans sa version encodée. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element hyphenation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -6202,15 +6024,7 @@ segmentation =
   
   ## (segmentation) décrit les principes selon lesquels le texte a été segmenté, par exemple en phrases, en intonèmes (unités tonales), en strates graphématiques (niveaux superposés de signes graphiques), etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element segmentation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6219,15 +6033,7 @@ stdVals =
   
   ## (valeurs normalisées) précise le format utilisé pour exprimer une date ou une valeur numérique de manière normalisée . [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element stdVals {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6236,15 +6042,7 @@ interpretation =
   
   ## (Interprétation) décrit le champ d’application de toute information analytique ou interprétative ajoutée à la transcription du texte. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration]
   element interpretation {
-    (model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike+,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6253,15 +6051,7 @@ punctuation =
   
   ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation]
   element punctuation {
-    (model.pLike*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -6368,15 +6158,7 @@ styleDefDecl =
   
   ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration]
   element styleDefDecl {
-    (model.pLike*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    model.pLike*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     att.styleDef.attributes,
@@ -6386,15 +6168,7 @@ refsDecl =
   
   ## (Déclaration du système de références) précise la manière dont les références canoniques ont été construites pour ce texte. [2.3.6.3. Milestone Method 2.3. The Encoding Description 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration]
   element refsDecl {
-    (model.pLike+ | citeStructure+ | cRefPattern+ | refState+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike+ | citeStructure+ | cRefPattern+ | refState+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6429,7 +6203,7 @@ citeStructure =
     attribute match { text }
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-30"
+           "test21-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-29"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -6450,7 +6224,7 @@ citeStructure =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-31"
+           "test21-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-30"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -6591,15 +6365,7 @@ geoDecl =
     ]
   ]
   element geoDecl {
-    macro.phraseSeq
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    macro.phraseSeq,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     
@@ -6737,15 +6503,7 @@ langUsage =
   
   ## (langue utilisée) décrit les langues, variétés de langues, registres, dialectes, etc. présents à l’intérieur d’un texte. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements]
   element langUsage {
-    (model.pLike+ | language+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.pLike+ | language+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6781,15 +6539,7 @@ textClass =
   
   ## (classification du texte) regroupe des informations décrivant la nature ou le sujet d’un texte selon des termes issus d’un système de classification standardisé, d’un thésaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification]
   element textClass {
-    ((classCode | catRef | keywords)*)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (classCode | catRef | keywords)*,
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     empty
@@ -6852,15 +6602,7 @@ correspDesc =
   
   ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description]
   element correspDesc {
-    (model.correspDescPart+ | model.pLike+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (model.correspDescPart+ | model.pLike+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.canonical.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
@@ -6908,15 +6650,7 @@ xenoData =
   
   ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata]
   element xenoData {
-    (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+)
-    >> sch:pattern [
-         is-a = "declarable"
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "            "
-         sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ]
-         "\x{a}" ~
-         "         "
-       ],
+    (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+),
     att.global.attributes,
     att.declarable.attributes,
     att.typed.attributes,
@@ -7049,7 +6783,7 @@ link =
   element link {
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-32"
+         id = "test21-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-31"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7092,7 +6826,7 @@ ab =
     macro.abContent
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-33"
+           "test21-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-32"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7301,7 +7035,7 @@ join =
   element join {
     ((model.descLike | model.certLike)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-34"
+         id = "test21-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-33"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7459,7 +7193,7 @@ standOff =
     (model.standOffPart+)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-35"
+           "test21-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-34"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7636,7 +7370,7 @@ msDesc =
          | msPart
          | msFrag)*))
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-msDesc-one_ms_singleton_max-constraint-rule-36"
+         id = "test21-msDesc-one_ms_singleton_max-constraint-rule-35"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7677,7 +7411,7 @@ catchwords =
   element catchwords {
     macro.phraseSeq
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-catchwords-catchword_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-37"
+         id = "test21-catchwords-catchword_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-36"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7705,7 +7439,7 @@ dimensions =
   element dimensions {
     ((dim | model.dimLike)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-dimensions-duplicateDim-constraint-rule-38"
+         id = "test21-dimensions-duplicateDim-constraint-rule-37"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7890,7 +7624,7 @@ secFol =
   element secFol {
     macro.phraseSeq
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-secFol-secFol_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-39"
+         id = "test21-secFol-secFol_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-38"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7919,7 +7653,7 @@ signatures =
     macro.specialPara
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-signatures-signatures_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-40"
+           "test21-signatures-signatures_in_msDesc-constraint-rule-39"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -7972,7 +7706,7 @@ msIdentifier =
       idno*),
      (msName | objectName | altIdentifier)*)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-msIdentifier-msId_minimal-constraint-rule-41"
+         id = "test21-msIdentifier-msId_minimal-constraint-rule-40"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8616,7 +8350,7 @@ facsimile =
      back?)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-facsimile-no_facsimile_text_nodes-constraint-rule-42"
+           "test21-facsimile-no_facsimile_text_nodes-constraint-rule-41"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8729,7 +8463,7 @@ path =
   element path {
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-path-pathmustnotbeclosed-constraint-rule-43"
+         id = "test21-path-pathmustnotbeclosed-constraint-rule-42"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8822,7 +8556,7 @@ addSpan =
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-44"
+           "test21-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-43"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8843,7 +8577,7 @@ addSpan =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-45"
+           "test21-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-44"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8871,7 +8605,7 @@ addSpan =
     }
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-addSpan-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-46"
+           "test21-addSpan-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-45"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8913,7 +8647,7 @@ damageSpan =
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-47"
+           "test21-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-46"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8934,7 +8668,7 @@ damageSpan =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-48"
+           "test21-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-47"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8964,7 +8698,7 @@ delSpan =
     empty
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-49"
+           "test21-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-48"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -8985,7 +8719,7 @@ delSpan =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-50"
+           "test21-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-49"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -9131,7 +8865,7 @@ subst =
   element subst {
     ((add | surplus | del | model.milestoneLike)+)
     >> sch:pattern [
-         id = "test21-subst-substContents1-constraint-rule-51"
+         id = "test21-subst-substContents1-constraint-rule-50"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -9394,7 +9128,7 @@ group =
       (model.divBottom, model.global*)*)?)
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-52"
+           "test21-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-51"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -9415,7 +9149,7 @@ group =
        ]
     >> sch:pattern [
          id =
-           "test21-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-53"
+           "test21-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-52"
          "\x{a}" ~
          "            "
          sch:rule [
@@ -9629,6 +9363,7 @@ closer =
   element closer {
     (text
      | model.gLike
+     | byline
      | signed
      | dateline
      | salute
diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test23.tex b/Test/expected-results/test23.tex
index 3a6ade9987..5f459a6f4e 100644
--- a/Test/expected-results/test23.tex
+++ b/Test/expected-results/test23.tex
@@ -339,16 +339,16 @@
      \tableofcontents
    \par
 Figure links: \ref{testfig} and \hyperref[testfig]{Lessing pic}\par
- {\persName   Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of  {\placeName Knebworth}} via Marsala 24 40126  {\name Bologna}  {\name Italy}\par
+ {\persName Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of  {\placeName Knebworth}} via Marsala 24 40126  {\name Bologna}  {\name Italy}\par
 Languages: \textit{Deutsch}; \textit{Italiano}; \textit{Español}; \textit{Français}; \textit{Portugues}; \textit{Russian}; \textit{Svenska}; {\textJapanese 日本語}; {\textChinese 中文}.\par
 Here is a simple \texttt{} to the next section: \textit{\hyperref[P1]{1. Tests}}. Here is a simple \texttt{}, a \hyperref[P1]{reference to it}. \par 
 \begin{longtable}{P{0.11724137931034483\textwidth}P{0.7327586206896551\textwidth}}
 emph\tabcellsep This is \textit{emph} tag\end{longtable} \par
  
 \section[{Tests}]{Tests}\label{P1}\par
- 	   {\persName  	     	     	    Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, 	    Baron Lytton of 	     {\placeName Knebworth} 	     	  } 	   	    via Marsala 24 	    40126 	     {\name Bologna} 	     {\name Italy} 	   	 	
+ 	   {\persName  	    Edward 	    George 	    Bulwer-Lytton, 	    Baron Lytton of 	     {\placeName Knebworth} 	     	  } 	   	    via Marsala 24 	    40126 	     {\name Bologna} 	     {\name Italy} 	   	 	
 \section[{More Tests}]{More Tests}         \par
- {\persName   Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of  {\placeName Knebworth}} via Marsala 24 40126  {\name Bologna}  {\name Italy} 	\begin{figure}[htbp]
+ {\persName Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of  {\placeName Knebworth}} via Marsala 24 40126  {\name Bologna}  {\name Italy} 	\begin{figure}[htbp]
 \noindent 	   	  \includegraphics[]{lessing.jpg} 	
 \caption{\label{testfig}Doris Lessing}\end{figure}
        
diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test27.fo b/Test/expected-results/test27.fo
index 6a9f8ba6ea..b9fe1b884d 100644
--- a/Test/expected-results/test27.fo
+++ b/Test/expected-results/test27.fo
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
             2.
           
           
-            Donald E. Knuth. Literate Programming, CSLI Lecture Notes 27  0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. 
+            Knuth Donald E. Literate Programming, CSLI Lecture Notes 27  0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. 
           
         
         
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
             8.
           
           
-            British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914, Verlyn Klinkenborg, Herbert Cahoon. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. 
+            British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914, Klinkenborg Verlyn, Cahoon Herbert. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. 
           
         
         
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
             24.
           
           
-            A. Renear, E. Mylonas, D.  Durand. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) Research in Humanities Computing, 1996. Oxford University Press. 
+            Renear A., Mylonas E., Durand D. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) Research in Humanities Computing, 1996. Oxford University Press. 
           
         
         
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
             37.
           
           
-            Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’. Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 
+            Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’.  Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 
           
         
         
diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test27.html b/Test/expected-results/test27.html
index 8ef064efa8..e810fe3662 100644
--- a/Test/expected-results/test27.html
+++ b/Test/expected-results/test27.html
@@ -360,13 +360,13 @@ 
        AM 62 fol.
        
         W3C.

      • British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914, - Verlyn Klinkenborg, - Herbert Cahoon. + Klinkenborg Verlyn, + Cahoon Herbert. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library.
      • - Donald E. Knuth. + Knuth Donald E. Literate Programming, CSLI Lecture Notes 270-937073-80-6. 1992. @@ -490,9 +490,9 @@

        AM 62 fol.

        24 December 1999. W3C.
      • - A. Renear, - E. Mylonas, - D. Durand. + Renear A., + Mylonas E., + Durand D. Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) Research in Humanities Computing, 1996. @@ -576,21 +576,21 @@

        Explicit

        e andz af syrl andi 
          -
        1. +
        2. Fornmanna sögurI 71-306 (Ed. S);II (Ed. S); III 1-64 (Ed. S)
          3. -
        3. +
        4. Ólafur Halldórsson, Óláfs saga Tryggvasonar en mestaI 73:8-400 (Ed. D 1. The text starts in the footnotes.);II (Ed. D 1)
          5. -
        5. +
        6. Bjarni Einarsson, Hallfreðar saga 19773-21 (Fols 18va:13-19rb:10)
          7. -
        7. +
        8. W. van Eeden, Hallfreðar saga 1919109-112 (Text A. Fols 18va:13-19va:16); 113 (Text B. Fols 22ra:33-b:11); 113-118 (Text C. Fols 24va:12-25vb:32); 118-123 (Text DE. Fols 28ra:9-29ra); 123-126 (Text G. Fols 48ra-va:34)
          9. @@ -607,16 +607,16 @@

          Explicit

          ans sva sem h annsagdí
            -
          1. +
          2. Bugge, Söguþáttr af Norna-Gesti
            3. -
          3. +
          4. Ólafur Halldórsson, Óláfs saga Tryggvasonar en mestaIII 15-38 (Ed. D 1)
            5. -
          5. +
          6. Cipolla, Il racconto di Nornagestr227-244
            7. @@ -748,11 +748,11 @@

            Explicit

            h vireidi a h onvm
              -
            1. +
            2. Fornmanna sögurIII 152-163:2 (Ed. S)
              3. -
            3. +
            4. Ólafur Halldórsson, Óláfs saga Tryggvasonar en mestaIII 47-57 (Ed. D 1)
              @@ -779,11 +779,11 @@

              Explicit

              v [gvn nhilldr].
                -
              1. +
              2. Fornmanna sögurIII 163:4-172 (Ed. S)
                3. -
              3. +
              4. Ólafur Halldórsson, Óláfs saga Tryggvasonar en mestaIII 57-64 (Ed. D 1)
                @@ -820,11 +820,11 @@

                Explicit

                þ id
                þvrfa ∴
                  -
                1. +
                2. Fornmanna sögurIII 173:1-13 (Ed. S)
                  3. -
                3. +
                4. Ólafur Halldórsson, Óláfs saga Tryggvasonar en mestaIII 66 (Ed. D 1)
                  @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@
                  Layout

                  The manuscript is written in double columns each approx. 250mm x 84mm with 39 to 42 lines. Majuscules occur in varying colours; shades of yellow, red, green and blue. Traces of gold are detectable here and there, e.g. on fols 3r, 22rb, 29rb, though probably not from true gold-leaf.

                  Most chapter-titles or division marks are in red, but a few are in blue or blue-black with a greenish tint. In some places, instead of chapter-titles, we find examples of a fish sketched in, and occasionally a kind of spiralling line, e.g. on fol. 3. A single example of a small foliage motive occurs on fol. 2vb:21.

                  Hands
                  -
                    +

                    1. Apart from two short passages, the codex is written in a single hand. It is written in an Icelandic gothic bookhand and the orthography is unusually consistent. The scribe normally left spaces for decorated initials at the beginning of the first two lines of each chapter. It is the work from a practised and doubtless professional scribe, who can be counted among the very best of Icelandic penmen in the fourteenth century. The same writer was responsible for @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@

                      Acquisition


                      vegad geta. Þar i bland voru
                      fragmenta af Olafs Sỏgu Tryggva
                      sonar in folio. (a) - [Page]a] Þetta fragment eignadist eg sidan, er i + [Page]a] Þetta fragment eignadist eg sidan, er i
                      storu folio. Item feck eg ur ỏdrum
                      stad ä Islande nockud sem heyrde þ ar @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@

                      Acquisition

                      nmis
                      skrifad, þvi eingin Olafs Helga Saga
                      hefur fylgt Sklholltz kirkiu so mikid - [Page]sem eg hefe skynia orded. Kyn + [Page]sem eg hefe skynia orded. Kyn ne
                      vera villt mlum, og eiga ad vera
                      Olafs Tryggvasonar Sỏgu frag @@ -1238,48 +1238,48 @@

                      Additional

                      In August 1992photographs in uv-light were taken of fols 1r, 5v, 6r, 9r, 10v, 11r-v, 13r, 20v, 21r-v, 23r, 24v, 25r, 26r, 30r, 33v, 34r, 37v, 38r, 43r, 51v, and 53v.

                        -
                      1. +
                      2. plateplade 133 6 August 1992.
                        3. -
                      3. +
                      4. plateplade 21 s.d. (Supplementary photographs of fols 29-32r, 37, 38r.)
                        5. -
                      5. +
                      6. b/w printsAM 62 fol. 6. August 1992
                        7. -
                      7. +
                      8. b/w printsAM 62 fol. s.d. (supplementary photographs of fols 29-32r and 37, 38r.)
                        9. -
                      9. +
                      10. b/w printsAM 62 fol August 1992(Supplementary photogrpahs in uv-light of fols 1r, 5v, 6r, 9r, 10v, 11r-v, 13r, 20v, 21r-v, 23r, 24v, 25r, 26r, 30r, 33v, 34r, 37v, 38r, 43r, 51v, and 53v.)
                        11. -
                      11. +
                      12. diapositiveAM 29 fol. s.d. (fol. 29r)
                        -
                      1. +
                      2. Kålund, KatalogI 41-42
                        3. -
                      3. +
                      4. Ólafur Halldórsson, The saga of King Olaf Tryggvason: AM 62 fol.9-26 (Facsimile-edition)
                        5. -
                      5. +
                      6. Ólafur Halldórsson, Úr sögu skinnbóka(With facsimile of fol. 32ra:14-35)
                        7. -
                      7. +
                      8. Stefán Karlsson, Ritun Reykjarfjarðarbókar
                        9. diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test27.tex b/Test/expected-results/test27.tex index 7b006647f1..53dda26959 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test27.tex +++ b/Test/expected-results/test27.tex @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ \bibitem[Berglund (ed.) (2006)]{XSL11}\label{XSL11}Anders Berglund (ed.) \textit{Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) Version 1.1}, \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/xsl11/} 5 December 2006. W3C. \bibitem[Bray et al. (eds.) (2006)]{XMLREC}\label{XMLREC}Tim Bray, Jean Paoli, C. M. Sperberg-McQueen, Eve Maler, François Yergau (eds.) \textit{Extensible Markup Language (XML) Version 1.0 (Fourth edition)}, \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/} 16 August 2006. W3C. \bibitem[Bray et al. (eds.) (2006)]{NAMESPACES}\label{NAMESPACES}Tim Bray, Dave Hollander, Andrew Laymon, Richard Tobin (eds.) \textit{Namespaces in XML 1.0 (second edition)}, \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-names/} 16 August 2006. W3C. -\bibitem[Klinkenborg and Cahoon (1981)]{KLINKENBORG}\label{KLINKENBORG}\textit{British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914}, Verlyn Klinkenborg, Herbert Cahoon. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. +\bibitem[Klinkenborg and Cahoon (1981)]{KLINKENBORG}\label{KLINKENBORG}\textit{British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914}, Klinkenborg Verlyn, Cahoon Herbert. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. \bibitem[British Standards Institute (1990)]{BS-5605}\label{BS-5605}British Standards Institute. \textit{BS 5605:1990: Recommendations for Citing and Referencing Published Material}, 1990. \bibitem[British Standards Institute (1983)]{BS-6371}\label{BS-6371}British Standards Institute. \textit{BS 6371:1983: Recommendations for Citation of Unpublished Documents}, 1983. \bibitem[Burnard (1988)]{AB-eg-01}\label{AB-eg-01}Lou Burnard. ‘Report of Workshop on Text Encoding Guidelines’. \textit{Literary \& Linguistic Computing} 1988. 3. @@ -383,9 +383,9 @@ \bibitem[Jackendoff (1977)]{GD-BIBL-2}\label{GD-BIBL-2}R. Jackendoff. ‘X-Bar Syntax: A study of phrase structure’. \textit{Linguistic Inquiry Monograph} 1977. 2. \bibitem[Jagadish et al. (2004)]{NH-BIBL-4}\label{NH-BIBL-4}H. V. Jagadish, Laks V. S. Lakshmanan, Monica Scannapieco, Divesh Srivastava, Nuwee Wiwatwattana. \textit{Colorful XML: one hierarchy isn't enough}, \url{http://web.archive.org/web/20150706093254/http://www2.research.att.com/\textasciitilde divesh/papers/jlssw2004-mct.pdf} 2004. \bibitem[Johansson et al. (1991)]{TS-BIBL-3}\label{TS-BIBL-3}Stig Johansson, Lou Burnard, Jane Edwards, And Rosta. \textit{Working Paper on Spoken Texts}, \textit{TEI document TEI AI2 W1}, 1991. -\bibitem[Johansson (1994)]{TS-BIBL-2}\label{TS-BIBL-2}Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’. Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) \textit{Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview}, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. +\bibitem[Johansson (1994)]{TS-BIBL-2}\label{TS-BIBL-2}Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’. Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) \textit{Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview}, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. \bibitem[Kay (ed.) (2007)]{XSLT2}\label{XSLT2}Michael Kay (ed.) \textit{XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 2.0}, \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/xslt20/} 23 January 2007. W3C. -\bibitem[Knuth (1992)]{KNUTH}\label{KNUTH}Donald E. Knuth. \textit{Literate Programming}, CSLI Lecture Notes 27 0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. +\bibitem[Knuth (1992)]{KNUTH}\label{KNUTH}Knuth Donald E. \textit{Literate Programming}, CSLI Lecture Notes 27 0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. \bibitem[Kytö and Rissanen (1988)]{CC-BIBL-1}\label{CC-BIBL-1}M. Kytö, M. Rissanen. ‘The Helsinki Corpus of English Texts’. M. Kytö, O. Ihalainen, M. Rissanen (eds.) \textit{Corpus Linguistics: hard and soft}, 1988. Amsterdam: Rodopi. \bibitem[Langendoen and Simons (1995)]{FS-BIBL-01}\label{FS-BIBL-01}D. Terence Langendoen, Gary F. Simons. ‘A rationale for the TEI recommendations for feature-structure markup,’. \textit{Computers and the Humanities} 1995. 29 pp. 167-195. \bibitem[Leech and Garside (1991)]{AI-BIBL-5}\label{AI-BIBL-5}G. N. Leech, R. G. Garside. ‘Running a Grammar Factory’. S. Johansson, A.-B. Stenstrøm (eds.) \textit{English Computer Corpora: Selected Papers and Research Guide}, 1991. Berlin, New York: de Gruyter. Mouton. pp. pp. 15-32.. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ \bibitem[Ragget et al. (eds.) (1999)]{HTML4}\label{HTML4}Dave Ragget, Arnaud Le Hors, Ian Jacobs (eds.) \textit{HTML 4.01 Specification}, \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/} 24 December 1999. W3C. \bibitem[Die Deutsche Bibliothek (2006)]{RAK}\label{RAK}Die Deutsche Bibliothek. \textit{Regeln für die alphabetische Katalogisierung in wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken RAK-WB}, 2006. \bibitem[Istituto Centrale per il Catalogo Unico (1979)]{RICA}\label{RICA}Istituto Centrale per il Catalogo Unico. \textit{Regole italiane di catalogazione per autori}, 1979. -\bibitem[Renear et al. (1996)]{SG-BIBL-2}\label{SG-BIBL-2}A. Renear, E. Mylonas, D. Durand. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) \textit{Research in Humanities Computing}, 1996. Oxford University Press. +\bibitem[Renear et al. (1996)]{SG-BIBL-2}\label{SG-BIBL-2}Renear A., Mylonas E., Durand D. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) \textit{Research in Humanities Computing}, 1996. Oxford University Press. \bibitem[Shieber (1986)]{FS-BIBL-2}\label{FS-BIBL-2}Stuart Shieber. \textit{An Introduction to Unification-based Approaches to Grammar}, CSLI Lecture Notes 4. 1986. Palo Alto, CA: Center for the Study of Language and Information. \bibitem[Tennison and Piez (2002)]{NH-BIBL-7}\label{NH-BIBL-7}Jeni Tennison, Wendell Piez. ‘The layered markup and annotation language’. \textit{Proceedings of Extreme Markup Languages Conference}, 2002. \bibitem[Unicode Consortium (2006)]{CH-BIBL-3}\label{CH-BIBL-3}\textit{The Unicode Standard, Version 5.0}, \url{http://www.unicode.org/} Unicode Consortium. 2006. Addison-Wesley Professional. diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test28.html b/Test/expected-results/test28.html index 0732569c3c..4c1f24e258 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test28.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test28.html @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@

                        The following instructions apply to using the Eduroam wireless service on Apple OS X based machines, specifically those using 10.7 aka Lion. If you find an error in the instructions, please contact wireless@oucs.ox.ac.uk; if you have general questions or need other assistance, contact help@it.ox.ac.uk

                        -
                          +
                          1. In the Apple menu, select System Preferences . -
                            +
                            Screenshot of Apple menu showing System Preferences
                          2. In the System Preferences window, under the Internet & Wireless section, click on the icon for Network. -
                            +
                            Screenshot of System Preferences window
                          3. On the next screen, perform the following steps: -
                              +
                              • select the Turn Wi-Fi On button (see red oval in top right corner)
                              • click the padlock to unlock the interface if locked (see red arrow in bottom left corner)
                              • click on the Advanced... button(see red oval in bottom right corner)
                              -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the Network pane within system preferences
                            • You will now see a new drop down pane within the Network window that should be open on the Wi-Fi tab. Click on + to add a new network. -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the Wi-Fi device listing
                            • You will now see another drop down pane allowing you to add a Wi-Fi network profile. Click the Choose a network... button. -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the Wi-Fi network profile pane.
                            • You will now see another drop down pane displaying a list of all the wireless networks that your computer can detect. -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the detected Wi-Fi networks..
                            • Select eduroam from the list of networks and click OK. This will open another drop down pane allowing you to enter the necessary details for the eduroam network. Enter your @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@

                              https://register.oucs.ox.ac.uk/self/remote_access ). The Security and Mode fields should already be set to WPA2 Enterprise and Automatic respectively. -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the details for the eduroam network.

                            • You will now be returned to the pane showing the list of configured Wi-Fi networks and the eduroam network should appear in the list. Click the OK button to complete the configuration. -
                              +
                              Screenshot showing the successfully added eduroam network.
                            • Your computer will now authenticate with the network and then you should be able to access the Internet. If you get an error saying that authentication has failed, double-check the steps shown above. If you are still unable to connect, then contact diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test30.dtd b/Test/expected-results/test30.dtd index e1791edac2..4943258e03 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test30.dtd +++ b/Test/expected-results/test30.dtd @@ -819,11 +819,11 @@ end %teidata.pointer; #IMPLIED'> - - - - - + + + + + @@ -839,11 +839,11 @@ end %teidata.pointer; #IMPLIED'> - - - - - + + + + + @@ -1627,8 +1627,8 @@ scheme %teidata.pointer; #REQUIRED > %Tatt.editLike.attributes; %Tatt.naming.attributes; %Tatt.typed.attributes; > - - + + %Tatt.global.attributes; %Tatt.declaring.attributes; > - + > sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13" + "testbasic-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2544,7 +2510,7 @@ Tp = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14" + "testbasic-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2740,7 +2706,7 @@ Tdesc = Tmacro.limitedContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15" + "testbasic-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2837,7 +2803,7 @@ Trt = }?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16" + "testbasic-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2860,7 +2826,7 @@ Trt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17" + id = "testbasic-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2885,7 +2851,7 @@ Trt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18" + id = "testbasic-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3275,7 +3241,7 @@ Tptr = element ptr { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19" + id = "testbasic-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3309,7 +3275,7 @@ Tref = element ref { Tmacro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20" + id = "testbasic-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3349,7 +3315,7 @@ Tlist = (Tmodel.divBottom, Tmodel.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21" + "testbasic-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3829,23 +3795,15 @@ Tbibl = ## (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element bibl { - ((text - | Tmodel.gLike - | Tmodel.highlighted - | Tmodel.pPart.data - | Tmodel.pPart.edit - | Tmodel.segLike - | Tmodel.ptrLike - | Tmodel.biblPart - | Tmodel.global)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text + | Tmodel.gLike + | Tmodel.highlighted + | Tmodel.pPart.data + | Tmodel.pPart.edit + | Tmodel.segLike + | Tmodel.ptrLike + | Tmodel.biblPart + | Tmodel.global)*, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.canonical.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, @@ -3861,15 +3819,7 @@ TbiblStruct = element biblStruct { (Tanalytic*, (Tmonogr, Tseries*)+, - (Tmodel.noteLike | Tmodel.ptrLike | TrelatedItem | TcitedRange)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.noteLike | Tmodel.ptrLike | TrelatedItem | TcitedRange)*), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.canonical.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, @@ -3887,15 +3837,7 @@ TlistBibl = Tdesc*, (Tmodel.milestoneLike | Trelation | TlistRelation)*, (Tmodel.biblLike+, - (Tmodel.milestoneLike | Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.milestoneLike | Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -3910,7 +3852,7 @@ TrelatedItem = ((Tmodel.biblLike | Tmodel.ptrLike)?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22" + "testbasic-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3955,7 +3897,7 @@ Tl = | Tmodel.global)*) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23" + "testbasic-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3996,7 +3938,7 @@ Tlg = | Tlg)*, (Tmodel.divBottom, Tmodel.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24" + id = "testbasic-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4016,7 +3958,7 @@ Tlg = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25" + "testbasic-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4045,15 +3987,32 @@ Tsp = ## (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] element sp { - ((Tmodel.global | Tmodel.stageLike)*, - (Tspeaker, Tmodel.global*), + (Tmodel.global*, + (Tmodel.stageLike, Tmodel.global*)*, + (((Tspeaker, Tmodel.global*), + ((Tlg + | Tmodel.lLike + | Tmodel.pLike + | Tmodel.listLike + | Tmodel.attributable + | Tq + | Tmodel.stageLike), + Tmodel.global*)) + | ((Tlg + | Tmodel.lLike + | Tmodel.pLike + | Tmodel.listLike + | Tmodel.attributable + | Tq), + Tmodel.global*)), ((Tlg | Tmodel.lLike | Tmodel.pLike | Tmodel.listLike - | Tmodel.stageLike - | Tmodel.attributable), - (Tmodel.global* | Tq))+), + | Tmodel.attributable + | Tq + | Tmodel.stageLike), + Tmodel.global*)*), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.ascribed.directed.attributes, Tatt.placement.attributes, @@ -4365,15 +4324,7 @@ Tavailability = ## (availability) supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.] element availability { - ((Tmodel.availabilityPart | Tmodel.pLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.availabilityPart | Tmodel.pLike)+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -4406,15 +4357,7 @@ TseriesStmt = ## (series statement) groups information about the series, if any, to which a publication belongs. [2.2.5. The Series Statement 2.2. The File Description] element seriesStmt { (Tmodel.pLike+ - | (Ttitle+, (Teditor | TrespStmt)*, (Tidno | TbiblScope)*)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (Ttitle+, (Teditor | TrespStmt)*, (Tidno | TbiblScope)*)), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4430,15 +4373,7 @@ TsourceDesc = ## (source description) describes the source(s) from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as born digital for a text which has no previous existence. [2.2.7. The Source Description] element sourceDesc { (Tmodel.pLike+ - | (Tmodel.biblLike | Tmodel.sourceDescPart | Tmodel.listLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (Tmodel.biblLike | Tmodel.sourceDescPart | Tmodel.listLike)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4454,15 +4389,7 @@ TbiblFull = TseriesStmt*, TnotesStmt?), TsourceDesc*) - | (TfileDesc, TprofileDesc)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (TfileDesc, TprofileDesc)), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.canonical.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, @@ -4496,15 +4423,7 @@ TprojectDesc = ## (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element projectDesc { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4513,15 +4432,7 @@ TsamplingDecl = ## (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element samplingDecl { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4530,15 +4441,7 @@ TeditorialDecl = ## (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element editorialDecl { - ((Tmodel.pLike | Tmodel.editorialDeclPart)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.pLike | Tmodel.editorialDeclPart)+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4547,15 +4450,7 @@ Tcorrection = ## (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element correction { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -4591,15 +4486,7 @@ Tnormalization = ## (normalization) indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element normalization { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -4621,15 +4508,7 @@ Tquotation = element quotation { (Tmodel.pLike*) >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-26" + id = "testbasic-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-25" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4671,15 +4550,7 @@ Thyphenation = ## (hyphenation) summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element hyphenation { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -4705,15 +4576,7 @@ Tsegmentation = ## (segmentation) describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element segmentation { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4722,15 +4585,7 @@ TstdVals = ## (standard values) specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element stdVals { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4739,15 +4594,7 @@ Tinterpretation = ## (interpretation) describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration] element interpretation { - (Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4756,15 +4603,7 @@ Tpunctuation = ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation] element punctuation { - (Tmodel.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike*, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -4876,15 +4715,7 @@ TstyleDefDecl = ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration] element styleDefDecl { - (Tmodel.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmodel.pLike*, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, Tatt.styleDef.attributes, @@ -4894,15 +4725,7 @@ TrefsDecl = ## (references declaration) specifies how canonical references are constructed for this text. [2.3.6.3. Milestone Method 2.3. The Encoding Description 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration] element refsDecl { - (Tmodel.pLike+ | TciteStructure+ | TcRefPattern+ | TrefState+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.pLike+ | TciteStructure+ | TcRefPattern+ | TrefState+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4937,7 +4760,7 @@ TciteStructure = attribute match { text } >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-27" + "testbasic-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-26" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4958,7 +4781,7 @@ TciteStructure = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-28" + "testbasic-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-27" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5099,15 +4922,7 @@ TgeoDecl = ] ] element geoDecl { - Tmacro.phraseSeq - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + Tmacro.phraseSeq, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -5245,15 +5060,7 @@ TlangUsage = ## (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element langUsage { - (Tmodel.pLike+ | Tlanguage+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.pLike+ | Tlanguage+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5289,15 +5096,7 @@ TtextClass = ## (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification] element textClass { - ((TclassCode | TcatRef | Tkeywords)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (TclassCode | TcatRef | Tkeywords)*, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5375,15 +5174,7 @@ TcorrespDesc = ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description] element correspDesc { - (Tmodel.correspDescPart+ | Tmodel.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.correspDescPart+ | Tmodel.pLike+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.canonical.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -5431,15 +5222,7 @@ TxenoData = ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata] element xenoData { - (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, Tatt.typed.attributes, @@ -6156,15 +5939,7 @@ TlistOrg = (Tmodel.headLike*, Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, - ((Torg | TlistOrg)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listOrg" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + ((Torg | TlistOrg)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6179,15 +5954,7 @@ TlistEvent = (Tmodel.headLike*, Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, - (Tmodel.eventLike+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listEvent" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.eventLike+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6203,15 +5970,7 @@ TlistPerson = Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, ((Tmodel.personLike | TlistPerson)+, - (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPerson" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6226,15 +5985,7 @@ TlistPlace = (Tmodel.headLike*, Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, - ((Tmodel.placeLike | TlistPlace)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listPlace" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + ((Tmodel.placeLike | TlistPlace)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6552,7 +6303,7 @@ Trelation = element relation { (Tdesc?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-29" + id = "testbasic-relation-ref-or-key-or-name-constraint-rule-28" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6570,7 +6321,7 @@ Trelation = " " ] >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-30" + id = "testbasic-relation-active-mutual-constraint-rule-29" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6588,7 +6339,7 @@ Trelation = " " ] >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-31" + id = "testbasic-relation-active-passive-constraint-rule-30" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6802,15 +6553,7 @@ TlistObject = (Tmodel.headLike*, Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, - (Tmodel.objectLike+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listObject" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tmodel.objectLike+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6850,15 +6593,7 @@ TlistNym = (Tmodel.headLike*, Tdesc*, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*, - ((Tnym | TlistNym)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listNym" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + ((Tnym | TlistNym)+, (Trelation | TlistRelation)*)+), Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.cmc.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, @@ -6962,7 +6697,7 @@ Tfacsimile = Tback?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-facsimile-no_facsimile_text_nodes-constraint-rule-32" + "testbasic-facsimile-no_facsimile_text_nodes-constraint-rule-31" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7076,7 +6811,7 @@ Tpath = element path { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-path-pathmustnotbeclosed-constraint-rule-33" + id = "testbasic-path-pathmustnotbeclosed-constraint-rule-32" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7169,7 +6904,7 @@ TaddSpan = empty >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-34" + "testbasic-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-33" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7190,7 +6925,7 @@ TaddSpan = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-35" + "testbasic-addSpan-addSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-34" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7231,7 +6966,7 @@ TdamageSpan = empty >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-36" + "testbasic-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-35" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7252,7 +6987,7 @@ TdamageSpan = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-37" + "testbasic-damageSpan-damageSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-36" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7282,7 +7017,7 @@ TdelSpan = empty >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-38" + "testbasic-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-constraint-rule-37" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7303,7 +7038,7 @@ TdelSpan = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-39" + "testbasic-delSpan-delSpan-requires-spanTo-fr-constraint-rule-38" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7450,7 +7185,7 @@ Tsubst = element subst { ((Tadd | Tsurplus | Tdel | Tmodel.milestoneLike)+) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-subst-substContents1-constraint-rule-40" + id = "testbasic-subst-substContents1-constraint-rule-39" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7750,7 +7485,7 @@ Tlink = element link { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-41" + id = "testbasic-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-40" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7793,7 +7528,7 @@ Tab = Tmacro.abContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-42" + "testbasic-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-41" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -7976,7 +7711,7 @@ Tjoin = element join { ((Tmodel.descLike | Tmodel.certLike)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-43" + id = "testbasic-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-42" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -8132,7 +7867,7 @@ TstandOff = (Tmodel.standOffPart+) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-44" + "testbasic-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-43" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -8367,7 +8102,7 @@ Tdiv = (Tmodel.divBottom, Tmodel.global*)*)?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-45" + "testbasic-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-44" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -8388,7 +8123,7 @@ Tdiv = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "testbasic-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-46" + "testbasic-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-45" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -8509,10 +8244,11 @@ Topener = } Tcloser = - ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] element closer { (text | Tmodel.gLike + | Tbyline | Tsigned | Tdateline | Tsalute @@ -8790,15 +8526,7 @@ TsettingDesc = ## (setting description) describes the setting or settings within which a language interaction takes place, or other places otherwise referred to in a text, edition, or metadata. [16.2. Contextual Information 2.4. The Profile Description] element settingDesc { - ((Tplace | Tsetting)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:settingDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (Tplace | Tsetting)+, Tatt.global.attributes, Tatt.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -8812,7 +8540,7 @@ Tplatypus = ## attribute bill { "duck" }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-platypus-bill-silly-test-constraint-report-21" + id = "testbasic-platypus-bill-silly-test-constraint-report-20" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -8854,7 +8582,7 @@ sch:ns [ sch:ns [ prefix = "sch" uri = "http://purl.oclc.org/dsdl/schematron" ] sch:ns [ prefix = "sch1x" uri = "http://www.ascc.net/xml/schematron" ] sch:pattern [ - id = "testbasic-outerconstraint-constraint-rule-47" + id = "testbasic-outerconstraint-constraint-rule-46" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test33.rnc b/Test/expected-results/test33.rnc index a3501d0cc4..158d0f133f 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test33.rnc +++ b/Test/expected-results/test33.rnc @@ -373,41 +373,6 @@ tei_att.declarable.attribute.default = ## This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. "false" }? -sch:pattern [ - id = "declarable" - abstract = "true" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:rule [ - context = - "$tde[ ancestor::tei:teiHeader and following-sibling::$tde and not( preceding-sibling::$tde ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:report [ - test = "../child::$tde[ not( @xml:id ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", each must have an @xml:id\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:assert [ - test = - "count( ../child::$tde[ normalize-space( @default ) = ('1','true') ] ) eq 1" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", one and only one must have a @default of 'true'.\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " -] tei_att.declaring.attributes = tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls = @@ -565,7 +530,7 @@ tei_att.global.source.attribute.source = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-6" + "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -706,7 +671,7 @@ tei_att.measurement.attribute.commodity = } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-7" + id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-6" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -801,7 +766,7 @@ tei_att.pointing.attribute.targetLang = "") }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-8" + id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-7" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -933,7 +898,7 @@ tei_att.spanning.attribute.spanTo = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-9" + "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-8" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -989,7 +954,7 @@ tei_att.styleDef.attribute.schemeVersion = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-10" + "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-9" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1023,7 +988,7 @@ tei_att.typed.attribute.subtype = xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-11" + id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-10" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1846,7 +1811,8 @@ tei_model.divWrapper = | tei_salute | tei_docAuthor | tei_docDate -tei_model.divTopPart = tei_model.headLike | tei_opener | tei_signed +tei_model.divTopPart = + tei_model.headLike | tei_address | tei_opener | tei_signed tei_model.divTop = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divTopPart tei_model.frontPart.drama = notAllowed tei_model.pLike.front = @@ -1862,7 +1828,7 @@ tei_model.pLike.front = | tei_docImprint | tei_docDate tei_model.divBottomPart = - tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript + tei_address | tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript tei_model.divBottom = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divBottomPart tei_model.titlepagePart = tei_graphic @@ -2149,7 +2115,7 @@ tei_att.calendarSystem.attribute.calendar = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-12" + "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-11" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2234,7 +2200,7 @@ tei_p = tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13" + "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2255,7 +2221,7 @@ tei_p = " " ] >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14" + id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2464,7 +2430,7 @@ tei_desc = tei_macro.limitedContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15" + "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2560,7 +2526,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16" + id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2583,7 +2549,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17" + id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2608,7 +2574,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18" + id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3005,7 +2971,7 @@ tei_ptr = element tei:ptr { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19" + id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3039,7 +3005,7 @@ tei_ref = element tei:ref { tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20" + id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3078,7 +3044,7 @@ tei_list = (tei_label, tei_model.global*, tei_item, tei_model.global*)+)), (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21" + id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3558,23 +3524,15 @@ tei_bibl = ## (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:bibl { - ((text - | tei_model.gLike - | tei_model.highlighted - | tei_model.pPart.data - | tei_model.pPart.edit - | tei_model.segLike - | tei_model.ptrLike - | tei_model.biblPart - | tei_model.global)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text + | tei_model.gLike + | tei_model.highlighted + | tei_model.pPart.data + | tei_model.pPart.edit + | tei_model.segLike + | tei_model.ptrLike + | tei_model.biblPart + | tei_model.global)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3593,15 +3551,7 @@ tei_biblStruct = (tei_model.noteLike | tei_model.ptrLike | tei_relatedItem - | tei_citedRange)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_citedRange)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3618,15 +3568,7 @@ tei_listBibl = (tei_model.headLike*, tei_desc*, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*, - (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -3640,7 +3582,7 @@ tei_relatedItem = element tei:relatedItem { ((tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.ptrLike)?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22" + id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3684,7 +3626,7 @@ tei_l = | tei_model.inter | tei_model.global)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23" + id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3725,7 +3667,7 @@ tei_lg = | tei_lg)*, (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24" + id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3745,7 +3687,7 @@ tei_lg = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25" + "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3774,15 +3716,32 @@ tei_sp = ## (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] element tei:sp { - ((tei_model.global | tei_model.stageLike)*, - (tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + (tei_model.global*, + (tei_model.stageLike, tei_model.global*)*, + (((tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)) + | ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q), + tei_model.global*)), ((tei_lg | tei_model.lLike | tei_model.pLike | tei_model.listLike - | tei_model.stageLike - | tei_model.attributable), - (tei_model.global* | tei_q))+), + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.ascribed.directed.attributes, tei_att.placement.attributes, @@ -4099,15 +4058,7 @@ tei_availability = ## (availability) supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.] element tei:availability { - ((tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4142,15 +4093,7 @@ tei_seriesStmt = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_title+, (tei_editor | tei_respStmt)*, - (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4170,15 +4113,7 @@ tei_sourceDesc = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.sourceDescPart - | tei_model.listLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_model.listLike)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4194,15 +4129,7 @@ tei_biblFull = tei_seriesStmt*, tei_notesStmt?), tei_sourceDesc*) - | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -4236,15 +4163,7 @@ tei_projectDesc = ## (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:projectDesc { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4253,15 +4172,7 @@ tei_samplingDecl = ## (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:samplingDecl { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4270,15 +4181,7 @@ tei_editorialDecl = ## (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:editorialDecl { - ((tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4287,15 +4190,7 @@ tei_correction = ## (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:correction { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4331,15 +4226,7 @@ tei_normalization = ## (normalization) indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:normalization { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4361,15 +4248,7 @@ tei_quotation = element tei:quotation { (tei_model.pLike*) >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-26" + id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-25" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4411,15 +4290,7 @@ tei_hyphenation = ## (hyphenation) summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:hyphenation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4445,15 +4316,7 @@ tei_segmentation = ## (segmentation) describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:segmentation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4462,15 +4325,7 @@ tei_stdVals = ## (standard values) specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:stdVals { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4479,15 +4334,7 @@ tei_interpretation = ## (interpretation) describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration] element tei:interpretation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4496,15 +4343,7 @@ tei_punctuation = ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation] element tei:punctuation { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4616,15 +4455,7 @@ tei_styleDefDecl = ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration] element tei:styleDefDecl { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.styleDef.attributes, @@ -4637,15 +4468,7 @@ tei_refsDecl = (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_citeStructure+ | tei_cRefPattern+ - | tei_refState+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_refState+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4680,7 +4503,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = attribute match { text } >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-27" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-26" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4701,7 +4524,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-28" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-27" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4845,15 +4668,7 @@ tei_geoDecl = ] ] element tei:geoDecl { - tei_macro.phraseSeq - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_macro.phraseSeq, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4985,15 +4800,7 @@ tei_langUsage = ## (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:langUsage { - (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5029,15 +4836,7 @@ tei_textClass = ## (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification] element tei:textClass { - ((tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5117,15 +4916,7 @@ tei_correspDesc = ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description] element tei:correspDesc { - (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -5173,15 +4964,7 @@ tei_xenoData = ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata] element tei:xenoData { - (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.typed.attributes, @@ -5334,7 +5117,7 @@ tei_div = (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*)?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-29" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-28" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5355,7 +5138,7 @@ tei_div = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-30" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-29" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5577,10 +5360,11 @@ tei_opener = } tei_closer = - ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] element tei:closer { (text | tei_model.gLike + | tei_byline | tei_signed | tei_dateline | tei_salute @@ -5840,7 +5624,7 @@ tei_link = element tei:link { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-31" + id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-30" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5883,7 +5667,7 @@ tei_ab = tei_macro.abContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-32" + "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-31" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6066,7 +5850,7 @@ tei_join = element tei:join { ((tei_model.descLike | tei_model.certLike)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-33" + id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-32" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6222,7 +6006,7 @@ tei_standOff = (tei_model.standOffPart+) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-34" + "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-33" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.json b/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.json index fac2511748..81e6464f94 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.json +++ b/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.json @@ -393,6 +393,8 @@ "classes" : { "model" : [ "model.addressLike", + "model.divBottomPart", + "model.divTopPart", "model.publicationStmtPart.detail" ], "atts" : [ "att.global", @@ -2606,8 +2608,8 @@ "type" : "elementSpec", "module" : "textstructure", "desc" : - [ "groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at\n the end of a division, especially of a letter.<\/desc>" ], - "shortDesc" : "(closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at\n the end of a division, especially of a letter.", + [ "groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at\n the end of a division, especially of a letter.<\/desc>" ], + "shortDesc" : "(closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at\n the end of a division, especially of a letter.", "gloss" : [ "closer<\/gloss>" ], "altIdent" : @@ -2635,6 +2637,9 @@ { "type" : "classRef", "key" : "model.gLike" }, + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "byline" }, + { "type" : "elementRef", "key" : "signed" }, @@ -10010,30 +10015,108 @@ "maxOccurs" : "1", "content" : [ - { "type" : "alternate", + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.global" }, + + { "type" : "sequence", "minOccurs" : "0", "maxOccurs" : "unbounded", "content" : [ { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.global" }, + "key" : "model.stageLike" }, { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.stageLike" } ] }, + "key" : "model.global" } ] }, - { "type" : "sequence", + { "type" : "alternate", "minOccurs" : "1", "maxOccurs" : "1", "content" : [ - { "type" : "elementRef", - "key" : "speaker" }, + { "type" : "sequence", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "sequence", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "speaker" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.global" } ] }, + + { "type" : "sequence", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "alternate", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "lg" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.lLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.pLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.listLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.attributable" }, + + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "q" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.stageLike" } ] }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.global" } ] } ] }, - { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.global" } ] }, + { "type" : "sequence", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "alternate", + "minOccurs" : "1", + "maxOccurs" : "1", + "content" : + [ + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "lg" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.lLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.pLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.listLike" }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.attributable" }, + + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "q" } ] }, + + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.global" } ] } ] }, { "type" : "sequence", - "minOccurs" : "1", + "minOccurs" : "0", "maxOccurs" : "unbounded", "content" : [ @@ -10055,21 +10138,16 @@ "key" : "model.listLike" }, { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.stageLike" }, + "key" : "model.attributable" }, + + { "type" : "elementRef", + "key" : "q" }, { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.attributable" } ] }, + "key" : "model.stageLike" } ] }, - { "type" : "alternate", - "minOccurs" : "1", - "maxOccurs" : "1", - "content" : - [ - { "type" : "classRef", - "key" : "model.global" }, - - { "type" : "elementRef", - "key" : "q" } ] } ] } ] } ] }, + { "type" : "classRef", + "key" : "model.global" } ] } ] } ] }, { "ident" : "speaker", "ns" : "http:\/\/foo.foo\/foo", @@ -14836,8 +14914,8 @@ "type" : "classSpec", "module" : "tei", "desc" : - [ "provides attributes identifying the source edition from which\n some encoded feature derives.<\/desc>" ], - "shortDesc" : "provides attributes identifying the source edition from which\n some encoded feature derives.", + [ "provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives.<\/desc>" ], + "shortDesc" : "provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives.", "gloss" : [ ], "altIdent" : diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.odd b/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.odd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18badfc528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Test/expected-results/test34.combined.odd @@ -0,0 +1,29750 @@ + + + + Namespace Test + Louis-Dominique Dubeau + + +

                              + + +

                              + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Foo.

                              + + anchoring + provides attributes for use on annotations, e.g. notes and groups of notes + describing the existence and position of an anchor for annotations. + + + anchored + verankert + indicates whether the copy text shows the exact place of reference for the note. + indique si l'exemplaire du texte montre l'emplacement + de référence exact pour la note. + indica si el texto de copia muestra el lugar exacto + de referencia para una nota. + 說明來源文件是否指出附註的確切參照位置。 + indica se il testo copia mostra l'esatta posizione di + riferimento della nota. + 当該注釈がある場所への参照は、正確にその場所を示しているかどうか。 + gibt an, ob eine Vorlage den exakten Referenzort der Anmerkung anzeigt. + + true + +

                              In modern texts, notes are usually anchored by means of explicit footnote or endnote + symbols. An explicit indication of the phrase or line annotated may however be used + instead (e.g. page 218, lines 3–4). The anchored attribute indicates + whether any explicit location is given, whether by symbol or by prose cross-reference. The + value true indicates that such an explicit location is indicated in the copy + text; the value false indicates that the copy text does not indicate a specific + place of attachment for the note. If the specific symbols used in the copy text at the + location the note is anchored are to be recorded, use the n attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              Dans des textes modernes, les notes sont habituellement ancrées au moyen d’appels de + notes explicites (pour des notes de bas de page ou des notes de fin de texte). A la place, une indication explicite de + l'expression ou de la ligne annotée peut cependant être employée (par exemple page 218, + lignes 3–4). L'attribut anchored indique si un emplacement est donné + explicitement ou s'il est exprimé par un symbole ou par un renvoi. La valeur + true indique qu'un endroit explicite est indiqué dans le texte ; la valeur + false indique que le texte n'indique pas un endroit spécifique d'attachement + pour la note. Si des symboles spécifiques utilisés dans le texte à l'endroit où la note + est ancrée doivent être enregistrés, l'attribut n sera utilisé.

                              +                               + +

                              In modernen Texten wird auf Anmerkungen üblicherweise durch explizite Fuß- oder Endnotensymbole + verwiesen. Stattdessen kann aber auch ein expliziter Hinweis auf die Phrase oder Zeile verwendet + werden (z. B. Seite 218, Zeile 3–4). Das anchored-Attribut gibt an, ob ein + expliziter Ort durch ein Symbol oder einen Querverweis angegeben ist. Der Wert true + gibt an, dass ein expliziter Ort in der Vorlage angegeben ist; der Wert false gibt + an, dass die Vorlage kein spezifisches Verweisziel für die Anmerkung angibt. Zur Verzeichnung + von spezifischen Referenzzeichen, die in der Vorlage verwendet werden, wird das + n-Attribut benutzt.

                              +                               +                               + + target end + Bereichsende + points to the end of the span to which the note is attached, if the note is not embedded + in the text at that point. + pointe vers la fin d'un passage auquel la note est + attachée, si la note n'est pas enchâssée dans le texte à cet endroit. + indica el final de un periodo al cual una nota está + enlazada, si la nota no está insertada en ese punto del texto. + 如果附註不是嵌在正文中，則用以標明附註所註段落的終點。 + rimanda alla fine della porzione di testo a cui la + nota è allegata nel caso in cui la nota non sia inclusa nel testo in quel punto. + 当該注釈・コメントの終了点を示す。(当該注釈が注釈先の場所に埋め込 まれていない場合) + verweist auf das Ende eines Bereichs, dem das note-Element angefügt ist, es sei denn die + Anmerkung ist in den Text an diesem Punkt bereits eingebettet. + + +

                              This attribute is retained for backwards compatibility; it may be removed at a subsequent + release of the Guidelines. The recommended way of pointing to a span of elements is by + means of the range function of XPointer, as further described in 17.2.4.6. range().

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut est conservé pour assurer un arrière-plan compatible ; il sera supprimé dans la + prochaine mise à jour des Recommandations. La procédure recommandée pour pointer en + direction d'une expansion des éléments est de le faire au moyen de la fonction + range de XPointer, telle que la description en est faite à 17.2.4.6. range().

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Attribut wurde beibehalten, um eine Abwärtskompatibilität zu gewährleisten; bei einem + zukünftigen Release der Guidelines kann es entfernt werden. Der empfohlene Weg, um auf einen + Bereich zu verweisen, ist die Verwendung der range-Funktion von XPointer, wie in + 17.2.4.6. range() beschrieben.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              (...) tamen reuerendos dominos archiepiscopum et canonicos Leopolienses + necnon episcopum in duplicibus Quatuortemporibus totaliter expediui...

                              + + + + + Quatuor Tempora, so called dry fast days. + + + Quatuor Tempora, tzw. Suche dni postne. + + +                               +                               +                               + provides attributes for elements representing speech or action that can be ascribed to a + specific individual. + 특정 개인의 대화 또는 행위를 표시하는 요소에 대한 속성을 제공한다. + 提供的元素屬性代表言詞或行為，可出自某一特定個人。 + 特定個人の発話や行動を示す要素に付随する。 + fournit des attributs pour des éléments transcrivant la + parole ou l'action qui peuvent être attribuées à un individu en particulier. + proporciona atributos para los elementos que representan + palabras o acciones atribuibles a individuos determinados. + assegna degli attributi agli elementi che rappresentano + parole o azioni attribuibili a singoli individui + + + indicates the person, or group of people, to whom the element content is ascribed. + 요소 내용이 속하는 사람 또는 사람의 그룹을 나타낸다. + 指出該元素內容所歸屬的個人或團體。 + 当該要素の内容が示す人物を示す。 + indique la personne ou le groupe de personnes à qui + le contenu de l'élément est attribué. + indica la persona o grupo de personas a las que se + refiere el contenido del elemento. + indica la persona o gruppo di persone alle quali + viene attribuito il contenuto dell'elemento + + +

                              In the following example from Hamlet, speeches (sp) in the body of the play + are linked to role elements in the castList using the who + attribute.

                              + + + Bernardo + + + Francisco + a soldier + + + + Bernardo + Who's there? + + + Francisco + Nay, answer me: stand, and unfold yourself. + + +                               +

                              For transcribed speech, this will typically identify a participant or participant + group; in other contexts, it will point to any identified person element.

                               +

                              Pour un discours transcrit, identifiera typiquement un participant ou + un groupe participant ; dans d'autres contextes, pointera vers n'importe quel élément + person identifié.

                               +

                              転記された音声の場合、これは通常、参加者または参加者グループを識別する。他のコンテキストでは、識別されたperson要素を指し示す。

                               +                               +                               + + 3.3.3. Quotation + 8.3. Elements Unique to Spoken Texts + +                               + provides attributes to indicate whether or not the element + concerned is considered to mark the end of an orthographic token in the same way + as whitespace. + fournit un attribut pour indiquer si un élément est +consideré ou pas comme marquant la fin d'un mot orthographique, comme +le fait une espace. + 当該要素が空白と同じ方法で正字トークンの終わりを示すとみなされるかどうかを示す属性を提供する。 + + + indicates whether or not the element + bearing this attribute should be considered to mark the end of + an orthographic token in the same way as whitespace. + indique si l'élément qui porte cet attribut + peut être considéré comme une espace blanc indiquant la fin d'un mot + orthographique. + この属性を持つ要素が空白と同じ方法で正字トークンの終わりを示すとみなされるべきかどうかを示す。 + + + + the element bearing this attribute is considered +to mark the end of any adjacent orthographic token irrespective of the presence +of any adjacent whitespace + l'élément qui porte cet attribut + peut être considéré comme indiquant la fin d'un mot + orthographique + この属性を持つ要素は、隣接する任意の空白の存在に関係なく、隣接する正字法トークンの終わりをマークするとみなされる。 + + + the element bearing this attribute is considered +not to mark the end of any adjacent orthographic token irrespective of the presence +of any adjacent whitespace + l'élément qui porte cet attribut + ne peut être pas considéré comme indiquant la fin d'un mot + orthographique + この属性を持つ要素は、隣接する空白の存在に関係なく、隣接する正字法トークンの終わりをマークしないとみなされる。 + + + the encoding does not take any position on this issue. + l'encodage ne prends aucune position sur la question. + 当該符号化はこの問題に関していかなる立場もとらない。 + + + +

                              In the following lines from the Dream of the Rood, + the words lāðost and reord-berendum each start on one line and continue onto the next. +

                              + + + ...eƿesa tome iu icƿæs ȝeƿorden ƿita heardoſt . + leodum la ðost ærþan ichim lifes + ƿeȝ rihtne ȝerymde reord be + rendum hƿæt me þaȝeƿeorðode ƿuldres ealdor ofer... + + +                               +                               +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + +                               + provides attributes that may be used to supply a + canonical reference as a means of identifying the + target of a pointer. + ポインタのターゲットを識別する手段としてcanonical referenceを提供するために使用される属性を提供する。 + + + canonical reference + 표준 참조 + referencia canónica + référence canonique + riferimento canonico + 基準的形式の参照 + specifies the destination of the pointer by supplying a canonical reference expressed using the + scheme defined in a refsDecl element in the TEI header. + TEI 헤더의 refsDecl 요소에서 정의된 체계의 표준 참조를 이용하여 + 포인터의 목적지를 명시한다. + 用元素refsDecl在TEI標頭內所定義的標準參照來說明指標所指位置。 + TEIヘダー内の要素refsDeclで定義されているスキームにある、基準的参照形式により、当該ポインタの参照場所を示す。 + précise la cible du pointeur en fournissant une + référence canonique issue d'un modèle défini par un élément refsDecldans l'En-tête + TEI. + especifica la destinación de un señalizador + proporcionando una referencia canónica de un esquema definido en un elemento + refsDecl en el encabezado TEI. + specifica la destinazione di un puntatore usando un + riferimento canonico a partire da uno schema definito in un elemento refsDecl + nell'intestazione TEI + + +

                              The value of cRef should be constructed so + that when the algorithm for the resolution of canonical + references (described in section 17.2.5. Canonical References) is + applied to it the result is a valid URI reference to the + intended target.

                              +

                              The refsDecl to use may be indicated with the decls attribute.

                              +

                              Currently these Guidelines only provide for a single canonical reference to be encoded on + any given ptr element.

                              +                               + +

                              Le résultat de l’application de l'algorithme pour la résolution des + références canoniques (décrit à la section 17.2.5. Canonical References). Ce sera une référence URI + valide pour la cible prévue.

                              La refsDecl à utiliser peut être indiquée à l'aide + de l'attribut decls. Actuellement ces Principes + directeurs ne permettent que l'encodage d'une unique référence + canonique pour tout élément ptr donné.

                              +                               + +

                              17.2.5. Canonical References 節での正規化参照を解決するためのアルゴリズムが適用される時にその結果が対象への正しいURI参照となるように、 cRef の値は作られるべきである

                              refsDecl は decls 属性とともに示されてもよい。現行のガイドラインが ptr 要素に渡すのは、単一の符号化された正規化参照のみである。

                               +                               +                               +                               + provides attributes that can be used to associate a representation such as a name or title + with canonical information about the object being named or referenced. + fournit des attributs qui peuvent être utilisés pour + associer une représentation telle qu'un nom ou un titre à l'information canonique concernant + l'objet nommé ou auquel il est fait référence. + 名前やタイトルのような表現を参照対象についての典拠情報と関連付けるのに利用する属性を提供する。 + + + provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being + named, using a coded value of some kind. + fournit un moyen, défini de façon externe, + d'identifier l'entité (ou les entités) nommé(es), en utilisant une valeur codée + d'un certain type. + 何らかのコード化された値を用いて、名付けられたエンティティを識別する外部的に定義された手段を提供する。 + + + + + Victor Hugo + + + + +

                              The value may be a unique identifier from a database, or any other externally-defined + string identifying the referent. + No particular syntax is proposed for the values of the key attribute, since + its form will depend entirely on practice within a given project.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur peut être un identifiant unique dans une base de données, ou toute autre chaîne + définie de façon externe identifiant le référent.

                              +                               +

                              値はデータベースにおけるユニークな識別子や、外部で定義された指示対象を特定するなんらかの文字列であってよい。key属性の値に関してさだまった構文は提案されていない。なぜならば、それぞれのプロジェクトのやりかたに完全に依存するからである。同様の理由によって、データの相互交換においてこの属性は推奨されない。在るプロジェクトで用いられた値が他のプロジェクトの値と異なることを保証できないからである。そのような場面における魔法石的対処は、RFC4151に定義されるタグURIを値とするref属性を用いて、標準的なウェブにおける習慣にしたがってmagic tokenを使うことである。

                               +                               + + reference + référence + 参照 + provides an explicit means of locating a full definition or identity for the entity being named by + means of one or more URIs. + fournit un moyen explicite de localiser une + définition complète de l'entité nommée au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs. + 一つ以上のURIを用いて、名付けられたエンティティの完全な定義かIDを参照するための明確な手段を提供する。 + + + + Seamus Heaney + + + +

                              The value must point directly to one or more XML elements or other resources by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more than one is supplied the implication is that the name identifies several distinct entities.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur doit pointer directement vers un ou plusieurs éléments XML au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs, séparés par un espace. Si plus d'un URI est fourni, cela implique que le nom identifie plusieurs entités distinctes.

                              +                               +

                              値は1つまたは複数のXML要素あるいは、空白によって区切られた1つまたは複数のURIを指し示すものでなければならない。1つ以上の値が与えられているときは、その名前が複数の異るエンティティに対応することを示唆する。

                               +                               +                               + +

                              In this contrived example, a canonical reference to the same + organisation is provided in four different ways.

                              + + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + + +

                              The first presumes the availability of an internet connection + and a processor that can resolve a URI (most can). The second + requires, in addition, a prefixDef that declares how the + nzvm prefix should be interpreted. The third does not + require an internet connection, but does require that a file named + named_entities.xml be in the same + directory as the TEI document. The fourth requires that an entire + external system for key resolution be available.

                              +                               + + +

                              The key attribute is more flexible and + general-purpose, but its use in interchange requires that + documentation about how the key is to be resolved be sent to the + recipient of the TEI document. In contrast values of the + ref attribute are resolved using the widely accepted + protocols for a URI, and thus less documentation, if any, is + likely required by the recipient in data interchange.

                              +

                              These guidelines provide no semantic basis or suggested + precedence when both key and ref are + provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not + recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

                              +                               + + 14.1.1. Linking Names and Their Referents + +                               + provides attributes for specifying the specific part of a bibliographic item being cited. + 引用された書誌の特定箇所を指示するための属性を提供する。 + + + + identifies the unit of information conveyed by the element. + identifie le type d'information que transmet l'élément. + 当該要素が伝える情報の単位を特定する。たとえば、カラム (columns)、頁 (pages)、巻 (volume)、エントリ (entry) 等。 + + + + volume + 권 + volumen + the element contains a volume number. + 권수를 포함한다. + 該元素標記的內容為冊號。 + el elemento contiene el número de volumen. + 巻番号を含む。 + l'élément contient un numéro de volume. + l'elemento contiene il numero del volume. + + + the element contains an issue number, or volume and + issue numbers. + 호, 또는 권과 호를 포함한다. + 該元素標記的內容為一期刊號或冊號與期刊號。 + el elemento contiene el número de la edición, o los números del volumen y de la edición. + 号番号かまたは巻と号の番号を含む。 + l'élément contient un numéro de livraison ou bien un numéro de volume et de livraison. + l'elemento contiene l'indicazione del numero della pubblicazione + + + page + 페이지 + pagine + página + the element contains a page number or page range. + 페이지 번호 또는 페이지 범위를 포함한다. + 該元素標記的內容為一頁數或頁數範圍。 + el elemento contiene un número de página o un intervalo de páginas. + ページ番号またはページ範囲を含む。 + l'élément contient un nombre de pages ou l'étendue de sélection des pages. + l'elemento contiene l'indicazione di pagina o pagine + + + the element contains a line number or line range. + 行番号か行範囲を含む。 + + + chapter + 장 + capítulo + chapitre + capitolo + the element contains a chapter indication (number and/or title) + 장 표시(숫자와/또는 제목)를 포함한다. + el elemento contiene la indicación del capítulo (número y/o el título) + 章の識別子(番号やタイトル)を含む。 + l'élément contient une indication de chapitre (le numéro et/ou le titre) + l'elemento contiene un'indicazione di capitolo (numero e/o titolo + + + the element identifies a part of a book or collection. + 책 또는 모음집의 부분을 식별한다. + 該元素標明的內容為單書或集合作品的一部份。 + el elemento identifica una parte de un libro o de una colección. + 書籍や叢書の部分を特定する。 + l'élément identifie une partie d'un livre ou une anthologie. + l'elemento identifica una parte di un libro o di una raccolta + + + the element identifies a column. + 一つのカラムを特定する。 + + + the element identifies an entry number or label in a list of entries. + エントリのリスト中の番号やラベルを特定する。 + + + + + specifies the starting point of the range of units indicated by the unit attribute. + unit属性で指定された時間単位の幅における開始点を表す。 + + + + specifies the end-point of the range of units indicated by the unit attribute. + unit属性で指定された時間単位の幅における終点を表す。 + + + + + 1.3.1. Attribute Classes + + + computer-mediated communication + provides attributes categorizing how the element content was created in a CMC environment. + + + generated by + categorizes how the content of an element was generated in a CMC environment. + + + + + + + The @generatedBy attribute is for use within a <post> element. + + + + + + + + the content was + naturally typed or spoken by a human user + + + the content was + generated after a human user activated a template for its + insertion + + + the content was + generated by the system, i.e. the CMC environment + + + the content was + generated by a bot, i.e. a non-human agent, typically one + that is not part of the CMC environment itself + + + the content was + generated by an unknown or unspecified process + + + + +

                              automatic system message in chat: user moves on to another + chatroom

                              + + +

                              + McMike geht + in einen anderen Raum: Kreuzfahrt +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              automatic system message in chat: user enters a chatroom

                              + + +

                              + c_bo betritt + den Raum.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              automatic system message in chat: user changes his font color

                              + + +

                              + c_bo hat die + Farbe gewechselt. +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              An automatic signature of user including an automatic timestamp + (Wikipedia discussion, anonymized). The specification of + generatedBy at the inner element signed is + meant to override the specification at the outer element + post. This is generally possible when the outer + generatedBy value is "human".

                              + + +

                              Kurze Nachfrage: Die Hieros für den Goldnamen stammen + auch von Beckerath gem. Literatur ? Grüße --

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              Wikipedia talk page: user signature

                              + + + + + + + + + +                               + +                               + +                               +                               + provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain + datable events conforming to the W3C + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. + W3C 데이터 유형을 사용하여 날짜가 명기된 사건을 포함하는 요소의 규격화를 위한 속성을 제공한다. + 提供用於元素規格化的屬性，這些元素包含以W3C datatypes所定義的日期明確之事件。 + W3CのXML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに準拠した年代測定可能なイベントを含む要素の正規化に関する属性を提供する。 + fournit des attributs + pour la normalisation d'éléments qui contiennent des mentions + d'événements datés ou susceptibles de l'être. + indica degli attributi per la normalizzazione di elementi che contengono eventi databili utilizzando i tipi di dati del W3C + proporciona atributos para la normalización de elementos que contienen eventos datables. + + + + The @when attribute cannot be used with any other att.datable.w3c attributes. + + + + + + + The @from and @notBefore attributes cannot be used together. + + + + + + + The @to and @notAfter attributes cannot be used together. + + + + + + supplies the value of the date or time in a standard form, + e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + 표준형식으로 날짜 또는 시간의 값을 제공한다. + 標準形式での日付や時刻を提供する。たとえば、yyyy-mm-dd + spécifie une date exacte pour un événement sous + une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. + indica il valore di una data o di un orario in un formato standard + proporciona el valor de una fecha o una hora en un formato estandard. + + +

                              Examples of W3C date, time, and date & time formats.

                              + +

                              + 24 Oct 45 + September 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning + + + October of 1962 + June 12th + the first of the month + August + MMVI + AD 56 + 56 BC +

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              + 24 Oct 45 + 24 septembre 1996 à 3h 25 du matin + + + octobre 1962 + 12 juin + premier du mois + Août + MMVI + 56 ap. J.-C. + 56 av. J.-C. +

                              +                               +                               + + Shakespeare meurt dix jours plus tard, à Stratford-on-Avon, + Warwickshire, dans l'Angleterre protestante et dans le + calendrier julien, le + mardi 23 avril ancien style, + c'est-à-dire le + 3 mai dans + le calendrier grégorien. + + + This list begins in + the year 1632, more precisely on Trinity Sunday, i.e. the Sunday after + Pentecost, in that year the + 27th of May (old style). + + + + Dorchester, Village,March 2d. 1828.To + Mrs. Cornell, Sunday + + + +                               + + specifies the earliest possible date for the event in + standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + yyyy-mm-dd와 같은 표준 형식으로 사건의 가능한 한 이른 날짜를 명시한다. + 以標準格式說明該事件可能發生的最早日期，例如年-月-日。 + 当該事象の一番古い日付を、標準形式で示す。例えば、yyyy-mm-dd。 + spécifie la date la plus ancienne pour + l'événement sous une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. + specifica la prima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg + especifica la fecha más temprana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. aaaa-mm-dd. + + + + specifies the latest possible date for the event in + standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + yyyy-mm-dd와 같은 표준 형식으로 사건의 가능한 한 나중 날짜를 명시한다. + 以標準形式標明該事件可能的最晚日期，例如年-月-日。 + 当該事象の一番新しい日付を、標準形式で示す。例えば、yyyy-mm-dd。 + spécifie la date la plus récente possible pour + l'événement sous une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. + specifica l'ultima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg + especifica la fecha más tardana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. aaaa-mm-dd. + + + + indicates the starting point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + 표준 형식으로 기간의 시작 지점을 표시한다. + 以標準格式表示該段時間的起始點。 + 標準形で当該時間幅の始点を示す。 + indique le point de départ d'une période sous une + forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. + indica l'inizio del periodo nel formato standard + indica el punto de inicio del período en el formato estándard. + + + + indicates the ending point of the period in standard + form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. + 표준 형식으로 기간의 종료 지점을 나타낸다. + 以標準格式表示該段時間的結束點。 + 標準形で当該時間幅の終点を示す。 + indique le terme de la période sous une forme + normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. + indica la fine del periodo nel formato standard + indica el punto final de un periodo en formato estándard. + + +                               + + + + 28 May through 1 June 1863 + + + +

                              The value of these attributes should be a normalized + representation of the date, time, or combined date & time + intended, in any of the standard formats specified by XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second + Edition, using the Gregorian calendar.

                              +

                              The most commonly-encountered format for the date portion of + a temporal attribute is yyyy-mm-dd, but + yyyy, --mm, ---dd, + yyyy-mm, or --mm-dd may also be + used. For the time part, the form hh:mm:ss is + used.

                              +

                              Note that this format does not currently permit use of the + value 0000 to represent the year 1 BCE; instead the + value -0001 should be used.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur de l'attribut when doit être une représentation normalisée de la date ou de l'heure, ou des deux, dans l'un des formats spécifiés par le XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, selon le calendrier grégorien.

                              +

                              Pour la date, le format le plus courant est yyyy-mm-dd, mais on trouve aussi yyyy, --mm, ---dd, yyyy-mm, ou --mm-dd. Pour l'heure, on utilise le format hh:mm:ss.

                              +

                              Il faut noter qu'actuellement ce format ne permet pas d'utiliser la valeur 0000 pour représenter l'année précédant le début de l'ère chrétienne ; on doit utiliser la valeur -0001.

                              +                               +

                              El valor del atributo cuando es una serie que representa una fecha o una hora, o ambas, en cualquiera de los siguientes formatos: una fecha en los formatos estándares descritos por la XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, p.ej. en el formato más común aaaa-mm-dd, pero también aaaa, --mm, ---dd, aaaa-mm, o --mm-dd; una hora en el formato estándar descrito en XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, es decir. hh: mm: ss; o una fecha y una hora combinadas en los formatos estándares descritos en XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, es decir. aaaa-mm-ddThh: mm: ss. Obligatoriamente el valor de cuando aparecerá en un formato de fecha, tiempo, o ambos formatos combinados, de los reconocidos por W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. Esto se dará si el componente de la fecha (eventualmente) es una fecha gregoriana o proléptica gregoriana. A la hora de esta escritura, W3C no permite el año 0000, que sería utilizado normalmente para representar el año 1 antes de nuestra era. Usando el sistema actual de W3C, el año 1 a.C. se indica con -0001, el año 2 a.C. con -0002, etc. Es la intención del grupo de trabajo del esquema de XML permitir 0000 como la representación léxica de 1 a.C. (que es un año bisiesto), -0001 se convertiria en la representación léxica de 2 a.C., -0002 de 3 a.C., etc. Así en algunos casos puede ser ventajoso utilizar en su lugar el atributo cuando-ISO para indicar los años anteriores a nuestra era.

                               + +

                              + この属性の値は、グレゴリオ暦を用い、XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionで定義されるいずれかの標準形式で正規化された日付や時刻、あるいはその組み合わせである。時間の属性としてもっともよく使われる形式は、yyyy-mm-ddだが、yyyy、--mm、---dd、yyyy-mm、--mm-ddも用いてもよい。時間については、hh:mm:ssが用いられる。この形式は、紀元前1年を表現するのに0000という値を用いることは現在のところ許容していないことには注意されたい。代わりに-0001という値を用いる必要がある。 +

                              +

                              + 属性whenの値は、日付や時間またはその組み合わを、 + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに従って示される。 + 当該日付の値が、グレゴリオ暦またはそれ以前の前グレゴリオ暦シス + テムの場合に真となる。 +

                              +

                              + 現時点では、W3Cは年号の値として0000を認めていない。 + この場合、一般的には、1BCE(紀元前1世紀)と記される。 + 現行W3Cのシステムを採用すれば、1BCEは-0001、2BCEは、 + -0002と記される。 + この背景には、XML Schema Working Groupが、値 + 0000を1BCE(閏年)の文字表記として、-0001 + を2BCEの文字表記として、-0002を3BCEの文字表記として + 利用したかったためである。 + + 従って、場合によっては、属性when-isoにより紀元前 + を示した方が便利かもしれない。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + 14.4. Dates + +                               + provides attributes that are used to align XML + elements or attributes with the appropriate Data Categories (DCs) defined by an external + taxonomy, in this way establishing the identity of information containers and values, + and providing means of interpreting them. + datacat属性とValueDatacat属性を提供する。これらがXML要素や属性を連携させる日付分類は、国際標準ISO + 12620:2009で定義されるものであり、にあるISOCatと呼ばれるWebリポジトリに格納されている。 + + + provides a pointer to a definition of, and/or general + information about, (a) an information container (element or attribute) or (b) a value of an + information container (element content or attribute value), by referencing an external + taxonomy or ontology. If valueDatcat is present in the immediate context, this attribute + takes on role (a), while valueDatcat performs role (b). + 指定された要素をISOcatの適切なデータカテゴリ（または複数のデータカテゴリ）と対応付けるPID（永続的識別子）を含む。 + + + + + + provides a definition of, and/or general + information about a value of an information container (element content or attribute value), + by reference to an external taxonomy or ontology. Used especially where a contrast with + datcat is needed. + 指定された要素の内容または指定された属性の値を、ISOcatの適切かつ単純なデータカテゴリ（または複数のデータカテゴリ）と対応付けるPID（永続的識別子）を含む。 + + + + + + provides a definition of, and/or general + information about, information structure of an object referenced or modeled by the + containing element, by reference to an external taxonomy or ontology. This attribute has the + characteristics of the datcat attribute, except that it addresses not its containing + element, but an object that is being referenced or modeled by its containing element. + + + + + + +

                              The example below presents the TEI encoding of the name-value pair + <part of speech, common + noun>, where the name (key) part + of speech is abbreviated as POS, and the value, common noun is symbolized by NN. The + entire name-value pair is encoded by means of the element f. In TEI XML, that element + acts as the container, labeled with the name attribute. Its contents may be complex + or simple. In the case at hand, the content is the symbol NN.

                              +

                              The datcat attribute relates the feature name (i.e., the key) to the data + category part of speech, while the attribute valueDatcat relates the feature value to the data category common noun. Both these data categories + should be defined in an external and preferably open reference taxonomy or ontology.

                              + + + + + + + + +

                              NN is the symbol for common noun used e.g. in the CLAWS-7 tagset defined by the + University Centre for Computer Corpus Research on Language at the University of Lancaster. The + very same data category used for tagging an early version of the British National Corpus, and + coming from the BNC Basic + (C5) tagset, uses the symbol NN0 (rather than NN). Making these values semantically + interoperable would be extremely difficult without a human expert if they + were not anchored in a single point of an established reference taxonomy of morphosyntactic + data categories. In the case at hand, the string http://hdl.handle.net/11459/CCR_C-1256_7ec6083c-23d4-224d-6f94-eecbe6861545 is both + a persistent identifier of the data category in question, as well as a pointer to a shared definition + of common noun.

                              +

                              While the symbols NN, NN0, and many others (often coming from languages other than + English) are implicitly members of the container category part of speech, it is sometimes + useful not to rely on such an implicit relationship but rather use an explicit identifier + for that data category, to distinguish it from other morphosyntactic data categories, such + as gender, tense, etc. For that purpose, the above example uses the datcat + attribute to reference a definition of + part of speech. The reference taxonomy in this example is the + CLARIN Concept + Registry.

                              + +

                              If the feature structure markup exemplified above is to be repeated many times in a single + document, it is much more efficient to gather the persistent identifiers in a single place and to + only reference them, implicitly or directly, from feature structure markup. The following + example is much more concise than the one above and relies on the concepts of feature structure declaration and + feature value library, discussed in chapter . + + + + + +

                              + +

                              The assumption here is that the relevant feature values are collected in a place that the + annotation document in question has access to — preferably, a single document per linguistic + resource, for example an fsdDecl that is XIncluded as a sibling of text or a + child of encodingDesc; a taxonomy available resource-wide (e.g., in a shared + header) is also an option.

                              +

                              The example below presents an fvLib element that collects the relevant feature values + (most of them omitted). At the same time, this example shows one way of encoding a + tagset, i.e., an established inventory of values of (in the case at hand) + morphosyntactic categories. + + + + + + +

                              +

                              Note that these Guidelines do not prescribe a specific choice between datcat and + valueDatcat in such cases. The former is the generic way of referencing a data + category, whereas the latter is more specific, in that it references a data category that + represents a value. The choice between them comes into play where a single element — or a + tight element complex, such as the f/symbol complex illustrated above — + make it necessary or useful to distinguish between the container data category and its + value.

                              +                               + +

                              In the context of dictionaries designed with semantic interoperability in mind, the following + example ensures that the pos element is interpreted as the same information container + as in the case of the example of f name="POS" above.

                              + + + NN + + +

                              Efficiency of this type of interoperable markup demands that the references to the particular + data categories should best be provided in a single place within the dictionary (or a single + place within the project), rather than being repeated inside every entry. For the container + elements, this can be achieved at the level of tagUsage, although here, the valueDatcat attribute should be used, because it is not the + tagUsage element that is associated with the relevant data category, but rather the element pos (or case, etc.) that is described by + tagUsage: + + + + + Contains the part of speech. + Contains information about the grammatical case that the described form is inflected for. + + + + +

                              +

                              Another possibility is to shorten the URIs by means of the prefixDef mechanism, as illustrated below: + + + + + + + + +

                              + isotope +
                              + + adj + + +

                              +

                              This mechanism creates implications that are not always wanted, among others, in the case at + hand, suggesting that the identifiers pos and adj belong to a namespace + associated with the CLARIN Concept Repository (CCR), whereas that is solely a shorthand + mechanism whose scope is the current resource. Documenting this clearly in the header of the + dictionary is therefore advised.

                              +

                              Yet another possibility is to associate the information about the relationship between a TEI + markup element and the data category that it is intended to model already at the level of + modeling the dictionary resource, that is, at the level of the ODD, in the equiv element + that is a child of elementSpec or attDef.

                              +                               + +

                              The taxonomy element is a handy tool for encoding taxonomies that are later + referenced by att.datcat attributes, but it can also act as an + intermediary device, for example holding a fragment of an external taxonomy (or + flattening an external ontology) that is relevant to the project or document at hand. + (It is also imaginable that, for the purpose of the project at hand, the local + taxonomy element combines vocabularies that originate from more than one external + taxonomy or ontology.) In such cases, the taxonomy creates a local layer of + indirection: the att.datcat attributes internal to the resource + may reference the category elements stored in the header (as well as the + taxonomy element itself), whereas these same category and + taxonomy elements use att.datcat attributes to + reference the original taxonomy or ontology.

                              + + + + + + + + UD syntactic relations + + + + acl: Clausal modifier of noun (adjectival clause) + + + + acl:relcl: relative clause modifier + + + + advcl: Adverbial clause modifier + + + + + + +

                              The above fragment was excerpted from the GB subset of the ParlaMint project in April 2023, and + enriched with att.datcat attributes for the purpose of + illustrating the mechanism described here.

                              +

                              Note that, in the ideal case, the values of att.datcat attributes + should be persistent identifiers, and that the addressing scheme of Universal Dependencies is + treated here as persistent for the sake of illustration. Note also that the contrast between + datcat used on taxonomy on the one hand, and the valueDatcat + used on category on the other, is not mandatory: both kinds of relations could be + encoded by means of the generic datcat attribute, but using the former for the + container and the latter for the content is more user-friendly.

                              +                               + +

                              The targetDatcat attribute is designed to be used in, e.g., feature structure + declarations, and is analogous to the targetLang attribute of the + att.pointing class, in that it describes the object that is being referenced, + rather than the referencing object.

                              + + + part of speech (morphosyntactic category) + + + + + + + + +

                              Above, the fDecl uses targetDatcat, because if it were to use + datcat, it would be asserting that it is an instance of the container data + category part of speech, whereas it is not — it models a container (f) + that encodes a part of speech. Note also that it is the f that is modeled above, not + its values, which are used as direct references to data categories; hence the use of + datcat in the symbol element.

                              +                               + +

                              The att.datcat attributes can be used for any sort of taxonomies. + The example below illustrates their usefulness for describing usage domain labels in + dictionaries on the example of the Diccionario da Lingua Portugueza by + António de Morais Silva, retro-digitised in the + MORDigital project.

                              + + + + + + + + + + Medical and Health Sciences + Ciências Médicas e da Saúde + + + Medicine + + + + Medicina + + + + + + + + + + + Med. + + +

                              In the Morais dictionary, the relevant domain labels are in the header, getting referenced + inside the dictionary, from usg elements. The vocabulary used for dictionary-internal + labelling is in turn anchored in the MorDigital controlled vocabulary + service of the NOVA University of Lisbon – School of Social Sciences and Humanities + (NOVA FCSH).

                              +                               + + +

                              The TEI Abstract Model can be expressed as a hierarchy of attribute-value matrices (AVMs) + of various types and of various levels of complexity, nested or grouped in various ways. At + the most abstract level, an AVM consists of an information container and the value + (contents) of that container.

                              +

                              A simple example of an XML serialization of such structures is, on the one hand, the opening + and closing tags that delimit and name the container, and, on the other, the content enclosed + by the two tags that constitues the value. An analogous example is an + attribute name and the value of that attribute.

                              +

                              In a TEI XML example of two equivalent serializations expressing the name-value pair + <part-of-speech,common-noun>, namely + <pos>commonNoun</pos> and + pos="common-noun", one would + classify the element pos and the attribute pos as containers (mapping onto + the first member of the relevant name-value pair), while the character data + content of pos or the value of pos would be seen as + mapping onto the second member of the pair.

                              +

                              The att.datcat class provides means of addressing the containers + and their values, while at the same time providing a way to interpret them in the context of + external taxonomies or ontologies. Aligning e.g. both the pos element and the + pos attribute with the same value of an external reference point (i.e., an entry + in an agreed taxonomy) affirms the identity of the concept serialised by both the element container + and the attribute container, and optionally provides a definition of that concept (in the case at hand, + the concept part of speech).

                              +

                              The value of the att.datcat attributes should be a PID + (persistent identifier) that points to a specific — and, ideally, shared — taxonomy or + ontology. Among the resources that can, to a lesser or greater extent, be used as inventories + of (more or less) standardized linguistic categories are the GOLD ontology, CLARIN CCR, OLiA, or TermWeb's DatCatInfo, and also the Universal Dependencies inventory, on the + assumption that its URIs are going to persist. It is imaginable that a project may choose to + address a local taxonomy store instead, but this risks losing the advantage of + interchangeability with other projects.

                              +

                              Historically, datcat and valueDatcat originate from the (now obsolete) ISO + 12620:2009 standard, describing the data model and procedures for a Data Category Registry + (DCR). The current version of that standard, ISO 12620-1, does not standardize the + serialization of pointers, merely mentioning the TEI att.datcat as + an example.

                              +

                              Note that no constraint prevents the occurrence of a combination of + att.datcat attributes: + the fDecl element, which is a natural bearer of the targetDatcat + attribute, is an instance of a specific modeling element, and, in principle, could be + semantically fixed by an appropriate reference taxonomy of modeling devices.

                              +                               + +

                              ISO + 12620:2009は、データ分類のレジストリ（DCR）に関するデータモデルと手続きについての国際標準である。データ分類は、一つの言語の構造における基本的な記述子として定義される。DCRのデータモデルでは、個々のデータ分類には、ユニークな永続的識別子（PID)、つまり、URIが割り当てられる。DCRからデータ分類を利用する言語資源、あるいは、できることならそのスキーマは、このPIDを用いて参照すべきである。TEI文書のようなXMLベースの資源(にて参照可能)に関しては、ISO 12620:2009 付録 + Aに、datcat属性とvalueDatcat属性を提供する小さなデータ分類参照のXML語彙がある。

                              +                               + + 10.5.2. Lexical View + 19.3. Other Atomic Feature Values + +                               + provides attributes for those elements in the TEI header which + may be independently selected by means of the special purpose decls attribute. + 특별한 목적의 decls 속성을 통해서 독립적으로 선택될 수 있는 TEI 헤더의 요소에 대한 속성을 제공한다. + 提供屬性，用於TEI標頭內可單獨以特殊目的的屬性decls選出的元素。 + 特別な目的のdecls属性を用いて独自に選択できるTEIヘッダー内の要素の属性を提供する。 + fournit des attributs pour ces éléments de + l'en-tête TEI qui peuvent être choisis indépendamment au moyen de l'attribut + decls. + proporciona atributos para los elementos contenidos en el encabezado que pueden ser seleccionados autónomamente mediante el atributo decls adecuado. + individua attributi per gli elementi contenuti nell'intestazione che possono essere selezionati autonomamente grazie all'apposito attributo decls + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when +its parent is selected. + 그 부모가 선택될 때 기본값으로 이 요소가 선택되었는지를 표시한다. + 當父元素被選擇時，指出此元素是否會被選擇。 + 親要素が選択された場合に、当該要素がデフォルトとして選択されるか + どうかを示す。 + indique si oui ou non cet élément est affecté par + défaut quand son élément parent a été sélectionné. + indica si el elemento es seleccionado automáticamente o no cuando es seleccionado el padre + indica se l'elemento è selezionato automaticamente quando è selezionato il genitore + + false + + + This element is selected if its parent is selected + 그 부모가 선택된다면 이 요소가 선택된다. + 若父元素被選擇，則此元素會被選擇。 + Este elemento se selecciona si sus padres son seleccionados + 親要素が選択された場合、当該要素が選択される。 + cet élément est choisi si son parent +est choisi + l'elemento è selezionato se è selezionato il genitore + + + This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the +only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. + 이런 유형 중 유일한 경우가 아니라면, 이 요소는 명시적으로만 선택될 수 있다. 유일한 경우에는, 그 부모가 선택된다면 이 요소가 선택된다. + 此元素僅能被明確選擇，若此元素為其類別中之唯一，則父元素被選擇時，此元素會被選擇。 + Este elemento sólo se puede seleccionar explícitamente, a menos que sea el único de su clase, en este caso se selecciona si su padre es seleccionado. + 当該要素は、明示的にのみ選択される。または、親要素が選択され、 + これが唯一の選択肢であるときのみに、これは選択される。 + cet élément ne peut être sélectionné +qu'explicitement, à moins qu'il ne soit le seul de ce type, auquel cas +il est sélectionné si son parent a été choisi + l'elemento deve essere esplicitamente selezionato, a meno che non sia l'unico del suo genere, nel qual caso è selezionato se è selezionato il genitore + + + + + +

                              The rules governing the association of declarable elements with + individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text. Only one element of a particular type may have a + default attribute with a value of true.

                              +                               + +

                              Les règles régissant l'association d'éléments déclarables avec des parties + individuelles d'un texte TEI sont entièrement définies + au chap1itre 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text. Un seul élément + d'un type particulier peut avoir un attribut default avec une valeur + true.

                              +                               + +

                              Las reglas que gobiernan la asociación de los elementos declarables con las partes individuales de un texto de TEI se definen completamente en el capítulo 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text. Solamente un elemento de un tipo determinado puede tener algún atributo de default con un valor de verdad.

                              +                               + +

                              + このような選択可能要素の関連性を決める規則は、 + 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Textにおいて詳しく規定されている。 + 属性値trueをとるのは、ひとつの要素だけである。 +

                              +                               + + 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text + +                               + provides attributes for elements which may be independently associated with a particular declarable element within the header, thus overriding the inherited default for that element. + 헤더에서 선언 가능한 어떤 요소와 독립적으로 연관될 수 있는 속성을 제공한다. 이를 통해 그 요소의 상속된 기본값은 무효가 된다. + 提供元素屬性，這些元素可單獨與標頭中一特定可宣告元素相關連，因此超越該特定元素本身的預設值。 + TEIヘダーにある特定の宣言可能要素向けの属性を示す。これにより、当該 + 要素の継承値を上書きすることになる。 + fournit des attributs pour les éléments qui peuvent + être associés indépendamment à un élément particulier déclarable dans l'en-tête TEI, ignorant + ainsi la valeur dont cet élément devrait hériter par défaut. + proporciona atributos a los elementos que pueden ser asociados autonomamente a un elemento determinado declarado en el encabezado, no teniendo en cuenta el default heredato por aquel elemento. + assegna attributi agli elementi che possono essere autonomamente associati a un determinato elemento dichiarato nell'intestazione, non tenendo conto del default ereditato per quell'elemento + + + declarations + déclarations + identifies one or more declarable elements within the +header, which are understood to apply to the element bearing this +attribute and its content. + 헤더 내의 하나 이상의 declarable elements을 식별하며, 이 속성과 내용을 포함하는 요소에 적용되는 것으로 간주된다. + 指明標頭內一個或多個可宣告元素，可應用於帶有此屬性與內容的元素上。 + TEIヘダーにある、1つ以上の宣言可能要素を示す。 + 当該属性を持つ要素や内容に適応されると解釈される。 + identifie un ou plusieurséléments + déclarables dans l'en-tête TEI, qui sont destinés à s'appliquer à l'élément + portant cet attribut et à son contenu. + identifica uno o más elementos declarables al interno del encabezado, los cuales son válidos para el elemento al cual es adscrito el atributo en cuestión y su contenido. + identifica uno o più elementi dichiarabili all'interno dell'intestazione, +i quali sono validi per l'elemento a cui è assegnato l'attributo in questione e il suo contenuto + + + + +

                              The rules governing the association of declarable elements +with individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text.

                              +                               + +

                              Les règles régissant l'association d'éléments déclarables avec des parties + individuelles d'un texte TEI sont entièrement définies au chapitre 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text.

                              +                               + +

                              Las reglas que gobiernan la asociación de los elementos declarables con las partes individuales de un texto de TEI se definen completamente en el capítulo 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text.

                              +                               + +

                              + 宣言可能要素の関連性を決める規則については、16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text + を参照のこと。 +

                              +                               + + 16.3. Associating Contextual +Information with a Text + +                               + provides attributes for use on metadata elements + describing the status of a document. + 文書のステータスを記述するメタデータ要素用の属性を提供する。 + + + describes the status of a document either currently or, when +associated with a dated element, at the time indicated. + 現在の、もしくは日時に関連づけられた要素にあっては、指定された時点における文書のステータスを記述する。 + + draft + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + provides attributes describing the nature of an encoded scholarly intervention or + interpretation of any kind. + 어떤 유형의 부호화된 학문적 간섭 또는 해석의 특성을 기술하는 속성을 제공한다. + 提供屬性，描述任何已標記的學者更正或詮釋的性質。 + 学術的調整・解釈の性質を表す属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs décrivant la nature d'une + intervention savante encodée ou de tout autre interprétation. + proporciona atributos que describen la naturaleza de una + intervención crítica codificada o una interpretación de cualquier tipo. + assegna degli attributi che descrivono il carattere di un + intervento critico codificato o interpretazione di altro tipo + + + indicates the nature of the evidence supporting the reliability or accuracy of the + intervention or interpretation. + 간섭 또는 해석의 신뢰성 또는 정확성을 지지하는 증거의 특성을 나타낸다. + 指出支持該更動或詮釋可信度或正確性的證明 + 当該解釈や調整の信頼度や正確さを判断する証拠を示す。 + indique la nature de la preuve attestant la fiabilité + ou la justesse de l'intervention ou de l'interprétation. + indica la naturaleza de las pruebas que sostienen la + fiabilidad o precisión de la intervención o interpretación. + indica il carattere delle prove a sostegno + dell'affidabilità o accuratezza dell'intervento o interpretazione + + + + there is internal evidence to support the intervention. + 간섭을 지지하는 내부 증거가 있다. + 有內部證明得以支持 + 当該調整を判断する内部証拠を示す。 + l'intervention est justifiée par une preuve + interne + existen pruebas internas que sostienen la + intervención. + esistono prove interne a sostegno + dell'intervento + + + there is external evidence to support the intervention. + 간섭을 지지하는 외부 증거가 있다. + 有外部證明得以支持 + 当該調整を判断する外部証拠を示す。 + l'intervention est justifiée par une preuve + externe + existen pruebas externas que sostienen la + intervención. + esistono prove interne a sostegno + dell'intervento + + + the intervention or interpretation has been made by the editor, cataloguer, or + scholar on the basis of their expertise. + 간섭 또는 해석이 편집자, 또는 전문성에 근거한 학자에 의해 수행되었다. + 編輯、編目者或學者根據自身的專業來執行該更動或詮釋。 + 編集者、カタログ作成者、研究者による解釈や調整。 + l'intervention ou l'interprétation a été faite + par le rédacteur, le catalogueur, ou le chercheur sur la base de leur expertise. + la intervención o interpretación ha sido hecho + por el editor, catalogador o crítico en base a su experiencia. + l'intervento o interpretazione è stata effettuata + dal curatore, catalogatore o critico in base alla loro esperienza + + + + + indicates whether this is an instant revision or not. + これがにわか仕込みの修正か否かを示す。 + + false + + + +

                              The members of this attribute class are typically used to represent any kind of editorial + intervention in a text, for example a correction or interpretation, or to date or localize + manuscripts etc.

                              +

                              Each pointer on the source (if present) + corresponding to a witness or witness group should reference a bibliographic citation such as a witness, msDesc, or bibl element, or another external bibliographic citation, documenting the source concerned.

                              +                               + +

                              Les membres de cette classe d'attributs sont couramment employés pour représenter tout type + d'intervention éditoriale dans un texte, par exemple une correction ou une interprétation, ou + bien une datation ou une localisation de manuscrit, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              los miembros de esta clase de atributo se usan normalmente para representar cualquier tipo de + intervención editorial en un texto, por ejemplo una corrección, una interpretación, la fecha o + incluso la signatura de los manuscritos etc.

                              +                               +

                              当該クラスは、あらゆる編集上の調整、例えば、原稿に対する修正や解釈、日時や場所の特定などを示すために、一般には使用される。

                               + +3.5. Simple Editorial Changes +11.3.1. Origination +14.3.2. The Person Element +12.3.1.1. Core Elements for Transcriptional Work + +                               + provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives. + fournit des attributs identifiant l'édition source dont provient une quelconque caractéristique encodée. + 符号化された属性が派生する元のソースのエディションを特定する属性を提供する。 + + + edition + édition + 版 + supplies a sigil or other arbitrary identifier for the source edition in which + the associated feature (for example, a page, column, or line + beginning) occurs at this point in the text. + fournit un identifiant arbitraire pour l'édition source dans laquelle la caractéristique associée + (par exemple, une page, une colonne ou un saut de ligne) apparaît à ce point du texte. + 関連する属性（ページ・段落・行の切れ目）がテキストのこの地点において発生するソースのエディションについての印やその他の任意の識別子を提供する。 + + + + edition reference + 参照 + provides a pointer to the source edition in which + the associated feature (for example, a page, column, or line + beginning) occurs at this point in the text. + このポインタが示すのは、当該テキスト中に現れる（頁や段、行等の）関連する素性が生じる元の版である。 + + + + + + Of Mans First Disobedience, and the Fruit + Of that Forbidden Tree, whose mortal tast + Brought Death into the World, and all our woe, + + + + + + Olaf Stapledon, + Starmaker, Methuen, 1937 + Olaf Stapledon, + Starmaker, Dover, 1968 + + +

                              Looking into the future aeons from the supreme moment of + the cosmos, I saw the populations still with all their + strength maintaining theessentials of their ancient culture, + still living their personal lives in zest and endless + novelty of action, … I saw myself still + preserving, though with increasing difficulty, my lucid + consciousness;

                              +                               +

                              In the above example, the soft hyphen in Stapledon 1937 is omitted. Such decisions may be documented in the edition's declaration of editorial principles, e.g. with the hyphenation element in the teiHeader.

                              +                               + +

                              These guidelines provide no semantic basis or suggested + precedence when both ed and edRef are + provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not + recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

                              +                               +                               + provides attributes for representing + fragmentation of a structural element, typically as + a consequence of some overlapping hierarchy. + 通常は階層関係のオーバーラップなどに起因する、構造を持つ要素の断片化を表現するための属性を与える。 + + + specifies whether or not its parent element is fragmented + in some way, typically by some other overlapping structure: for + example a speech which is divided between two or more verse + stanzas, a paragraph which is split across a page division, a + verse line which is divided between two speakers. + 通常は他の階層関係のオーバーラップなどに起因して、親要素が何らかの形で断片化されているかどうかを示す。例えば、二つ以上の韻文詩で分割された発話、頁区切りをまたぐ段落、二人の話者に分割された韻文の一行など。 + + + + N + + + yes + はい + the element is fragmented in some (unspecified) respect + 要素はいくつかの（不特定の）点で断片化されている。 + + + no + いいえ + the element is not fragmented, or no claim is made as to its completeness + 要素が断片化されていないか、または完全性についての主張はない。 + + + initial + 最初の + this is the initial part of a fragmented element + これは断片化された要素の最初の部分を示す。 + + + medial + 中間の + this is a medial part of a fragmented element + これは断片化された要素の中間の部分を示す。 + + + final + 最後の + this is the final part of a fragmented element + これは断片化された要素の最後の部分を示す。 + + + +

                              The values I, M, or F + should be used only where it is clear how the element may + be reconstituted.

                              +                               +

                              I、M、またはFという値は、要素の再構成方法が明らかな場合にのみ使用する。

                               +                               +                               +                               + provides rendering attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme. + TEIの符号化スキーマにおけるすべての要素に共通するレンダリング属性を提供する。 + + + + + + + + + rendition + 번역 + interpretación + interprétation + resa + 見た目の表示 + indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text. + 문제의 요소가 원본 텍스트에 제시된 방법을 나타낸다. + 指出該元素如何呈現於來源文件中 + 当該要素が、元資料でどのように表示されていたかを示す。 + indique comment l'élément en question a été rendu ou + présenté dans le texte source. + indica cómo el elemento en cuestión ha sido dado o + proporcionado en el texto fuente. + indica come l'elemento in questione è stato reso o + rappresentato nel testo originario + + + + To The Duchesse of Newcastle, + On Her New Blazing-World. + + + + + + épître dédicatoireà Monsieur de Coucy + . + + + +

                              These Guidelines make no binding recommendations for the values of the rend + attribute; the characteristics of visual presentation vary too much from text to text and + the decision to record or ignore individual characteristics varies too much from project + to project. Some potentially useful conventions are noted from time to time at appropriate + points in the Guidelines. The values of the rend attribute are a set of + sequence-indeterminate individual tokens separated by whitespace.

                              +                               + +

                              Ces Principes directeurs ne font aucune recommandation contraignante pour les valeurs de + l'attribut rend; les caractéristiques de la présentation visuelle changent trop + d'un texte à l'autre et la décision d'enregistrer ou d'ignorer des caractéristiques + individuelles est trop variable d'un projet à l'autre. Quelques conventions + potentiellement utiles sont notées de temps en temps à des points appropriés dans ces + Principes directeurs.

                              +                               + +

                              Estas guías de consulta no hacen ninguna recomendación obligatoria para los valores del + atributo rend; las características de la presentación visual varían demasiado + de texto a texto y la decisión para registrar o para omitir características individuales + varía demasiado de proyecto a proyecto. Observar algunas convenciones que puedan resultar + útiles en los puntos indicados en las guías de consulta.

                              +                               +

                              本ガイドラインでは、当該属性rendの値として推奨するものはない。活字化の特徴は様々であり、それらのどれを採用するかはプロジェクトごとでおそろしく異なるからである。当ガイドラインでは、有用な記述法があれば、その都度示すことになっている。rend属性の値は、空白によって区切られる順序不定の個々のトークンの集合である。

                               +                               + + contains an expression in some formal style definition language +which defines the rendering or presentation +used for this element in the source text. + なんらかの形式的スタイル定義言語においてソーステキスト内の当該要素のレンダリングや表示を定義する際の表現を含む。 + + + + To The Duchesse of Newcastle, On Her + New Blazing-World. + + + +

                              Unlike the attribute values of rend, which uses whitespace as a separator, the style attribute may contain whitespace. This attribute is intended for recording inline stylistic information concerning the +source, not any particular output.

                              +

                              The formal language in which values for this attribute are expressed may be specified using the styleDefDecl element in +the TEI header.

                              +

                              If style and rendition are both present on an element, then + style overrides or complements rendition. style should + not be used in conjunction with rend, because the latter does not employ a + formal style definition language.

                              +                               + +

                              空白を区切り記号とするrendの属性値とは異なり、style属性は空白を含んでもよい。この属性は資料における行に埋め込まれたスタイル情報を記録するためのものであり、何らかの出力を対象とするものではない。

                              +

                              この属性の値を表現する形式言語はTEIヘッダにおいてstyleDefDecl要素を用いて指定されてもよい。

                              +

                              もしstyleとrenditionの両方が一つの要素に現れる場合、styleはrenditionを上書きもしくは補完する。styleはrendと同時に用いられるべきではない。後者は形式的なスタイル定義言語を採用しているわけではないから。

                               +                               + + points to a description of the rendering or presentation used for this element in the + source text. + 원본 텍스트에서 이 요소에 대해 사용된 모양과 제시에 대한 기술을 가리킨다. + indica una descripción de la representación o de la + presentación empleada para este elemento en el texto original. + 当該要素が示す表現が現れている、元資料のテキスト部分を示す。 + pointe vers une description du rendu ou de la + présentation utilisés pour cet élément dans le texte source. + indica una descrizione della resa o della + presentazione utilizzate per tale elemento nel testo di partenza + + + + To The Duchesse of Newcastle, On Her + New Blazing-World. + + font-variant: small-caps + font-variant: normal + text-align: center + + + + + épître dédicatoire à Monsieur de Coucy + + font-variant: uppercase + text-align: center + + + +

                              The rendition attribute is used in a very similar way to the class + attribute defined for XHTML but with the important distinction that its function is to + describe the appearance of the source text, not necessarily to determine how that text + should be presented on screen or paper.

                              +

                              If rendition is used to refer to a style definition in a formal language like + CSS, it is recommended that it not be used in conjunction with rend. + Where both rendition and rend are supplied, the latter is + understood to override or complement the former.

                              +

                              Each URI provided should indicate a rendition element defining the intended + rendition in terms of some appropriate style language, as indicated by the + scheme attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              属性renditionは、XHTMLの属性classと大変 似たように使用される。但し、重要な違いとして、当該属性は、元資 料の表現を記述するものであり、スクリーン上または紙上でどう表示 されているかを示すものではない。

                              +

                              もしrendition属性がCSSのような形式言語において定義されるスタイル定義を参照するのに用いられているなら、rend属性と同時に用いないことが推奨される。属性renditionと属性rendの両方が使用されている場合、後者の値が前者の値を上書きする、または補うと判断される。

                              +

                              当該属性値となるURIは、属性schemeで提示されているス タイル言語により、当該表現を定義する要素renditionを示すべきである。

                               + +

                              L'attribut rendition est employé à peu près de la même manière que l'attribut + class défini pour XHTML mais avec cette sérieuse différence que sa fonction + est de décrire la présentation du texte source mais pas nécessairement de déterminer + comment ce texte doit être représenté à l'écran ou sur le papier.

                              +

                              Où rendition et rend sont donnés ensembles, il faut comprendre que + le dernier remplace ou complète le premier.

                              +

                              Chaque URI fourni doit indiquer un élément rendition définissant le rendu prévu + dans les termes d'un langage approprié pour définir les styles, comme indiqué par + l'attribut scheme.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo rendition (interpretación) se utiliza en una manera muy similar al + atributo clase definido por XHTML pero con una diferencia importante: que su + función es describir el aspecto del texto original, no necesariamente para determinar la + presentación visual de ese texto en la pantalla o el papel.

                              +

                              Donde ambos interpretación y rend se dan, este último se emplea + para reemplazar o para complementar el anterior.

                              +

                              Cada URI proporcionado debe indicar al elemento interpretación que define la + interpretación prevista en términos de cualquier lenguaje apropiado del estilo, según lo + indicado por el atributo scheme (esquema).

                              +                               +                               + + +                               + + 1.3.1.1.3. Rendition Indicators + +                               + provides attributes indicating the agent + responsible for some aspect of the text, the markup or + something asserted by the markup, and the degree of certainty + associated with it. + テキストやマークアップ、あるいはマークアップによって示されたものの何らかの側面についての責任者と、それに関する確信の度合を示す属性を提供する。 + + + + + + + + certainty + 확실성 + certeza + certitude + certezza + 確信性 + signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation. + 간섭 또는 해석과 연관된 확실성의 정도를 나타낸다. + 表示該更動或詮釋的相關正確度。 + donne le degré de certitude associée à l'intervention + ou à l'interprétation. + significa el grado de certeza asociado con la + intervención o la interpretación. + corrisponde al grado di certezza associato + all'intervento o interpretazione + 介入や解釈に関する確信度を示す。 + + + + + + responsible party + 책임 당사자 + parte responsable + responsable + responsabile + 責任者 + indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an + editor or transcriber. + 편집자 또는 전사자와 같이 또는 해석에 대한 책임이 있는 대리인을 나타낸다. + 指出負責該更動或詮釋的代理者，例如編輯或轉錄者。 + 介入や解釈の責任者を示す。例えば、編集者、翻刻者など。 + indique l'agent responsable de l'intervention ou de + l'interprétation, par exemple un éditeur ou un transcripteur. + indica el agente responsable de la intervención o la + interpretación, p.ej. un editor o un transcriptor. + indica il responsabile dell'intervento o + interpretazione, per esempio un curatore o trascrittore + + +

                              To reduce the ambiguity of a resp pointing directly to a person or + organization, we + recommend that resp be used to point not to an agent + (person or org) but to a respStmt, + author, editor or similar + element which clarifies the exact role played by the agent. + Pointing to multiple respStmts allows the encoder to specify + clearly each of the roles played in part of a TEI file (creating, + transcribing, encoding, editing, proofing etc.).

                               +

                              resp が直接個人や組織を指した場合のあいまいさを減らすため、resp は行為者 (person or org) ではなく respStmt、author、editor などその行為者の正確な役割を明示するエレメントを指して用いることを推奨する。エンコード者は respStmt にTEI文書内の役割分担を明確に記述できる（作成・翻刻・エンコード・編集・校正など。

                               +                               +                               + + Blessed are the + cheesemakerspeacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. + + + + + + + Punkes, Panders, baſe extortionizing + slanues, + + + + + + Transcriber + Janelle Jenstad + + + + + + 1.3.1.1.4. Sources, certainty, and responsibility + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + 12.3.2.2. Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes + 18.3. Spans and Interpretations + 14.1.1. Linking Names and Their Referents + +                               + provides attributes used by elements to point to an external source. + 外部ソースを参照する要素によって用いられる属性を示す。 + stellt Attribute bereit, anhand derer die Elemente auf eine externe Quelle verweisen. + + + specifies the source from which some aspect of this element is drawn. + この要素の何らかの側面を示すソースを指定する。 + gibt die Quelle an, aus der ein Bestandteil dieses Elements stammt. + + + + + + + + + When used on a schema description element (like + ), the @source attribute + should have only 1 value. (This one has .) + + + + + +

                              The source attribute points to an external + source. When used on an element describing a schema component + (classRef, dataRef, elementRef, + macroRef, moduleRef, or + + schemaSpec), it identifies the source from which + declarations for the components should be obtained.

                              +

                              On other elements it provides a pointer to the + bibliographical source from which a quotation or citation is + drawn.

                              +

                              In either case, the location may be provided using any form + of URI, for example an absolute URI, a relative URI, a private + scheme URI of the form tei:x.y.z, where + x.y.z indicates the version number, e.g. + tei:4.3.2 for TEI P5 release 4.3.2 or (as a + special case) tei:current for whatever is the + latest release, or a private scheme URI that is expanded to an + absolute URI as documented in a prefixDef.

                              +

                              When used on elements describing schema components, + source should have only one value; when used on + other elements multiple values are permitted.

                              +                               + +

                              source 属性は外部ソースを指し示す。schemaSpec + や moduleRef といったスキーマの構成要素を記述する要素で用いられた場合は、 + その定義しようとしているオブジェクトの構成要素の宣言が得られるソースを特定する。 + その他の要素では、引用の出典となる書誌ソースへのポインタを提供する。いずれの場合も、 + 場所は何らかの URI、例えば絶対 URI や相対 URI、prefixDef + に定められた方法で絶対 URI に展開できる私用形式の URI で与えることができる。 + 複数の場所が指定された場合、デフォルトでは要求されたソースがそれらのリソースの組み合わせによって得られるものと想定される。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              As Willard McCarty (2012, p.2) tells us, ‘Collaboration’ is a problematic and should be a contested + term. + +

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              + + Grammatical theories are in flux, and the more we learn, the + less we seem to know. + +

                              + + The Chicago Manual of Style, + 15th edition. Chicago: University of + Chicago Press (2003), p.147. + +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Include in the schema an element named p available from the TEI P5 2.0.1 + release.

                              +                               + + + + + + +

                              Create a schema using components taken from the file mycompiledODD.xml.

                              +                               + + 1.3.1.1.4. Sources, certainty, and responsibility + 3.3.3. Quotation + 8.3.4. Writing + +                               + provides attributes for specifying the type of a computer + resource using a standard taxonomy. + 표준 분류법을 사용하는 컴퓨터 자원의 유형을 명시하는 속성을 제시한다. + 標準的な用語による計算機資源の種類を表す属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour spécifier le type de +ressource informatique selon une taxinomie normalisée. + indica degli attributi che specificano il tipo di risorsa informatica utilizzando una tassonomia standard + atributos para registrar un periodo temporal normalizado + + + MIME media type + MIME 매체 유형 + Tipo de media del MIME + type de média MIME + MIMEメディアタイプ + specifies the applicable multimedia internet mail extension (MIME) media type. + 적용 가능한 다중매체 인터넷 메일 확장자(MIME) 매체 유형을 명시한다. + 当該データのMIMEタイプ。 + spécifie le type MIME (multipurpose internet mail extension) applicable. + specifica il tipo MIME appropriato + El tipo de MIME + MIME協定種類 + + + + +

                              In this example mimeType is used to indicate that the URL points to a TEI XML file encoded in UTF-8.

                              + + + +                               + +

                              This attribute class provides an attribute for describing a + computer resource, typically available over the internet, + using a value taken from a standard taxonomy. At present only a single + taxonomy is supported, the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions + (MIME) Media Type system. This typology of media types is + defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force in RFC 2046. The + list of + types is maintained by the Internet Assigned Numbers + Authority (IANA). The mimeType attribute must have a value taken from this list.

                              +                               + +

                              Cette classe d'attributs fournit des attributs pour décrire une ressource + informatique, en général disponible sur internet, selon les taxinomies normalisées. + Actuellement une seule taxinomie est reconnue : le système "Multipurpose Internet + Mail Extensions Media Type". Ce système de typologie des types de média est définie + par l'Internet Engineering Task Force dansRFC 2046. La liste des types + est maintenue par l'Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta clase de atributo proporciona los atributos para describir un recurso del ordenador, típicamente disponibles en Internet, según las taxonomías estándar. Solamente una única taxonomía se utiliza actualmente, el sistema Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions + Media Type. Este sistema de tipología de los tipos de media es definido por el Internet Engineering Task Force RFC 2046. + . La lista de tipos es mantenida por el Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

                              +                               + +

                              +当該属性クラスは、コンピューターリソースを示すためのもので、通常、インターネット上にあるリソースを標準的な用語で示す。現時点では、MIME（Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions）タイプのみが標準的な用語として使用可能である。このMIMEタイプについては、IETF（Internet Engineering Task Force）のRFC 2046で規定されている。使用できるタイプ名のリストの管理は、IANA（Internet Assigned Numbers Authority）によって行われている。mimeType属性は上記のタイプ名リストにより定義された値を含んでいなくてはならない。 +

                              +                               +                               + provides attributes to represent a regularized or normalized measurement. + 정상화 또는 규격화된 측정 방식을 표상하는 속성을 제시한다. + 提供屬性，代表一般化或規格化的度量。 + 正規化単位を表す属性を示す。 + donne des attributs pour représenter une mesure + régularisée ou normalisée. + proporciona atributos que representen una medición regularizada o normalizada. + assegna degli attributi che rappresentano una misurazione regolarizzata o normalizzata + + + + The @unit attribute may be unnecessary when @unitRef is present. + + + + + + unit + unité + indicates the units used for the measurement, usually + using the standard symbol for the desired units. + 측정에 사용된 단위를 나타내며, 일반적으로 요구 단위에 대한 표준 기호를 사용한다. + 指出度量單位，通常以標準符號表示 + 一般には標準記号により、計測単位を示す。 + indique les unités de mesure utilisées ; il + s'agit en général du symbole normalisé pour les unités dont on a besoin. + indica las unidades usadas para la medición, normalmente utilizando el símbolo estándard para la unidad de medición en cuestión. + indica le unità impiegate per la misurazione, generalmente utilizzando il simbolo standard per l'unità di misura in questione + + + + + metre + 미터 + 公尺 + mètre + metro + metro + メートル + SI base unit of length + 길이의 SI 기본 단위 + SI基礎長度單位 + メータ。長さを示す国際単位系。 + unité SI (système international) de longueur + unidad de medida de la longitud + unità di misura della lunghezza + + + kilogram + 킬로그램 + 公斤 + kilogramme + chilogrammo + kilogramo + キログラム + SI base unit of mass + 분량의 SI 기본 단위 + SI基礎質量單位 + キログラム。重さを示す国際単位系。 + unité SI de masse + unidad de medida de la masa + unità di misura della massa + + + second + 초 + 秒 + 秒 + seconde + secondo + segundo + SI base unit of time + 시간의 SI 기본 단위 + SI基礎時間單位 + 秒。時間を示す国際単位系。 + unité SI de temps + unidad de medida del tiempo + unità di misura del tempo + + + + + + + + + + hertz + 헤르츠 + 赫茲 + hérzio + ヘルツ + SI unit of frequency + 주파수의 SI 단위 + SI頻率單位 + ヘルツ。周波数を示す国際単位系。 + unité SI de fréquence + unidad de medida de la frecuencia + unità di misura della frequenza + + + + pascal + 파스칼 + Pascal + PASCAL + パスカル + SI unit of pressure or stress + 압력 또는 강도의 SI 단위 + SI壓力單位 + パスカル。気圧を示す国際単位系。 + unité SI de pression + unidad de medida de la presión + unità di misura della pressione + + + + + + + + ohm + 옴 + 歐姆 + ohmio + オーム + SI unit of electric resistance + 전기 저항의 SI 단위 + SI 電阻單位 + オーム。抵抗を示す国際単位系。 + unité SI de résistance électrique + unidad de medida de la resistencia eléctrica + unità di misurà della resistenza elettrica + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + litre + 리터 + 公升 + litro + litro + リットル + 1 dm³ + 1dm³ + リッター。体積を示す。 + 1 dm³ + + + tonne + 톤 + 公噸 + tonnellata + tonelada + トン + 10³ kg + 10³ 公斤 + トン。重さを示す。 + 10³ kg + + + + + + + + + hectare + 헥타르 + 公頃 + ettaro + hectárea + ヘクタール + 1 hm² + 1² hm + ヘクタール。広さを示す。 + 1 hm² + + + + ångström + 옹스트롱 + 埃格斯特朗 (單位) + angstrom + オングストローム + 10⁻¹⁰ m + 10⁻¹⁰ 公尺 + オングストローム。長さの単位。 + 10⁻¹⁰ m + + + + + millilitre + millilitro + mililitro + ミリリットル + + + centimetre + centimètre + centimetro + centímetro + センチメートル + + + decibel + 데시벨 + décibel + decibelio + デシベル + see remarks, below + 아래 언급 참조 + 分貝 + デシベル。エネルギーの強さを示す。 + voir remarques, ci-dessous. + ver las notas a continuación + vedi note di seguito + + + + + kilobit + 킬로비트 + キロビット + 10³ or 1000 bits + 10³ 또는 1000 비트 + 10³或1000 位元 + キロビット。1000ビット(10の3乗bits)のこと。 + 10³ ou 1000 bits + >10³ or 1000 bits + 10³ or 1000 bit + + + kibibit + 킬로바이비트 + キビビット + 2¹⁰ or 1024 bits + 2¹⁰ 또는 1024 비트 + 2¹⁰或1024 位元 + 2¹⁰ o 1024 bits + キビビット。1024ビット(2の10乗bits)のこと。 + 2¹⁰ ou 1024 bits + 2¹⁰ or 1024 bit + + + + kilobyte + kilo-octet + 킬로바이트 + キロバイト + 10³ or 1000 bytes + 10³ 또는 1000 바이트 + 10³或1000位元組 + 10 ³ o 1000 bytes + キロバイト。1000バイト(10の3乗bytes)のこと。 + 10³ ou 1000 octets + 10³ or 1000 byte + + + kibibyte + + kibioctet + 킬로바이바이트 + キビバイト + 2¹⁰ or 1024 bytes + 2¹⁰ 또는 1024 바이트 + 2¹⁰或1024位元組 + 2¹⁰ o 1024 bytes + キビバイト。1024バイト(2の10乗bytes)のこと。 + 2¹⁰ ou 1024 octets + 2¹⁰ or 1024 byte + + + megabyte + mégaoctet + メガバイト + 메가바이트 + 10⁶ or 1 000 000 bytes + 10⁶ 또는 1 000 000 바이트 + 10⁶或1 000 000位元組 + 10 ⁶ o 1 000 000 bytes + メガバイト。1,000,000バイト(10の6乗bytes)のこと。 + 10⁶ ou 1 000 000 octets + 10⁶ or 1 000 000 byte + + + mebibyte + 메가바이바이트 + mébioctet + メビバイト + 2²⁰ or 1 048 576 bytes + 2²⁰ 또는 1 048 576 바이트 + 2²⁰或1 048 576位元組 + 2²⁰ o 1 048 576 bytes + メビバイト。1,048,576バイト(2の20乗bytes)のこと。 + 2²⁰ ou 1 048 576 octets + 2²⁰ o 1 048 576 byte + + + + +

                              If the measurement being represented is not expressed in a + particular unit, but rather is a number of discrete items, the + unit count should be used, or the unit + attribute may be left unspecified.

                              +

                              Wherever appropriate, a recognized SI unit name should be + used (see further ; ). The list above is + indicative rather than exhaustive.

                              + +                               + +

                              Si la mesure représentée n'est pas exprimée dans une unité particulière mais + plutôt comme un certain nombre d'items distincts, l'unité count + doit être employée ou l'attribut unit peut être laissé comme non + spécifié.

                              +

                              Partout où c'est approprié, un nom d'unité reconnu par le SI (système international) doit être + employé (voir plus loin ; ). La liste ci-dessus est plus indicative qu'exhaustive.

                              +                               + +

                              Si la medida que se representa no se expresa con una unidad determinada, pero constituye un número de elementos discretos, se debe utilizar la unidad cuenta, o el atributo unidad + se puede dejar sin especificar.

                              +

                              Dondequiera que sea apropiado, un nombre de la unidad SI reconocido debe ser utilizado (véase ; ). + La lista mencionada serà más indicativa que exhaustiva.

                              +                               + +

                              + 計測されたものが特定の単位で表現できず、むしろ離散的なものであ + る場合、単位countが使われるべきである。そうでない場 + 合は、属性unitの値は付与されないかもしれない。 +

                              +

                              + 適切な単位がある場合には、国際単位名を使用するべきである。(詳細 + は、、 + を参照のこと。) + 上記リストはこれらの全てではない。 +

                              + +                               +                               + + points to a unique identifier stored in the xml:id of a unitDef element that defines a unit of measure. + + + + quantity + quantité + 量 + specifies the number of the specified units that + comprise the measurement + 측정을 구성하는 명시적 단위의 수를 명시한다. + 標明包含該度量的特定單位數目 + 計測単位の数を示す。 + spécifie le nombre des unités indiquées que comprend la mesure. + especifica el número de las unidades que costituyen la medición + indica il numero delle unità che costituiscono la misurazione + + + + commodity + article + 物品 + indicates the substance that is being measured + 측정되고 있는 물질을 나타낸다. + 指出所度量的物品。 + 計測される対象を示す。 + indique ce qui est mesuré. + indica la substancia que está siendo medida. + identifica la sostanza misurata + + +

                              In general, when the commodity is made of discrete + entities, the plural form should be used, even when the + measurement is of only one of them.

                              +                               + +

                              En général, si l'article est composé d'entités distinctes, la forme plurielle doit être employée, même si la mesure ne s'applique qu'à l'une d'entre elles.

                              +                               + +

                              Generalmente cuando el material se compone de entidades discretas, se debe usar la forma plural, incluso cuando la medida se refiere solamente a una de ellas.

                              +                               + +

                              + 一般に、当該対象が離散的なものである場合、単位の複数形が使用さ + れる。当該計測対象がひとつの場合もそうである。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              This attribute class provides a triplet of attributes that may + be used either to regularize the values of the measurement being + encoded, or to normalize them with respect to a standard + measurement system. + + +So weren't you gonna buy half +a gallon, baby +So won't you go and buy half +a gallon, baby? + + + + + + +

                              + +

                              The unit should normally be named using the standard + symbol for an SI unit (see further ; ). However, encoders + may also specify measurements using informally defined units such + as lines or characters.

                              +                               + +

                              Cette classe d'attributs fournit un ensemble de trois attributs qui peuvent être + employés soit pour régulariser les valeurs de la mesure encodée, soit pour les + normaliser en conformité avec un système de mesure normalisé.

                              +

                              L'unité doit normalement être nommée avec une abréviation normalisée issue d'une unité SI (voir plus loin ; ). + Cependant les encodeurs peuvent aussi spécifier des mesures avec des unités définies de manière informelle, telles que lines ou characters.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta clase de atributo proporciona un trío de atributos que se pueden utilizar para regularizar los valores de medida que se codifican, o normalizarlos en un sistema de medida estándar. +

                              +

                              La unidad debe ser nombrada normalmente usando la abreviatura estándar para una unidad SI (véase ; ). + Sin embargo, los codificadores pueden también especificar las medidas usando unidades definidas informalmente, por ejemplo como líneas o caracteres.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該属性クラスは、3つ組属性を規定している。これは、標準計測システ + ムの計測値を正規化するものである。 + +So weren't you gonna buy half a gallon, babySo won't you go and buy half a gallon, +baby? + + + + + + +

                              +

                              + 当該単位は、一般には、国際単位系の標準的な略式表記で示されるべきで + ある。(詳細は、、を参照のこと。) + けれども、符号化する人は、非公式な計測単位、例えば、 + linesやcharactersも使用してもよい。 +

                              +                               +                               + provides attributes to indicate any specialised notation used for element content. + 要素の内容を対象とした特別な表記法を示す属性を提供する。 + + + names the notation used for the content of the element. + 요소 내용으로 사용되어 앞서 정의된 표기법 이름을 제시한다. + 提供先前已定義過、適用於該元素內容的記號名稱。 + 当該要素の内容に用いられた表記法の名前を示す。 + précise le nom d'une notation définie précédemment, + utilisée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el nombre de una anotación definida + previamente y usada para el contenido de un elemento. + fornisce il nome di un'annotazione definita + precedentemente utilizzata come contenuto dell'elemento. + + + + + provides attributes for describing where on the source page or + object a textual element appears. + 원본 페이지 또는 대상에서 텍스트 요소가 나타나는 위치를 기술하기 위한 속성을 제공한다. + 提供屬性，描述文件元素在來源頁面或物件上出現的位置。 + テキスト要素が出現する元資料中のページやオブジェクトを表す属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour décrire l'emplacement où apparaît un élément textuel dans la page ou l'objet source. + proporciona atributos para + describir en que página u objeto de la fuente aparece el elemento + textual. + identifica degli attributi + che descrivono la collocazione di un elemento testuale all'interno + della pagina o dell'oggetto di origine + + + specifies where this item is placed. + specifie où cet item se trouve. + このアイテムが置かれた場所を指定する。 + + + + at the top of the page + 위쪽 여백에 있음 + 頁首空白處 + 当該頁の上の余白。 + en el margen superior + nel margine superiore + dans la marge supérieure + + + at the foot of the page + 아래 여백 + dans la marge inférieure + margine inferiore + en el margen inferior + 頁尾空白處 + 当該頁の下の余白。 + + + in the margin (left, right, or both) + dans la marge (gauche, droite ou les deux en même temps) + 余白（左left、右right、左右both） + + + on the opposite, i.e. facing, page + 맞쪽, 즉 마주보는 페이지 + 對頁頁面 + 反対側，つまり，向かいのページ。 + en el opuesto,es decir en el anverso, reverso, etc. + sur la page opposée + nella pagina accanto + + + on the other side of the leaf + 장의 반대쪽에 있음 + 書頁反頁頁面 + 当該葉の裏面。 + en la otra cara de + la página + de l'autre côté de la feuille + dall'altro lato del + foglio + + + above the line + 행 위에 있음 + 行上方 + 当該行の上。 + sobre la línea + au-dessus de la ligne + al di sopra della linea + + + to the right, + e.g. to the right of a vertical line of text, or to the right of a figure + 右側、つまり、縦書きテキストや図の右側。 + + + below the line + 행 아래 + 行底 + 当該行の下。 + debajo de la línea + au-dessous de la ligne + al di sotto della linea + + + to the left, + e.g. to the left of a vertical line of text, or to the left of a figure + 左側、つまり、縦書きテキストや図の左側。 + + + at the end of e.g. chapter or volume. + 주석이 장 또는 책 뒤에 나타난다. + 註解出現於章節或書冊的結尾 + 末尾（たとえば章や巻の）。 + al final del capítulo o del volumen. + à la fin, par exemple d'un chapitre ou d'un volume + alla fine del capitolo o del volume + + + within the body of the text. + dans le corps du texte + テキスト本文の中で。 + + + in a predefined space, for example left by an earlier scribe. + dans un espace prédéfini, par exemple à gauche d'un scripteur précédent + あらかじめ用意された箇所（たとえば過去の書写者が空けておいたなど）。 + + + + + [An addition written in the margin] + [An addition written at the + foot of the current page and also on the facing page] + + + + + Ibid, p.7 + + + + + + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + 12.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions + + + provides a set of attributes used by all elements which point + to other elements by means of one or more URI references. + 하나 이상의 URI 참조를 통해서 다른 요소를 가리키는 모든 요소에 의해 사용된 속성 집합을 정의한다. + 定義一組與其他元素相連結的所有元素皆使用的屬性，連結是使用ㄧ個或多個統一資源識別符 (URI) 參照。 + すべての、一つ以上のURIを参照することで別の要素を指示する要素で使用できる属性のセットを示す。 + fournit un ensemble d'attributs utilisés par tous les éléments qui pointent vers d'autres éléments au moyen d'une ou de plusieurs références URI. + define un conjunto de atributos usados por todos los elementos que señalan a otros elementos a través de uno o más URI. + definisce un insieme di attributi usati da tutti gli elementi che puntano ad altri elementi tramite uno o più URI + + + specifies the language of the content to be found at the destination referenced by target, using a language tag generated + according to BCP 47. + + BCP 47に従って生成された言語タグを使用することで、targetの参照先にあるコンテンツの言語を特定する。 + + + + + @targetLang should only be used on if @target is specified. + + + + + + + + + + +

                              In the example above, the linkGrp combines + pointers at parallel fragments of the Universal + Declaration of Human Rights: one of them is in Polish, + the other in Swahili.

                              +                               +

                              The value must conform to BCP 47. If the value is a + private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains + -x-), a language element with a matching + value for its ident attribute should be supplied in + the TEI header to document this value. Such documentation may + also optionally be supplied for non-private-use codes, though + these must remain consistent with their + IETFInternet Engineering Task + Force definitions.

                               + +

                              + 値はBCP 47に準拠している必要がある。言語コードがx-で始まっていたり、-x-を含んでいたりする私的利用の値である場合、TEIヘッダーにおいて、そのコードをident属性の値として持ったlanguage要素を記述しなければならない。私的利用にあたらないコードの記述をしてもよいが、IETFInternet Engineering Task Forceの定義に準拠したものでなくてはならない。 +

                              + +                               + + specifies the destination of the reference by supplying one or more URI References. + 하나 혹은 다수의 URI 참조를 제시하여 참조의 목적지를 명시한다. + 用一個或多個統一資源識別符參照 (URI References) 來說明參照所指位置。 + 一つ以上のURI参照を与えることで、参照先を指定する。 + précise la cible de la référence en donnant une ou plusieurs références URI + especifica la destinación de una referencia + proporcionando una o más referencias URI. + specifica la destinazione di un riferimento, fornendo + uno o più riferimenti URI + +

                              One or more syntactically valid URI references, separated by whitespace. Because + whitespace is used to separate URIs, no whitespace is permitted inside a single URI. If a + whitespace character is required in a URI, it should be escaped with the normal mechanism, + e.g. TEI%20Consortium.

                               +

                              Une ou plusieurs références URI syntaxiquement valables, séparée par + un espace. Puisqu'un espace est employé pour séparer des URIs, aucun espace + n’est autorisé à l'intérieur d'un URI. Si un espace est requis dans un URI, il + faut le représenter avec une séquence d'échappement, comme par exemple + TEI%20Consortium.

                               +

                              + 空白で区切られた一つ以上の構文的に有効なURI参照。空白は複数のURIを区別するために使用されるので、それぞれのURI中において空白を使用することはできない。URI中で空白文字が必要な場合は、たとえばTEI％20Consortiumと言ったような通常の方法でエスケープする必要がある。 +

                              +                               + + evaluate + évalué + specifies the intended meaning when the target of a + pointer is itself a pointer. + 포인터의 대상이 포인터일 때 의도된 의미를 명시한다. + 若指標的目標本身為指標，則在此說明其用意。 + 当該ポインタの参照先がポインタである場合、その意図を示す。 + détermine le sens attendu, si la cible d'un pointeur est elle-même un pointeur. + indica el significado previsto cuando la meta de un indicador es también un indicador. + indica il significato previsto quando la destinazione di un puntatore è essa stessa un puntatore + + + + if the element pointed to is itself a pointer, then + the target of that pointer will be taken, and so on, until + an element is found which is not a pointer. + 만약 지시되는 요소가 포인터라면, 포인터의 대상은 포인터가 아닌 요소가 발견될 때까지 계속 연결된다. + 若指向的元素本身為指標，則該指標的目標會被移除，依此類推，直到找到一個非指標的元素為止。 + si el elemento que señala a sí mismo es un indicador, entonces el target de ese indicador será tomado, y así sucesivamente, hasta que se encuentre un elemento que no sea un indicador. + 参照先の要素がポインターである場合、そのポインターの参照先へ + と展開する。これを、参照先がポインターでなくなるまで続ける。 + si l'élément pointé est lui-même un pointeur, alors on prendra la cible de ce pointeur, et ainsi de suite jusqu'à trouver un élément qui n'est pas un pointeur. + se l'elemento puntato è esso stesso un puntatore, allora sarà presa la destinazione di quel puntatore e così via fino a trovare un elemento che non è un puntatore + + + if the element pointed to is itself a pointer, then + its target (whether a pointer or not) is taken as the target + of this pointer. + 지시된 요소가 포인터라면, 그 대상(포인터이든지 아니든지)은 이 포인터의 대상으로 취급된다. + 若指向的元素本身為指標，則該指標的目標(無論是否為指標)會作為這項指標的目標。 + si el elemento que señala a sí mismo es un puntero, entonces el target (puntero o no) se toma como el target de este puntero. + 参照先の要素がポインターである場合、(そのポインターの参照先 + がどうであれ)そのポインターが参照先になる。 + si l'élément pointé est lui-même un pointeur, alors sa cible (qui est ou non un pointeur) devient la cible retenue. + se l'elemento puntato è esso stesso un puntatore, allora la sua destinazione (che sia un puntatore o meno) è presa come destinazione del puntatore + + + no further evaluation of targets is carried out + beyond that needed to find the element specified in the + pointer's target. + 포인터의 대상에서 명시된 요소를 발견할 필요가 없을 때 더 이상의 대상에 대한 평가는 수행되지 않는다. + 尋找指標的目標元素時，未對目標進行不必要的延伸評估。 + no se realiza ninguna otra evaluación de los targets más allá de la necesaria para encontrar el elemento especificado en el target del puntero. + 当該ポインターの参照先から先にあるリンクへの展開は行わない。 + aucune évaluation ultérieure des cibles n'est menée au-delà de la recherche de l'élément désigné dans la cible du pointeur. + non viene condotta altra valutazione delle destinazioni se non quella necessaria a rintracciare l'elemento specificato nella destinazione del puntatore + + + +

                              If no value is given, the application program is + responsible for deciding (possibly on the basis of user + input) how far to trace a chain of pointers.

                              +                               + +

                              Si aucune valeur n'est fournie, c'est au programme d'application de décider + (éventuellement à partir d'une donnée entrée par l'utilisateur) jusqu'où + retracer une chaîne de pointeurs.

                              +                               + +

                              + 値がない場合、ソフトウェア側がポインター連鎖の扱いを決める(恐 + らく利用者が指示を元に行われる)。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 1.3.1.1.2. Language Indicators + 3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References + +                               + provides attributes for describing numerical ranges. + 数値範囲を記述するための属性を提供する。 + + + gives a minimum estimated value for the approximate measurement. + donne une estimation de la valeur minimum pour la mesure. + 概算推量のための最小推定値を与える。 + + + + gives a maximum estimated value for the approximate measurement. + donne une estimation de la valeur maximum pour la mesure. + 概算推量のための最大推定値を与える。 + + + + where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the minimum value observed. + lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, fournit la valeur minimum observée. + 1回以上の観察あるいは範囲をまとめた推量において、観察された最小値を提供する。 + + + + where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the maximum value observed. + lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, fournit la valeur maximum observée. + 1回以上の観察あるいは範囲をまとめた推量において、観察された最大値を提供する。 + + + + specifies the degree of statistical confidence (between zero and one) that a value falls within the range specified by min and max, or the proportion of observed values that fall within that range. + minとmax、で指定された範囲内の値、あるいはその範囲内で観察された値の割合の統計的な信頼度を0から1の値で示す。 + + + + + + The MS. was lost in transmission by mail from + + Philadelphia to the Graphic office, New York. + + + + + Americares has been supporting the health sector in Eastern Europe since 1986, + and since 1992 has provided more + than $120m in aid to Ukrainians. + + + + provides attributes by which a resource (such as an externally + held media file) may be located. + （外部のメディアファイルのような）資料を示す属性を提供する。 + + + uniform resource locator + 표준 원본 위치 지정소 + localizador de recurso uniforme + adresse URL + URL (localizzatore universale di risorse) + 統一資源位置指定子 + specifies the URL from which the media concerned may be obtained. + 関連するメディアを入手するURLを示す。 + + + + + provides attributes to describe, in general terms, the scope of an element’s application. + + + indicates the scope of application of the element + + + + only this particular feature is used throughout the document + + + this feature is used through most of the document + + + this feature is used occasionally through the document + + + + + + + + An invented language the children call Wikwah. + + + + + + + +

                              Written in insular phase II half-uncial with + interlinear Old English gloss in an Anglo-Saxon + pointed minuscule.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               + provides attributes for elements in lists or groups that are sortable, but whose sorting key cannot be derived mechanically from the element content. + ソート可能だが、ソートのキーは要素の内容から機械的に取り出すことはできないリストやグループにおける要素に関する属性。 + + + supplies the sort key for this element in an index, list or group which contains it. + インデックスやリスト、グループに含まれる要素のソートキーを提供する。 + + + David's other principal backer, Josiah + ha-Kohen Josiah ha-Kohen b. Azarya b. Azarya, son of one of the last gaons of Sura was David's own first + cousin. + + + Je me suis + procuré une clef anglaise pour dévisser les écrous qui attachent le canot à + la coque du Nautilus. Ainsi tout est prêt. + + +

                              The sort key is used to determine the sequence and grouping of entries in an index. It provides a sequence of characters which, when sorted with the other values, will produced + the desired order; specifics of sort key construction are application-dependent

                              +

                              Dictionary order often differs from the collation sequence of machine-readable character + sets; in English-language dictionaries, an entry for 4-H will often + appear alphabetized under fourh, and McCoy may be + alphabetized under maccoy, while A1, + A4, and A5 may all appear in numeric order + alphabetized between a- and AA. The sort key is + required if the orthography of the dictionary entry does not suffice to determine its + location.

                              +                               + +

                              La clé de tri est utilisée pour déterminer la séquence et le groupement d'entrées dans un + index. Elle fournit une séquence de caractères qui, lorsqu'ils sont triés avec les autres valeurs, produisent l'ordre souhaité ; les détails de construction d'une clé de tri + dépendent des applications. +.

                              +

                              La structure d'un dictionnaire diffère souvent de l'ordre de collation des jeux de + caractères lisibles par la machine ; dans des dictionnaires de langue anglaise, une entrée + pour 4-H apparaîtra souvent alphabétiquement sous fourh, et + McCoypeut être classé alphabétiquement sous maccoy, tandis que A1, A4 et A5 + apparaîtront tous dans un ordre alphanumérique entre a- et AA. La clef de + tri est exigée si l'orthographe de l'entrée du dictionnaire n'est pas suffisante pour + déterminer son emplacement.

                              +                               + +

                              La clave de ordenación se utiliza para determinar la secuencia y agrupar las entradas en + un índice.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性は、索引中の項目の並びやグループを決めるために使用される。 + これはほかの値によって並べ替えを行いたいときの一続きの文字を与え、それによって望まれる順序を実現する。 + ソートキー構文の詳細はアプリケーション依存である。

                              +

                              辞書順はしばしば機械可読文字集合の照合順と異なる。 + 英語圏の辞書では、4-Hという項目はしばしばfourhとしてアルファベット化され、McCoyは、maccoyとしてアルファベット化されうる。 + それに対して、A1やA4、A5はa-とAAのあいだに数字順に置かれてしまうこともある。 + ソートキーは、辞書項目の表記が辞書における順序を決定するのに不十分な際に必要となる。

                              +                               + +                               +                               + + 10.1. Dictionary Body and Overall Structure + +                               + provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it. + 포함보다는 포인터 메카니즘을 통하여 구분된 텍스트 구간을 나타내는 요소의 속성을 제공한다. + 提供元素的屬性，這些元素使用參照機制來限定某一文字段，而非包含此文字段。 + テキスト幅の範囲を内容としてではなく参照機能を使って示す要素に付与される属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour les éléments qui délimitent un passage de texte par des mécanismes de pointage plutôt qu'en entourant le passage. + proporciona atributos para elementos que delimitan un fragmento de texto utilizando los señalizadores en lugar de cerrando el texto. + assegna degli attributi agli elementi che delimitano una porzione di testo utilizzando dei puntatori invece di racchiudere il testo stesso + + + indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute. + 이 속성을 포함하는 요소에 의해 시작된 구간의 끝을 나타낸다. + 指出文字段的結尾，該文字段以帶有此屬性的元素開頭。 + 当該要素が示す範囲の終点を示す。 + indique la fin d'un passage introduit par l'élément portant cet attribut. + indica el final de un fragmento de texto iniciado con el elemento al cual es asignaado el atributo. + indica la fine della porzione di testo che ha inizio con l'elemento a cui è assegnato l'attributo + + + The @spanTo attribute must point to an element following the current element; however, this can only be tested if both this element and the one pointed to are in the same document. + + + + The element indicated by @spanTo () must follow the current element + + + + + + + +

                              The span is defined as running in document order from the start + of the content of the pointing element to the end of the + content of the element pointed to by the spanTo attribute (if + any). If no value is supplied for the attribute, the assumption is that the span is + coextensive with the pointing element. If no content is present, + the assumption is that the starting point of the span is + immediately following the element itself.

                              +                               + +

                              Le passage est défini comme courant depuis le début du contenu de l'élément pointeur (s'il y en a un) jusqu'à la fin du contenu de l'élément + pointé par l'attribut spanTo (s'il y en a un), dans l'ordre du document. Si aucune valeur n'est fournie pour l'attribut, il est entendu + que le passage est de même étendue que l'élément pointeur.

                              +                               + +

                              El span se define como ejecutándose en la orden del documento des del comienzo del contenido del elemento indicado (si lo hay) al extremo del contenido del elemento señalado por el atributo del spanTo (si lo hay). + Si no se suministra ningún valor para el atributo, la asunción es que el span es coextensivo con el elemento indicado.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該範囲は、当該文書中にある、(もしあれば)参照要素の内容の始点から、 + (もしあれば)属性spanToで示された要素の内容の終点までになる。 + 当該属性に値がない場合、当該範囲は、当該参照要素と同じ範囲と想定す + る。 +

                              +                               + + 12.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions + 1.3.1. Attribute Classes + +                               + provides attributes to specify the name of a formal definition + language used to provide formatting or rendition information. + + + identifies the language used to describe the rendition. + 모양을 기술하는 언어를 식별한다. + identifica el lenguaje usado para describir la + interpretación. + 当該描出を解説する言語を特定する。 + identifie la langue employée pour décrire le rendu. + identifica la lingua utilizzata per descrivere la + resa + + + + Cascading Stylesheet Language + 연속식 스타일시트 언어 + Lenguaje de CSS + CSS + langage CSS (Cascading Stylesheet ) + linguaggio CSS + + + Extensible Stylesheet Language Formatting Objects + 확장가능 스타일시트 언어 + Objetos extensibles del formato del lenguaje de + Stylesheet + XSL-FO + langage XSL (Extensible Stylesheet )Formatting + Objects + linguaggio XSL-FO + + + Informal free text description + 격식이 자유로운 텍스트 기술 + Descripción informal y libre del texto + 自由記述。 + description en texte libre non structuré. + descrizione informale testo libero + + + A user-defined rendition description language + 사용자 정의 해석 기술 언어 + Un idioma descriptivo de interpretación definido + por el usario. + 利用者が決めた、描出記述言語。 + langue de description de l'interprétation définie + par l'utilisateur + linguaggio di descrizione della resa definito + dall'utente + + + +

                              +If no value for the @scheme attribute is provided, then the default assumption should be that CSS is in use.

                              +                               +                               + + supplies a version number for the style language provided in scheme. + + + + + + @schemeVersion can only be used if @scheme is specified. + + + + + +

                              If schemeVersion is used, then scheme should also appear, with a value + other than free.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + provides attributes that can be used to classify or subclassify elements in any way. + 요소의 분류 또는 하위분류에서 사용될 수 있는 속성을 제공한다. + 提供可依任何方法將元素分類或次要分類的一般屬性。 + 要素を分類するための属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs qui peuvent être + utilisés pour classer ou interclasser des éléments de n'importe quelle façon. + proporciona atributos genéricos utilizables para cualquier clasificación o subclasificación de elementos. + assegna degli attributi generici utilizzabili per qualsiasi classificazione e sottoclassificazione di elementi + + + + The element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type + + + + + + + characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient + classification scheme or typology. + 다양한 분류 스키마 또는 유형을 사용해서 요소의 특성을 기술한다. + 用合適的分類標準或類型來描述該元素。 + 当該要素の分類を示す。 + caractérise l'élément en utilisant n'importe quel système ou typologie de classification approprié. + caracteriza el elemento utilizando una clasificación o tipología funcional. + caratterizza l'elemento utilizzando una classificazione o tipologia funzionale + + + +
                              + Night in Tarras + + At evening tramping on the hot white road + … + + + A wind sprang up from nowhere as the sky + … + +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              The type attribute is present on a number of + elements, not all of which are members of att.typed, usually because these elements + restrict the possible values for the attribute in a specific way.

                              +                               +                               + + subtype + sous-type + provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed. + 필요하다면 요소의 하위범주를 제시한다. + 若有需要，提供該元素的次要分類 + 必要であれば、当該要素の下位分類を示す。 + fournit une sous-catégorisation de l'élément, si + c'est nécessaire. + proporciona, si es necesario, una subcategorización del elemento. + stabilisce, se necessario, una sottocategorizzazione dell'elemento + + +

                              The subtype attribute may be used to provide any +sub-classification for the element additional to that provided by its +type attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut subtype peut être employé pour fournir une + sous-classification pour cet élément, en plus de celle fournie par son + propre attribut type.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo subtype (subtipo) se puede utilizar para proporcionar cualquier subclasificación para el elemento, adicional a ésa proporcionada por su +type (tipo) de atributo.

                              +                               + +

                              + 属性subtypeは、属性typeに加えて、当該要 + 素の下位分類を示すために使われる。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              When appropriate, values from an established typology should be + used. Alternatively a typology may be defined in the associated + TEI header. If values are to be taken from a project-specific + list, this should be defined using the valList element in + the project-specific schema description, as described in 24.3.1.3. Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists .

                              +                               + + 1.3.1. Attribute Classes + 18.1.1. Words and Above + 3.6.1. Referring Strings + 3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References + 3.6.5. Abbreviations and Their Expansions + 3.13.1. Core Tags for Verse + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + 4.1.1. Un-numbered Divisions + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + 4.2.1. Headings and Trailers + 4.4. Virtual Divisions + 14.3.2.3. Personal Relationships + 12.3.1.1. Core Elements for Transcriptional Work + 17.1.1. Pointers and Links + 17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors + 13.2. Linking the Apparatus to the Text + 23.5.1.2. Defining Content Models: RELAX NG + 8.3. Elements Unique to Spoken Texts + 24.3.1.3. Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists + +                               + provides attributes to indicate the hand in which + the content of an element was written in the source being transcribed. + stellt Attribute bereit, um anzuzeigen, von welcher + Hand der Inhalt eines Elements in der transkribierten Quelle stammt. + + + + points to a handNote element describing the hand considered responsible for the + content of the element concerned. + 간섭을 만든 당사자의 필적을 나타낸다. + 当該調整を行った主体の筆致を特定する。 + signale la main de celui qui est intervenue. + indica il responsabile dell'aggiunta o della cancellazione + indica el responsable de la adición o de la omisión. + + + + + + + + + 1.3.1. Attribute Classes + + + provides attributes for elements representing speech or action that can be directed at a + group or individual. + + + + + + + indicates the person, or group of people, to whom a speech act or action is directed. + + + +

                              In the following example from Mary Pix's The False Friend, speeches (sp) in the body of the play + are linked to castItem elements in the castList using the toWhom + attribute, which is used to specify who the speech is directed to. Additionally, the stage + includes toWhom to indicate the directionality of the action. +

                              + + + Emilius. + + + Lovisa + + + A servant + + + + Emil. + My love! + + + Lov. + I have no Witness of my Noble Birth + Pointing to her Woman. + But that poor helpless wretch—— + + +                               +

                              To indicate the recipient of written correspondence, use the elements used in section 2.4.6. Correspondence Description, rather than a toWhom attribute.

                               +                               +                               + + 3.3.3. Quotation + 8.3. Elements Unique to Spoken Texts + +                               + provides attributes for normalization of elements + that contain dates, times, or datable events. + 날짜, 시간 또는 날짜 명기 사건을 포함하는 요소의 규격화에 대한 속성을 제공한다. + 提供用於元素規格化的屬性， 這些元素包含日期明確的事件。 + 日付や時間または時間事象を含む要素の正規化手法を示す属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour la normalisation + d'éléments qui contiennent des mentions d'événements datés ou susceptibles de l'être + atributos para registrar expresiones temporales + normalizadas. + assegna attributi per la normalizzazione di elementi + che contengono eventi databili + + + + + + + + + supplies pointers to one or more definitions of named periods of time (typically categorys, dates, or events) within which the datable item is understood to have occurred. + 시간을 명시할 수 있는 항목이 일어난 시간의 기간명을 정의하는 특정 위치로의 포인터를 + 제공한다. + suministra un indicador a una localización + concreta que define un periodo de tiempo conocido dentro del cual el item datable se ha + producido. + 年代測定可能な事柄が起きたとされる名前付の時間幅を定義する、 + 何らかの場所へのポインタを提供する。 + fournit un pointeur vers un emplacement donné + définissant une période de temps nommée durant laquelle l'item concerné s'inscrit. + fornisce un puntatore a una data posizione + definendo un determinato periodo di tempo entro il quale l'oggetto da datare è + collocabile + + + + + + +

                              This superclass provides attributes that can be used to provide + normalized values of temporal information. By default, the attributes from the att.datable.w3c class are provided. If the module for names & dates + is loaded, this class also provides attributes from the att.datable.iso and att.datable.custom classes. In + general, the possible values of attributes restricted to the W3C datatypes form a subset of + those values available via the ISO 8601 standard. However, the greater expressiveness of the + ISO datatypes may not be needed, and there exists much greater software support for the W3C + datatypes.

                              +                               + +

                              Cettesuperclasse fournit des attributs qui peuvent être employés pour + donner des valeurs normalisées à des informations relatives au temps. Par défaut, les + attributs de la classe att.datable.w3c sont fournis. Si le module + pour les noms et les dates est chargé, cette classe fournit également des attributs de la + classe att.datable.iso. En général, les valeurs possibles des + attributs, limitées aux types de données W3C, forment un sous-ensemble des valeurs que l'on + trouve dans la norme ISO 8601. Cependant, il n'est peut-être pas nécessaire de recourir aux + possibilités très étendues des types de données de l'ISO. Il existe en effet une bien plus + grande offre logicielle pour le traitement des types de données W3C.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta superclase proporciona atributos que pueden ser utilizados para + proporcionar valores normalizados de información temporal. Por defecto, los atributos de la + clase att.datable.w3c son proporcionados. Si el módulo para los + nombres y las fechas se acciona, esta clase también proporciona atributos de att.datable.iso. En general, los valores posibles de los atributos son + los restringidos por la forma de los datatypes de W3C, un subconjunto de esos valores + disponibles vía el estándar de ISO 8601. Sin embargo, la mayoría de expresiones de los + datatypes de ISO pueden no ser necesarios, y existe software de soporte para los datatypes de + W3C.

                              +                               + +

                              この親クラス(スーパークラス)は、 + 正規化された時間情報を示すために用いる属性を提供する。デフォルト値として、当該属性は、 + クラスatt.datable.w3cが付与されている。 + 名前と日付に関するモジュールが使用される場合、当該クラスは、クラス att.datable.isoから属性が与えられる。一般には、 + W3Cのデータ形式に従った属性値は、ISO8601に従った属性値の下位集合をなす。 + しかし、より強力な表現力を持つISOのデータ形式が必要にはならないかもしれない。 + W3Cのデータ形式に対するさらに強力な表現力をサポートするソフトウェアも存在する。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + 14.4. Dates + +                               + provides attributes for describing the size of physical objects. + 물리적 대상의 크기를 기술하는 속성을 제공한다. + 提供符合某種度量值的屬性值。 + 物理的対象の大きさを表す属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour décrire la taille des objets physiques. + assegna degli attributi che descrivono la grandezza di + oggetti fisici + proporciona atributos que califican una determinata + medición. + + + + + + + names the unit used for the measurement + 측정 단위의 이름을 기술한다. + 度量單位的名稱。 + 当該大きさの単位を示す。 + noms des unités utilisées pour la mesure. + especifica las unidades usadas para la medición. + specifica le unità usate per la misurazione + + + + centimetres + センチメートル + centimètres + centímetros + centimetri + + + millimetres + ミリメートル + millimètres + milímetros + millimetri + + + inches + インチ + pouces + pulgadas + pollici + + + lines of text + 텍스트의 행 + líneas de texto + テキスト行 + lignes de texte + righe di testo + + + characters + 文字 + 문자 + caracteres + caratteri + characters of text + 텍스트의 문자 + caracteres del texto + 文字列 + caractères du texte + caratteri di testo + + + + + specifies the length in the units specified + 명시된 단위의 길이를 명시한다. + especifica la longitud en las unidades especificadas + 当該単位の大きさを示す。 + spécifie la longueur dans les unités indiquées + specifica la lunghezza nelle unità indicate + + + + indicates the size of the object concerned using a project-specific vocabulary combining + quantity and units in a single string of words. + indique la dimension de l'objet en utilisant + un vocabulaire spécifique à un projet qui combine la quantité et + l'unité dans une chaîne seule de mots. + 単一の文字列の数量と単位を組み合わせたプロジェクト固有の語彙を使用して、関連するオブジェクトのサイズを示す。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + characterizes the precision of the values specified by the other attributes. + caractérise la précision des valeurs spécifiées par les autres attributs. + 他の属性によって指定された値の精度を特徴付ける。 + + + + where the measurement summarizes more than one observation, specifies the applicability + of this measurement. + 측정의 적용가능성을 명시하며, 하나 이상의 대상이 측정된다. + 測量多個物件時，標明此度量的可應用範圍。 + 対象物が複数あった場合に、当該数値の適応範囲を示す。 + spécifie l'applicabilité de cette mesure, là où plus + d'un objet est mesuré. + especifica la aplicabilidad de esta medición, en los + casos en que se mida más de un objeto. + indica l'applicabilità della misurazione, laddove + venga misurato più di un oggetto + + + + measurement applies to all instances. + 측정은 모두 사례에 적용된다. + 度量可應用於所有實例。 + la medida se aplica a todos los casos. + 全インスタンスに当てはまる単位。 + la mesure s'applique à tous les cas. + la misurazione fa riferimento a tutti i + casi + + + measurement applies to most of the instances inspected. + 측정은 대부분의 사례에 적용된다. + 度量可應用於大部分實例。 + la medida se aplica a la mayoría de los casos + examinados. + 計測インスタンスの殆どに当てはまる単位。 + la mesure s'applique à la plupart des cas + examinés + la misurazione fa riferimento alla maggior parte + dei casi esaminati + + + measurement applies to only the specified range of instances. + 측정이 사례의 명시적 범위에 한정하여 적용된다. + 度量僅應用於特定範圍的實例。 + la medida se aplica solamente a los casos + especificados + 特定インスタンスにのみ当てはまる単位。 + la mesure s'applique seulement à l'ensemble des + exemples indiqués. + la misurazione fa riferimento solo ai casi + specificati + + + + + + provides attributes common to all elements which behave in the same way as divisions. + 구역과 동일한 방식으로 처리되는 모든 요소에 공통적인 속성을 제공한다. + 提供一組屬性，通用於所有與區段作用相 + 同的元素。 + 区分(div、division)に相当する全要素に共通の属性を示す。 + fournit un jeu d'attributs communs à tous les + éléments qui offrent les mêmes caractéristiques que des divisions. + proporciona un conjunto de atributos comunes a todos los elementos que se comportan como particiones textuales. + identifica un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli elementi che si comportano come partizioni testuali + + + + + + + + organization + 조직 + organización + organisation + organizzazione + 組織 + specifies how the content of the division is organized. + 구역 내용이 조직된 방법에 대해 명시한다. + 說明該區段內容的組合方式。 + 当該区分の内容がどのように構成されているかを示す。 + précise l'organisation du contenu de la division + especifica cómo está organizado el contenido de una división textual. + specifica come è organizzato il contenuto della partizione testuale + + uniform + + + no claim is made about the + sequence in which the immediate contents of this division + are to be processed, or their inter-relationships. + 혼합 내용: 즉, 이 구역의 직접적 내용이 처리되는 순서 또는 상호 관련성에 관해 어떠한 주장도 없다. + 複合內容：未說明此區段目前內容的處理順序或相互關係。 + contenido compuesto: es decir no se hace ninguna solicitud sobre la secuencia en la cual el contenido inmediato de esta división debe ser procesado, o en sus interrelaciones. + この部分に含まれる諸内容が処理される順番、すなわち内部関係には制約がない。 + aucune déclaration n'est faite quant à l'ordre dans lequel les +composants de cette division doivent être traités ou bien quant à leurs +corrélations + non viene specificato quale sia l'ordine in cui debbano essere elaborati i contenuti della partizione, né viene indicato il rapporto in cui questi si trovano tra loro + + + the immediate contents of this + element are regarded as forming a logical unit, to be + processed in sequence. + 통일 내용: 즉, 이 요소의 직접적 내용이 차례대로 처리되는 논리적 단위를 형성하는 것으로 간주된다. + 一致內容：此區段目前的內容形成一個邏輯單位，且會依序處理。 + es decir el contenido inmediato de este elemento se considera integrante de una unidad lógica, para ser procesado en la secuencia. + この要素直下の諸内容が論理的単位を構成しており、順番に処理すべきものと見なす。 + contenu uniforme : c'est-à-dire que +les composants de cet élément sont à considérer comme formant une unité +logique et doivent être traités dans l'ordre séquentiel + contenuto uniforme: i contenuti dell'elemento costituiscono un'unità logica che va elaborata in sequenza + + + + + indicates whether this division is a sample of the + original source and if so, from which part. + 이 구역이 원본의 표본이며 어떤 부분인지를 나타낸다. + 指出此區段是否為來源文件的樣本，若為樣本，則說明出自哪一部分。 + 当該区分が、元資料のものを含むかどうか、そうであればその場所はど + こかを示す。 + indique si cette division est un échantillon de + la source originale et dans ce cas, de quelle partie. + indica si la división es una muestra de la fuente original y, en ese caso, de que parte de este se trata + indica se la partizione è un campione del testo originario e, in tal caso, da quale parte di questo è tratta + + complete + + + division lacks material present at end in source. + 구역이 원본의 후반부에서 제시된 자료가 부족하다. + 區段的末端無資料 + la división falta el material presente en el extremo en la fuente. + 当該区分は、元資料の終わりの部分が欠けている。 + par rapport à la source, lacune à la fin de la division + alla partizione testuale manca del materiale nella parte finale presente nell'originale + + + division lacks material at start and end. + 구역이 초반부와 후반부 자료가 부족하다. + 區段的起始與末端無資料 + el fragmento carece de material al comienzo y al final. + 当該区分は、元資料の始めと終わりの部分が欠けている。 + par rapport à la source, lacune au +début et à la fin de la division + alla partizione testuale manca del materiale nella parte iniziale e in quella finale + + + division lacks material at start. + 구역이 초반부 자료가 부족하다. + 區段的起始部分無資料 + el fragmento carece de material en el comienzo. + 当該区分は、元資料の始めの部分が欠けている。 + par rapport à la source, lacune au +début de la division + alla partizione manca del materiale nella parte iniziale + + + position of sampled material within original unknown. + 표본 자료의 원본 내의 위치를 알 수 없다. + 來源文件中的樣本資料位置不明 + ubicación del material de muestra dentro del original desconocido. + 元資料のどの部分かは不明。 + par rapport à la source, position de +l'échantillon inconnue + la posizione del materiale prelevato dall'originale all'interno di quest'ultimo è sconosciuta + + + division is not a sample. + 구역이 표본이 아니다. + 區段非樣本 + el fragmento no es una muestra. + 当該領域は、元資料の一部ではない。 + la division n'est pas un échantillon + la partizione testuale non è stata prelevata da alcun originale + + + + + + 4. Default Text Structure + + + provides attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme. + TEI 부호화 스키마의 모든 요소에 공통 속성을 제공한다. + 提供一組屬性，通用於TEI編碼標準中的所有元素。 + TEI符号化スキーム中の全要素に共通する属性を示す。 + fournit un jeu d'attributs communs à tous les éléments + dans le système de codage TEI. + proporciona un conjunto de atributos común a todos los + elementos del esquema de codificación TEI. + stabilisce un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli + elementi dello schema di codifica TEI + stellt gemeinsame Attribute für alle Elemente im TEI-Kodierungsschema bereit. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + identifier + 확인소 + identificador + identifiant + identificatore + 識別子 + Identifikator + provides a unique identifier for the element bearing the attribute. + 속성을 포함하는 요소에 대한 고유한 확인소를 제공한다. + 提供一個獨特識別符碼，識別帶有該屬性的元素。 + 当該要素にユニークな識別子を示す。 + fournit un identifiant unique pour l'élément qui + porte l'attribut. + proporciona un identificador único para el elemento + al cual se asocia el atributo. + assegna un identificatore unico all'elemento a cui è + associato l'attributo + liefert einen Identifikator für das Element, welches dieses Attribut trägt. + + +

                              The xml:id attribute may be used to specify a canonical reference for an + element; see section 3.11. Reference Systems.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut xml:id peut être employé pour indiquer une référence canonique pour + un élément ; voir la section3.11. Reference Systems.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo xml:id se puede utilizar para especificar una referencia canónica + para un elemento; ver la sección 3.11. Reference Systems.

                              +                               + +

                              xml:id属性は、その要素に対する基準的形式の参照を表すために用いてもよい。詳細は3.11. Reference Systems節を参照のこと。

                              +                               +                               + + number + 수 + número + nombre + numero + 数値 + Nummer + gives a number (or other label) for an element, which is not necessarily unique within + the document. + 요소의 번호(또는 다른 표지)를 제시하며, 문서 내에서 반드시 고유값일 필요는 없다. + 將元素標上一個數字 (或其他標號)，該標號在文件中未必是獨特的。 + 要素に数値やラベルを与える。これは当該文書中でユニークである必要 はない。 + donne un nombre (ou une autre étiquette) pour un + élément, qui n'est pas nécessairement unique dans le document TEI. + proporciona un número (u otra etiqueta) a un elemento + que no es necesariamente único en el documento. + assegna un numero (o altra etichetta) a un elemento + che non è necessariamente unico all'interno del documento + gibt eine Nummer (oder eine andere Bezeichnung) für ein Element an, die innerhalb des Dokuments nicht zwangsläufig eindeutig ist. + + +

                              The value of this attribute is always understood to be a single token, even if it contains space or other punctuation characters, and need not be composed of numbers only. It is typically used to specify the numbering of chapters, sections, + list items, etc.; it may also be used in the specification of a standard reference system + for the text.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut n peut être employé pour indiquer la numérotation de chapitres, + sections, items de liste, etc. ; il peut également être employé dans les spécifications + d'un système standard de référence pour le texte.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo n se puede utilizar para especificar la enumeración de los + capítulos, de las secciones, de los items de una lista, etc.; puede también ser utilizado + en la especificación de un sistema de referencia estándar para el texto.

                              +                               +

                              この属性の値は、もし空白やその他の区切り符号があったとしても、つねにひとまとまりのトークンとして解釈され、また数字のみで構成される必要はない。この属性は典型的には章や節、リスト等の構成要素の付番に用いられる。テキストの標準的な参照体系の仕様に含めることができる。

                               +                               + + language + 언어 + lengua + langue + lingua + 言語 + Sprache + indicates the language of the element content using a tag generated + according to BCP 47. + BCP 47에 따라 생성된 + tag를 사용하는 요소 내용의 언어를 나타낸다. + 使用RFC3066的代碼，指出該元素內容的使用語言 + BCP 47に従って生成されたタグを用いて要素の内容の言語を示す。 + indique la langue du contenu de l'élément en + utilisant les codes du RFC 3066. + indica la lengua del contenido del elemento + utilizando los códigos extraídos de RFC + 3066 + indica la lingua del contenuto dell'elemento + utilizzando i codici tratti da RFC + 3066 + gibt die Sprache des Elementinhalts durch ein Tag an, das nach BCP 47 festgelegt wird. + + + +

                              … The consequences of + this rapid depopulation were the loss of the last + ariki or chief + (Routledge 1920:205,210) and their connections to + ancestral territorial organization.

                              +                               +                               + +

                              The xml:lang value will be inherited from the immediately + enclosing element, or from its parent, and so on up the document hierarchy. + It is generally good practice to specify xml:lang at the highest + appropriate level, noticing that a different default may be needed for the + teiHeader from that needed for the associated resource element or elements, + and that a single TEI document may contain texts in many languages.

                              +

                              Only attributes with free text values (rare in these guidelines) will be in the scope of xml:lang.

                              +

                              The authoritative list of registered language subtags is maintained by IANA and + is available at . + For a good general overview of the construction of language tags, see + , and for + a practical step-by-step guide, see + .

                              +

                              The value used must conform with BCP 47. If the value is a + private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains + -x-), a language element with a matching + value for its ident attribute should be supplied in + the TEI header to document this value. Such documentation may + also optionally be supplied for non-private-use codes, though + these must remain consistent with their + IETFInternet Engineering Task + Force definitions.

                              +                               + +

                              Si aucune valeur n'est indiquée pour xml:lang, la valeur de + l'attributxml:lang de l'élément immédiatement supérieur est héritée ; c'est + pour cette raison qu'une valeur devrait toujours être attribuée à l'élément du plus haut + niveau hiérarchique (TEI).

                              +

                              La valeur doit être conforme au BCP 47. Si la + valeur est un code d'usage privé (c'est-à-dire commence par x- ou contient + -x-), il devrait correspondre à la valeur d'un attribut ident d'un élément language fourni dans l'en-tête TEI du document courant.

                              +                               + +

                              Si no se especifica ningún valor para xml:lang, el valor de xml:lang para el elemento inmediatamente englobado, se hereda; por esta razón, un valor + se debe especificar siempre en el elemento exterior (TEI).

                              +                               +

                              xml:lang の値は、直接の親要素、そのまた親要素からというように、文書の上位階層から継承されてくる。できるだけ高い適切な階層に xml:lang を指定するのが一般には望ましいが、teiHeader には関連するリソース要素と異なるデフォルト値が必要となったり、一つのTEI文書が多くの言語のテキストを含みうることには注意されたい。登録された言語タグの正式なリストはIANAが管理しており、 から確認できる。言語タグの構造についての良い概説は を、手順を追った実用的なガイドは を参照されたい。利用する値は、BCP 47 に準拠しなければならない。もし値が私用コード（x- から始まったり -x- を含む）ならば、その ident 属性と一致する値を持つ language 要素をTEIヘッダ内に追加して内容を説明すべきである。この説明は私用コード以外にも任意で追加できるが、IETFInternet Engineering Task Force による定義と整合していなければならない。

                               +                               + + provides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI + references into absolute URI references. + 애플리케이션이 상대 URI 참조를 절대 URI 참조로 해결할 수 있게 해 주는 기본 URI + 참조를 제공한다. + 提供一個基礎統一資源識別符 (URI) + 參照，可將相對統一資源識別符參照轉變為絕對統一資源識別符參照。 + 相対URIから絶対URIを構成する際に必要なベースURIを示す。 + donne une référence URI de base au moyen de laquelle + les applications peuvent résoudre des références d'URI relatives en références d'URI + absolues. + proporciona una referencia URI de base gracias a la + aplicación eventual de la cual pueden analizarse tanto referencias URI relativas como + referencias URI absolutas. + assegna un riferimento URI di base grazie al quale + eventuali applicazioni possono analizzare riferimenti URI relativi come riferimenti URI + assoluti + liefert eine Basis-URI-Referenz, mit der Anwendungen relative URI-Referenzen in absolute auflösen können. + + + +
                              + Selections from The Collected Letters of Robert Southey. Part 1: 1791-1797 + + + + Robert Southey to Grosvenor Charles Bedford, 3 April 1792. + + + + + Robert Southey to Anna Seward, 18 September 1793. + + + + + Robert Southey to Robert Lovell, 5-6 April, 1794. + + + +
                              +                               +                               + +                               + + signals an intention about how white space should be managed by applications. + signale que les applications doivent préserver l'espace blanc + señala la voluntad de hacer que el espaciado sea preservado por cualquier aplicación. + segnala la volontà di far sì che la spaziatura sia mantenuta da qualsivoglia applicazione. + 空白文字類をアプリケーションがどう解釈するかを示す。 + signalisiert die gewünschte Handhabung von Leerzeichen durch Anwendungen. + + + + signals that the application's default white-space processing modes are acceptable + アプリケーションがデフォルトで持つ空白文字類処理モードが有効であることを知らせる。 + + + indicates the intent that applications preserve all white space + アプリケーションがすべての空白文字類を保持するという意図を示す。 + + + +

                              The XML + specification provides further guidance on the use of this + attribute. Note that many parsers may not handle xml:space correctly.

                              +                               +

                              この属性の利用に関する案内はXML仕様を参照。xml:spaceを適切に扱うパーサーは多くない。

                               +                               +                               + + 1.3.1.1. Global Attributes + +                               + provides attributes describing aspects of the hand in which a manuscript is written. + 원고가 쓰여진 필적의 측면을 기술하는 속성을 제공한다. + proporciona atributos que describen los aspectos de la mano que ha escrito un manuscrito. + 手書き資料の筆致に関する情報を表す情報を示す。 + fournit des attributs décrivant les caractéristiques de la main par laquelle un manuscrit est écrit. + indica degli attributi che descrivono aspetti delle mano utilizzata per la scrittura del manoscritto + + + + + + gives a name or other identifier for the scribe +believed to be responsible for this hand. + 이 필적에 대한 책임이 있다고 간주되는 필기사에 대한 표준명 또는 다른 확인소를 제시한다. + 当該筆致に対応すると考えられる筆写者の名前またはその他の識別子を示す。 + donne un nom normalisé ou un autre +identifiant pour le scribe reconnu comme responsable de cette main. + assegna un nome o altro identificatore standard al trascrittore che si ritiene corrisponda alla mano in questione + asigna un nombre u otro identificador estándard para el transcriptor que se identifica con la mano en cuestión. + + + + + points to a full description of the scribe concerned, typically supplied by a person element + elsewhere in the description. + 問題の筆写者についての詳細な記述へポイントする。典型的には記述のどこかでperson要素によって補われる。 + + + + characterizes the particular script or writing style used by +this hand, for example secretary, copperplate, Chancery, Italian, etc. + secretary, copperplate, Chancery, Italian 등과 같이 이 필적으로 사용된 특별한 필사본 또는 글쓰기 스타일의 특성을 기술한다. + 当該筆致で使用されている特定の筆体や書記スタイルの特徴を示す。例 + えば、secretary(書記官スタイル)、 + copperplate(銅板スタイル)、 + Chancery(公文書スタイル)、 + Italian(イタリアスタイル)など。 + caractérise la calligraphie ou le style + d'écriture particuliers utilisés par cette main, par exemple écriture anglaise, + de chancellerie, italienne, etc. + caratterizza un determinato stile di scrittura utilizzato dalla mano in questione, per esempio +segretario, incisione su rame, Chancery, italiano, ecc. + caracteriza un determinado estilo de escritura utilizado por la mano en cuestión, p.ej. +secretario, grabado sobre cobre, cancelleresco, italiano, etc. + + + + points to a full description of the script or writing style used by +this hand, typically supplied by a scriptNote element + elsewhere in the description. + 問題の筆体や書記スタイルについての詳細な記述へポイントする。典型的には記述のどこかでscriptNote要素によって補われる。 + + + + describes the tint or type of ink, e.g. brown, or other +writing medium, e.g. pencil. + brown와 같이 잉크의 색 또는 유형, 또는 pencil와 같이 글쓰기 방식 기술한다. + インクの種類や色合い、例えば、茶色 + や、筆記具の種類、例えば、鉛筆など。 + décrit la teinte ou le type d'encre, par + exemple brune, ou un autre outil d'écriture, par exemple un crayon. + descrive la tinta o il tipo di inchiostro, per esempio marrone, o altri strumenti di scrittura, per esempio matita + describe la tinta o el tipo de tinta, p.ej. marrón, u otros instrumentos de escritura, p.ej. lápiz. + + + + +

                              Usually either script or scriptRef, and + similarly, either scribe or scribeRef, will + be supplied.

                              +                               + +

                              通常は script または scriptRef そして同様に、 scribe あるいは scribeRef が用いられるだろう。

                              +                               + + 12.3.2.1. Document Hands + +                               + provides attributes for specifying display and related properties of + external media. + 外部メディアの表示と関連プロパティを指定するための諸属性を提供する。 + + + + + + + Where the media are displayed, indicates the display width. + メディアが表示されている場合、表示部分の幅を示す。 + + + + Where the media are displayed, indicates the display height. + メディアが表示されている場合、表示部分の高さを示す。 + + + + Where the media are displayed, indicates a scale factor to + be applied when generating the desired display size. + メディアが表示されている場合、望ましい表示サイズを生成する際に適用されるスケール倍率を示す。 + + + + + provides attributes common to elements which refer to named persons, places, organizations etc. + 사람, 장소, 조직 등의 이름을 지시하는 요소에 공통적 속성을 제공한다. + 提供屬性，通用於參照到人物、地點、組織等的元素。 + 名前、人物、場所、組織を示す要素に付与される属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs communs aux éléments qui font référence à des personnes, lieux, organismes, etc., nommés. + identifica los atributos comunes a los elementos que se refieren a personas, lugares, organizaciones, etc. indicados por nombre + identifica degli attributi comuni a elementi che si riferiscono a persone, luoghi, organizzazioni, ecc. indicati per nome + + + + + + + may be used to specify further information about the entity referenced by +this name in the form of a set of whitespace-separated values, for example the occupation of a person, or the status of a place. + この属性名によって参照されるエンティティに関する詳細な情報（例えば人物の職業や場所のステータスなど）を示すために用いられる。この値は空白文字で区切られる。 + + + + reference to the canonical name + 표준 이름에 대한 참조 + referencia al nombre canónico + référence au nom canonique + riferimento al nome canonico + 基準化された名前への参照 + provides a means of locating the canonical form + (nym) of the names associated with the object + named by + the element bearing it. + URI를 포함하는 요소에 의해 명명된 대상과 연관된 이름의 표준형식 (nym)의 위치를 가리키는 방법을 제공한다. + proporciona los medios para localizar la forma canónica (nym) de los nombres asociados al objeto nombrado por el elemento que lo contiene. + 当該要素で名前が付与されている対象に関連する基準形(nym)と紐付ける。 + indique comment localiser la forme canonique + (nym) des noms qui sont associés à l'objet nommé par l'élément qui le contient. + indica un modo di localizzare la forma canonica (nym) dei nomi associati all'oggetto definito dall'elemento che lo contiene + + +

                              The value must point directly to one or more XML elements + by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more + than one is supplied, the implication is that the name + is associated with several distinct canonical names.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur doit pointer directement vers un ou plusieurs + éléments XML au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs, séparés par un + espace blanc. Si plus d'un URI est fourni, alors le nom est + associé à plusieurs noms canoniques distincts.

                              +                               + +

                              El valor debe señalar directamente a uno o más elementos XML mediante uno o más URIs, separado por espacios en blanco. + Si se suministra más de uno, la implicación es que el nombre está asociado a varios nombres canónicos distintos.

                              +                               + +

                              +当該属性値は、ひとつ以上のXML要素を直接指示する、空白文字で区切られたひとつ以上のURIでなくてはならない。複数与えられている場合は、その名前がいくつかの異なる基準形に対応していることを示唆する。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 3.6.1. Referring Strings + 14.3.7. Names and Nyms + +                               + provides a set of attributes common to all elements which + enclose groups of pointer elements. + 포인터 요소군을 포함하는 모든 요소에 공통적인 속성 집합을 정의한다. + 定義一組屬性，通用於所有包含指標元素群組的元素。 + ポインター要素をグループ化する、すべての要素に共通の属性セットを提供する。 + fournit un ensemble d'attributs communs à tous les éléments qui contiennent des groupes d'éléments pointeurs. + define un conjunto de atributos comunes a todos los elementos que incluyen grupos de indicadores. + definisce un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli elementi che includono gruppi di puntatori + + + + + + + + optionally specifies the identifiers of the elements + within which all elements indicated by the contents of this + element lie. + 이 요소 내용에 의해 지시된 모든 요소에 대한 확인소를 수의적으로 명시한다. + 標明元素的識別符碼 (但非必備) ，此元素內容所指明的元素皆包含於這些元素當中。 + 当該要素の中にある全要素を対象とした識別子を選択的に指定する。 + spécifie, facultativement, les identifiants des éléments englobant tous les éléments indiqués par le contenu de cet élément. + establece facultativamente los identificadores de elementos al interno de los cuales se encuentran todos los elementos indicados de los contenidos del elemento en cuestión. + stabilisce facoltativamente gli identificatori di elementi all'interno dei quali si trovano tutti gli elementi indicati dai contenuti dell'elemento in questione + + +

                              If this attribute is supplied every element specified as a + target must be contained within the element or elements + named by it. An application may choose whether or not to + report failures to satisfy this constraint as errors, but may + not access an element of the right identifier but in the wrong + context. If this attribute is not supplied, then target + elements may appear anywhere within the target document.

                              +                               + +

                              Si cet attribut est utilisé, tout élément spécifié comme étant une cible doit + être contenu dans l'élément ou les éléments qu'il nomme. Une application + peut choisir de faire apparaître en erreur, ou non, les entorses à cette + contrainte mais ne peut pas accéder à un élément qui aurait le bon + identifiant mais se trouverait dans le mauvais contexte. Si cet attribut + n'est pas utilisé, les éléments cibles peuvent apparaître n'importe où dans + le document cible.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該属性が付与されている場合、参照先の要素は全て、当該要素または参照先の要素中になければならない。ソフトウェアは、この制約に違反した場合にエラーを返すかどうかを選択できるかもしれないが、識別子は正しくとも間違った文脈にある要素にはアクセスできないかもしれない。当該属性が付与されていない場合、参照先の要素は、参照された文書中のどこにあってもよい。 +

                              +                               +                               + + target function + 대상 기능 + función meta + fonction cible + funzione obiettivo + ターゲットの機能 + describes the function of each of the values of the + target attribute of the enclosed link, + join, or alt tags. + link, join 또는 alt 태그의 속성 값 각각에 대한 기능을 기술한다. + 描述每個元素標籤link、join、或alt當中的屬性target的屬性值功能。 + この属性を有する要素がグループ化するlinkやjoin、alt自体がもっているtarget属性のそれぞれの値の機能を示す。 + décrit la fonction de chacune des valeurs de + l'attribut target pour les balises incluses link, join, ou + alt. + describe la función de cada uno de los valores del atributo target (metas) de los marcadores correspondientes link, join, o alt. + descrive la funzione di ognuno dei valori dell'attributo target dei marcatori corrispondenti link, + join, o alt + + +

                              The number of separate values must match the number of + values in the target attribute in the enclosed + link, join, or alt tags (an + intermediate ptr element may be needed to accomplish + this). It should also match the number of values in the + domains attribute, of the current element, if one + has been specified.

                              +                               + +

                              Le nombre de valeurs distinctes doit correspondre au nombre de valeurs dans + l'attribut target des balises incluses link, + join ou alt (un élément intermédiaire ptr peut + être nécessaire dans ce cas). Il devrait également correspondre au nombre de + valeurs se trouvant dans l'attribut domains de l'élément en + question, si un tel attribut a été spécifié.

                              +                               + +

                              + この値で指定される値の数は、link, join, あるいはaltに含まれるtarget属性における値の数と一致しなければならない（仲立ちをするptr要素がこのために必要かもしれない）。もし同じ要素にdomains属性が付与されているならば、その値の数とも一致させるべきである。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 17. Linking, Segmentation, and Alignment + +                               + provides attributes for elements used for arbitrary segmentation. + 임의적 분할을 위해 사용된 요소의 값을 제공한다. + 提供屬性，用於有隨機分割功用的元素。 + 任意の部分に使用される要素向けの属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs pour des éléments utilisés pour une segmentation arbitraire. + proporciona atributos a los elementos usados para una segmentación arbitraria. + assegna degli attributi agli elementi usati per una segmentazione arbitraria + + + + + + + + + function + fonction + characterizes the function of the segment. + 분절 기능의 특성을 기술한다. + 描述該分割的功能。 + 当該部分の役割を示す。 + caractérise la fonction du segment. + caracteriza la función de un segmento. + caratterizza la funzione del segmento + +

                              Attribute values will often vary depending on the type of element to which they are attached. For example, a cl, may take values such as +coordinate, subject, adverbial etc. For a phr, such values as +subject, predicate etc. may be more appropriate. Such constraints will typically be implemented by a project-defined customization.

                              +

                              + 属性値は付与された要素のタイプに応じてしばしば変化する。 + たとえば、clは座標や主語、副詞のような値をとることができる。 + phrの場合、主語や述語のような値はより適切かもしれない。 + そういった制約は、典型的には、プロジェクトで定義されたカスタマイズとして実装されるだろう。

                               + +                               +                               + + 17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors + 18.1. Linguistic Segment Categories + +                               + provides attributes specific to elements encoding authorial or + scribal intervention in a text when + transcribing manuscript or similar sources. + 원고 또는 유사 원본을 전사할 때 텍스트의 저작 또는 필사 간섭을 부호화하는 요소에 특징적으로 사용되는 속성을 제시한다. + proporciona a los atributos específicos a los elementos que codifican la intervención authorial o scribal en un texto al transcribir el manuscrito o las fuentes similares. + 手書き資料や同様の資料を転記する場合、著者や筆写者に関する調整を記録 + する要素に付与される属性を示す。 + fournit des attributs spécifiques au codage d'éléments +relatifs à l'intervention de l'auteur ou du copiste dans un texte lors de la +transcription de sources manuscrites ou assimilées. + assegna degli attributi propri degli elementi che descrivono il carattere di un intervento dell'autore o del trascrittore di un testo nella redazione di un manoscritto o di altra fonte simile + + + + + + + + indicates the effect of the intervention, for example in + the case of a deletion, strikeouts + which include too much or too little text, or in the case of an + addition, an insertion which duplicates some of the text + already present. + 간섭의 효과를 나타낸다. 예를 들어, 삭제의 경우 너무 많은 또는 너무 적은 텍스트를 포함한 지우기, 또는 추가의 경우, 이미 존재하는 텍스트 일부의 중복 삽입 등. + indica el resultado de una intervención, por ejemplo en el caso de una cancelación, una tachadura que incluyen demasiado o demasiado poco texto, o en el caso de una adición o una inserción que duplica información ya presente en el texto. + 当該調整の影響を示す。例えば、削除の際、取消線の範囲が多すぎた + り少なすぎたりする場合や、追加の際、既にあるテキストの部分をコピー + して挿入したりする場合。 + indique la conséquence de l'intervention, par +exemple dans le cas d'un effacement, une biffure, qui inclut trop ou pas assez de +texte, ou dans le cas d'un ajout, une insertion, qui reproduit une portion du +texte déjà présent. + indica l'effetto dell'intervento, per esempio in caso di cancellazione, quando questa comprenda troppo testo o troppo poco, o in caso di aggiunta, quando questa riproduce parte del testo già presente + + unremarkable + + + + all of the text indicated as an addition duplicates + some text that is in the original, whether the duplication + is word-for-word or less exact. + 중복이 단어 대 단어로 된 것이지, 아니면 중복이 비교적 덜 정확하게 된 것인지 간에, 삽입으로 표시된 모든 텍스트는 원본의 일부 텍스트를 중복한 것임. + todo el texto indicado como adición duplica un fragmento de texto presente en el original, siendo la duplicación palabra por palabra o algo menos exacta. + 当該テキストは全て、元資料にあるテキストのコピーを追加するも + のである。その程度は、語単位であったりそれより小さいこともある。 + tout le texte indiqué comme étant une addition reprend le texte de l'original, que la duplication soit identique mot pour mot ou moins exacte. + l'intero testo identificato come aggiunta riproduce parte del testo già presente nell'originale, indipendentemente dal fatto che la riproduzione sia esatta (parola per parola) o meno + + + part of the text indicated as an addition duplicates + some text that is in the original + 일부 텍스트가 원본의 일부 텍스트를 중복 + la parte del texto marcado como adición duplica un fragmento de texto presente en el original + 当該テキストの部分は、元資料にあるテキストのコピーを追加する + ものである。 + la partie du texte indiquée comme +étant un ajout est redondante avec un texte présent dans l'original. + una parte del testo identificato come aggiunta riproduce parte del testo già presente nell'originale + + + some text at the beginning of the deletion is marked + as deleted even though it clearly should not be + deleted. + 분명히 그렇게 되어 있지 않았어야 하는데도, 삭제부의 시작에 있는 어떤 텍스트가 삭제된 것으로 표지되어 있다. + un fragmento de texto del principio de una cancelación se marca como suprimido aunque este no lo haya sido claramente. + 当該削除部分の始点は、例えそれが明白な削除ではなくとも、マー + クされている。 + un passage du texte situé au début de la supression est indiqué comme supprimé bien qu'à l'évidence il ne devrait pas l'être. + una parte del testo all'inizio della cancellazione è identificata come cancellata anche se chiaramente non dovrebbe esserlo + + + some text at the end of the deletion is marked as + deleted even though it clearly should not be + deleted. + 분명히 그렇게 되어 있지 않았어야 하는데도, 삭제부의 끝에 있는 어떤 텍스트가 삭제된 것으로 표지되어 있다. + un fragmento de texto del final de una cancelación se marca como suprimido aunque este no lo haya sido claramente. + 当該削除部分の終点は、例えそれが明白な削除ではなくとも、マー + クされている。 + un passage du texte situé à la fin de la supression est indiqué comme supprimé bien qu'à l'évidence il ne devrait pas l'être. + una parte del testo alla fine della cancellazione è identificata come cancellata anche se chiaramente non dovrebbe esserlo + + + some text at the beginning of the deletion is not + marked as deleted even though it clearly should be. + 분명히 그렇게 되어 있어야 하는데도, 삭제부의 시작에 있는 어떤 텍스트가 삭제된 것으로 표지되어 있지 않다. + un fragmento de texto del inicio de la cancelación no se marca como suprimido aunque claramente haya sido suprimido. + 当該削除部分の始点は、例えそれが明白な削除ではなくとも、マー + クされていない。 + un passage du texte situé au début de la supression n'est pas indiqué comme supprimé bien qu'à l'évidence il devrait l'être. + una parte del testo all'inizio della cancellazione non è identificata come cancellata anche se chiaramente dovrebbe esserlo + + + some text at the end of the deletion is not marked as + deleted even though it clearly should be. + 분명히 그렇게 되어 있어야 하는데도, 삭제부의 끝에 있는 어떤 텍스트가 삭제된 것으로 표지되어 있지 않다. + un fragmento de texto del final de la cancelación no se marca como suprimido aunque claramente haya sido suprimido. + 当該削除部分の終点は、例えそれが明白な削除ではなくとも、マー + クされていない。 + un passage du texte situé à la fin de la supression n'est pas indiqué comme supprimé bien qu'à l'évidence il devrait l'être. + una parte del testo alla fine della cancellazione non è identificata come cancellata anche se chiaramente dovrebbe esserlo + + + some text in the deletion is not marked as deleted + even though it clearly should be. + 분명히 그렇게 되어 있어야 하는데도, 삭제부에 있는 어떤 텍스트가 삭제된 것으로 표지되어 있지 않다. + un fragmento de texto de la cancelación no se marca como suprimido aunque claramente haya sido suprimido. + 当該削除部分は、例えそれが明白な削除ではなくとも、マークされ + ていない。 + un passage du texte dans la supression n'est pas indiqué comme disparu bien qu'à l'évidence il devrait l'être. + una parte del testo all'interno della cancellazione non è identificata come cancellata anche se chiaramente dovrebbe esserlo + + + the deletion is not faulty. + 삭제가 잘못된 것이 아니다. + la cancelación no es defectuosa. + 当該削除部分は、間違いではない。 + l'indication de suppression n'est pas +erronée. + la cancellazione non è erronea + + + +

                              Status information on each deletion is needed rather rarely + except in critical editions from authorial manuscripts; status + information on additions is even less common.

                              +

                              Marking a deletion or addition as faulty is inescapably an + interpretive act; the usual test applied in practice is the + linguistic acceptability of the text with and without the + letters or words in question.

                              +                               + +

                              Il est rarement nécessaire de donner de l'information sur le statut de chaque + suppression sauf dans le cas des éditions critiques de manuscrits d'auteur, + l'information sur le statut des additions étant encore plus rare.

                              +

                              L'indication d'une suppression ou d'une addition comme erronée est indéniablement un acte + d'interprétation ; le test habituel appliqué dans la pratique est + l'acceptabilité linguistique du texte avec et sans les lettres ou mots en + question.

                              +                               + +

                              La información del estado de cada cancelación se necesita raramente, excepto en las ediciones críticas de los manuscritos de autor; la información del estado sobre las adiciones es incluso menos común.

                              +

                              El marcaje de una cancelación o una adición como defectuoso es ineludible en un acto interpretativo; el test generalmente aplicado en la práctica es la aceptabilidad lingüística del texto con y sin las letras o las palabras en cuestión.

                              +                               + +

                              + 各削除部分に関する状態情報は、著者の自筆原稿からの校勘版を除い + て、滅多に必要にはならない。追加に関する状態情報も、一般的ではな + い。 +

                              +

                              + 削除部分や追加を間違いとして記録することは、必然的に解釈が含ま + れてしまう。実際には、問題となる文字や単語の有無によって、当該テ + キストが言語学的に問題ないかどうかで判断される。 +

                              +                               +                               + + documents the presumed cause for the intervention. + + + + + + sequence + 연쇄 + secuencia + séquence + sequenza + assigns a sequence number related to the order in which + the encoded features carrying this attribute are believed to have occurred. + 이 속성을 포함하는 부호화된 자질이 발생했다고 가정되는 순서와 관련된 번호를 할당한다. + asigna un número de serie relacionado con el orden en el cual se cree que se han sucedido las características codificadas que llevan este atributo. + 当該属性が示す素性が出現すると想定されている順番の、番号を示す。 + assigne un numéro séquentiel relatif à l'ordre +dans lequel les traits encodés portant cet attribut sont supposés être apparus. + stabilisce un numero sequenziale relativo all'ordine in cui si ritiene che ricorrano i tratti codificati ai quali è assegnato tale attributo + + +                               + + + 12.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions + + +                               + provides attributes common to those elements which + have a duration in time, expressed either absolutely or by reference + to an alignment map. + 절대적 또는 배열 지도에 대한 참조에 의해 표현된 시간의 지속을 나타내는 요소들 사이에 공통적 속성을 제공한다. + 提供一組屬性，通用於帶有時間長度的元素，這些元素以絕對方式表明，或是參照到組序表。 + 時間幅を持つ要素に共通する属性を示す。絶対的または関連図への参照で示 + される。 + fournit des attributs communs aux éléments qui + expriment une durée dans le temps, soit de manière absolue, soit en se référant à une carte d'alignement. + proporciona un conjunto de atributos comunes a los elementos que tienen una duración en el tiempo expresada en términs absolutos o por referencia a un esquema de alineamiento + assegna un insieme di attributi comuni agli elementi che hanno una durata nel tempo espressa in termini assoluti o rispetto a uno schema di allineamento + + + + + + + indicates the location within a temporal alignment at + which this element begins. + 이 요소가 시작된 시간 배열 내의 위치를 제시한다. + 指出時間組序中此元素的起始位置。 + 時間関連図上で、当該要素が始まることを示す時間点を示す。 + indique dans un alignement temporel (un ordre chronologique) l'endroit où commence cet élément. + indica el punto en el ámbito de un alineamiento temporal en el cual comienza el elemento + indica il punto nell'ambito di un allineamento temporale in cui comincia l'elemento + + +

                              If no value is supplied, the element is assumed to follow + the immediately preceding element at the same hierarchic + level.

                              +                               + +

                              Si aucune valeur n'est donnée, il est entendu que l'élément suit l'élément immédiatement précédent au même niveau hiérarchique.

                              +                               + +

                              Si no se suministra ningún valor, el elemento es asumido para seguir el elemento inmediatament anterior en el mismo nivel jerárquico.

                              +                               + +

                              + 値がない場合は、当該要素は同じ構造レベル上の直前の要素の後に続 + くものとされる。 +

                              +                               +                               + + indicates the location within a temporal alignment at + which this element ends. + 이 요소가 종료된 시간 배열 내의 위치를 제시한다. + 指出時間組序 (順序點) 中此元素的結尾位置。 + 時間関連図上で、当該要素が終わることを示す時間点を示す。 + indique l'endroit où se termine cet élément dans un alignement temporel. + indica el punto en el ámbito de un alineamiento temporal en el cual comienza el elemento + indica il punto nell'ambito di un allineamento temporale in cui termina l'elemento + + +

                              If no value is supplied, the element is assumed to precede + the immediately following element at the same hierarchic + level.

                              +                               + +

                              Si aucune valeur n'est donnée, il est entendu que l'élément précède l'élément immédiatement suivant au même niveau hiérarchique.

                              +                               + +

                              Si no se suministra ningún valor, el elemento es asumido para preceder el elemento inmediatamente posterior en el mismo nivel jerárquico.

                              +                               + +

                              + 値がない場合は、当該要素は同じ構造レベル上の直前の要素の後に続 + くものとされる。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 8.3.5. Temporal Information + +                               + groups elements which contain names of individuals +or corporate bodies. + 개인 또는 기업체의 이름을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集包含個人或團體名稱的元素。 + 個人や団体の名前を含む要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui contiennent des noms + d'individus ou de personnes morales. + agrupa elementos que contienen nombres de individuos o de agrupaciones o sociedades. + raggruppa elementi che contengono nomi di individui o enti societari + + + + + +

                              This class is used in the content model of elements which + reference names of people or organizations.

                              +                               + +

                              Cette classe est utilisée dans le modèle de contenu des éléments qui référencent des + noms de personnes ou d'organisations.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta clase se utiliza en el modelo de elementos cuyos nombres se refieren a gente o a organizaciones.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該クラスは、人物や団体の名前を参照する要素の内容モデル中で使用さ + れる。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6. Names, Numbers, Dates, Abbreviations, and Addresses + +                               + groups elements used for arbitrary segmentation. + 임의적 분할에 사용되는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集用於隨機分割的元素。 + 任意の区分で使用される要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour une segmentation + arbitraire. + agrupa elementos usados por una segmentación arbitraria. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per una segmentazione + arbitraria + + + + + + +

                              The principles on which segmentation is carried out, and any special codes or attribute + values used, should be defined explicitly in the segmentation element of the + encodingDesc within the associated TEI header.

                              +                               + +

                              Les principes sur lesquels repose la segmentation, ainsi que tout code particulier ou valeur + d'attribut utilisée, doivent être définis explicitement dans l'élément segmentation de + l'élément encodingDesc situé dans l'En-tête TEI associé.

                              +                               + +

                              Los principios en los cuales se realiza la segmentación, y cualesquiera sean los códigos o + valores de atributo especiales usados, se deben definir explícitamente en el elemento + segmentación del encodingDesc dentro del encabezado TEI asociado.

                              +                               + +

                              どの区分、どのコード、どの属性値を使うかを決める原則は、関連する TEIヘダー内の要素encodingDescにある要素 + segmentation中で明示的に宣言されるべきである。

                              +                               + + 17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors + 18.1. Linguistic Segment Categories + +                               + groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct but to which no specific + function can be attributed. + 인쇄상 구분되나 특정 기능이 없는 구 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的詞組層次元素與顯目標示相關，且無特定語義 + 印刷上他とは異なるが、特別な機能は付与されていない、句レベルの要素を まとめる。 + regroupe des éléments du niveau de l’expression qui sont + typographiquement distincts mais auxquels aucune fonction spécifique ne peut être attribuée. + agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático para subrayar que + no tienen una semántica específica. + raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico relativi a + evidenziatura + + + + + + + + 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation + + + groups phrase-level elements which are typographically + distinct and to which a specific function can be attributed. + 인쇄상 구분되며 특정 기능을 수행하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集語義上的詞組層次元素 + 印刷上他とは異なり、特定の機能が付与されている、句レベルの要素をまと + める。 + regroupe des éléments qui sont distingués visuellement, et auxquels on peut attribuer une signification sémantique. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma tipograficamente distinti e ai quali è attribuibile una funzione specifica + agrupa elementos sintagmáticos semánticos. + + + + + + + 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation + + + groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct. + 인쇄상 구분되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集與顯目標示相關的詞組層次元素。 + 印刷上他とは異なる、句レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression qui sont + typographiquement distincts. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma tipograficamente + distinti + agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático relativos al + énfasis. + + + + + + 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation + + + groups elements containing temporal expressions. + 시간 표현을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集包含時間格式的元素。 + 時間表現用の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments contenant des expressions relatives + au temps. + agrupa elementos que contienen expresiones temporales. + raggruppa elementi che contengono indicazioni relative a + date + + + + + + + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + 14.4. Dates + + + groups elements which denote a number, a quantity, a measurement, or similar piece of text + that conveys some numerical meaning. + 숫자, 양, 측정값 등 수치적 의미를 드러내는 텍스트 부분을 가리키는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素代表一個數字、數量、度量，或類似的文字，傳達某些數值上的意義 + 数値、量、計測値など、数値的意味を示すテキストを示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui indiquent un nombre, une + quantité, une mesure ou un extrait d'un texte qui porte une signification numérique. + agrupa elementos que contienen un número, una cantidad, + una medida, o un fragmento de texto similar que refleja algún significado numérico. + raggruppa elementi riferiti a numeri, quantità, + misurazioni o altra porzione di testo che veicola un significato di tipo numerico + + + + + + 3.6.3. Numbers and +Measures + + + groups elements containing examples or illustrations. + 예 또는 실례를 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集包含範例的元素 + 例または挿絵を示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments contenant des exemples ou des + illustrations. + raggruppa elementi che contengono esempi o illustrazioni + agrupa elementos que contienen ejemplos. + + + + + + + 23.1.1. Phrase Level Terms + + + groups elements containing images, formulae, and + similar objects. + 이미지, 수식, 그리고 유사 대상을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素包含影像、方程式和類似物件 + 画像や式などを含む要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments contenant des images, des + formules et d'autres objets semblables. + agrupa elementos que contienen imágenes, fórmulas u objetos similares. + raggruppa elementi che contengono immagini, formule, esempi, e oggetti simili + + + + + + 3.10. Graphics and Other Non-textual Components + + + groups elements which can appear only as part of a place name. + 장소명의 부분으로서만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente como + parte de un topónimo. + 場所名の部分として出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui ne peuvent apparaître que sous la forme d'une partie d'un toponyme. + raggruppa elementi che risultano solo come parte di un + nome di luogo + + + + + + 14.2.3. Place Names + + + groups phrase-level elements used in manuscript description. + 원고 기술에서 사용되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集描述寫本的元素 + 手書き資料における、句レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression utilisés pour décrire + des manuscrits. + agrupa les elementos empleados en la descripción de + manuscritos. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati per descrivere + manoscritti + + + + + + + 11. Manuscript Description + + + groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial interventions that may be useful both +in transcribing and in authoring. + 전사와 저작 모두에서 유용할 수 있는 간단한 편집 간섭에 대한 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的詞組層次元素用於簡單的編輯更正，且有助於轉錄和編寫 + 転記や編集の両方で使用される、単純な編集上の調整を示す、句レベルの要 + 素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour de + simples interventions éditoriales utiles dans la transcription comme dans la rédaction. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma per semplici interventi editoriali, utili sia per il trascrittore che per l'autore + agrupa elementos a nivel sintagmático utilizados para simples intervenciones editoriales que pueden ser útiles tanto en la transcripción como para autoría. + + + + + + + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + + + groups phrase-level elements used for editorial transcription of pre-existing source + materials. + 앞서 존재하는 원본 자료의 편집상 전사에 사용되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 僅匯集用於簡單的編輯更正和轉錄、而未能助於編寫的詞組層次元素 + 現存している資料に、編集を加えて転記する際に使う、句レベルの要素をま とめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour + des transcriptions éditoriales de sources pré-existantes. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma utilizzati per + la trascrizione di fonti preesistenti + agrupa solo elementos sintagmáticos utilizados para + simples correcciones y transcripciones editoriales que no parecen ser útiles para la autoría. + + + + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + + + groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial correction and transcription. + 간단한 편집상 수정과 전사에 대한 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的詞組層次元素用於簡單的編輯更正或轉錄 + 単純な編集上の修正や転記を示す、句レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour de simples interventions éditoriales de + corrections et de transcriptions. + agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático utilizados para + simples correcciones o transcripciones editoriales. + raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico utilizzati per + semplici interventi editoriali di correzione e trascrizione + + + + + + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + + + groups elements used for purposes of location and reference. + 위치 및 참조에 대한 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素用於位置和參照 + 場所や参照を示すための要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour localiser et faire référence à quelque chose. + agrupa elementos usados para establecer localizaciones y + referencias. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per stabilire collocazioni + e riferimenti + + + + + + + + + 3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References + + + groups phrase-level elements which may appear within verse only. + 운문 내에서만 나타날 수 있는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集僅可能出現於韻文內的詞組層次元素。 + 韻文内にのみある、句レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression qui ne + peuvent apparaître que dans des vers. + agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático utilizados sólo + para los versos. + raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico utilizzati solo + per i versi + + + + + + 6.2. Components of the Verse Line + + + groups globally available elements which describe the status of other elements. + 다른 요소의 상태를 기술하며, 전체적으로 이용가능한 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集描述其他元素狀態的空白元素，例如連結或抽象詮釋，或者提供正確度等，且空白元素可能出現於文件任一處。 + 他の要素の状態を示す、どこでも使える要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments disponibles globalement qui + décrivent le statut d'autres éléments. + agrupa elementos vacíos que describen el estatus de otros + elementos, p.ej. estableciendo grupos de relaciones o interpretaciones abstractas, o bien + proporcionando indicaciones de certeza, etc., y que pueden aparecer en cualquier punto de un + documento. + raggruppa elementi vuoti che descrivono lo status di + altri elementi, per esempio stabilendo gruppi di collegamenti o interpretazioni astratte, oppure + fornendo indicazioni di certezza, ecc., e che possono apparire in qualsiasi punto all'interno di + un documento + + + + + + +

                              Elements in this class are typically used to hold groups of links or of abstract + interpretations, or by provide indications of certainty etc. It may find be convenient to + localize all metadata elements, for example to contain them within the same divison as the + elements that they relate to; or to locate them all to a division of their own. They may + however appear at any point in a TEI text.

                              +                               + +

                              Les éléments de cette classe sont utilisés pour contenir des groupes de liens ou + d'interprétations abstraites, ou pour fournir des indications quant à la certitude, etc. Il + peut être commode de situer tous les éléments contenant des métadonnées, par exemple de les + rassembler dans la même divison que les éléments auxquels ils sont reliés ; ou de les + retrouver tous dans la division qui leur est propre. Ils peuvent cependant apparaître à un + point quelconque d'un texte TEI.

                              +                               + +

                              Los elementos en esta clase se utilizan típicamente para llevar a cabo los grupos de + conexiones o de interpretaciones abstractas, o bien para proporcionar indicaciones de la + certeza etc. Puede ser conveniente localizar todos los elementos de los metadatos, por ejemplo + para contenerlos dentro de la misma división que los elementos con los cuales se relacionan; o + para localizarlos todos en la división que les es propia. Sin embargo pueden aparecer en + cualquier momento en un texto de TEI.

                              +                               + +

                              当該クラスの要素は、リンクや確信度といった抽象的解釈をまとめるため に使われる。これは、ユーザがメタデータを記述する際に便利であろう。 + 例えば、関連する要素と同じ部分レベル内にあるものまとめたり、関連す る要素を、自身の部分レベル内にまめめたりする場合である。 + しかし、これらは、TEIデータ中では、どこにでも出現可能である。

                              +                               + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + +                               + groups milestone-style +elements used to represent reference systems. + 참조 체계를 표상하는 이정표 유형의 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集用於呈現參照系統的類似分界點元素 + 参照システムを示すための、標石要素相当の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de type borne utilisés pour + représenter des systèmes de référence. + agrupa elementos del tipo frontera (milestone) utilizados para representar sistemas de referencia. + raggruppa elementi del tipo milestone utilizzati per rappresentare sistemi di riferimento + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + + + groups elements used to represent individual non-Unicode characters or glyphs. + 개별 비유니코드 문자 또는 그림문자를 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素穿插於正規文本中，代表非統一碼項目。 + ユニコードになる文字やグリフを示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter + différents caractères non-Unicode ou différents glyphes. + agrupa elementos que son + raggruppa elementi di cui è inframmezzato il testo che rapresentano oggetti non Unicode + + + + + + groups elements which generate declarations in some markup language in ODD documents. + ODD 문서에서 마크업 언어로 선언을 생성하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素使ODD文件內某些標記語言中產生宣告。 + ODD文書で使用される要素の宣言を生成する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe les éléments qui, dans des documents ODD, + génèrent des déclarations dans un langage d'encodage. + agrupa elementos que generan declaraciones en un lenguaje + de codificación dado en documentos aislados + raggruppa elementi che generano dichiarazioni in un dato + linguaggio di codifica in documenti isolati + + + + + groups phrase-level elements used to encode XML constructs such as element names, attribute + names, and attribute values. + 요소명, 속성명, 그리고 속성값과 같이 XML 구성물을 부호화하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + XML要素を符号化する、句レベルの要素をまとめる。例えば、要素名、属性 名、属性値など。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression utilisés pour + encoder des constructions XML telles que des noms d'éléments, des noms d'attributs ou des + valeurs d'attributs. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma utilizzati per + codificare costrutti XML quali nomi di elementi e nomi e valori di attributi + agrupa elementos usados para codificar construcciones en + XML en el nivel sintagmático, p.ej. nombre de elemento, nombres de atributo, y valores de + atributo. + + + + + + + 23. Documentation Elements + + + groups elements for referring to specification elements. + 명시 요소를 참조하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素參照到細節元素 + 特定の要素を参照する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe les éléments pour se référer aux éléments de spécification. + raggruppa elementi indicanti i componenti di una data specifica + agrupa elementos para referir elementos de especificación + + + + + + 23. Documentation Elements + + + groups elements containing a bibliographic description. + 서지 기술을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集包含書目描述的元素。 + 書誌情報を含む要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments contenant une description + bibliographique. + agrupa elementos que contienen una descripción bibliográfica. + raggruppa elementi che contengono una descrizione bibliografica + + + + + + + + + + 3.12. Bibliographic Citations and References + + + groups elements used to provide a title or heading at the start of a text + division. + 텍스트 구역의 시작부에서 제목 또는 표제를 제시하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos usados para proporcionar un título o un encabezadoa al principio de una división textual. + テキスト部分の始まりにあるタイトルや見出しを示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments employés pour donner un titre ou un intitulé au début d'une division de texte. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per fornire un titolo all'inizio di una partizione testuale + + + + + + groups elements used to gloss or explain other parts of a document. + 문서의 다른 부분을 해설 또는 설명하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos usados para glosar o para explicar otras partes de un documento. + 文書中の他の部分をまとめたり説明するために使われる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments employés pour gloser ou +expliquer d'autres parties d'un document. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per spiegare o illustrare altre parti di un documento + + + + + + groups list-like elements. + 목록 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集所有類似列表的元素 + リスト相当の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe les éléments de type liste. + agrupa todos los elementos del tipo de lista. + raggruppa tutti gli elementi del tipo lista + + + + + + + 3.8. Lists + + + groups globally-available note-like elements. + 전체적으로 이용 가능한 주석 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集所有類似註解的元素。 + どこでも出現可能な、注釈相当の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe tous les éléments globaux de type note. + agrupa todos los elementos del tipo de nota. + raggruppa tutti gli elementi del tipo nota + + + + + 3.9. Notes, Annotation, and Indexing + + + groups elements representing metrical components such as verse lines. + 운문 행 같이 운율적 성분을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集代表韻律組件的元素，例如詩行。 + 韻文の行のような、韻律的構成要素となる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments représentant des composants + de la métrique comme des vers. + agrupa elementos que representan componentes métricos como los versos. + raggruppa elementi che rappresentano componenti metriche come i versi + + + + + + + groups paragraph-like elements. + 문단 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 該元素集是以交換資料為目的段落。 + 段落相当の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de type paragraphe. + la clase de elementos de tipo párrafa con la finalidad de + intercambio. + classe di elementi di tipo paragrafo a scopo di + interscambio. + + + + + + + groups elements containing stage directions or similar things defined by the module for + performance texts. + 공연 텍스트의 모듈에 의해 정의된 무대 지시 또는 유사 내용을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素包含特殊的舞台指示，定義於劇本的附加標籤組中。 + 舞台芸術モジュールで定義されている、ト書きなどを示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments contenant des indications scéniques + ou des indications de même nature, définies par le module relatif aux textes de théâtre. + aggrupa elementos que contienen indicaciones específicas + de escena definidas en el conjunto adicional de marcadores de textos teatrales. + raggruppa elementi che contengono specifiche indicazioni + di scena definite nell'insieme aggiuntivo di marcatori per testi teatrali + + + + + + +

                              Stage directions are members of class inter: that is, they can appear between or + within component-level elements.

                              +                               + +

                              Les indications scéniques appartiennent à la classe inter : cela signifie + qu'elles peuvent apparaître à l'intérieur d'éléments de niveau composant ou bien entre ces éléments.

                              +                               + +

                              Las direcciones de etapa son miembros de la clase inter: es decir, pueden + aparecer entre o dentro de los elementos del componente-nivel.

                              +                               + +

                              ト書きは、クラスinterのメンバーである。すなわち、構成 要素レベル要素内または間で出現可能である。

                              +                               + + 7.3. Other Types of Performance Text + +                               + groups non-morphological elements appearing within a dictionary entry. + 사전 표제어 내의 어떤 층위에서도 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集所有專為字典所定義的元素。 + 辞書項目中の、どのレベルにも現れる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à tout +niveau dans une entrée de dictionnaire. + raggruppa tutti gli elementi specificatamente definiti per i dizionari. + agrupa todos los elementos definidos específicamente para diccionarios. + + 10.1. Dictionary Body and Overall Structure + + + groups globally available elements which perform a specifically editorial function. + 명확한 편집 기능을 수행하며, 전체적으로 이용 가능한 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的空白元素有特殊的編輯功能，例如指出來源文件中一個文字段的附加、刪除、或缺漏的起始點。 + 特に編集機能を担い、どこでも使用できる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments globalement disponibles qui + exécutent une fonction spécifiquement éditoriale. + agrupa elementos vacíos con funciones editoriales + específicas, p.ej. la indicación del comienzo de un fragmento de texto añadido, omitido o + perdido en el original. + raggruppa elementi vuoti con funzioni editoriali + specifiche, per esempio l'indicazione dell'inizio di una porzione di testo aggiunto, rimosso o + mancante nell'originale + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + groups paragraph-level elements appearing directly within divisions. + 구역 내에서 직접적으로 나타나는 문단-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可出現於段落與其他區塊之間，而非出現於兩者之內的元素。 + テキスト部分中にある段落レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau paragraphe apparaissant + directement dans des divisions. + agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer entre párrafos u + otras divisiones, pero no dentro de estos. + raggruppa elementi che compaiono tra paragrafi e altre + porzioni di testo ma non al loro interno + + + + + +

                              Note that this element class does not include members of the model.inter class, which can appear either within or between paragraph-level items. +

                              +                               + +

                              Noter que cette classe d'éléments ne comprend pas les membres de la classe model.inter, qui peuvent apparaître soit à l'intérieur, soit entre des + items de niveau paragraphe.

                              +                               + +

                              Observa que esta clase de elemento no incluye a los miembros de la clase model.inter, que puede aparecer dentro o entre los items del nivel-párrafo.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素クラスは、クラスmodel.interの メンバーを含まないことに注意すること。 クラスmodel.interは、段落レベル項目内 または間にのみ出現可能である。

                              +                               + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + +                               + groups elements which form part of a place name. + 장소명의 부분을 형성하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集構成地點名稱部分的元素。 + 場所名の部分となる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui font partie d'un nom de lieu. + agrupa los elementos que forman parte del nombre de un + lugar + raggruppa gli elementi che fanno parte del nome di un + luogo + + + + + 14.2.3. Place Names + + + groups elements which describe changing states of a place. + 장소의 변화하는 상태를 기술하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos que describen aspectos variables de + un lugar. + 場所の変容を示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui décrivent les transformations d'un lieu. + raggruppa elementi che descrivono stati mutevoli di un + luogo + + + + + + groups the child + elements of a publicationStmt element of the TEI header + that indicate an authorising agent. + TEI 헤더의 publicationStmt 요소 내에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 + 놓는다. + 匯集元素publicationStmt的子元素 + TEIヘダーの要素publicationStmt内に出現する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à + l'intérieur de l'élément publicationStmt de l'En-tête TEI. + agrupa los hijos de publicationStmt. + raggruppa i figli di publicationStmt + +

                              The agency child elements, while not + required, are required if one of the detail + child elements is to be used. It is not valid to have a + detail child element without a + preceding agency child element.

                              +

                              See also model.publicationStmtPart.detail.

                              +                               + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + +                               + groups the agency-specific child elements of the publicationStmt element of the TEI header. + TEI 헤더의 publicationStmt 요소 내에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 + 놓는다. + 匯集元素publicationStmt的子元素 + TEIヘダーの要素publicationStmt内に出現する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à + l'intérieur de l'élément publicationStmt de l'En-tête TEI. + agrupa los hijos de publicationStmt. + raggruppa i figli di publicationStmt + +

                              A detail child element may not occur + unless an agency child element precedes + it.

                              +

                              See also model.publicationStmtPart.agency.

                              +                               + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + +                               + groups elements such as licences and paragraphs of text which may appear as part of an + availability statement. + regroupe des éléments tels que les licences ou les paragraphes indiquant la disponibilité d'un ouvrage. + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + + + groups elements which are used to indicate uncertainty or + precision of other elements. + + groups elements which contain a description of their function. + regroupe des éléments qui contiennent une description de la fonction d'un élément. + + groups elements used to directly contain quotations. + 인용을 직접 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集直接包含引言的元素。 + 引用を示すために使われる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments employés pour contenir directement des citations. + agrupa los elementos que contienen directamente las citas + raggruppa elementi che contengono direttamente le + citazioni + + + + + + + groups elements that contain a word or phrase that can be attributed to a source. + gruppiert Elemente, die ein Wort oder eine Phrase enthalten, welche einer Quelle zugeschrieben werden können. + + + + + + + 3.3.3. Quotation + 4.3.2. Floating Texts + + + groups elements which are used to indicate intellectual or other significant responsibility, + for example within a bibliographic element. + 예를 들어 서지 요소 내에서 지적 책임을 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集指出智慧責任的元素，例如在書目元素內。 + 知的責任を示す要素をまとめる。例えば、書誌情報要素内にあるもの。 + regroupe des éléments qui sont utilisés pour indiquer une + responsabilité intellectuelle ou une autre responsabilité significative, par exemple dans un + élément bibliographique. + aggrupa elementos utilizados para indicar responsabilidad + intelectual, p.ej. dentro de un elemento bibliográfico. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per indicare responsabilità + intellettuale, per esempio all'interno di un elemento bibliografico + + + + + + + groups elements which can appear at either top or bottom of a + textual division. + 텍스트 구역 상단 또는 하단에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可出現於任何區段集元素起始或結尾的元素。 + テキスト部分の上部また下部に現れる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent être placés au + début ou à la fin de n'importe quelle division de texte. + agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer al principio o al final de cualquier elemento de clase de división. + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono all'inizio di una partizione testuale + + + + + + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + + + groups elements which can occur only at the beginning of a text division. + 텍스트 구역의 시작부에만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente al + principio de una división textual. + テキスト部分の始まりにのみ現れる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qu'on ne trouve qu'au début d'une + division de texte. + raggruppa elementi che possono presentarsi solo + all'inizio di una partizione testuale + + + + + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + groups elements appearing at the beginning of a + text division. + 텍스트 구역 시작에 나타나는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos que aparecen al principio de una división textual. + テキスト部分の始まりに現れる要素をまとめる。 + + + regroupe des éléments apparaissant au début d'une +division de texte. + raggruppa elementi che si presentano all'inizio di una partizione testuale + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + + + groups elements which appear at the level of divisions within front or back matter of + performance texts only. + 단지 공연 텍스트 앞쪽 자료 또는 뒤쪽 자료 내의 구역 층위에서 나타나는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素僅出現於劇本正文前或後資訊內的區段層次。 + 演技テキストにおける前付、後付の部分レベルに現れる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui n'apparaissent comme des + divisions que dans les parties liminaires ou finales des textes de théâtre. + agrupa elementos que aparecen a nivel de partición + textual al interno del paratexto inicial o final. + raggruppa elementi che appaiono a livello di partizioni + testuali all'interno del peritesto iniziale o del peritesto finale solo in testi di tipo + teatrale + + + + + + 7.1. Front and Back Matter + + + + groups paragraph-like elements which can occur as direct constituents of front matter. + 앞쪽 자료의 직접 구성성분으로 나타날 수 있는 문단 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 未提供完整標題頁時，匯集的元素可顯示為正文前資訊的直接組成要素。 + 前付の構成要素として出現可能な、段落相当の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de type paragraphe qui peuvent + apparaître comme des constituants directs des parties liminaires. + agrupa los elementos que aparecen como componentes + directos del paratexto inicial cuando no se da un encabezamiento electrónico. + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono come componenti + diretti del peritesto iniziale quando non è dato un frontespizio elettronico. + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + groups elements which can occur only at the end of a text + division. + 텍스트 구역의 종료부에만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente al final de una división textual. + テキスト部分の終わりにのみ出現できる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qu'on ne peut trouver qu'à la +fin d'une division de texte. + raggruppa elementi che possono presentarsi solo alla fine di una partizione testuale + + + + + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + groups elements appearing at the end of a text + division. + 텍스트 구역의 종료부에 나타타는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集僅可出現於文本區段結尾的元素，例如結尾題名。 + テキストの終わりに現れる要素をまとめる。 + + regroupe des éléments placés à la fin d'une division de + texte. + agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer sólo al final de una + división textual, p.ej. un tráiler. + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono alla fine di una + partizione testuale, per esempio trailer, byline, ecc. + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + + + groups elements which can occur as direct constituents of a title page, such as + docTitle, docAuthor, docImprint, or epigraph. + docTitle, docAuthor, + docImprint, 또는 epigraph와 같이 제목 페이지의 직접 구성성분으로 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素可成為標題頁的直接組成要素 (元素docTitle, + docAuth, docImprint, epigraph等。) + タイトルページの構成要素となる要素をまとめる。例えば、要素 docTitle、 + docAuth、docImprint、epigraphなど。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître comme + constituants directs d'une page de titre (docTitle, + docAuth, docImprint ou epigraph). + agrupa los elementos que aparecen como componentes + directos del frontispicio electrónico (docTitle, docAuthor, + docImprint, epigraph, etc.) + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono come componenti + dirette del frontespizio elettronico (docTitle, docAuthor, + docImprint, epigraph, ecc.) + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + groups elements (other than choice itself) which can be used within a + choice alternation. + choice 대체 내에서 사용될 수 있는 (choice 외의) 요소를 + 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素 (而非選擇本身) 可用於元素choice之替換 + 要素choice中に現れる(要素choice以外の)要素をまとめ る。 + regroupe des éléments (autres que choice) qui + peuvent être utilisés en alternance avec choice. + agrupa los elementos (excluída el propio elemento + choice) que pueden ser usados en alternancia con choice. + raggruppa gli elementi (escluso l'elemento choice) che + possono essere usati in alternanza con choice + + + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + + + groups the bibliographic elements which occur inside imprints. + 간기 내에 나타날 수 있는 서지 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集出現於版本說明內的書目元素。 + 刊記にある書誌情報要素をまとめる。 + regoupe les éléments bibliographiques qui apparaissent à + l'intérieur de documents imprimés. + agrupa los elementos bibliográficos que aparecen al + interno de las siglas editoriales. + raggruppa gli elementi bibliografici che appaiono + all'interno delle sigle editoriali + + + + + + 3.12. Bibliographic Citations and References + + + groups component elements of the TEI header Category Description. + regroupe des éléments composants de l'élément + catDesc dans l'en-tête TEI. + TEI 헤더 범주 기술의 성분 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可用於元素catDesc內、並多次出現的元素 + TEIヘダーの要素をまとめる。 + agrupa elementos que pueden usarse dentro de + catDesc y que aparecen en numerosas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di + catDesc e che appaiono più volte + + groups elements used to represent a postal or email address. + 우편 또는 전자메일 주소를 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的詞組層次元素代表郵寄或電子郵件地址。 + 郵便におけるまたはeメールにおけるアドレスを表す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments employés pour représenter des + adresses postales ou électroniques. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare un + indirizzo postale o di posta elettronica + agrupa elementos sintagmáticos usados para representar + una dirección postal o electrónica. + + + + + + + 1. The TEI Infrastructure + + + groups elements which name or refer to a person, place, or organization. + 인물, 장소, 또는 조직의 이름 또는 지시를 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的空白元素可出現於TEI文件內的任何位置。 + 人物、場所、団体に名前を付与する、または参照する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui nomment une + personne, un lieu ou une organisation, ou qui y font référence à. + agrupa los elementos que nombran o indican a una persona, + un lugar (construido por el hombre o geográfico), o una organización. + raggruppa gli elementi che nominano o indicano una + persona, un luogo (costruito dall'uomo o geografico), o un'organizzazione + + + + + + + +

                              A superset of the naming elements that may appear in datelines, addresses, statements of + responsibility, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              Un ensemble de niveau supérieur regroupant les éléments d'appellation qui peuvent apparaître + dans les dates, les adresses, les mentions de responsabilité, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              Un superconjunto de elementos de nombramiento que pueden aparecer en las líneas de fecha, de + dirección, de declaración de esponsabilidad,l etc.

                              +                               + +

                              日付欄、住所情報、責任表示等に現れる、名前を示す要素の親集合。

                              +                               +                               + groups elements which may appear at any point within a TEI text. + TEI 텍스트 내의 어떤 지점에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + TEIデータ内のどこでも出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à un point + quelconque dans un texte TEI. + agrupa elementos vacíos que pueden aparecer en cualquier + punto de un texto TEI + raggruppa elementi vuoti che possono apparire in + qualsiasi punto di un testo TEI + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + groups elements which represent components of a bibliographic description. + 서지 기술의 성분을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可出現於書目引用元素內的元素。 + 書誌情報の項目を表す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui sont des composantes d’une + description bibliographique. + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer al interno citas + bibliográficas. + raggruppa gli elementi che possono apparire all'interno + di elementi di citazioni bibliografiche + + 3.12. Bibliographic Citations and References + + + groups elements which appear at the level of divisions within front or back matter. + 전면부 또는 후면부 자료 내에서 구역 층위에 나타나는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素出現於正文前或後資訊內的區段層次中。 + 前付、後付の部分レベルに現れる要素をまとめる。 + regroupe les éléments + du niveau des divisions qui peuvent apparaître + dans un front ou un back. + agrupa elementos que aparecen a nivel de particiones + textuales al interno del paratexto inicial o final. + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono a livello di + partizioni testuali all'interno del peritesto iniziale o finale + + 7.1. Front and Back Matter + + + + groups elements such as names or postal codes which may appear as part of a + postal address. + 우편 주소의 부분으로 나타날 수 있는 이름 또는 우편 번호와 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 可能出現於郵寄地址部份的元素，如名稱或郵遞區號。 + 郵便情報としてある名前や郵便番号等の要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments comme des noms ou des codes postaux + qui peuvent apparaître dans une adresse postale. + agrupa los elementos que constituyen una dirección postal + o de cualquier otro tipo. + raggruppa elementi che costituiscono un indirizzo postale + o altro tipo di indirizzo + + 3.6.2. Addresses + + + groups phrase-level elements containing names, dates, numbers, measures, and similar data. + 이름, 날짜, 수, 측정, 그리고 유사 데이터를 포함하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集包含名稱、日期、數字、度量和類似數據的詞組層次元素。 + 名前、日付、数値、大きさなどを示す、句レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau expression contenant + des noms, des dates, des nombres, des mesures et d'autres données semblables. + agrupa los elementos a nivel sintagmàtico que contienen + nombres, fechas, medidas o datos similares. + raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico che contengono + nomi, date, numeri, misurazioni, e dati simili + + + + + + + 3.6. Names, Numbers, Dates, Abbreviations, and Addresses + + + groups elements which can appear either within or between paragraph-like elements. + 문단 같은 요소 내에서 또는 그 사이에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集中間層次的元素：可出現於段落內與段落之間，或方塊性層次內與層次間。 + 句相当レベルの要素内または間に出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à l’intérieur ou entre des composants semblables au paragraphe. + agrupa elementos de la clase intermedia (internivel): + tales elementos pueden aparecer bien al interno bien entre párrafos u entre otros elementos de + tipo división de texto. + raggruppa elementi della classe intermedia + (interlivello): tali elementi possono apparire sia all'interno che tra paragrafi e altri + elementi del tipo porzione di testo + + + + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + includes the CMC-specific element post and + makes it available on the divPart level. This allows for + using (and combining) occurrences of post, + u, incident, and kinesic in one + and the same div in order to be able to represent + the combined use of written and spoken posts, utterances, + and nonverbal acts on the GUI of multimodal CMC + environments. + + + + + + groups common chunk- and inter-level elements. + 공통적인 덩어리 및 상호 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集通用的方塊性與中間層次元素。 + 塊レベルと挿入レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de niveau fragment - et des + éléments de niveau intermédiaire. + agrupa elementos comunes a nivel de fragmentos de texto o + internivel. + raggruppa elementi comuni a livello di porzioni di testo + o interlivello + +

                              This class defines the set of chunk- and inter-level elements; it is used in many content + models, including those for textual divisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cette classe définit l'ensemble des éléments de niveau fragment et de niveau intermédiaire ; + de nombreux modèles de contenu y font appel, y compris ceux qui sont relatifs aux divisions + textuelles.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta clase define el conjunto de los elementos de fragmento e inter-nivel; se utiliza en + muchos modelos de contención, incluyendo aquellos para las divisiones textuales.

                              +                               + +

                              当該クラスは、塊レベルと挿入レベルの要素集合を定義する。当該クラス は、テキスト部分の要素を含む、多くの内容モデルで使われる。

                              +                               + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + +                               + groups elements which can occur at the level of individual words or phrases. + 개별 단어 또는 구 층위에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素可出現於個人字詞層次上。 + 独立した語句レベルに出現する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments qui apparaissent au niveau des + mots isolés ou des groupes de mots. + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer en el nivel de + palabras o sintagmas. + raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono a livello di singole + parole o sintagmi + + + + + +

                              This class of elements can occur within paragraphs, list items, lines of verse, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              Cette classe d'éléments peut se trouver dans des paragraphes, des entrées de + listes, des vers, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              Esta clase de elementos puede aparecer dentro de párrafos, en los elementos de una lista, en las líneas de verso, etc.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素クラスは、クラスinterにある大きめの要素、すな わち塊の中で出現可能である。散文においては、当該要素 + は、段落、リスト項目、韻文行などの中で出現可能である。

                              +                               + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + +                               + groups elements that may appear in paragraphs and similar elements. + + 3.1. Paragraphs + + + groups phrase-level elements excluding those elements primarily intended for transcription + of existing sources. + 존재하는 원본의 전사의 주요 목적에 해당하는 요소를 배제한 구 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素可出現於個人字詞層次，不包含預定用於轉錄的元素。 + 現存する元資料から転記するために使用される要素を除く、句レベルの要素 をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression excluant ceux + qui sont principalement destinés à la transcription des sources existantes. + raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma ad eccezione + degli elementi intesi principalmente per la trascrizione di fonti esistenti + agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer a nivel de + palabras o sintagmas, excluyendo los elementos destinados a la transcripción. + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + groups elements used to represent un-numbered generic structural divisions. + 숫자화되지 않은 일반 구조 구역을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素代表未編號的一般結構性區段。 + 番号づけられていない、共通構造部分を示す要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter des + divisions structurelles génériques non numérotées. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare + partizioni testuali generiche non numerate + agrupa los elementos usados para representar divisiones + estructurales recursivamente. + + groups elements used to represent a structural division which is generated rather than + explicitly present in the source. + 원본에 분명하게 나타났다기보다 생성된 구조적 구역을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集的元素代表一個結構性區段，產生於來源文本中，而非明確存在。 + 元資料に明示的にはなく、生成された構造部分を示すための要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter une + division structurelle qui est générée plutôt que présente de manière explicite dans la source. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare una + partizione testuale generata piuttosto che esplicitamente presente nella fonte + agrupa elementos usados para representar divisiones + estructurales que se generan explícitamente porque estan presentes en la fuente. + + groups top-level structural divisions. + 최상위 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集頂端層次的結構性區段。 + 最上位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles du niveau le plus + haut. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di primo livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de nivel superior. + + groups second-level structural divisions. + 이차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第二層次的結構性區段。 + 第2位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de deuxième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di secondo livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de segundo nivel. + + groups third-level structural divisions. + 삼차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第三層次的結構性區段。 + 第3位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de troisième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di terzo livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de tercer nivel + + groups fourth-level structural divisions. + 사차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第四層次的結構性區段。 + 第4位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de quatrième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di quarto livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de cuarto nivel + + groups fifth-level structural divisions. + 오차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第五層次的結構性區段。 + 第5位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de cinquième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di quinto livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de quinto nivel + + groups sixth-level structural divisions. + 육차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第六層次的結構性區段。 + 第6位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de sixième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di sesto livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de sexto nivel + + groups seventh-level structural divisions. + 칠차 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集第七層次的結構性區段。 + 第7位レベルの構造部分をまとめる。 + regroupe des divisions structurelles de septième niveau. + raggruppa partizioni testuali di settimo livello + agrupa divisiones estructurales de séptimo nivel + + groups elements used to represent annotations. + + + + + + 17.10. The standOff Container + + + groups elements which may be used as an annotation body. + + groups elements used to record application-specific information about a document in its + header. + 문서에 관한 애플리케이션 명시 정보를 헤더에 기록하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa en el encabezado los elementos usados para + registrar la información específica de la aplicación de un documento. + ヘダー中で、ソフトウェア固有の情報を記録する要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments utilisés pour enregistrer dans + l'en-tête TEI d'un document des informations d'applications spécifiques. + raggruppa elementi utilizzati per registrare informazioni + specifiche di un'applicazione e relative a un documento nell'intestazione corrispondente + + groups high level elements which may appear more than once in a TEI header. + TEI 헤더에 한번 이상 출현하는 상위 층위 요소들을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可在teiHeader中使用並且可多次出現的元素 + TEIヘダー内で高々1回出現する、上位レベルの要素をまとめる。 + regroupe des éléments de macrostructure qui peuvent + apparaître plus d'une fois dans l’en-tête TEI. + umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb des TEI-Headers benutzt + werden dürfen und mehrmals auftreten können. + agrupa elementos que pueden usarse al interno del + teiHeader y aparecen en diversas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di + teiHeader e che appaiono più volte. + + groups elements which may be used inside sourceDesc and appear multiple times. + regroupe des éléments que l'on peut utiliser plusieurs fois dans l'élément sourceDesc. + sourceDesc 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현할 수 있는 요소들을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可在sourceDesc中使用並且可多次出現的元素 + 要素sourceDesc内で、複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb des sourceDesc-Elements + verwendet werden und mehrfach auftreten können. + agrupa los elementos que pueden usarse al interno de + sourceDesc (descripción de la fuente) y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di + sourceDesc e che appaiono più volte. + + groups elements which may be used inside encodingDesc and appear multiple times. + regroupe des éléments + qui peuvent apparaître plusieurs fois dans + l'élément encodingDesc. + + encodingDesc 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현될 수 있는 요소들을 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可在encodingDesc中使用並且可多次出現的元素 + 要素encodingDesc内で使われ、複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb des encodingDesc-Elements verwendet + werden und mehrfach auftreten können. + agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer al interno de + encodingDesc (Descripción de la codificación) y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di + encodingDesc e che appaiono più volte. + + groups elements which may be used inside editorialDecl and appear multiple times. + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent être employés dans + l'élément editorialDecl et souvent à de nombreuses reprises. + + editorialDecl 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현될 수 있는 요소들을 모아 + 놓는다. + 匯集可在editorialDecl中使用並且可多次出現的元素 + 要素editorialDecl中で使われ、複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb des editorialDecl-Elements + verwendet werden und mehrfach auftreten können. + agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer al interno de + editorialDecl (declaración editorial) y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di + editorialDecl e che appaiono più volte. + + groups elements which may be used inside profileDesc +and appear multiple times. + regroupe des éléments que l'on peut utiliser plusieurs fois dans l'élément profileDesc. + profileDesc 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현할 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集可用於元素profileDesc內，且多次出現的元素 + 要素profileDesc内で使われ、複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる。 + umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb des profileDesc-Elements genutzt werden und mehrfach auftreten + können. + agrupa los elementos que pueden ser usados al interno de profileDesc y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. + raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di profileDesc e che appaiono più volte. + + groups elements which may be used as children of standOff. + + anonymous block content + defines the content of anonymous block elements. + + + + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + paragraph content + 문단 내용 + 段落內容 + contenu de paragraphe. + contenido del párrafo + contenuto di paragrafo + defines the content of paragraphs and similar elements. + 문단과 유사 요소 내용을 정의한다. + 定義段落與類似元素的內容。 + 段落やそれ相当の要素の内容を定義する。 + définit le contenu de paragraphes et d' éléments + semblables. + define el contenido de párrafos y elementos similares. + definisce il contenuto di paragrafi ed elementi simili + + + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + paragraph content + 문단 내용 + 段落內容 + contenu du paragraphe + contenido del párrafo + defines the content of prose elements that are not used for transcription of extant materials. + 현존 자료의 전사에 사용되지 않은 산문적 요소 내용을 정의한다. + 定義散文元素的內容，該元素未用於轉錄現存資料 + 現存する資料の転記で使われるものではない散文要素の内容を定義する。 + définit le contenu des éléments textuels qui ne sont + pas utilisés pour la transcription des contenus existants. + define el contenido de elementos de prosa que no se usan para la transcripción de materiales existentes. + + + + + + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + phrase sequence + 구 연쇄 + 詞組序列 + suite de syntagmes. + secuencia sintagmática + sequenza sintagmatica + defines a sequence of character data and phrase-level elements. + 문자 데이터 및 구층위 요소의 연쇄를 정의한다. + 定義一連串文字資料與詞組層次元素。 + 一連の文字列と句レベル要素を定義する。 + définit un ordre de données et d'éléments syntagmatiques. + >defince una secuencia de caracteres y elementos + de tipo sintagmático. + definisce una sequenza di caratteri ed elementi di tipo + sintagmatico + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1.4.1. Standard Content Models + + + limited phrase sequence + 한정된 구 연쇄 + 限定詞組序列 + séquence d'expression délimitée + secuencia de sintagma limitada + defines a sequence of character data and those phrase-level elements that are not typically +used for transcribing extant documents. + 현존 문서의 전사에 전형적으로 사용되지 않은 문자 테이터 및 구 층위 요소의 연쇄를 정의한다. + 定義一連串文字資料與詞組層次元素，通常不用於轉錄現存文件。 + 一般には、現存資料の転記に使われることはない、一連の文字列と句レベル + の要素を定義する。 + définit un ordre de données de caractère et ces + éléments de niveau d'expression qui ne sont pas typiquement utilisées pour transcrire des + documents existants. + define una secuencia de caracteres y elementos de tipo sintagmático que no se usan normalmente para transcribir. + + + + + + + + + + + 1.4.1. Standard Content Models + + + 'special' paragraph content + 특별 문단 내용 + 「特殊」段落內容 + contenu "spécial" de paragraphe + contenido de párrafo 'especial' + contenuto di paragrafo "speciale" + defines the content model of elements such as notes or list items, which either contain a + series of component-level elements or else have the same structure as a paragraph, containing a + series of phrase-level and inter-level elements. + 일련의 성분층위 요소를 포함하거나 아니면 문단과 동일 구조를 갖는 주석 또는 목록 항목과 같은 요소의 + 내용 모델을 정의하며, 이것은 일련의 구 층위 및 상호층위 요소를 포함한다. + 定義元素的內容模型，如註解或列表項目，這些內容模型包含一系列組合性層次元素，或與一個段落有相同的結構，包含一系列的詞組層次或inter-層次元素。 + 一連の句レベルまたは挿入レベルの要素と共に、一連の構成要素レベルの要 + 素、または段落相当の構造を持つ、注釈やリスト項目となる要素の内容モデ ルを定義する。 + définit le modèle de contenu des éléments tels que des + notes ou des items de liste, contenant soit une suite d'éléments de niveau composant soit qui + ont la même structure qu'un paragraphe, contenant une suite d’éléments du niveau de l’expression + et de niveau intermédiaire. + define el modelo de contenido de elementos tipo notas o + entradas de lista que contienen una serie de elementos a nivel de componentes que tienen la + misma estructura de un párrafo con una serie de elementos a nivel sintagmático y inter-nivel. + definisce il modello di contenuto di elementi quali note + o voci di lista che contiene una serie di elementi a livello di componenti aventi la stessa + struttura di un paragrafo con una serie di elementi a livello sintagmatico e interlivello + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + defines the range of attribute values expressing a degree of certainty. + 확실성 정도를 표현하는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. + 定義表示正確度的屬性值範圍 + 確信度を示す属性値の程度を示す。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant un degré de certitude. + define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un grado de certeza. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono un grado di certezza + + + + + + + + + +

                              Certainty may be expressed by one of the predefined symbolic values high, + medium, or low. The value + unknown should be used in cases where the encoder + does not wish to assert an opinion about the matter. +

                              +                               + +

                              確信度は、予め定義された値high、medium、またはlowのいずれかで表現される。確信度に関して何らかの意見を表明することを望んでいない場合は、 unknownという値が使用されるべきである。より正確な指標を望む場合は、data.probabilityを先に挙げた値の代わりに、またはそれに加えて使用することができる。

                              +                               + +

                              Le degré de certitude peut être exprimé par l'une des valeurs symboliques prédéfinies + high, medium, ou low.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values expressing a probability. + 확률을 표현하는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. + 定義表示可能性的屬性值範圍 + 出現度を示す属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs exprimant une + probabilité. + define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un + grado de probabilidad. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono + una probabilità + + + + + + + +

                              Probability is expressed + as a real number between 0 and 1; 0 representing certainly false and 1 representing certainly + true.

                              +                               + +

                              出現度は、0から1までの実数で表現される。0は 確実に偽、1は、 確実に真を示す。

                              +                               + +

                              Le degré de probabilité est exprimé + par un nombre réel entre 0 et 1 ; + 0 représentant certainement faux et 1 certainement + vrai.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used for numeric values. + 수치에 사용되는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. + 定義用於數值的屬性值範圍 + 数値をとる属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs utilisées pour + des valeurs numériques. + define la gama de valores de atributos para valores + numéricos. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per + valori numerici + + + + + + + + +

                              Any numeric value, represented as a decimal number, in floating point format, or as a ratio.

                              +

                              To represent a floating point number, expressed in scientific notation, E + notation, a variant of exponential notation, may be used. In + this format, the value is expressed as two numbers separated by the letter E. The first + number, the significand (sometimes called the mantissa) is given in decimal format, while the + second is an integer. The value is obtained by multiplying the mantissa by 10 the number of + times indicated by the integer. Thus the value represented in decimal notation as 1000.0 might + be represented in scientific notation as 10E3.

                              +

                              A value expressed as a ratio is represented by two integer values separated by a solidus (/) + character. Thus, the value represented in decimal notation as 0.5 might be represented as a + ratio by the string 1/2.

                              +                               + +

                              浮動小数点形式の10進小数、あるいは比の形式で表現されるなんらかの数値。浮動小数点数を表現するには、指数表記の一種である科学的表記、通称E記法が使用できる。この形式では、値はEの文字で区切られた二つの数字で表現する。一つ目の数字である仮数は小数で、二つ目の数字は整数で表される。値は、仮数を〔二つ目の〕整数の示す回数だけ10倍することで得られる。したがって、10進小数で1000.0と表記されている値は、科学的表記では10E3となる。

                              比の値は、二つの整数を「/」で区切って表す。したがって、10進小数で0.5と表される値は、比としては1/2という文字列で表現できる。

                              +                               + +

                              Toute valeur numérique, représentée en nombre décimal, notée en virgule flottante ou + en fraction.

                              +

                              Pour représenter un nombre en virgule flottante, exprimé en notation scientifique, + E notation, une variante de la notation + exponentielle peut être utilisée. Dans ce format, la valeur est exprimée par deux + nombres séparés par la lettre E. Le premier facteur, le significande (parfois appelé mantisse) + est donné sous forme décimale, tandis que le second est un entier. La valeur est obtenue en + multipliant la mantisse par 10 fois le nombre indiqué par l'entier. Ainsi la valeur + représentée en notation décimale 1000.0 pourrait être représentée en notation + scientifique 10E3.

                              +

                              Une valeur exprimée en fraction est représentée par deux nombres entiers séparés par une + barre oblique (/). Ainsi, la valeur représentée en notation décimale 0.5 pourrait être + représentée en fraction par la chaîne de caractères 1/2.

                              +                               +                               + defines attribute values used to express an interval value. + 間隔の値の表現に用いる属性値を定義する。 + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Any value greater than zero or any one of the values + regular, irregular, unknown.

                              +                               + +

                              + ゼロより大きな数値、あるいはregular, irregular, unknownのいずれかの値。 +

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used for a non-negative +integer value used as a count. + 계산으로 사용된 음이 아닌 정수 값의 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍，用於作為總數的非負整數值 + 非負整数値を採る属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs des attributs exprimant une valeur entière et non négative utilisé pour des calculs. + define la gama de valores de atributos para números enteros no negativos usados como un cálculo. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per un numero intero non negativo impiegato come computo + + + + +

                              Any positive integer value or zero is permitted

                              +                               + +

                              正の整数値（ゼロを含む）のみが許可される。

                              +                               + +

                              Seules des valeurs positives entières sont autorisées.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values expressing a temporal + expression such as a date, a time, or a combination of them, that + conform to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition + specification. + 날짜, 시간 또는 이들의 조합과 같은 시간 표현을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의하며, 이는 W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition 명시를 따른다. + 定義表示時間的屬性值範圍，如日期、時間或兩者的結合，依照W3CXML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionspecification標準所定義。 + 日付や時間などの時間表現をとる属性値の範囲を定義する。これは、W3Cの + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに従ったものになる。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs propre à + exprimer une valeur temporelle comme une date, une période, ou une combinaison des deux + conformément aux spécifications XML Schema Part 2: + Datatypes Second Edition du W3C. + define la gama de valores de atributos que expresan un valor temporal del tipo fecha, hora, o combinación de ambas, de acuerdo con la especificación de W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              If it is likely that the value used is to be compared with + another, then a time zone indicator should always be included, and + only the dateTime representation should be used.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該属性値が他の値と比較される場合、時間帯は必ず示されるべきである。 + またはdateTimeを使うべきである(訳注：この文は修正されるかもしれな + い)。 +

                              +                               + +

                              S'il est probable que la valeur utilisée doive être comparée à + d’autres, alors une indication de fuseau horaire sera toujours incluse, et + seule la représentation de dateTime sera employée. +

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values available for representation of a duration in time using W3C datatypes. + W3C 데이터 유형을 사용해서 시간 지속을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 以W3C datatypes標準格式來定義表示一段持續性時間的屬性值範圍 + W3Cのデータ型を使用して表現できる時間幅を値域とする属性値を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant une durée temporaraire utilisant les types de données W3C + define la gama de valores de atributos disponibles para la representación de un periodo de tiempo usando tipos de datos W3C + + + + + + + + + + + a day and a half + + + + + a week + + + + + + + + + + une journée et demie + + + + + une semaine + + + + + + + + +

                              A duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, + preceded by the letter P; the letter gives the unit and may be Y + (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S (second), + in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for + the S number, which may have a decimal component + (using . as the decimal point). If any number is + 0, then that number-letter pair may be + omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) + number-letter pairs are present, then the separator T + must precede the first time number-letter + pair.

                              +

                              For complete details, see the W3C + specification.

                              +                               + +

                              + 時間幅は、先頭文字Pに続いて、数値-文字のペア列で示される。 + 文字は単位を示している。Y(年)、M(月)、D(日)、H(時間)、M(分)、S(秒) + の順番になる。数値は符号のない整数である。但し、Sの場 + 合、最後に10進数の表記記号(小数点を示す.)をとることが + ある。数値が0の場合、数値-文字のペアは省略 + されることがある。H(時間)、M(分)、S(秒)が数値-文字のペアを作る場合、 + 区切子Tを先頭にして時間を示す + 数値-文字のペアを示す必要がある。 +

                              +

                              + 詳細については、 + + W3C specificationを参照のこと。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Une durée est exprimée par une suite de paires alphanumériques, précédée par la lettre P ; la lettre donne l'unité et peut être Y + (année), M (mois), D (jour), H (heure), M (minute), ou S (seconde), + dans cet ordre. Les nombres sont des entiers non signés à l'exception du dernier, qui peut comporter une décimale (en utilisant soit + . soit , pour la virgule ; la dernière possibilité est préférable). Si un nombre est 0, alors + la paire alphanumérique peut être omise. Si les paires alphanumériques H (heure), M + (minute), ou S (seconde) sont présentes, alors le séparateur + T doit précéder la première paire alphanumérique + time.

                              +

                              Pour des détails complets, voir W3C + specification.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth +value. + 진리값을 표현하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個可能未知的真實值 + 真偽値を示す属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant la vérité d'une proposition. + define la gama de valores de atributos usados para expresar un valor cierto. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per esprimere un valore di verità + + + + +

                              The possible values of this datatype are 1 or + true, or 0 or false.

                              +

                              This datatype applies only for cases where uncertainty is + inappropriate; if the attribute concerned may have a value other + than true or false, e.g. unknown, or + inapplicable, it should have the extended version of + this datatype: teidata.xTruthValue.

                              +                               + +

                              + このデータ型が取り得る値は、1またはtrueまたは0またはfalseである。曖昧な値が許されない場合に使われるデータ型である。属性値が真偽値でない場合、例えばunknownやinapplicableの場合には、当該データ型の拡張版であるdata.xTruthValueを使うべきである。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Ce type de données ne s'applique que dans les cas où l'incertitude est + inappropriée ; c’est-à-dire si l'attribut concerné peut avoir une valeur autre + que vrai ou faux, par ex. inconnu, ou inapplicable, il devrait alors y + avoir la version étendue de ce type de données : teidata.xTruthValue. +

                              +                               +                               + extended truth value + 확장 진리값 + + 拡張真理値 + defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth value which may be unknown. + 알려지지 않을 수 있는 진리값을 표현하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個可能未知的真實值 + 不明の場合もある真偽値をとる属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant une vérité potentiellement inconnue. + define la gama de valores de atributos usados para + expresar un valor cierto potencialmente desconocido. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per + esprimere un valore di verità potenzialmente sconosciuto + + + + + + + + + + +

                              In cases where where uncertainty is inappropriate, use the + datatype teidata.TruthValue.

                              +                               + +

                              不確実性を持つべきではない場合は、データ型teidata.TruthValueを使用する。

                              +                               + +

                              Dans le cas où l'incertitude n’est pas adaptée, employer plutot + le type de données teidata.TruthValue.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used to identify a particular combination of human + language and writing system. + 인간의 언어와 문자 체계의 특별한 조합을 식별하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍標明人類語言與寫作系統的特殊結合 + 自然言語と表記体系の組合せを示す表現を値域とする属性値を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant + une combinaison particulière du langage humain avec un système d'écriture. + define la gama de valores de atributos usados para + identificar una combinación determinada de lenguaje y escritura humanos. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per + identificare una determinata combinazione di linguaggio e sistema di scrittura umani + + + + + + + + + +

                              The values for this attribute are language tags as defined in BCP 47. Currently BCP 47 comprises RFC 5646 + and RFC 4647; over time, other IETF documents may succeed these as the best current practice.

                              +

                              A language tag, per BCP 47, is assembled from a sequence of components + or subtags separated by the hyphen character (-, U+002D). + The tag is made of the following subtags, in the following order. Every subtag except the + first is optional. If present, each occurs only once, except the fourth and fifth components + (variant and extension), which are repeatable. + + The IANA-registered code for the language. This is almost always the same as the ISO + 639 2-letter language code if there is one. The list of available registered language + subtags can be found at . It is recommended + that this code be written in lower case. + + The ISO 15924 code for the script. These codes consist of 4 letters, and it is + recommended they be written with an initial capital, the other three letters in lower + case. The canonical list of codes is maintained by the Unicode Consortium, and is + available at . The IETF + recommends this code be omitted unless it is necessary to make a distinction you need. + + Either an ISO 3166 country code or a UN M.49 region code that is registered with IANA + (not all such codes are registered, e.g. UN codes for economic groupings or codes for + countries for which there is already an ISO 3166 2-letter code are not registered). The + former consist of 2 letters, and it is recommended they be written in upper case; the list + of codes can be searched or browsed at . The latter consist of 3 digits; the list of codes can be found at . + + An IANA-registered variation. These codes are used to indicate + additional, well-recognized variations that define a language or its dialects that are + not covered by other available subtags. + + An extension has the format of a single letter followed by a + hyphen followed by additional subtags. There are currently only two + extensions in use. Extension T indicates that the + content was transformed. For example en-t-it could be + used for content in English that was translated from + Italian. Extension T is described in the informational RFC 6497. Extension + U can be used to embed a variety of locale + attributes. It is described in the informational RFC 6067. + + An extension that uses the initial subtag of the single letter + x (i.e., starts with x-) has no meaning except as + negotiated among the parties involved. These should be used with great care, since they + interfere with the interoperability that use of RFC 4646 is intended to promote. In order + for a document that makes use of these subtags to be TEI-conformant, a corresponding + language element must be present in the TEI header. + +

                              +

                              There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that + do not match the above syntax, but are present because they have been + grandfathered from previous specifications.

                              +

                              Second, an entire language tag can consist of only a private use subtag. These tags start + with x-, and do not need to follow any further rules established by the IETF and + endorsed by these Guidelines. Like all language tags that make use of private use subtags, the + language in question must be documented in a corresponding language element in the + TEI header.

                              +

                              Examples include + + Shona + + Taiwanese + + Chinese written in traditional script as used in Hong Kong + + English as spoken in Sierra Leone + + Polish + + Spanish as spoken in Mexico + + Spanish as spoken in Latin America + +

                              +

                              The W3C Internationalization Activity has published a useful introduction to BCP 47, Language + tags in HTML and XML.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性値は、BCP 47で定義されている言語タグである。 + BCP 47は、RFC 5646とRFC 4647からなる。将来的に、その他のIETF文書が現状における最良の慣行としての地位を受け継ぐかもしれない。

                              +

                              BCP 47における言語タグとは、ハイフン (-, U+002D)で区切られた一連の下位タグと呼ばれる構成要素からなっている。 + 下位タグは、以下の順番に並べられる。 + 下位タグは、初めの1つ以外は必須でない。もし存在するときは、それぞれの下位タグは、繰返し可能な4番目と5番目の構成要素（変種と拡張）をのぞき、1度までしか用いられない。IANAに登録された、言語に対するコード。 + これは、当該言語が既にISO 639の2文字言語コードにあれば、ほとんどのばあい、それと同一である。 + 利用可能な言語下位タグのリストはにある。 + 言語コードは、小文字で書くことが推奨されている。 + ISO 15924による用字系を示すコード。 + 4文字から構成され、先頭の文字は大文字で、残りの3文字は小文字で書くことが推奨されている。 + 公式なコードのリストは、ユニコードコンソーシアムが管理しており、 から入手することができる。 + IETFでは、不要であれば当該コードを省略することを推奨している。 + IANAに登録されたISO 3166の国名コードまたはUN M.49による地域コード (但し全てが〔IANAに〕登録されてはいない。例えば、UNコードのうち、経済圏やISO 3166の2文字コードが存在するものは含まれない)。 + このうち前者は、2文字から構成され、大文字で書かれることが推奨されている。このコードのリストは、 にあり、確認できる。 + 後者は、数字3桁から構成されている。このコードは、 にある。 + IANAに登録された変種。 + このコードは、他の下位タグでは対応できない、その他のよく知られている言語や方言として定義される変種を示すために使用される。 + 拡張は、英字1文字、ハイフン、後続する（1つ以上の）下位タグの形式からなる。 + これは、BCP 47が将来拡張された時のためにある。執筆時点ではそのような拡張はない。〔2024年時点ではuとtの2つの拡張が存在する。〕 + 拡張の先頭の下位タグがx1文字である (すなわち、x-で始まる) ものは、関係者間で取り決めがある場合のみ意味を持つ。 + このコードは十分に注意して使用しなければならない。これは、RFC 4646を使用する目的である相互運用性を損なうからである。〔現在ではRFC 4646は廃止され、RFC 5646を使用すべきである。〕 + 文書内で私用タグを使う場合、TEIに準拠するためにはlanguage要素をTEIヘッダー中に記述しなければならない。

                              +

                              上記記述形式には、2つの例外がある。 + ひとつは、IANAレジストリにある言語タグには、上述の形式に違反しているが有効なものがある。これはIANAでは以前の形式では許容されていた歴史的例外だからである。

                              +

                              ふたつめは、言語タグ全体を私用タグにすることができる。 + x-で始まるタグの内容は、IETFにある他の規定にも当該TEIガイドラインにある規定にも従う必要はない。 + 私用タグを含む言語タグと同様に、その言語をTEIヘッダーにあるlanguage要素に記述しなければならない。

                              +

                              言語コードには、以下のようなものがある。 + ショナ語 + 中国語（台湾） + 繁体字中国語（香港） + 英語（シエラレオネ） + ポーランド語 + スペイン語（メキシコ） + スペイン語（ラテンアメリカ）

                              + W3Cの国際化活動では、BCP 47の解説 「HTMLとXMLで使用される言語タグ」を以下に用意している。

                              +                               + +

                              Les valeurs pour cet attribut sont les étiquettes de langue définies + dans la norme BCP 47. Actuellement, la norme BCP 47 + intègre les normes RFC 4646 et RFC 4647 ; à l'avenir, d'autres documents de l'IETF pourront leur succéder en + tant que meilleure pratique.

                              +

                              Une étiquette de langue, pour la norme BCP 47, est formée par l'assemblage d'une + suite de composants ou de sous-étiquettes reliés par un trait d'union + (-, U+002D). L'étiquette est composée des sous-étiquettes suivantes, + dans l'ordre indiqué. Chaque sous-étiquette est facultative, à l'exception de la première. + Chacune ne peut avoir qu'une occurrence, sauf les quatrième et cinquième (variante + et extension), qui sont répétables. + + Code de langue enregistré par l'IANA. Il est presque toujours identique au code + de langue alphabétique ISO 639-2, s'il y en a un. La liste des sous-étiquettes de langue + enregistrées est disponible à : . Il est recommandé + d'écrire ce code en minuscules. + + Code ISO 15924 pour l'écriture. Ces codes sont constitués de 4 lettres, et il est + recommandé d'écrire la première lettre en majuscule, les trois autres en minuscules. La + liste canonique des codes est maintenue par le Consortium Unicode, et elle est disponible + à : . L'IETF recommande + d'omettre ce code, sauf s'il est nécessaire pour établir une distinction. + + Soit un code de pays ISO 3166, soit un code de région UN M.49 enregistré par + l'IANA (tous les codes de ce type ne sont pas enregistrés : par exemple, ne sont pas + enregistrés les codes UN pour des regroupements économiques ou les codes de pays pour + lesquels il existe déjà un code de pays alphabétique ISO 3166-2). Le premier est constitué de + 2 lettres, et il est recommandé de l'écrire en majuscules. La liste des codes est + disponible à : . Le second est constitué de 3 chiffres ; la liste des codes est disponible à : . + + Variante enregistrée par l'IANA. Ces codes sont utilisés + pour indiquer des variantes additionnelles et bien établies, qui définissent une langue + ou ses dialectes et qui ne sont pas couverts par d'autres sous-étiquettes + existantes. + + Une extension a la forme d'une lettre unique, suivie d'un trait d'union, lui-même suivi de sous-étiquettes additionnelles. Ces dernières existent pour tenir compte d'une future extension + de la norme BCP 47, mais à l'heure actuelle de telles extensions ne sont pas utilisées. + + Une extension utilisant la sous-étiquette initiale de la lettre + x (i.e., commençant par x-) n'a pas d'autre signification + que celle négociée entre les parties impliquées. Ces sous-étiquettes doivent être utilisées avec + beaucoup de prudence, car elles interfèrent avec l'interopérabilité que l'utilisation de + la norme RFC 4646 vise à promouvoir. Pour qu'un document qui utilise ces sous-étiquettes soit + conforme à la TEI, un élément language correspondant doit être présent dans + l'en-tête TEI. + +

                              +

                              Il y a deux exceptions au format ci-dessus. Premièrement, il y a des codes de langue dans + le registre de l'IANA + qui ne correspondent pas à la syntaxe ci-dessus, mais qui sont présents car ils ont été + hérités de spécifications antérieures.

                              +

                              En second lieu, une étiquette complète de langue peut consister seulement en une sous-étiquette d'usage privé. Ces étiquettes commencent par x- ; il n'est pas + nécessaire qu'elles suivent les autres règles établies par l'IETF et acceptées par les présents + Principes directeurs. Comme toutes les étiquettes de langue qui utilisent des sous-étiquettes d'usage + privé, la langue en question doit être documentée dans un élément correspondant language dans l'en-tête TEI.

                              +

                              Les exemples incluent : + + Shona + + Taïwanais + + Chinois de Hong Kong écrit dans l'écriture traditionnelle + + Anglais parlé au Sierra Leone + + Polonais + + Espagnol parlé au Mexique + + Espagnol parlé en Amérique latine + +

                              +

                              La W3C Internationalization Activity a publié une introduction à la norme BCP 47 dont la lecture peut être utile : Language + tags in HTML and XML.

                              + +                               + + 6.1. Language Identification + +                               + defines the range of attribute values used to indicate XML namespaces as defined by the W3C + Namespaces in XML + Technical Recommendation. + W3C Namespaces in XML 기술적 권고안에 의해 + 정의된 XML 이름공간을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍指出XML名稱空間，由XML technical + recommendation中的W3C名稱空間所定義。 + W3Cの + XML名前空間で定義されている名前空間を示す属性値の範囲を示す。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant une espace de noms XML tels qu'ils + sont définis par le + W3C. + define la gama de valores de atributos usados para + indicar los nombres de los espacios en XML como establecen las recomendaciones técnicas del W3C + para los + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per + indicare i nomi degli spazi in XML come stabilito dalle raccomandazioni tecniche del W3C per gli + spazi dei nomi in XML. + + + + +

                              The range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier + (URI): Generic Syntax + +

                              +                               + +

                              当該データ値は、RFC 2396 Uniform Resource + Identifier (URI) Reference + に定義されている。

                              +                               + +

                              La gamme des valeurs syntaxiquement valides est définie par RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier + (URI): Generic Syntax + .

                              + +                               +                               + defines a range of values for use in specifying the size of an object that is intended for + display. + 웹에서 디스플레이 목적의 대상 크기를 명시하는 값의 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍說明預定呈現在網路上之物件大小 + 表示を意図するオブジェクトの寸法を指定するための値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme de valeurs exprimant + les dimensions d'un objet destiné à être affiché. + define una gama de valores para emplearlos en la + especificación de las dimensiones de un objeto que se ha de incluir in la red. + definisce una gamma di valori da impiegare nello + specificare le dimensioni di un oggetto da inserire in rete + + + + + +
                              + The TEI Logo + Stylized yellow angle brackets with the letters TEI in + between and text encoding initiative underneath, all on a white + background. + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + Le logo TEI + +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              These values map directly onto the values used by XSL-FO and CSS. For definitions of the + units see those specifications; at the time of this writing the most complete list is in the + CSS3 working draft.

                              +                               + +

                              当該値は、XSLFOやCSSで使用される値になる。詳細は各規格を参照のこと。 現時点で一番詳細なリストは、 CSS3 working + draftになる。

                              +                               + +

                              Ces valeurs peuvent être reportées directement sur des valeurs utilisées par XSL-FO et CSS. Pour les + définitions des unités, voir ces spécifications ; à ce jour la + liste la plus complète est dans un + CSS3 working draft.

                              +                               + +                               + + defines attribute values which + are expressed as a regular expression. + 정규표현으로 표시된 속성 값을 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍以固定方法表示 + 正規表現を属性値として定義する。 + définit la gamme des valeurs + d'attributs exprimant une expression régulière. + define una gama de valores de + atributos expresados como una expresión regular. + definisce una gamma di valori di + attributi rappresentati come espressione regolare + + + + +

                              + + A regular expression, often called a pattern, is an + expression that describes a set of strings. They are usually used to + give a concise description of a set, without having to list all + elements. For example, the set containing the three strings + Handel, Händel, and + Haendel can be described by the pattern + H(ä|ae?)ndel (or alternatively, it is said that the + pattern H(ä|ae?)ndel + matches each of the three strings) + Wikipedia + +

                              +

                              This TEI datatype is mapped to the XSD token datatype, and may therefore + contain any string of characters. However, it is recommended that the + value used conform to the particular flavour of regular expression syntax + supported by XSD Schema.

                              + +                               + +

                              + 正規表現は、よくパタン/パターンともいわれるもので、文字列の集合を記述するための表現方法である。一般には、簡潔な表現で、 すべての要素を列挙することなく集合を表現するために使用される。例えば、三つの文字列Handel, Händel, Haendel〔訳注：これらはすべて「ヘンデル」の異表記〕を、一つのパタンH(ä|ae?)ndelで記述することができる（あるいは、H(ä|ae?)ndelは、三つの文字列のいずれにもマッチするといわれる）。wikipedia +

                              +                               + +

                              + + Une expression régulière, souvent appelée modèle, + est une expression qui décrit un jeu de chaînes de caractères. Elles + sont généralement utilisées pour donner une brève description d'un + jeu, sans avoir à en lister tous les éléments. Par exemple, le jeu + contenant les trois chaînes de caractères + Handel, Händel, et + Haendel peut être décrit comme le modèle + H(ä|ae?)ndel (ou on peut dire que + H(ä|ae?)ndel + équivaut à chacune des trois chaînes) + wikipedia + wikipedia + +

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used to provide a single + URI, absolute or relative, pointing to some other +resource, either within the current document or elsewhere. + 현 문서 또는 다른 곳 어디서든 다른 자원에 대한 단일 포인터를 제공하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍提供單一指標，連結到其他位於目前文件或他處的資源 + 現在の文書や他の場所にあるなんらかの他の資源を指す単一の相対URIもしくは絶対URIを提供するために用いる属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs utilisées + pour fournir un pointeur URI unique sur une autre ressource, soit dans le document courant, soit + dans un autre document. + define una gama de valores de atributos usados para proporcionar un indicador de cualquier recurso, bien en el documento corriente o en otro. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per indicare un unico puntatore rispetto a qualsiasi altra risorsa all'interno del documento corrente o altrove + + + + +

                              The range of syntactically valid values is defined by + RFC 3986 + Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic + Syntax. Note that the values themselves are encoded using + RFC + 3987 + Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) mapping + to URIs. For example, + https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/% is encoded + as https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%25 + while http://موقع.وزارة-الاتصالات.مصر/ is encoded as + http://xn--4gbrim.xn----rmckbbajlc6dj7bxne2c.xn--wgbh1c/ +

                              +                               + +

                              + シンタクス上正しい値の範囲はRFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntaxで定義されている。値自体はRFC 3987 Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs)をURIにマッピングして符号化する。たとえば、https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%は https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%25と符号化され、http://موقع.وزارة-الاتصالات.مصر/はhttp://xn--4gbrim.xn----rmckbbajlc6dj7bxne2c.xn--wgbh1c/と符号化される。 +

                              +                               + +

                              La gamme des valeurs valides syntaxiquement est définie parRFC 3986 + Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic + Syntax + +

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values which may be used to + specify a TEI or Unicode version number. + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut + exprimant un numéro de version TEI. + TEIあるいはUnicodeのバージョン番号を指定するために使用できる属性値の範囲を定義する。 + + + + +

                              The value of this attribute follows the pattern specified by + the Unicode consortium for its version number (). A version number + contains digits and fullstop characters only. The first number + supplied identifies the major version number. A second and third + number, for minor and sub-minor version numbers, may also be + supplied. +

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur de cet attribut devrait suivre le format proposé par + le Consortium Unicode pour identifier les versions (). Un numéro de version + ne contient que des chiffres et des points. Le numéro + initiale identifie le numéro majeur de la version. Un deuxième et + un troisième numéro sont aussi disponibles pour la numérotation + facultative des versions mineures ou sous-mineurs. +

                              +                               + +

                              この属性の値はUnicodeコンソーシアムがバージョン番号のために定めた書式 () に従う。一つのバージョン番号は数字とピリオドのみからなる。与えられた1番目の数字がメジャーバージョンを示す。2番目と3番目の数字をマイナーバージョンとサブマイナーバージョンを示すために付加することができる。

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used for version numbers. + バージョン番号に使用される属性値の範囲を定義する。 + + + + +

                              + + + defines attribute values which contain a replacement template. + 置換テンプレートを含む属性値を定義する。 + + + + +

                              + + + defines attribute values which contain an XPath expression. + XPath式を含む属性を定義する。 + + + + +

                              Any XPath expression using the syntax + defined in 6.2. .

                              +

                              When writing programs that evaluate XPath expressions, + programmers should be mindful of the possibility of malicious code + injection attacks. For further information about XPath injection + attacks, see the article at + OWASP.

                              +                               + +

                              XPath式は、6.2. で定義された文法を用いる。

                              +

                              XPath式を評価するプログラムを作成するときは、プログラマーはコー + ドインジェクション攻撃の可能性に留意すべきである。XPathのインジェ + クション攻撃については、OWASP + に掲載された記事を参照せよ。

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single + word or token. + 단일 단어 또는 토큰으로 표현된 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個單字或代號 + いち単語またはトークンをとる属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des + valeurs d'attributs exprimant un seul mot ou signe. + define una gama de valores de atributos expresados como una única palabra o señal. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come singola parola o singolo token + + + + +

                              Attributes using this datatype must contain a single + word which contains only letters, digits, + punctuation characters, or symbols: thus it cannot include + whitespace.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該データ型を使用する属性値は、ひとつの単語 + になる。単語とは、文字、数字、句読点などの記号から構成されている。 + 空白文字は含むことができない。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs employant ce type de données doivent contenir un + mot simple ne contenant que des lettres, des chiffres, + des signes de ponctuation, ou des symboles : ils ne peuvent donc pas inclure + d’espace. +

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values used to express some + kind of identifying string as a single sequence + of Unicode characters possibly including whitespace. + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs + exprimant une chaine de caracteres Unicode, y compris des + espaces blancs. + 空白文字を含みうるUnicode文字の単一の列として表現される何らかの識別のための文字列を示す属性値の範囲を定義する。 + + + + +

                              Attributes using this datatype must contain a single + token in which whitespace and other + punctuation characters are permitted.

                              +                               + +

                              このデータ型を用いる属性は、単一のトークン（空白文字や句読点を入れてもよい）を含まなければならない。

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values expressed as an XML Name. + XML 이름으로 표현되는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍以XML名稱或識別符碼表示 + XML名前としてある属性値の範囲を定義する。 + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant + un nom XML. + define la gama de valores de atributos expresados como + identificador o un nombre en XML. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come + identificatore o nome XML + + + + +

                              Attributes using this datatype must contain a single word which follows the rules defining a + legal XML name (see ): for example they + cannot include whitespace or begin with digits.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性は、妥当なXML名前(詳細は を参照)である + ひとつの単語をとる。例えば、空白文字を含まず、数字が先頭文字にこな いもの。

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs utilisant ce type de données doivent contenir un seul mot, qui suit les règles + de définition d'un nom XML valide (voir ) : + par exemple ils ne peuvent contenir de blancs ou commencer par des chiffres.

                              +                               +                               + defines attribute values which contain an XML name. + XML名を含む属性の値を定義する。 + + + + +

                              The rules defining an XML name form a part of the XML Specification.

                              +                               + +

                              XML名を定める規 則はXMLの仕様に記載されている。

                              +                               +                               + defines a range of values that may function as a URI scheme name. + + + + +

                              This datatype is used to constrain a string of characters to + one that can be used as a URI scheme name according to RFC 3986, section + 3.1. Thus only the 26 lowercase letters a–z, the 10 + digits 0–9, the plus sign, the period, and the hyphen are + permitted, and the value must start with a letter.

                              +                               +                               + defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single XML name taken from a list of + documented possibilities. + 기록된 확률의 목록으로부터 얻어진 단일 XML 이름으로 표현된 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 定義的屬性值範圍以單字或代號呈現，該單字或代號出自於一份紀錄所有可能性的列表 + 定められた選択肢の一覧から選ばれる単一のXML名前を値域とする属性値を定義する。 + définit la gamme de + valeurs des attributs exprimant un nom XML + extrait d'une liste de possibilités documentées. + define la gama de valores de atributos expresados como + una única palabra o señal tomada de una lista de posibilidades documentadas. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come + singola parola o token tratto da una lista di possibilità attestate + + + + +

                              Attributes using this datatype must contain a single + word which contains only letters, digits, + punctuation characters, or symbols: thus it cannot include + whitespace.

                              +

                              Typically, the list of documented possibilities will be provided (or exemplified) by a value + list in the associated attribute specification, expressed with a valList element.

                              +                               + +

                              このデータ型を使用する属性は、このデータ型のために定義されたパターンと一致する単一の単語を含めなければならない。たとえば、空白は含むことはできないが、数字で始まってもよい。定められた選択肢の一覧は、典型的には関連する属性指定のなかでvalList要素による値のリストの形で提供（または例示）される。

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs utilisant ce type de données doivent contenir un mot qui suit les règles de + définition d'un nom XML valide (voir ): + par exemple ils ne peuvent pas contenir des blancs ni commencer par des chiffres.

                              +

                              Normalement, la liste des possibilités documentées est fournie (ou exemplifiée) par une liste + de valeurs dans la spécification de l'attribut associé, exprimée par un élément + valList.

                              +                               +                               + defines a range of attribute values which can be expressed either as a numeric + probability or as a coded certainty value. + + + + + + + + provides attributes for defining a mathematical formula. + + + A formula is provided to describe a mathematical calculation such as a conversion between measurement systems. + + + + + + + + + + + + The stadium was a Roman unit of linear measurement equivalent to 625 pedes, or Roman feet. + + + + + + + + + + + + + In the Potrzebie system of measures as introduced by Donald Knuth, the whatmeworry unit of power is equivalent to one hah per kovac. + + + + + The kilowhatmeworry is equivalent to 1000 whatmeworries. + + + + + One unit of aeolipower (A.P.) is equivalent to 100 kilowhatmeworries. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              This attribute class provides formula for use in defining a value used in mathematical calculation. It can be used to store a mathematical operation needed to convert from one system of measurement to another. We use the teidata.xpath datatype to express this value in order to communicate mathematical operations on an XML node or nodes. The $fromUnit variable notation simplifies referencing of the fromUnit attribute on the parent conversion element. Note that div is required to express the division operator in XPath.

                              +                               + + 2.3.9. The Unit Declaration + +                               + provides attributes for referencing locations by pointing to entries in a canonical list of places. + + + indicates one or more locations by pointing to a place element or other canonical description. + indique une ou plusieurs localisations en pointant vers un élément place ou autre description canonique. + indica una o más localizaciónes señalando un elemento place u otra descripción canónica. + indica una o più posizioni facendo riferimento a un elemento place o altra descrizione canonica. + + + + + 2.3.9. The Unit Declaration + 14.3.4.3. States, Traits, and Events + + + groups elements which define the + parts (usually names, dates and places) of one action related to the correspondence. + + groups elements which may + appear as part of the correspContext element. + + groups together metadata + elements for describing correspondence. + + groups separate elements + which constitute the content of a digital resource, as opposed to its + metadata. + TEI 문서를 구성하는 헤더 및 텍스트와 함께 나타날 수 있는 비테스트적 요소를 모아 놓는다. + agrupa los elementos no-textuales que pueden aparecer junto al encabezado y un texto para constituir un documento de TEI. + ヘダーやTEI文書を構成するテキストと共に出現する、非テキスト要素をま + とめる。 + regroupe des éléments non-textuels qui, avec un +en-tête et un texte, constitue un document TEI. + raggruppa elementi non testuali che possono costituire un documento TEI insieme a un'intestazione e a un testo + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + groups elements which + contain the content of a digital resource and its metadata; these + elements may serve as the outermost or root + element of a TEI-conformant document. + + 1.3. The TEI Class System + + + attributes for components of names usually, but not necessarily, personal names + 사람 이름의 성분에 대한 속성 + 用於個人名稱元件的屬性 + attributs des composantes des noms de personnes + atributos para los componentes de nombres propios de persona + attributi per componenti di nomi propri di persona + 名前を構成するもののための属性。通常は人物名だが、必ずしもそうとは限らない。 + common attributes for those elements which form part of a name usually, but not necessarily, a personal name. + 사람 이름의 부분을 형성하는 요소에 대한 공통 속성 + 構成部分個人名稱的元素所用之通用屬性 + 名前の構成要素となる要素に付与される一般的な属性。通常は人物名だが、必ずしもそうとは限らない。 + attributs communs des éléments qui composent un nom de personne. + atributos comunes para los elementos que forman parte de un nombre propio de persona. + attributi comuni agli + elementi che compongono un nome proprio di persona + + + + + + + indicates whether the name component is given in full, as an +abbreviation or simply as an initial. + 축약 또는 이니셜로 간단하게 이름 성분이 완전히 제시된 것인지의 여부를 나타낸다. + 指出所提供的名稱元件是否完整，為一縮寫或僅為一字首字母。 + 当該名前要素は省略がないか、省略形か、イニシャルのような簡単なも + のか示す。 + indique si la composante du nom est donnée en intégralité, sous forme d'abréviation ou simplement d'initiale. + indica si el componente del nombre aparece por completo, como una abreviatura o como una inicial. + indica se la componente del nome compare per esteso, come abbreviazione o come iniziale + + yes + + + yes + complet + the name component is spelled out in full. + 이름 성분이 완전히 제시된다. + 該名稱元件的拼字完整。 + el componente nombre se deletrea por completo. + 当該名前要素は、省略無く示されている。 + la composante du nom est orthographiée en intégralité. + la componente del nome compare per esteso + + + abbreviated + 축약된 + abrégé + abbreviato + el componente del nombre aparece como forma abreviada. + 省略された + the name component is given in an abbreviated form. + 이름 성분이 축약형으로 제시된다. + 該名稱元件為縮寫形式。 + el componente conocido se da en una forma abreviada. + 当該名前要素には、省略がある。 + la composante du nom est donnée sous forme abrégée. + la componente del nome compare in forma abbreviata + + + initial letter + 이니셜 문자 + initiale + lettera iniziale + el componente del nombre aparece mediante la inicial. + イニシャルの + the name component is indicated only by +one initial. + 이름 성분이 하나의 이니셜(첫글자)로 제시되었다. + 該名稱元件僅以一字首字母表示。 + el componente conocido es indicado solamente por una inicial. + 当該名前要素は、イニシャルだけで示されている。 + la composante du nom n'est indiquée que par sa lettre initiale. + la componente del nome è indicata da una sola iniziale + + + + + sort + ordre + 並び替え + specifies the sort order of the name component in relation to others within the name. + 사람 이름 내에 다른 것과 관련된 이름 성분의 정렬 순서를 명시한다. + 指明個人名稱中該名稱元件與其他元件之間的排列順序。 + 名前の並び替えにおいて、その名前要素が他の構成要素との関係で何番目に優先されるかを指定する。 + précise dans quel ordre est placé la composante par rapport aux autres dans le nom d'une personne. + especifica la posición del componente al interno del nombre propio de persona en relación con los otros componentes. + specifica la posizione della componente all'interno del nome proprio di persona in relazione alle altre componenti + + + + + 14.2.1. Personal Names + + + provides attributes for indicating calendar systems to which a date belongs. + assegna attributi per indicare i sistemi o calendari ai quali appartiene una data. + + + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 (Feb. 11, 1731/32, + O.S.). + + + + + He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 + (Feb. 11, 1731/32, O.S.). + + + + + Dienstag 7/19 + Mai. + + + + L'année + 1960 fut, en vertu du calendrier grégorien, bissextile ; le 22 juin tomba ainsi le jour de + l'été, le 22 juin. + + +

                              Note that the calendar attribute declares the calendar + system used to interpret the textual content of an element, + as it appears on an original source. It does + not modify the interpretation of the normalization + attributes provided by att.datable.w3c, + att.datable.iso, or att.datable.custom. Attributes from those first two + classes are always interpreted as Gregorian or proleptic Gregorian + dates, as per the respective standards on which they are based. The + calender system used to interpret the last (att.datable.custom) may be specified with + datingMethod.

                              +                               +

                              + calendar属性は(att.datable.customクラスで定義されるdatingMethod属性と異なり、 + 親要素によって定義される原資料の日付の暦日システムを定義するものであり、 + どの暦日に日付を正規化するかではない。

                               +                               +                               + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + 14.4. Dates + +                               + defines the range of attribute values available for representation of a duration in time + using ISO 8601 standard formats. + ISO 8601 표준 형식을 사용하여 시간의 지속을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. + 以ISO 8601標準格式定義表示一段持續性時間的屬性值範圍 + ISO 8601にある標準形式を使い、時間幅を表現する当該属性値の範囲を定義 する。 + définit la gamme de valeurs d'attributs exprimant une durée temporaraire utilisant le norme ISO 8601. + define la gama de valores de atributos posibles para + representar la duración en el tiempo usando formatos estàndards ISO 8601. + + + + + + + + + + + a day and a half + + + + + a fortnight + + + + + + + + + + une journee et demie + + + + + une quinzaine + + + + + + + + +

                              A duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, preceded by the letter P; the + letter gives the unit and may be Y (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S + (second), in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for the last, which may + have a decimal component (using either . or , as the decimal point; + the latter is preferred). If any number is 0, then that number-letter + pair may be omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) number-letter pairs are + present, then the separator T must precede the first time + number-letter pair.

                              +

                              For complete details, see ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats — Information + interchange — Representation of dates and times.

                              +                               + +

                              時間幅は、先頭文字Pに続いて、数値-文字のペア列で示される。 文字は単位を示している。Y(年)、M(月)、D(日)、H(時間)、M(分)、S(秒) + の順番になる。数値は符号のない整数である。但し、最後に10進数の 表記記号(小数点を示す.または,。後者が望 + ましい)をとることはある。数値が0の場合、 数値-文字のペアは省略されることがある。 H(時間)、M(分)、 + S(秒)が数値-文字のペアを作る場合、区切子 Tを先頭にして時間を示す数値-文字 のペアを示す必要がある。

                              +

                              詳細については、ISO 8601Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - + Representation of dates and timesを参照のこと。

                              +                               + +

                              Une durée est exprimée par une suite de paires alphanumériques, précédée par la lettre P ; + la lettre donne l'unité et peut être Y (année), M (mois), D (jour), H (heure), M (minute), ou + S (seconde), dans cet ordre. Les nombres sont des entiers sans + signe, à l'exception du dernier, + qui peut comporter une décimale (en utilisant soit . soit , pour la + virgule ; la dernière possibilité est préférable). Si un nombre est 0, + alors la paire alphanumérique peut être omise. Si les paires alphanumériques H (heure), M + (minute), ou S (seconde) sont présentes, alors le séparateur T doit précéder la + première paire alphanumérique time.

                              +

                              Pour des détails complets, voir ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats — + Information interchange — Representation of dates and times.

                              +                               +                               + provides attributes to indicate the type of section which is changing at a specific milestone. + + + provides a conventional name for the kind of section changing at this milestone. + 이 이정표에서 단락 변경을 위한 관례적 이름을 제공한다. + 提供此分界段落所使用的通用單位名稱。 + 当該標石要素がある、変化が起きるセクションの種類の名前を示す。 + fournit un nom conventionnel pour le type de section + qui change à partir de cette balise de bornage. + proporciona un nombre convencional para el tipo de + sección que cambia en este hito. + fornisce un nome convenzionale per il tipo di sezione + che cambia con l'elemento milestone. + + + + physical page beginnings (synonymous with the pb element). + 물리적 페이지 바꿈 + 分頁 (和元素pb同義) 。 + cambio físico de página (sinónimo del elemento + Pb). + 物理的な改ページ(要素pbと同義)。 + sauts de page matériels (synonymes de l'élément + pb) + interruzione di pagina (sininimo dell'elemento + pb) + + + column beginnings. + 열 바꿈 + 分段。 + cambio de columna. + 段替え。 + sauts de colonnes + interruzione di colonna + + + line beginnings (synonymous with the lb element). + 행 바꿈 + 分行 (和元素lb同義) 。 + salto de línea (sinónimo del elemento libra). + 改行(要素lbと同義)。 + sauts de ligne (synonymes de l'élémentlb) + interruzione di colonna (sinonimo dell'elemento lb) + + + any units termed book, liber, etc. + 책, 서책 등의 구분 단위 + 所有稱為書、冊、或函等的單位。 + cualquier unidad llamada libro, pliego, etc. + 冊子などの単位。 + n'importe quel unité désignée par les termes livre, liber, etc. + qualsiasi unità indicata come libro, libretto, ecc. + + + individual poems in a collection. + 모음집에서 각각의 시 + 詩集中的單首詩。 + poemas individuales de una colección. + 叢書にある独立した詩。 + poèmes séparés dans une collection + singole poesie di una raccolta. + + + cantos or other major sections of a poem. + 시의 편 또는 다른 주요 단락 + 長詩的詩篇，或詩的大段落。 + cantos u otras secciones importantes de un poema. + 韻文の編や節。 + chants ou autres parties principales dans une + poésie + canti o altre sezioni principali di una + poesia. + + + changes of speaker or narrator. + changement de locuteur ou de narrateur + + + stanzas within a poem, book, or canto. + 시, 책, 또는 시편에서 연 + 一首詩、一本書、或一詩篇中的詩節。 + estrofas dentro de un poema, de un libro, o de un + canto. + 詩、冊子、編中にある連。 + strophes dans une poésie, livre, ou chant + stanze di una poesia, libro o canti. + + + acts within a play. + 희곡에서 막 + 劇本中的幕。 + actos dentro de un drama. + 芝居中の幕。 + actes dans une pièce + atti di un'opera teatrale + + + scenes within a play or act. + 희곡 또는 막에서 장 + 劇本中的景。 + escenas dentro de un drama o de un acto. + 芝居または幕中の場。 + scènes dans une pièce ou dans un acte + scene di un'opera teatrale o di un atto. + + + sections of any kind. + 어떤 종류에서 절 + 任何種類的段落。 + secciones de cualquier tipo. + 各種のセクション。 + parties de toute catégorie. + sezioni di qualsiasi natura. + + + passages not present in the reference edition. + 참조 판에 단락이 표시되어 있지 않다. + 該段文字未在參照版本中出現。 + pasajes no presentes en la edición de referencia. + 参照版中にはない一節。 + passages qui ne sont pas présents dans l'édition + de référence. + passaggi non presenti nell'edizione di + riferimento. + + + passages present in the text, but not to be included as part of the reference. + passages figurant dans le texte, mais qui ne sont + pas destinés à être inclus comme élément de référence. + + + + + ... ... + + + ... + ... + + + ... + ... + + +

                              If the milestone marks the beginning of a piece of text not present in the reference + edition, the special value absent may be used as the value of + unit. The normal interpretation is that the reference edition does not contain + the text which follows, until the next milestone tag for the edition in question + is encountered.

                              +

                              In addition to the values suggested, other terms may be appropriate (e.g. + Stephanus for the Stephanus numbers in Plato).

                              + +

                              The type attribute may be used to characterize the unit boundary in any + respect other than simply identifying the type of unit, for example as word-breaking or + not.

                              +                               + +

                              Si l'élément milestone marque le début d'un fragment de texte qui n'est pas + présent dans l'édition de référence, la valeur absent peut être donnée à + l'attribut unit. On comprendra alors que l'édition de référence ne contient pas + le fragment de texte qui suit et qui s'achève à la balise milestone suivante dans + le texte.

                              +

                              En plus des valeurs proposées pour cet attribut, d'autres termes peuvent être appropriés + (par ex. Stephanus pour les numéros dits de Henri Estienne dans les éditions + de Platon).

                              +

                              L'attribut type sera utilisé pour caractériser l’unité de bornage sans autre + précaution d’emploi que celle de l'identification du type d'unité, par exemple s’il s’agit + d’un mot coupé ou pas.

                              +                               + +

                              標石要素が参照版中にはないテキスト部分の始点を示す場合、属性 unitには、特別な値absentが付与されるか + もしれない。一般的な解釈では、等が版に対応する次の要素 milestoneが出現するまで、当該参照版はテキストを含まな い。

                              +

                              ここに挙げた属性値以外にも適切なものはあるだろう(例えば、プラ トンの作品を表すステファヌス番号を示す値Stephanus など。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + 2.3.6.3. Milestone Method + 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration + +                               + paragraph + 문단 + 段落 + paragraphe + párrafo + paragrafo + Absatz + marks paragraphs in prose. + 산문에서 문단을 표시한다. + 標記散文的段落。 + 散文の段落を示す。 + marque les paragraphes dans un texte en prose. + marca párrafos en prosa. + indica i paragrafi in prosa + markiert einen Absatz in einem Prosatext. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Paragraphs may not occur inside other paragraphs or ab elements. + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, p, or ab, unless p is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. + + + + + + +

                              Hallgerd was outside. There is blood on your axe, she said. What have you + done? +

                              +

                              I have now arranged that you can be married a second time, replied Thjostolf.

                              +

                              Then you must mean that Thorvald is dead, she said.

                              +

                              Yes, said Thjostolf. And now you must think up some plan for me. +

                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              C'était à Mégara, faubourg de Carthage, dans les jardins d'Hamilcar.

                              +

                              Les soldats qu'il avait commandés en Sicile se donnaient un grand festin pour célébrer + le jour anniversaire de la bataille d'Eryx, et comme le maître était absent et qu'ils se + trouvaient nombreux, ils mangeaient et ils buvaient en pleine liberté.

                              +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              我抬起頭，他打開了一扇窗戶，探出頭來。先生？ +

                              你要去哪。葛里葉？

                              去藥劑師那裡，先生。太太要我去，替男孩拿點東西。

                              你能不能也替我拿點東西？

                              ㄒㄒ +

                              當然能，先生。 忽然間風好像沒那麼刺骨了。 等一下，我把它寫下來。 +

                              +                               +                               + + 3.1. Paragraphs + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + +                               + foreign + 외국어 + 外文 + étranger + extranjero + straniero + fremd + identifies a word or phrase as belonging to some language other than that of the + surrounding text. + 주변 텍스트와 다른 언어로 사용된 단어나 구를 표시한다. + 標明所屬語言不同於週遭文字的字詞。 + 記述のベースで使われている言語と異なる言語による語句を定義する。 + reconnaît un mot ou une expression comme + appartenant à une langue différente de celle du contexte. + identidica una palabra o frase perteneciente a otra + lengua distinta de la del resto del texto en que se incluye. + identifica una parola o un sintagma appartenente ad + una lingua diversa da quella del testo circostante. + identifiziert ein Wort oder eine Phrase, die zu einer anderen Sprache gehört, als der umgebende Text. + + + + + + + + + + This is + heathen Greek to you still? Your lapis + philosophicus? + + + Et vobis messieurs, +Ce ne seroyt que bon que nous rendissiez noz cloches... + + + +

                              Pendant ce temps-là, dans le bureau du rez- de-chaussée, les secrétaires faisaient du + hulla-hoop.

                              +                               +                               + + 整天窩在家裏看卡通打電動，你是御宅族嗎? + + +

                              The global xml:lang attribute should be supplied for this element to + identify the language of the word or phrase marked. As elsewhere, its value + should be a language tag as defined in 6.1. Language Identification.

                              +

                              This element is intended for use only where no other element is available to mark + the phrase or words concerned. The global xml:lang attribute + should be used in preference to this element where it is intended to mark + the language of the whole of some text element.

                              +

                              The distinct element may be used to identify phrases belonging to + sublanguages or registers not generally regarded as true languages.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut global xml:lang doit être fourni dans cet élément pour + identifier la langue à laquelle appartiennent le mot ou l'expression + balisée. Comme ailleurs, sa valeur devrait être une balise de langue définie + dans 6.1. Language Identification.

                              +

                              Cet élément n'est utilisé que lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autre élément disponible pour + baliser l'expression ou les mots concernés. L'attribut global + xml:lang doit être préféré à cet élément lorsqu'il s'agit de + caractériser la langue de l'ensemble d'un élément textuel.

                              +

                              L'élément distinct peut être utilisé pour identifier des expressions + appartenant à des variétés de langue ou à des registres qui ne sont pas + généralement considérés comme de vraies langues.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo global xml:lang se debe suministrar para que este + elemento identifique la lengua de la palabra o de la frase marcada. Como en + otras partes, su valor debe ser una etiqueta de lengua según lo definido en + 6.1. Language Identification.

                              +

                              Este elemento se reserva para los casos en que no hay disponible otro elemento + para marcar la frase o las palabras referidas. Es preferente el uso del + atributo global xml:lang a este elemento donde se quiere marcar + la lengua del conjunto de un cierto elemento del texto.

                              +

                              El elemento distinto se puede utilizar para identificar las frases que + pertenecen a sublenguajes o a registros no considerados generalmente como + lenguas verdaderas.

                              +                               + +

                              マークアップされた語句の言語を特定するには、グローバル属性 xml:langを使うべきである。その値は6.1. Language Identificationで 定義されている言語コードであるべきである。

                              +

                              当該要素は、当該語句に他の要素が使えない時にのみ使用されることが期 待されている。グローバル属性xml:langが、テキスト全体の言 + 語を示すために使用されている場合でも、当該要素の言語を指示するために 使用されるべきである。

                              +

                              要素distinctは、特殊言語、すなわち正統な言語とは一般には 認められていない言語による語句を示す場合にも使われるかもしれない。

                              +                               + +

                              Das globale xml:lang-Attribut sollte mit diesem Element verwendet werden, um die + Sprache des markierten Wortes oder der markierten Phrase anzugeben. Der Wert dieses Attributs + soll den Empfehlungen von 6.1. Language Identification folgen.

                              +

                              Das foreign-Element sollte nur dann benutzt werden, wenn sonst keine anderen + Elemente zur Verfügung stehen, um das betroffene Wort oder die Phrase zu markieren. Wird das + foreign-Element nicht verwendet, sollte das globale xml:lang-Attribut + bevorzugt verwendet werden, um eine Sprache dem Inhalt eines Elements zuzuweisen.

                              +

                              Das distinct-Element kann verwendet werden, um Phrasen, die zu Subsprachen, + Sprachregister oder Varietäten gehören, auszuzeichnen.

                              +                               + + 3.3.2.1. Foreign Words or Expressions + +                               + emphasized + 강조 + 強調 + mis en valeur + enfatizado + enfatizzato + marks words or phrases which are stressed or emphasized for + linguistic or rhetorical effect. + 언어적 또는 수사적 효과를 위해 강세가 붙거나 강조된 단어 또는 구를 표시한다. + 為了語言上或修辭上的效果而加重語氣或特別強調的字句。 + 言語学的、修辞学的に強調されるべき語句を示す。 + marque des mots ou des expressions qui sont + accentués ou mis en valeur pour un motif linguistique ou rhétorique. + marca palabras o frases que se destacan o enfatizan por causas lingüísticas o retóricas. + codifica parole o sintagmi che sono messe in risalto o enfatizzate per un effetto linguistico o retorico. + + + + + + + + + + + You took the car and did what?!! + + + +
                              +

                              «Mes amis, dit-il, mes amis, je... je... »

                              +

                              Mais quelque chose l'étouffait. Il ne pouvait pas achever sa phrase.

                              +

                              Alors il se tourna vers le tableau, prit un morceau de craie, et, en appuyant de + toutes ses forces, il écrivit aussi gros qu'il put :

                              +

                              + «vive la France !"» +

                              +

                              Puis il resta là, la tête appuyée au mur, et, sans parler, avec sa main il nous + faisait signe:

                              +

                              «C'est fini...allez-vous-en.»

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + +

                              Tu sais quoi ? On l'aurait proposé pour la médaille !

                              +                               +                               + + 昨天晚上你去了哪裡?!! + + + + 寶玉含羞央告道：好姐姐，千萬別告訴人。襲人亦含羞笑問道： 你夢見什麼故事了？是那里流出來的那些髒東西？ + + + + + What it all comes to is this, he said. What + does Christopher Robin do in the morning nowadays? + + + + 3.3.2.2. Emphatic Words and Phrases + 3.3.2. Emphasis, Foreign Words, and Unusual Language + +                               + highlighted + 강조체 + 顯目標示 + mis en évidence + subrayado + evidenziato + hervorgehoben + marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the + surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is + made. + 어떤 이유인지는 명세하지 않고, 주변 텍스트와 시각적으로 구별된 단어나 구를 표시한다. + 標誌其字型外觀上和週遭文字有所區別的字詞，但不指出顯目原因。 + 周囲のテキストとは見た目が異なっている語句を示す。 + distingue un mot ou une expression comme + graphiquement distincte du texte environnant, sans en donner la raison. + marca una palabra o frase gráficamente diferente del resto del texto que la circunda, por causas sobre las que no se hace ninguna declaracion. + codifica una parola o sintagma in quanto graficamente distinta dal testo circostante, senza che vengano specificate le ragioni dell'evidenziazione. + markiert ein Wort oder eine Textpassage, das/die sich grafisch vom umgebenden Text abhebt, ohne dass ein inhaltlicher Grund dafür angegeben wird. + + + + + + + + + + + + And this Indenture further witnesseth + that the said Walter Shandy, merchant, + in consideration of the said intended marriage ... + + + +

                              Au fronton, on lit cette inscription : attends. Tu verras. Le + notaire encore prétend qu' elle ne saurait être antérieure au XVIII siècle, car, sinon, l' + on eût écrit --tu voiras--.

                              +                               +                               + + 我的先生很可惜是一個外國人。這樣來稱呼自己的先生不免有排外的味道，但是因為語文和風俗在各國之間确有大不相同之處，我們的婚姻生活也實在有許多無法共通的地方。... + + + 3.3.2.2. Emphatic Words and Phrases + 3.3.2. Emphasis, Foreign Words, and Unusual Language + +                               + identifies any word or phrase which is regarded as linguistically distinct, for example as + archaic, technical, dialectal, non-preferred, etc., or as forming part of a sublanguage. + 고어, 전문어, 방언, 비선호 단어 등과 같이 언어적으로 구분되거나 하위언어의 부분을 형성하는 + 것으로 간주되는 임의의 단어 또는 구를 표시한다. + 標明被視為特殊用語的字詞，例如：古語、專業用語、方言、非推薦用語等，或標明形成部分次要語言的字詞 + 言語上、異なる語句を示す。例えば、古語、技術語、方言、忌諱語など。ま + た、特定グループでしか通用しない特殊言語など。 + identifie tout mot ou toute expression en la considérérant comme + linguistiquement spécifique, par exemple comme étant archaïque, technique, dialectale, + inusitée, ou comme appartenant à une langue spécifique. + identifica alguna palabra o locución que se aprecia + lingüísticamente distinta, por ejemplo como arcaica, técnica, dialectal, forma no + prioritaria, etc. o como integrante de un registro específico o de una jerga. + identifica qualsiasi parola o sintagma ritenuto + linguisticamente distinto, per esempio come arcaico, tecnico, dialettale, non preferito, + ecc., o come parte di una lingua secondaria. + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies the sublanguage or register to which the word or phrase is being assigned. + 단어나 구가 속하는 하위언어 또는 레지스터를 명시한다. + 指明所標記的字詞屬於哪一種次要語言或語體層次 + 当該特殊言語または語句の種類を示す。 + précise la variété de langue ou le registre de langue + auquels appartiennent le mot ou l'expression. + especifica la jerga o registro al cual se + asigna una palabra, locución o sintagma. + indica la lingua secondaria o il registro al + quale la parola o il sintagma è ricondotto + + + + specifies how the phrase is distinct diachronically. + 구가 통시적으로 구분되는 방식을 명시한다. + 指明該字詞是屬於哪一種時間上的特殊用語 + 当該語句の通時的特徴を示す。 + précise comment l'expression est diachroniquement distincte. + especifica como el sintagma es distinto + diacrónicamente + indica come il sintagma sia distinto + diacronicamente + + + + specifies how the phrase is distinct diatopically. + 구가 지역적으로 구분되는 방식을 명시한다. + 指明該字詞是屬於哪一種區域上的特殊用語 + 当該語句の共時的特徴を示す。 + précise comment l'expression se caractérise de + façon diatopique. + especifica como la locución es distinta + diatópicamente + indica come il sintagma sia distinto in modo + diatopico + + + + specifies how the phrase is distinct diastratically. + 구가 사회적으로 구분되는 방식을 명시한다. + 指明該字詞是屬於哪一種社會層次分類上的特殊用語 + 当該語句の社会的特徴を示す。 + précise comment l'expression se caractérise de + façon diastatique. + especifica como la locución es distinta + diastáticamente. + indica come il sintagma sia distinto in modo + diastratico + + + + + Next morning a boy + in that dormitory confided to his bosom friend, a fag of + Macrea's, that there was trouble in their midst which King would fain + keep secret. + + + + +

                              - Elle fait chier, cette meuf. Tu confonds amour et + piquouse. Tu l'auras, ton shoot, merde !

                              +                               +                               + + + 張曼玉即使年過四十，依舊風姿綽約 ，果然是東方靚妹的最佳代表。 + + + 3.3.2.3. Other Linguistically Distinct Material + +                               + speech or thought + 대화 또는 사고 + parlamento, discurso o pensamiento + Parole ou pensée. + parlato o pensiero + indicates passages thought or spoken aloud, whether explicitly indicated in the source or + not, whether directly or indirectly reported, whether by real people or fictional characters. + 원본에 명시적으로 표시되었든지 않았든지, 직접적으로 또는 간접적으로 보고되었든지 않았든지, 그리고 실제 + 인물 또는 가공의 인물에 의해 생성되었는지 간에, 생각 혹은 소리 내어 말한 단락을 표시한다. + indica los pasajes pensados o hablados en voz alta, si + está indicado explícitamente en la fuente o no, si señalado directamente o indirectamente, sean + de gente real o de personajes ficticios. + 考えたり声に出されたりした一節を示す。元資料中に明示されているかどう + か、間接的な伝聞かどうか、実在の人物に依るものかどうか、などは問わな い。 + indique que les passages sont pensés ou qu'ils sont + prononcés à haute voix, que cela soit indiqué explicitement ou non dans la source , que ces + passages soient directement ou indirectement rapportés par des personnages réels ou fictifs. + indica brani pensati o pronunciati, siano essi + esplicitamente indicati nella fonte o meno, in discorso diretto o indiretto e attribuibili a + persone realmente esistenti o personaggi di fantasia + + + + + + + + + + + + may be used to indicate whether the quoted matter is regarded as having been vocalized + or signed. + 인용부가 발화된 것으로 또는 신호된 것으로 볼 수 있는지를 표시할 때 사용할 수 있다. + puede ser utilizado para indicar si el material + marcado ha sido verbalizado o firmado. + 引用内容が言語または記号化されているかどうかを示す。 + peut être utilisé pour indiquer si l'on estime que + l'objet cité est dit oralement ou par signes. + può essere utilizzato per indicare se la citazione in + questione è stata pronunciata o firmata + + + +

                              + Celia thought privately, Dorothea quite despises Sir James Chettam; + I believe she would not accept him. Celia felt that this was a pity. + +

                              +                               +                               + +

                              The value true indicates the encoded passage was expressed outwardly (whether + spoken, signed, sung, screamed, chanted, etc.); the value false indicates that + the encoded passage was thought, but not outwardly expressed.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur true indique que le passage encodé a été prononcé de manière + explicite (qu'il ait été dit, exprimé par geste, chanté, crié, déclamé etc.) ; la valeur + false indique que le passage encodé a été pensé, mais pas prononcé.

                              +                               + +

                              El valor verdad indica que el pasaje codificado fue expresado exteriormente + (si fue hablado, cantado, gritado, etc.); el valor falso indica que el pasaje + codificado era un pensamiento, pero no expresado exteriormente.

                              +                               + +

                              属性値trueは、符号化されている一節が、外見上(発話、記号、 歌、叫び、詠唱など)表現されていることを示す。属性値 + falseは、符号化されている一節が、考えられてはいるが、 外見上は表現されていないことを示す。

                              +                               +                               + + may be used to indicate whether the quoted matter is regarded as direct or indirect + speech. + 인용부가 직접 대화로 또는 간접 대화로 간주할 수 있는지를 표시할 때 사용할 수 있다. + puede ser utilizado para indicar si el material + marcado está considerado como discurso directo o indirecto. + 引用内容が、直接または間接的な話(法)かどうかを示す。 + peut être utilisé pour indiquer si le sujet cité est + à considérer comme comme étant du discours direct ou du discours indirect. + può essere utilizzato per indicare se la citazione in + questione è considerata come discorso diretto o indiretto + + true + + + + + + + +

                              Tantripp had brought a card, and said that there was a gentleman waiting in the lobby. + The courier had told him that only Mrs. Casaubon was at home, + but he said he was a relation of Mr. Casaubon's: would she see him? +

                              +                               +                               + +

                              The value true indicates the speech or thought is represented directly; the + value false that speech or thought is represented indirectly, e.g. by use of a + marked verbal aspect.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur true indique que la parole ou la pensée est représentée directement + ; la valeur false, qu'elle est représentée indirectement , par exemple marquée + par une forme verbale.

                              +                               + +

                              El valor verdad indica que el discurso o el pensamiento está representado + directamente; el valor falso que el discurso o el pensamiento está representado + indirectamente, p.ej. por medio de un aspecto verbal marcado.

                              +                               + +

                              属性値trueは、話や考えは、直接的に示されていることを示 す。属性値falseは、話や考えは、間接的に示されていること + 示す。例えば、動詞アスペクト指標により示されている。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + +

                              "Our minstrel here will warm the old man's heart with song, dazzle him with jewels and + gold", a troublemaker simpered. "He'll trample on the Duke's camellias, spill + his wine, and blunt his sword, and say his name begins with X, and in the end the Duke + will say, 'Take Saralinda, with my blessing, O lordly Prince of Rags and Tags, O + rider of the sun!'"

                              +                               + +                               + + +

                              Ils l'entendaient murmurer : Morts ! Tous morts ! Vous ne viendrez plus obéissant + à ma voix, quand, assise sur le bord du lac, je vous jetais dans la gueule des pépins de + pastèques ! Le mystère de Tanit roulait au fond de vos yeux, plus limpides que les + globules des fleuves. Et elle les appelait par leurs noms, qui étaient les noms + des mois.Siv ! Sivan ! Tammouz, Eloul, Tischri, Schebar ! Ah ! pitié pour moi, + Déesse ! +

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              On veut donc plaire à sa petite fille ?... + , dit Caroline en mettant sa tête sur l'épaule d'Adolphe, qui la baise au front en + pensant : Dieu merci, je la tiens! .

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              一路下去，慢慢我發覺我和王一生之間，既開始有互相的信任和基於經驗的同情，又有各自的疑問。 + 他總是問我與他認識之前是怎麼生活的，尤其是父母死後的兩年是怎麼混的。我大略地告訴他，可他又特別在一些細節上詳細地打聽，主要是關於吃。例如講到有一次我一天沒有吃到東西，他就問： + 「一點兒都沒吃到嗎？」 + +

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              嗯，他耳邊傳來小小的聲音說： 有點難以決定，非常困難。 很有勇氣、頭腦也不錯、有天份。喔！我的天啊！沒錯— 還有熱切證明自我的渴望，這真的很有趣。… + 我應該把你分發到哪呢？ +

                              +

                              哈利抓緊分類帽的邊緣想著：不要是史來哲林，千萬不要。

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              Hmmm, said a small voice in his ear. + Difficult. Very difficult. Plenty of courage, I see. + Not a bad mind either. there's talent, oh my goodness, yes — and a nice thirst to prove + yourself, now that's interesting. … So where shall I put you?

                              +

                              Harry gripped the edges of the stool and thought, Not + Slytherin, not Slytherin.

                              +                               + +                               + + 3.3.3. Quotation + +                               + quotation + 인용 + 引文 + citation + cita + citazione + contains a phrase or passage attributed by the narrator or author to some agency external to the text. + 해설자 또는 저자에 의해, 텍스트의 외부 주체에 의해 생성된 것이라 밝혀진 구 또는 단락을 포함한다. + 包含敘述者或作者引用自文本以外來源的字 (句) 詞或段落。 + 語り手や著者が、当該テキスト外にあるものに向けた、一節を示す。 + contient une expression ou un passage que le narrateur ou l'auteur attribue à une origine extérieure au texte. + contiene una frase o pasaje atribuido por el narrador o autor a un agente externo al texto. + contiene una frase o un brano attribuito dall'autore o dal narratore a soggetti esterni al testo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Lexicography has shown little sign of being affected by the + work of followers of J.R. Firth, probably best summarized in his + slogan, You shall know a word by the company it + keeps + (Firth, 1957) + + + + C'est sûrement ça + qu'on appelle la glorieuse liberté des enfants de Dieu. Aime et fais tout ce que tu + voudras.Mais moi, ça me démolit. + + + + 孟懿子問孝。子曰：無違。 + (論語：卷一：為政第二) + + + +

                              If a bibliographic citation is supplied for the source of a quotation, the two may be + grouped using the cit element.

                              +                               + +

                              Si une référence bibliographique est donnée comme source de la citation, + on peut les regrouper dans l'élément cit.

                              +                               + +

                              Si una citación bibliográfica es proporcionada como fuente de una cita, las dos se pueden + agrupar usando el elemento CIT +

                              +                               + +

                              引用部分に書誌情報の引用がある場合、この2つの部分は、要素 citでまとめられる。

                              +                               + + 3.3.3. Quotation + 4.3.1. Grouped Texts + +                               + quoted + 인용 부호로 주변 텍스트와 구분됨. + 引用的言詞、思想、或文字 + séparé du texte environnant par des guillemets + discurso citado, pensado o escrito + citazione di discorso, pensiero o testo scritto + in Anführungszeichen + contains material which is distinguished from the + surrounding text using quotation marks or a similar method, for any one of a variety of reasons including, but not limited to: direct + speech or thought, technical terms or jargon, authorial distance, quotations from elsewhere, and + passages that are mentioned but not used. + 직접 대화 또는 사고, 전문 용어 또는 은어, 작가의 거리두기, 외부로부터의 인용문, 그리고 사용되지 + 않고 언급된 단락 등의 이유로, 그리고 그 밖의 다른 이유로, 주변 텍스트와 어떤 방식으로든 차이가 있다고 (명시적으로) 표시된 부분을 포함한다. + 包含標記為 (看似) + 引用自他處的內容；在敘述文中，此元素用來標記直接或間接敘述；在字典中，用來標記實例或編者設計的範例；在寫本描述或其他上層資訊中，用來標記由來源文本中所摘錄的引文。 + 周りのテキストとは(表面上)異なっているようにマークアップされている部 + 分を示す。例えば、直接話法や思考、技術用語や専門語、著者による区別、 引用、言及されているが使われていない一節など。 + contient un fragment qui est marqué (visiblement) comme + étant d’une manière ou d'une autre différent du texte environnant, pour diverses raisons telles + que, par exemple, un discours direct ou une pensée, des termes techniques ou du jargon, une mise + à distance par rapport à l’auteur, des citations empruntées et des passages qui sont mentionnés + mais non employés. + contiene material que se marca como (ostensiblemente) + citado de cualquier otro sitio: en la narrativa, este elemento se usa para marcar discursos en + estilo directo o indirecto; en diccionarios puede usarse para marcar ejemplos reales o ideados + de uso; en descripciones de manuscritos u otros metadatos, para marcar extractos citados de la + fuente que se documenta. + contiene una citazione codificata come se fosse + (formalmente) espressa da qualcun altro; in narrativa, l'elemento è usato per codificare + discorso diretto o indiretto; nei dizionari, può essere usato per indicare esempi, reali o + inventati, dell'uso di un termine; nelle descrizioni dei manoscritti o altre metainformazioni + per codificare estratti citati da fonti documentate. + enthält Material, das vom umgebenden Text durch + Anführungszeichen oder ähnliche Methoden abgesetzt ist. Die Abhebung kann beliebige Gründe + haben, wie z. B. direkte Rede, wiedergegebene Gedanken, Fachbegriffe, Jargon, Distanzierung + des Autors, Zitate aus anderen Texten, erwähnte aber nicht benutzte Passagen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + type + Typ + may be used to indicate whether the offset passage is spoken or thought, or to + characterize it more finely. + 표시된 단락이 대화인지 사고인지를 나타내거나, 더 자세하게 규정하는 데 사용될 수 있다. + 可用來指出引文內容為言詞或思想，或者做更詳細的引文描述。 + 当該部分が、発話されたものか、思考されたものかを示すため、または + より詳細に性質を示すために使われるかもしれない。 + peut être utilisé pour indiquer si le passage cité + correspond à une parole ou à une pensée ou encore pour le caractériser plus finement. + Puede usarse para indicar si el material citado es + hablado o pensado, o para caracterizarlo con más precisión. + può essere usato per indicare se il brano citato è + parlato o pensato, oppure per caratterizzarlo con maggior precisione. + kann verwendet werden, um anzuzeigen, ob die abgesetzte + Textpassage gesprochen oder gedacht wird, oder um sie auf andere Weise detaillierter zu beschreiben. + + + + spoken + gesprochen + representation of speech + 대화의 표상 + 表示直接敘述，通常會標上引號。 + 発話。 + notation du discours direct + representación del estilo directo, normalmente + marcado mediante comillas. + rappresentazione del discorso diretto, di solito + segnalato dalle virgolette. + Wiedergabe gesprochener Sprache + + + thought + gedacht + representation of thought, e.g. internal monologue + 사고의 표상, 예를 들어, 내적 독백 + 表示思考內容，例如內心獨白。 + 思考。例えば、内的独白。 + représentation de la pensée, par exemple un + monologue intérieur. + representación de un pensamiento o reflexión, + p.ej. un monólogo interno. + rappresentazione del pensiero, ad esempio il + monologo interiore. + Wiedergabe von Gedanken, z. B. eines inneren Monologes + + + written + geschrieben + quotation from a written source + 문어 원본으로부터 인용 + 引用自一份書面來源文件。 + 書かれた資料の引用。 + citation d'une source écrite + cita de una fuente escrita. + citazione da una fonte scritta. + Zitat aus einer schriftlichen Quelle + + + so called + sogenannt + authorial distance + 작가의 거리두기 + distancia autorial + 著者による区別。 + distance prise par rapport à l'auteur + distanza dell'autore + Distanzierung des Autors + + + foreign + fremdartig + foreign words + palabras extranjeras + mots étrangers + parole straniere + + + distinct + distinkt + linguistically distinct + lingüisticamente distinto + linguistiquement distinct + linguisticamente distinto + linguistisch hervorgehoben + + + technical term + término técnico + terme technique + termine tecnico + Fachbegriff + + + emph + betont + rhetorically emphasized + énfasis retórico + mis en valeur par un procédé rhétorique. + retoricamente marcato + rhetorische Emphase + + + mentioned + erwähnt + refering to itself, not its normal referent + 일반적인 지시체가 아니라 그 자체를 가리킴 + se refiere a sí mismo, no a su referente habitual + 一般的な指示対象ではないもの。 + métalinguistic, i.e. faisant référence à lui-même et non à son + référent habituel. + che si riferisce a se stesso e non al suo + referente abituale + bezieht sich auf sich selbst, + nicht auf den üblichen Bezugspunkt + + + + + + It is spelled Tübingen — to enter the + letter u with an umlaut hold down the option key and press 0 0 f c + + + + +

                              Si quelque serrure allait mal, il l'avait bientôt démontée, rafistolée, huilée, limée, + remontée, en disant :ça me connaît.

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              Enfin je me rappelai le pis-aller d’une grande princesse à + qui l’on disait que les paysans n’avaient pas de pain, et qui + répondit : Qu’ils mangent de la brioche. +

                              +                               +                               + + 三個魚字疊作 鱻， — 欲拼出此鱻字，可以漢語拼音 + 輸入xin即可。 + + +

                              May be used to indicate that a passage is distinguished from the surrounding text for reasons concerning which no claim is made. When used in this manner, + q may be thought of as syntactic sugar for hi with a value of + rend that indicates the use of such mechanisms as quotation marks.

                              +                               + +

                              Peut être utilisé pour indiquer qu'un passage est distingué du texte environnant par des + guillemets, pour des raisons non explicitées. Lorsqu'il est utilisé ainsi, q peut + être considéré comme un encodage plus lisible (sucre syntaxique) pour hi avec une + valeur de rend indiquant la fonction des guillemets.

                              +                               + +

                              Puede ser utilizado para indicar que un pasaje es distinguido del texto circundante mediante + las comillas por las razones que sean sobre las cuales no se hace ninguna declaración. Cuando + se utiliza de este modo, q puede ser considerado como una marca sintáctica para + hi con un valor de rend, lo que indica el uso de las comillas.

                              +                               + +

                              Das Element kann benutzt werden, um anzuzeigen, dass eine Textpassage sich vom umgebenden Text + unterscheidet - aus Gründen, die nicht näher spezifiziert werden. Wenn das Element in dieser + Weise benutzt wird, kann das q-Element als syntactic sugar + (d.h. vereinfachte Schreibweise) für das hi-Element mit einem entsprechenden + Wert im rend-Attribut gedacht werden.

                              +                               + +

                              ある一節が、引用符などで周りのテキストから区別されていることを示す ために使われるかもしれない。この場合、要素qは、引用を示 + す属性rendを伴う要素hiの糖衣構文になる。

                              +                               + + 3.3.3. Quotation + +                               + cited quotation + 참조 인용 + + cita + citation + citazione + Zitat mit Referenz + 引用内容 + contains a quotation from some other document, together with a bibliographic reference to + its source. In a dictionary it may contain an example text with at least one occurrence of the + word form, used in the sense being described, or a translation of the headword, or an example. + 원문 참고문헌과 함께 제시된 다른 문서로부터의 인용을 포함한다. 사전에서는 기술된 의미로 사용된 어형이 + 들어간 용례, 또는 표제어의 번역어 또는 예문을 포함할 수 있다. + 從其他文件中引用的內容，並包含引用來源的書目參照資料。 + 書誌参照を伴い、他の文書からの引用を示す。例えば、辞書の場合には、 + 当該単語形が出現する例文を示したり、当該見出し語の翻訳や用例を示した りする。 + citation provenant d'un autre document comprenant la + référence bibliographique de sa source. Dans un dictionnaire il peut contenir un exemple avec au + moins une occurrence du mot employé dans l’acception qui est décrite, ou une traduction du + mot-clé, ou un exemple. + Una cita de algún otro documento junto a la referencia + bibliográfica a la fuente. + Un acitazione da un altro documento accompagnata da + riferimenti bibliografici alla fonte. + enthält ein Zitat aus einem anderen Dokument, zusammen mit einer bibliografischen Referenz auf die Quelle. In einem Wörterbuch kann es ein Beispieltext mit mindestens einem Vorkommen der Wortform enthalten, + welches in dem beschriebenen Sinne verwendet wird, oder eine Übersetzung des Lemmas, oder ein Beispiel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + and the breath of the whale is frequently attended with such an insupportable smell, + as to bring on disorder of the brain. + Ulloa's South America + + + + + + + Regarde de tous tes yeux, regarde + Jules Verne, Michel Strogof + + + + + + +
                              + to horrify +
                              + + horrifier + + + she was horrified at the expense. + + elle était horrifiée par la dépense. + + +                               +                               +                               + + + + 棋開始了。上千人不再出聲兒。只有自願服務的人一會兒緊一會兒慢地用話傳出棋步，外邊兒自願服務的人就變動著棋子兒。 + 阿城，《棋王》。 + + + + + + +
                              + horrifier +
                              + + 使驚嚇 + + + elle était horrifiée par la dépense + + 成本把她嚇呆了。 + + +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              + horrifier +
                              + + to horrify + + + elle était horrifiée par la dépense + + she was horrified at the expense. + + +                               +                               +                               + + + + Ka'an yu tsa'a Pedro. + + + I'm speaking on behalf of Pedro. + + + Estoy hablando de parte de Pedro. + + + + + + 3.3.3. Quotation + 4.3.1. Grouped Texts + 10.3.5.1. Examples + +                               + + mentionné + 指涉 + marks words or phrases mentioned, not used. + marque des mots ou des expressions employés métalinguistiquement. + marca palabras o locuciones mencionadas, no usadas. + 標誌被提到的但意義上不被使用的字句。 + codifica parole o sintagmi citati o riportati, non + usati. + 言及された語句を示す。 + + + + + + + + + + There is thus a + striking accentual difference between a verbal form like eluthemen + we were released, accented on the second syllable of the + word, and its participial derivative lutheis + released, accented on the last. + + + Aucune ville ne répond mieux à + l'expressioin sortie de terre que New York + (ou faudrait-il plutôt dire jaillie) : + + + L’harmonisation + vocalique régressive empêche que agwêdê puisse être interprété comme + un dérivé de gwada, qui pourtant est de même racine. + + + 憂鬱的鬱字很難寫。 + + + 3.3.3. Quotation + + + so called + contains a word or phrase for which the author or narrator indicates a disclaiming of + responsibility, for example by the use of scare quotes or italics. + contient une expression ou un mot pour lesquels l'auteur + ou le narrateur renonce à toute responsabilité, par exemple en utilisant de l'italique ou des + guillemets. + contiene una palabra o frase de la que el autor o + narrador declina la responsabilidad, p.ej. mediante el uso de comillas o cursiva. + 作者或敘述者使用的字句在意義上另有所指的表現，例如：諷刺所使用的引號或斜體標示。 + contiene una parola o sintagma per cui l'autore o il + narratore non assume la responsabilità intelletuale, segnalati ad esempio tramite l'uso di + virgolette o corsivi. + 著者や語り手が、責任を持ちたくない語句を示す。例えば、英語 + 文化圏では、引用符号で囲んだり、イタリック体で示される部分。 + + + + + + + + + + To edge his way along + the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the + knowing ones call nuts to Scrooge. + + + + - On ne + bouge pas, on ne touche à rien, il faut que je prévienne la Maison. + C'est ainsi qu'il appelait le Quai des Orfèvres. + + + +

                              Mais, après tout, les propos auxquels on mêlait son nom n'étaient que des propos ; du + bruit, des mots, des paroles, moins que des paroles, despalabres, + comme dit l'énergique langue du midi.

                              +                               +                               + + + 眾猴听說，即拱伏無違。一個個序齒排班，朝上禮拜，都稱千歲大王。自此，石猴高登王位，將石字儿隱了，遂稱美猴王。 + + + 3.3.3. Quotation + +                               + description + 기술 + 描述 + 説明 + descripción + descrizione + description + Beschreibung + contains a short description of the purpose, function, or + use of its parent element, + or when the parent is a documentation element, describes or defines the object being documented. + + + 요소, 속성, 또는 속성 값의 목적과 적용에 대한 간단한 기술을 포함한다. + 包含一段簡短描述，說明一元素、屬性、或屬性值的應用與目的。 + この要素の親要素（典型的には記述的要素やエンティティ）によって記述されるオブジェクトの簡単な説明（を含む） + contient une courte description de l'objet documenté par + son élément parent, qui comprend son utilisation prévue, son but, ou son application là où c'est + approprié. + contiene una breve descripción del objetivo y la + aplicación de un elemento, atributo o valor de un atributo. + contiene una breve descrizione dello scopo o + dell'applicazione di un elemento, attributo, o valore di attributo. + enthält eine kurze + Beschreibung des Objekts, das von seinem übergeordneten Element + annotiert wird, üblicherweise einem Dokumentationselement oder einer + Einheit. + + + + + + + + + + + + + A desc with + a type of deprecationInfo should only occur + when its parent element is being deprecated. Furthermore, it + should always occur in an element that is being deprecated when + desc is a valid child of that element. + + + Information about a + deprecation should only be present in a specification element + that is being deprecated: that is, only an element that has a + @validUntil attribute should have a child <desc + type="deprecationInfo">. + + + + + + + + deprecation + information + This element + describes why or how its parent element is being deprecated, + typically including recommendations for alternate + encoding. + + + + + + Several standards bodies, including NIST in the USA, + strongly recommend against ending the representation of a number + with a decimal point. So instead of 3. use either 3 + or 3.0. + + + + + + + +

                              Example of a desc element inside a documentation element.

                              + + + defines the data type used to express a point in cartesian space. + + + + + + +                               + +

                              Example of a desc element in a non-documentation element.

                              + + + Kerguelen Islands + + + antarctic tundra + + + + +                               + + + contient une description brève de la raison d'être et du champ d'application d'un + élément, d'un attribut ou de la valeur d'un attribut, d'une classe ou une entité. + + + + + 包含某個元素或屬性之定義與用法的簡短描述。 + + + +

                              When used in a specification element such as elementSpec, TEI convention requires that this be expressed as a finite clause, begining + with an active verb.

                              +                               + +

                              La convention TEI exige que cela soit exprimé sous la forme d'une proposition finie, + introduite par un verbe actif.

                              +                               + +

                              La convención de TEI requiere que esto esté expresado como cláusula finita, + comenzando con un verbo activo.

                              +                               + +

                              TEIの慣習では、動詞を先頭にした文で表現される(訳注：英語で表現する 場合のこと)。

                              +                               + +

                              Wenn die Beschreibung innerhalb eines Spezifikationselements wie zum Beispiel + elementSpec verwendet wird, empfiehlt die TEI, dass diese durch einen vollständigen + Satz ausgedrückt wird, der mit einem Verb im Aktiv beginnt.

                              +                               + + 23.4.1. Description of Components + +                               + gloss + glose + identifies a phrase or word used to provide a gloss or definition for some other word or + phrase. + 다른 단어나 구에 대한 해설 또는 정의를 제공할 때 사용되는 구나 단어를 표시한다. + 標明用來為另一個字詞下定義或提供註解的字詞。 + 語句の説明や定義を示す。 + identifie une expression ou un mot utilisé pour fournir + une glose ou une définition à quelque autre mot ou expression. + identifica una locución o palabra usada para proporcionar + una glosa o definición sobre otra palabra o frase. + identifica un sintagma o una parola che fornisce una + glossa o definizione per qualche altra parola o sintagma. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + We may define discoursal point of view as the relationship, expressed + through discourse structure, between the implied author or some other addresser, and the + fiction. + + + + Les + embrayeurs sont une classe de mots dont le sens varie avec la situation; ces + mots, n'ayant pas de référence propre dans la langue, ne reçoivent un référent que + lorsqu'ils sont inclus dans un message. + + + + 我們可以定義 戀母情結 為 佛洛伊德心理分析理論中的重要觀念，指三至六歲大的男孩在性慾上有一種戀母情結的階段，這情結更進一步發展成對父親的忌妒仇視，甚至亟欲除之而後快。 + + + +

                              The target and cRef attributes are mutually exclusive.

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs target et cRef sont exclusifs l'un de l'autre.

                              +                               + +

                              Los atributos blanco y cRef son mutuamente exclusivos.

                              +                               + +

                              属性targetとcRefは、排他的に使用される。

                              +                               + + 3.4.1. Terms and Glosses + 23.4.1. Description of Components + +                               + term + terme + Fachbegriff + contains a single-word, multi-word, or symbolic + designation which is regarded as a technical term. + 전문용어로 간주되는 단일어, 복합어, 기호적 명칭을 포함한다. + 包含作為專有名詞的一個單字、詞彙、或是表示符號。 + 技術用語とされる単一語、複数語、記号表示を示す。 + contient un mot simple, un mot composé ou un symbole, + qui est considéré comme un terme technique. + contiene una palabra simple, multipalabra o + designación simbólica que se considera como un término técnico. + contiene una parola singola, un'unità formata da più + parole, o una designazione simbolica che è considerata come un termine tecnico + enthält ein einzelnes Wort, Mehrworttermini + oder symbolische Bezeichnungen, die als Fachbegriffe verstanden werden. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A computational device that infers structure + from grammatical strings of words is known as a parser, and much of the history + of NLP over the last 20 years has been occupied with the design of parsers. + + + +

                              SGANARELLE.

                              +

                              Qui est causée par l'âcreté des humeurs engendrées dans la concavité du + diaphragme, il arrive que ces vapeurs... Ossabandus, nequeys, + nequer, potarinum, quipsa milus. Voilà justement ce qui fait que votre fille est muette.

                              +                               +                               + + D'après la + théorie d'Austin, les verbes performatifs seraient ceux qui non seulement + décrivent l'action de celui qui les utilise, mais aussi, et en même temps, qui impliqueraient + cette action elle-même. + + + 蜀漢後主劉禪 ，初名斗，字升之，後改名禪，字公嗣，蜀漢昭烈帝劉備之子，蜀漢末代皇帝，也是漢朝末代皇帝。 + + + 在可攜式的裝置如數位相機、手持式電腦，及MP3播放機上，快閃記憶體(Flash + Memory)可以說是最普遍的儲存類型。 + + + 賣空的對稱，買空亦稱多頭交易，是指交易者利用借入資金，在市場上買入期貨，以期將來價格上漲時，再高價拋出，從中獲利的投票活動。 + + + + We may define discoursal point of view as the relationship, expressed + through discourse structure, between the implied author or some other addresser, and the + fiction. + + + + We may define discoursal point of view as the relationship, expressed + through discourse structure, between the implied author or some other addresser, and the + fiction. + + + + We discuss Leech's concept of discoursal point of view below. + + +

                              When this element appears within an index element, it is understood to supply the + form under which an index entry is to be made for that location. Elsewhere, it is understood + simply to indicate that its content is to be regarded as a technical or specialised term. It + may be associated with a gloss element by means of its ref attribute; + alternatively a gloss element may point to a term element by means of its + target attribute.

                              +

                              In formal terminological work, there is frequently discussion over whether terms must be + atomic or may include multi-word lexical items, symbolic designations, or phraseological + units. The term element may be used to mark any of these. No position is taken on the + philosophical issue of what a term can be; the looser definition simply allows the + term element to be used by practitioners of any persuasion.

                              +

                              As with other members of the att.canonical class, instances of + this element occuring in a text may be associated with a canonical definition, either by means + of a URI (using the ref attribute), or by means of some system-specific code value + (using the key attribute). Because the mutually exclusive target and + cRef attributes overlap with the function of the ref attribute, they + are deprecated and may be removed at a subsequent release.

                              +                               + +

                              Wenn dieses Element innerhalb eines index-Elements auftritt, so wird es als Lemma dieses + Index-Eintrags angesehen. An anderer Stelle wird es einfach als Auszeichnung eines Fachbegriffs gewertet. + Das term-Element kann mit einem entsprechenden gloss-Element über sein ref-Attribut + verknüpft werden; alternativ kann die Verknüpfung auch über das target-Attribut am gloss-Element + hergestellt werden. +

                              +

                              + Es wird keine Position im Theoriediskurs bezogen, ob Fachbegriffe atomare oder größere lexikalische Einheiten umfassen können; + das term-Element kann für jedwede dieser Einheiten eingesetzt werden. Weiterhin wird keine Definition von "Fachbegriff" + gegeben, sondern jeder praktische Einsatz sanktioniert. +

                              +

                              + So wie auch andere Mitglieder der Attributklasse att.canonical können term-Elemente im + laufenden Text mit entsprechenden kanonischen Definitionen verknüpft werden; entweder mittels einer URI (über das + ref-Attribut) oder mittels eines speziellen Codes (über das key-Attribut). + Da sich die Attribute target und cRef gegenseitig ausschließen und mit dem ref-Attribut überlappen, + sind diese als "veraltet" gekennzeichnet und können mit einer der folgenden Guideline-Auflagen entfernt werden. +

                              +                               + + + + + 3.4.1. Terms and Glosses + +                               + ruby container +ルビのためのコンテナ要素。 +contains a + passage of base text along with its associated ruby gloss(es). +ルビ及びその対象となるテキストを含む。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The word 入学試験 nyūgakushiken + (university entrance exam) is glossed with a hiragana phonation guide.

                              + +

                              + + + 入学試験 + にゅうがくしけん + + +

                              + +                               +                               + + +

                              This fictional example shows the initialism TEI + glossed letter-by-letter with an IPA transcription.

                              + + + T + ti: + + + E + i: + + + I + aɪ + + +                               + + 3.4.2. Ruby Annotations + +                               + ruby base + ルビの対象となるテキスト。 + contains the + base text annotated by a ruby gloss. + 一つ以上のルビの対象となるテキストを含む。 + + + + + + + + + +

                              The word 你 好 nǐ hǎo + (hello) is glossed in pinyin to provide a pronunciation guide.

                              + +

                              + + 你nǐ + 好hǎo + +

                              + +                               + + + 3.4.2. Ruby Annotations + +                               + ruby text + ルビのテキスト。 + contains a ruby + text, an annotation closely associated with a passage of the + main text. + 本文の一部と密接な関連を持つ注釈（主に読み方）としてのルビテキストを含む。 + + + + + + + + + + + supplies a pointer to the + base being glossed by this ruby text. + ルビテキストの対象へのポインタを示す。 + + + + Enforce that either + target or both from and + to (or none) are used, but not + target in combination with either + from or to. + + + When target= is present, neither from= nor to= should be. + + + + +

                              Should point to a single rb or an element + that is inside an rb. To refer to multiple + elements or text nodes at once use from and + to.

                              +                               +                               + + points to the starting point of the span of text + being glossed by this ruby text. + ルビテキストの対象範囲の始点を示す。 + + + + + + Enforce the presence of to iff there + is a from. + + + When from= is present, the to= attribute of is required. + + + + + + points to the ending point of the span of text + being glossed. + ルビテキストの対象範囲の終点を示す。 + + + + + + Enforce the presence of from iff there + is a to. + + + When to= is present, the from= attribute of is required. + + + + +                               + + +

                              The word 大統領 daitōryō + (president) is glossed character by character in hiragana to provide a pronunciation guide.

                              + +

                              + + 大だい + 統とう + 領りょう + +

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Where the place attribute is not provided on the rt + element, the default assumption is that the + ruby gloss is above where the text is horizontal, and to the + right of the text where it is vertical.

                              +                               + + 3.4.2. Ruby Annotations + +                               + Latin for thus or so + du latin, ainsi + 原文照錄 + Lateinisch für 'auf diese Weise', 'so' + contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate. + contient du texte reproduit quoiqu'il est apparemment + incorrect ou inexact. + contiene texto reproducido aparentemente icorrecto o + inexacto. + 包含看似錯誤但仍照實轉錄的文字 。 + contiene un frammento di testo riprodotto anche se + apparentemente errato o impreciso. + 明らかに間違い、不正確ではあるが、そのまま収録してあるテキスト。 + enthält Text, wie er in der Vorlage steht, obwohl er offensichtlich fehlerhaft ist. + + + + + + + + + + + + for his nose was as sharp as + a pen, and a Table of green fields. + + + Des nuages, des + cyrrhus, des nimbus, des cumulus, tant qu'on en veut, et assurément plus que + n'en voulaient le maître et le serviteur. + + +

                              Si on veut seulement attirer l'attention sur ce qui paraît être un problème dans la copie + du texte, sic est utilisé seul :

                              + Tel est le + chat Rutterkin des sorcières Margaret et Filippa Flower, qui furent + prûléesbrûlées à Lincoln, le 11 mars 1619, pour avoir envoûté un parent du comte + de Rutland. +                               + +

                              Il est également possible, en utilisant les éléments choice et corr, de + proposer une lecture corrigée :

                              + Tel est le + chat Rutterkin des sorcières Margaret et Filippa Flower, qui furentprûléesbrûlées à Lincoln, le 11 mars 1619, pour avoir envoûté un parent du comte de + Rutland. +                               + + Ouvrage très + véridique et mirifique du Sieur Marcus Publius Dataficus du digne fils du seigneur comte, + vicomte, duc et archiduc Johannus de Bessinguya PercepteurPrecepteur du digne fils du seigneur comte, vicomte, duc et archiduc Johannus de + Bessinguya. + + + + 賣饅頭的老頭，背著木箱子，裡邊裝著熱鰻魚，太陽一出來，就在街上叫喚。 + + + 人們走起路來是快的，嘴裡邊的呼吸，一遇到了嚴肅好像冒著煙似的。 + + + + 人們走起路來是快的，嘴裡邊的呼吸，一遇到了嚴肅嚴寒 好像冒著煙似的。 + + + 賣饅頭的老頭，背著木箱子，裡邊裝著熱鰻魚饅頭，太陽一出來，就在街上叫喚。 + + +

                              If all that is desired is to call attention to the apparent problem in the copy text, + sic may be used alone:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now + — how we can prove or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              Wenn es nur darum geht, auf das offensichtliche Problem in der Textvorlage hinzuweisen, kann das + sic-Element auch allein verwendet werden:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now + — how we can prove or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              It is also possible, using the choice and corr elements, to provide a + corrected reading:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now + — how we cancan we prove or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              Es ist auch möglich, zusätzlich die Elemente choice und corr zu verwenden, um + eine korrigierte Lesart anzubieten:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now + — how we cancan we prove or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + + for his nose was as sharp as + a pen, and a Tablea' babbld of green fields. + + + 3.5.1. Apparent Errors + +                               + correction + 정정 + 更正 + corrección + correzione + Korrektur + 修正 + contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text. + 복사된 텍스트에서 오류로 보이는 단락의 정정 형식을 포함한다. + 包含文本中看似錯誤並加以更正過後的文字。 + 元資料中の明らかな間違いを正したものを示す。 + contient la forme correcte d'un passage + qui est considéré erroné dans la copie du texte. + contiene la forma correcta de un pasaje aparentemente erróneo en el texto de copia. + enthält die korrekte Form einer offenbar fehlerhaften Textstelle in der Vorlage. + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              If all that is desired is to call attention to the + fact that the copy text has been corrected, corr may be used alone:

                              + I don't know, + Juan. It's so far in the past now — how can we prove + or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              Wenn es nur darum geht, darauf hinzuweisen, dass die Textvorlage korrigiert wurde, kann das + corr-Element auch allein verwendet werden:

                              + I don't know, + Juan. It's so far in the past now — how can we prove + or disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              Si l'on veut mettre l'accent sur le fait que le texte a été corrigé, corr seul + sera employé:

                              + Tel est le + chat Rutterkin des sorcières Margaret et Filippa Flower, qui + furent brûlées à Lincoln, le 11 mars 1619, pour avoir envoûté un parent du comte de + Rutland. +                               + +

                              Il est aussi possible d'associer choice etsic, pour donner une lecture + incorrecte :

                              + Tel est le + chat Rutterkin des sorcières Margaret et Filippa Flower, qui furentprûléesbrûlées à Lincoln, le 11 mars 1619, pour avoir envoûté un parent du comte de + Rutland. +                               + + + 不怨天，不尤人。下學而上達。知我 者，其天乎！ + + + + 不怨天，不尤人。下學而上達。我知知我者，其天乎！ + + +

                              It is also possible, using the choice and + sic elements, to provide an uncorrected reading:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now — + how we cancan we prove or + disprove anyone's theories? +                               + +

                              Es ist auch möglich, zusätzlich die Elemente choice und sic zu verwenden, um + eine nicht korrigierte Lesart anzubieten:

                              + I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now — + how we cancan we prove or + disprove anyone's theories? +                               + + 3.5.1. Apparent Errors + +                               + choice + choix + Alternative + groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in + a text. + 텍스트 동일 지점에서 대체 가능한 부호화를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集文件中對於同一部分文字所有可供替換的不同標記。 + テキスト中の同じ場所で、異なる符号化記述をまとめる。 + regroupe un certain nombre de balisages alternatifs possibles + pour un même endroit dans un texte. + agrupa un número de codificaciones alternativas para el mismo punto en un texto. + raggruppa un numero di codifiche alternative per la stessa porzione di testo. + gruppiert alternative Kodierungen für eine Stelle im Text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              An American encoding of Gulliver's Travels which + retains the British spelling but also provides a version + regularized to American spelling might be encoded as follows.

                              + +

                              Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above + articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of + meat and drink sufficient for the support of 17241728 of our subjects, + with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our + favourfavor.

                              +                               + +                               + +

                              Eine Kodierung von Gulliver's Travels, die die britische Schreibweise beibehält, + aber auch eine der amerikanischen Rechtschreibung entsprechende Version anbietet, kann wie folgt + kodiert werden.

                              + +

                              Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above + articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of + meat and drink sufficient for the support of 17241728 of our subjects, + with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our + favourfavor.

                              +                               + +                               + +

                              L'encodage d'une édition des Essais pourra faire état à la fois des formes + originales et des formes modernisées correspondantes:.

                              + +

                              Ainsi lecteur, je suismoy-mesmesmoi-même la matière de mon livre : ce n'est pas raison que tu emploies ton loisir en un subjectsujetsi frivole et si vain.

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              清朝與日本為爭奪北韓半島控制權，爆發歷史上著名的甲午戰爭。 發生於清光緒二十年，西元 18921894年，雙方水陸大戰，傷亡者衆眾。

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Because the children of a choice element all + represent alternative ways of encoding the same sequence, it is + natural to think of them as mutually exclusive. However, there may + be cases where a full representation of a text requires the + alternative encodings to be considered as parallel.

                              +

                              Note also that choice elements may self-nest.

                              +

                              Where the purpose of an encoding is to record multiple + witnesses of a single work, rather than to identify + multiple possible encoding decisions at a given point, the + app element and associated elements discussed in section + 13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses should be preferred.

                              +                               + +

                              Parce que les éléments contenus par un élément choice correspondent tous à des solutions + possibles pour encoder la même séquence, il est naturel de les envisager comme + exclusifs les uns des autres. Toutefois il peut y avoir des cas où la pleine + représentation d'un texte requiert de considérer ces encodages alternatifs comme + parallèles.

                              +

                              A Noter aussi que les choice peuvent s'imbriquer.

                              +

                              Pour une version de choice spécialisée pour l'encodage de témoins multiples + d'une même oeuvre, l'élément app peut etre préférable : voir la section 13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses.

                              +                               + +

                              Porque los niños de un elemento opción representan las maneras alternativas de codificar la misma secuencia, es natural pensar en ellas como mutuamente exclusivas. + Sin embargo, puede haber casos donde una representación completa de un texto requiera que las codificaciones alternativas sean consideradas como paralelas.

                              +

                              Se Observa también que los elementos opción pueden ser uno mismo-jerarquía.

                              +

                              Para una versión especializada de la opción para codificar los testimonios múltiples de un único trabajo, ver la sección 13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses.

                              +                               + +

                              + choice要素の子要素は全て、同じ部分の異なる選択肢を示しているので、それらは択一的であるとするのが自然である。 + けれども、テキストを完全に表現するには複数の選択肢を並列的に扱う必要がある場合もあるだろう。

                              +

                              choice要素は、自らを入れ子にできることにも注意して欲しい。

                              +

                              符号化時にありうる選択肢ではなく、1つの作品にある複数の本文を記録する目的では、 + 13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnessesで扱われているapp要素などが望ましい。

                              +                               + +

                              + Da die Kindelemente des choice-Elements alternative Kodierungsmöglichkeiten der selben Textstelle repräsentieren, + ist es naheliegend, sie als sich gegenseitig ausschließend zu betrachten. Es sind jedoch Fälle vorstellbar, + in der Kodierungsalternativen als Kodierungsparallelen verstanden werden müssen, um den Text vollständig zu repräsentieren. +

                              +

                              + Man beachte außerdem, dass choice-Elemente weitere choice-Elemente als Kindelemente enthalten können. +

                              +

                              + In Fällen, in denen nicht mehrere mögliche Kodierungsvarianten, sondern Varianten aus mehreren Zeugen eines Werkes kodiert werden sollen, + sind das app-Element und dazu gehörige Elemente, die im Abschnitt 13.1. The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses erläutert werden, zu bevorzugen. +

                              +                               + + 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + +                               + regularization + 정규화 + 一般化 + 規則化 + régularisation + regularización + regolarizzazione + Normalisierung + contains a reading which has been regularized or normalized in some sense. + 어떤 면에서 정규화 또는 표준화된 해석을 포함한다. + 標誌一般化或規格化處理過的文字。 + 規則化された読みを示す。 + contient une partie qui a été régularisée ou normalisée + de façon quelconque. + contiene una lectura que ha sido regularizada o + normalizada en algún sentido. + contiene una lettura è stata regolarizzata o + normalizzata in qualche modo. + enthält eine normalisierte Schreibweise einer Textstelle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              If all that is desired is to call attention to the fact that the copy text has been + regularized, reg may be used alone:

                              + + Please knock if an answer is required + + + +                               + +

                              Wenn es nur darum geht, darauf hinzuweisen, dass die Textvorlage normalisiert wurde, kann das + reg-Element auch allein verwendet werden:

                              + + Please knock if an answer is required + + + +                               + +

                              Si on veut attirer l'attention sur le fait que le texte a été régularisé, reg est + utilisé seul :

                              + + Maître Corbeau sur un arbre perché, + Tenait en son bec un fromage. + +                               + +

                              Il est également possible d'identifier l'auteur de la régularisation, et avec les éléments + choice etorig, donner à la fois la lecture originale et la lecture + régularisée.:

                              + + MaistreMaîtreCorbeau sur un arbre perché, + TenoitTenait en son bec un fromage. + +                               + + + 你已經計劃我們下週旅遊的計畫了嗎？ + + + + + 你已經 計劃計畫 我們 下週下周 旅遊的 計畫計劃了嗎？ + + + + +

                              It is also possible to identify the individual responsible for the regularization, and, + using the choice and orig elements, to provide both the original and + regularized readings:

                              + + Please knockcnk if an answernsr is requiredreqd + + +                               + +

                              Es ist auch möglich, die für die Normalisierung verantwortliche Person zu identifizieren; mit + den Elementen choice und orig können sowohl die originale als auch die + normalisierte Lesart angeboten werden:

                              + + Please knockcnk if an answernsr is requiredreqd + + +                               + + 3.5.2. Regularization and +Normalization + 13. Critical Apparatus + +                               + original form + 원형식 + 原文格式 + forme originale + forma original + forma orininaria + originale Form + contains a reading which is marked as following the original, rather than being normalized + or corrected. + 표준화 또는 수정된 것이 아닌 원형식을 따르는 해석을 포함한다. + 標誌原文中呈現的文字，並且未經過任何修改或規格化處理。 + 正規化または校正は施されていない、元の形のまま符号化されている読みを 示す。 + contient une partie notée comme étant fidèle à + l'original et non pas normalisée ou corrigée. + contiene una lectura que se marca como fiel al + original. + contiene una lettura codificata come conforme + all'originale piuttosto che ad una versione normalizzata o corretta + enthält jene Schreibweise, die der Vorlage folgt und nicht normalisiert oder korrigiert ist. + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              If all that is desired is to call attention to the original version in the copy text, + orig may be used alone:

                              + + But this will be a meere confusion + And hardly shall we all be vnderstoode + + +                               + +

                              Wenn es nur darum geht, auf die originale Version der Textvorlage hinzuweisen, kann das + orig-Element auch allein verwendet werden:

                              + + But this will be a meere confusion + And hardly shall we all be vnderstoode + + +                               + +

                              Si on veut privilégier la version originale du texte, orig sera utilisé seul:

                              + +

                              si mes pensées se sont entretenues des occurences estrangieres quelque + partie du temps, quelque autre partie je les rameine à la promenade, au + vergier, à la douceur de cette solitude et à moy.

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Généralement, orig sera associé à la forme corrigée dans un élément + choice.

                              + + Un bienfait perd sa grâce à le trop oublierpublier ; + Qui veut qu'on s'en souvienne, il le faut publieroublier. + +                               + + + 妹子是被大哥喫了，母親知道沒有，我可不得而知。 + 母親想也知道；不過哭的時候，卻并沒有說明，大約也以為應當的了。 + + + + + 妹子是被大哥喫吃 了，母親知道沒有，我可不得而知。 + 母親想也知道；不過哭的時候，卻 并並沒有說明，大約也以為應當的了。 + + + +

                              More usually, an orig will be combined with a regularized form within a + choice element:

                              + + But this will be a meeremere confusion + And hardly shall we all be vnderstoodeunderstood + + +                               + +

                              In der Regel wird ein orig-Element mit einer normalisierten Form in einem + choice Element kombiniert:

                              + + But this will be a meeremere confusion + And hardly shall we all be vnderstoodeunderstood + + +                               + + 3.5.2. Regularization and +Normalization + 13. Critical Apparatus + +                               + gap + omission + Auslassung + indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial + reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is + illegible, invisible, or inaudible. + 텍스트 선정 시 TEI 헤더에 기술된 편집 기준 때문에, 또는 읽고 듣기 어렵기 때문에 사본에서 누락된 + 지점을 가리킨다. + 指出轉錄時被省略部分的位置，省略也許是出於 + TEI標頭裡描述的編輯上的理由、也許是因為抽樣轉錄而省略、或是因為資料不明難以辨認或聽懂。 + TEIヘダーにある編集上の理由、または当該資料が判読できない・聞こえな + いことを理由に、転記の際に省略された部分の場所を示す。 + indique une omission dans une transcription, soit pour + des raisons éditoriales décrites dans l'en-tête TEI au cours d’un échantillonnage, soit parce + que le matériau est illisible ou inaudible. + indicada un punto donde algún material ha sido omitido en + una transcripción, bien por criterios de edición descritos en el cabezado TEI, bien como parte + de una práctica habitual, o bien porqué el material es ilegible o incomprensible. + indica un punto in cui del materiale è stato omesso dalla + trascrizione, sia per ragioni editoriali descritte nell'intestazione TEI, come pratica di + campionatura, sia perché il materiale è illegibile o incomprensibile. + weist in einer Transkription auf eine Stelle hin, + in der Text aus der Vorlage ausgelassen worden ist, sei es aus editorischen Gründen, die im TEI-Header beschrieben werden, + sei es auf Grund der Auswahlpraxis, sei es weil das Material nicht lesbar, nicht sichtbar oder nicht hörbar ist. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + reason + Grund + gives the reason for omission. + 누락의 이유를 제시한다. 그 값의 예들은 다음과 같다: sampling, + illegible, inaudible, irrelevant, cancelled, + cancelled and illegible + 說明省略的原因。 + 省略の理由を示す。例えば、 見本、聞こえない、 + 無関係、取り消し、取り消しがありかつ判読できない、など。 + donne la raison de l'omission. + declara la causa de la omisión + indica il motivo dell'omisione + gibt den Grund für die Auslassung an. + + + + + + cancelled + abgebrochen + cancellato + cancelado + biffé + + + deleted + getilgt + + + editorial + for features omitted from transcription due to editorial policy + für Bestandteile, die aus editorischen Gründen nicht übertragen wurden + + + illegible + unleserlich + illegibile + ilegible + illisible + + + inaudible + nicht hörbar + incomprensibile + inaudible + inaudible + + + irrelevant + irrelevant + irrilevante + irrelevante + non pertinent + + + sampling + Auswahl + campionatura + ejemplificación + échantillonnage + + + + + agent + Ursache + in the case of text omitted because of damage, categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified. + 훼손으로 인해 누락된 텍스트의 경우, 확인이 가능하다면 그 훼손 원인을 분류하여 기술한다. + 若省略是由於內容遭受損毀，且可識別損毀原因，則針對損毀原因加以分類。 + 損傷が原因のテキスト省略の場合、特定可能であれば当該損傷を分類する。 + lorsque du texte est omis de la transcription en raison d'un dommage, catégorise la cause du dommage, si celle-ci peut être identifiée. + En el caso de texto omitido a causa de algún daño, identifica (si es posible) la causa de tal daño. + nel caso in cui il testo sia stato omesse a causa di danneggiamento, indica la causa del danno qualora possa essere identificata. + bestimmt im Falle von Text, der wegen Beschädigung weggelassen wird, die Ursache für den Schaden, sofern er ermittelt werden kann. + + + + rubbing + Abrieb + damage results from rubbing of the leaf edges + 책장 모서리 마모로 인한 훼손 + 損毀起因於書頁邊緣摩擦受損 + daños resultantes del frotamiento de los bordes de la hoja + 葉のこすれによる損傷。 + dégâts provoqués par le frottement des bords de la feuille. + il danno è causato da segni di strofinamento sui bordi del foglio + Schaden, verursacht durch Abrieb an den Blatträndern + + + mildew + Schimmel + damage results from mildew on the leaf surface + 곰팡이로 인한 책장 표면의 훼손 + 損毀起因於書頁表面發霉 + daños resultantes de la acción del moho en la superficie de la hoja + 葉の表面に付いた白カビによる損傷。 + dégâts provoqués par de la moisissure sur la surface de feuille. + il danno è causato da macchie di umido sulla superficie del foglio + Schaden, verursacht durch Schimmelbefall + + + smoke + Ruß/Rauch + damage results from smoke + 연기로 그을린 훼손 + 損毀起因於煙燻 + daños provocados porl humo + 煙による損傷。 + dégâts provoqués par de la fumée. + il danno è causato dal fumo + Schaden, verursacht durch Ruß/Rauch + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The gap, unclear, and del core tag elements may be closely allied + in use with the damage and supplied elements, available when using the + additional tagset for transcription of primary sources. See section 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination + for discussion of which element is appropriate for which circumstance.

                              +

                              The gap tag simply signals the editors decision to omit or inability to transcribe a span of + text. Other information, such as the interpretation that text was deliberately erased or covered, should be + indicated using the relevant tags, such as del in the case of deliberate deletion.

                              +                               + +

                              Les éléments du jeu de balises de base gap, unclear, et del + peuvent être étroitement associés avec l'utilisation des éléments damage et + supplied qui sont disponibles si l'on utilise le jeu de balises additionnel pour la + transcription des sources primaires. Voir la section 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination pour plus de + détails sur l'élément le plus pertinent suivant les circonstances.

                              +                               + +

                              El gap, unclear, y los elementos de la etiqueta base pueden funcionar + con los elementos de daño y elementos de supresión, disponibles al usar el + conjunto de etiquetas adicional para la transcripción de las fuentes primarias. Ver la sección + 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination para la discusión cuyo el elemento es apropiado para qué + circunstancia.

                              +                               + +

                              コアモジュールの要素gap、unclear、delは、 転記モジュールの要素damage、suppliedと連携するこ とができる。どのタグを使用すべきかについては、詳細については、 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combinationを参照のこと。

                              +                               + +

                              Die Elemente gap, unclear und del aus dem Core-Modul sind eng verwandt mit den + Elementen damage und supplied, die mit dem transcr zur Verfügung + gestellt werden. Die Unterschiede im Gebrauch dieser Elemente werden in 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination näher beschrieben.

                              +

                              Das gap-Element weist nur darauf hin, dass die Bearbeiter*innen sich entschieden haben, + eine Textpassage auszulassen oder sie nicht transkribieren konnten. + Ergänzende Informationen, wie die Interpretation, dass der Text absichtlich unlesbar gemacht wurde, + sollten über die einschlägigen Elemente, wie z. B. del im Fall einer bewussten Tilgung ausgezeichnet werden.

                              +                               + + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + +                               + deliberately marked omission + indicates a purposeful + marking in the source document signalling that content has been + omitted, and may also supply or describe the omitted content. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + What projects men make—what queer turns they take, + Since steam has improved our condition; + They never are still, but must cure or must kill + With steam physic or steam ammunition. + But a short time ago, to a quack you would go, + To steam a fat man to a thinner; + Now changed from all that, if you wish to get fat, + Come to Barton’s and eat a steam dinner! + Oh dear! think of a scheme, odd though it seem— + I’m sure ’twill succeed if you make it by steam. + + + You may sleep, you may dream, you may travel by steam, + For the outcry is still to go faster; + And what does it reck, should you e’en break your neck, + If ’tis steam that brings on the disaster? + + * * * * + The printer omits four lines here, + skipping the second half of the second octave, before the refrain. + + Oh dear! think of a scheme, odd though it seem— + I’m sure ’twill succeed if you make it by steam. + + + + + + + You think you’ve lost your love + Well, I saw her yesterday + It’s you she's thinking of + And she told me what to say + + + + She says she loves you + And you know that can’t be bad + Yes, she loves you + And you know you should be glad + + + She said you hurt her so + She almost lost her mind + But now she said she knows + You’re not the hurting kind + + + ****** + + + + + +

                              Unlike gap, which indicates content that the encoder + cannot or chooses not to represent, ellipsis indicates a + passage explicitly signalled in the source document as absent. The + ellipsis element is not appropriate for every use of + ellipsis points, such as when they indicate that a speaker is + pausing.

                              +                               + + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + +                               + addition + 삽입, 첨가 + 插入 + ajout + adición + aggiunta + Hinzufügung + 書き入れ + contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source + text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector. + 저자, 전사자, 부호화 작업자 또는 수정작업자에 의해 텍스트에 삽입된 문자, 단어, 또는 구를 포함한다. + 包含由作者、抄寫者、註解者、或更正者在文本中插入的字母、單字或詞彙。 + 著者、筆写者、注釈者、校正者によって挿入された文字、単語、句を示す。 + contient des lettres, + des mots ou des phrases insérés dans le texte par un auteur, un + copiste, un annotateur ou un correcteur. + contiene letras, + palabras o frases introducidas en el texto por el autor, + transcriptor, glosador o corrector. + contiene lettere, + parole o frasi inserite in un testo da un autore, copista, + commentatore o correttore. + + enthält Buchstaben, Wörter oder Phrasen, die in den Ausgangstext von einem Autor, einem Schreiber oder im + Rahmen einer zuvor erfolgten Annotation oder Korrektur in den Ausgangstext eingefügt wurden + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The story I am + going to relate is true as to its main facts, and as to the + consequences of these facts from which + this tale takes its title. + + +

                              In a diplomatic edition attempting to represent an original + source, the add element should not be used for additions + to the current TEI electronic edition made by editors or encoders. + In these cases, either the corr or supplied + element are recommended.

                              +

                              In a TEI edition of a historical text with previous editorial + emendations in which such additions or reconstructions are + considered part of the source text, the use of add may be + appropriate, dependent on the editorial philosophy of the + project.

                              +                               + +

                              Dans une édition diplomatique souhaitant representer une source + originalle, l'élément add ne sera pas utilisé pour les + ajouts effectués par les éditeurs ou les encodeurs. Dans ce cas, on + va préféra soit l'élément corr soit l'élément + supplied.

                              +                               + +

                              El elemento addición no se debe utilizar para las + adiciones hechas por los editores o los codificadores. En estos + casos, cualquiera de los elementos corr o supplied + son más convenientes.

                              +                               + +

                              + 元のソースを表現しようとしているdiplomatic editionでは、add要素は、編集者や符号化する人が作成した現在のTEI電子版への追加には使用しないでください。このような場合は、corrまたはsupplied要素のいずれかをお勧めします。そのような追加や再構成が原文の一部とみなされる以前の編集上の訂正を含む歴史的テキストのTEI版では、プロジェクトの編集理念に応じて、addの使用が適切かもしれません。 +

                              +                               + +

                              + In einer diplomatischen Ausgabe, die auf eine genaue Wiedergabe der Vorlage zielt, + sollte das add-Element nicht für jene Hinzufügungen genutzt werden, die von den + Editoren oder Auszeichnenden zu der elektronischen TEI-Edition gemacht werden. + In diesen Fällen wird empfohlen, entweder das corr-Element oder supplied-Element zu verwenden. +

                              +

                              + In der TEI-Edition eines historischen Textes mit bereits vorhandenen editorischen Korrekturen, in dem solche Ergänzungen + oder Rekonstruktionen als Teil der Textvorlage betrachtet werden, kann - im Rahmen der Editionsgrundsätze eines Projekts - + die Verwendung des add-Elements geeignet sein. +

                              +                               + + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + +                               + deletion + 삭제 + 刪除 + suppression + cancelación + cancellatura + Streichung + 削除 + contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as + superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector. + 삭제된 것으로 표시되었거나, 저자, 전사자, 부호화자 또는 수정작업자에 의해 사본 텍스트에서 + 불필요하거나 위조된 것으로 표시되어 삭제된 문자, 단어, 단락을 포함한다. + 標記在文本中，由作者、抄寫者、註解者、或更正者刪除、標上刪除記號、或者標明為多餘或偽造的字母或單字。 + 著者・筆写者・注釈者・校正者により、削除または削除として符号化または + 余分なものまたは間違いとして示されている、文字、単語、句を示す。 + contient une lettre, un mot ou un passage supprimé, + marqué comme supprimé, sinon indiqué comme superflu ou erroné dans le texte par un auteur, un + copiste, un annotateur ou un correcteur. + contiene una letra, palabra o pasaje cancelado, marcado + como omitido o bien como supérfluo o espurio en el texto por el autor, transcriptor, glosador o + corrector. + contiene un carattere, parola o brano cancellati, + codificati come cancellati, o altrimenti indicati come superflui o spuri, nella copia originale + da parte di un autore, copista, commentatore o correttore. + enthält Buchstaben, Wörter oder Textpassagen, die in der Vorlage von einem Autor, einem + Schreiber oder im Rahmen einer zuvor erfolgten Annotation oder Korrektur gelöscht wurden oder + als gelöscht bzw. gegenstandslos gekennzeichnet wurden. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Mein Frisch schwebt + weht der Wind + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              [...] mais il y reste quelque chose de mystérieux, de furtif. Je On cesse un instant d'y penser; les mes yeux se + ferment ou s'attardent sur se détournent sur un livre... On + relève la tête: il est là

                              +                               +                               + + + 雨 風 飄 吹來涼爽。 + + + +

                              This element should be used for deletion of shorter sequences of text, typically single words + or phrases. The delSpan element should be used for longer sequences of text, for + those containing structural subdivisions, and for those containing overlapping additions and + deletions.

                              +

                              The text deleted must be at least partially legible in order for the encoder to be able to + transcribe it (unless it is restored in a supplied tag). Illegible or lost text within a + deletion may be marked using the gap tag to signal that text is present but has not + been transcribed, or is no longer visible. Attributes on the gap + element may be used to indicate how much text is omitted, the reason for omitting it, etc. If + text is not fully legible, the unclear element (available when using the additional + tagset for transcription of primary sources) should be used to signal the areas of text which + cannot be read with confidence in a similar way.

                              +

                              Degrees of uncertainty over what can still be read, or whether a deletion was intended may be + indicated by use of the certainty element (see 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility).

                              +

                              There is a clear distinction in the TEI between del + and surplus on the one hand and gap or + unclear on the other. del indicates a + deletion present in the source being transcribed, which states + the author's or a later scribe's intent to cancel or remove + text. surplus indicates material present in the source + being transcribed which should have been so + deleted, but which is not in fact. gap or unclear, by contrast, signal an + editor's or encoder's decision to omit something or their + inability to read the source text. + See sections 12.3.1.7. Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription and 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination for the relationship between these and other + related elements used in detailed transcription.

                              +                               + +

                              Cf. gap.

                              +

                              Les degrés d'incertitude sur ce qui est encore lisible peuvent être indiqués par l'emploi de + l'élément certainty (voir 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility).

                              +

                              Cet élément doit être utilisé pour la suppression de courtes séquences de texte, généralement + des mots ou des expressions. Il faut utiliser l'élément delSpan pour les séquences de + texte plus longues, celles qui contiennent des divisions structurelles, et celles qui + contiennent un chevauchement d'ajouts et de suppressions.

                              +

                              Le texte supprimé doit être au moins partiellement lisible, afin que l'encodeur soit en + mesure de le transcrire. La partie illisible du texte à l'intérieur d'une suppression peut être + marquée au moyen de la balise gap pour signaler la présence de texte non transcrit. + La quantité de texte omise, la raison de l'omission, etc., peuvent être indiquées au moyen des + attributs de l'élément gap. Si le texte n'est pas entièrement lisible, l'élément + unclear (disponible avec le jeu additionnel de balises pour la transcription des + sources primaires) doit être utilisé pour signaler les zones de texte ne pouvant pas être lues + de manière fiable. Voir les sections suivantes 12.3.1.7. Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription et, pour l'association + étroite entre les balises del et gap, damage, unclear et + supplied (ces trois dernières balises étant disponibles avec le jeu additionnel de + balises pour la transcription de sources primaires), voir la section 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination.

                              +

                              La balise del ne doit pas être utilisée pour les suppressions par des éditeurs + scientifiques ou des encodeurs. Dans ce cas, il faut utiliser soit la balise corr, + soit la balise gap.

                              +                               + +

                              この要素は、一連の短いテキスト、典型的には単語やフレーズの削除に用いる。 + より長いテキスト、たとえば細分化された構造を含むものやオーバーラップする追加や削除を含むものには、delSpan要素を用いる。

                              +

                              削除されたテキストは、少なくとも、翻刻が可能である程度には部分的に判読可能であるものでなければならない（suppliedタグで復元されている場合を除く）。 + 削除されたテキストの中で判読不能な、または失われた部分は、gapタグを用いることで、テキストは存在するが翻刻されなかった、または読めなくなっていることを符号化できる。 + gap要素の属性は、テキストの省略の状況、省略された理由などを示すために用いる。 + テキストが完全に判読できる状態にない場合、unclear要素（一次資料の翻刻のための追加タグセットを用いると利用可能）を用いて、これらの方法では確信を持って読めないテキストの領域を示す。

                              +

                              何が読めるのか、または削除の意図性に関する不確実性の度合いは、certainty要素の使用によって示す（22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibilityを参照）。

                              +

                              TEIでは、delやsurplusと、gapやunclearとの間の区別については明確な違いがある。 + delは、翻刻される資料に登場する削除を示し、著者や書写者によるテキストの取消や削除についての意図を示す。 + surplusは、翻刻される資料に登場する、削除されるべきだったが実際には削除されていない箇所を示す。（訳注：surplusの項目も参照のこと） + 一方、gapやunclearは、省略や判読不能という編集者や符号化する人の判断を示す。 + 詳細な翻刻の際に用いる関連の要素と、これらの要素との関係については、12.3.1.7. Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcriptionと12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combinationのセクションを参照。

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Element sollte nur für Löschungen kürzerer Textpassagen wie etwa einzelner Wörter + oder Phrasen benutzt werden. Für längere Textpassagen, sowie jene mit strukturellen + Untergliederungen oder sich überschneidenden Hinzufügungen bzw. Löschungen, sollte das + delSpan-Element benutzt werden.

                              +

                              Der gelöschte Text muss zumindest teilweise lesbar + sein, um von den Bearbeitern transkribiert werden zu können (außer er wurde in einem + supplied-Element rekonstruiert). Nicht lesbarer oder nicht mehr vorhandender Text + innerhalb einer Löschung kann mit dem gap-Element markiert werden, um anzuzeigen, dass + Text zwar vorhanden ist aber nicht transkribiert wurde oder nicht mehr sichtbar ist. Im + gap-Element können Attribute benutzt werden, um, unter anderem, Angaben zur + ausgelassenen Textmenge zu machen oder die Gründe für die Auslassung anzugeben. Wenn Text nur + teilweise lesbar ist und daher nicht mit Sicherheit entziffert werden kann, sollte das + unclear-Element (verfügbar im zusätzlichen Tagset für die Transkription von + primären Ressourcen) benutzt werden.

                              +

                              Das certainty-Element (siehe 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility) kann benutzt werden, um den Grad + an Gewissheit anzugeben, was noch lesbar ist bzw. ob eine Löschung intendiert war oder nicht.

                              +

                              Die TEI unterscheidet eindeutig zwischen del und surplus auf der einen + und gap und unclear auf der anderen Seite. del beschreibt eine + Löschung in der zu transkribierenden Ressource, die darauf hinweist, dass ein Autor oder + späterer Schreiber bewusst Text löschen oder entfernen wollte. Das surplus-Element + beschreibt Text in der zu transkribierenden Ressource, der gelöscht werden sollte, aber in + Wirklichkeit nicht gelöscht wurde. Die Elemente gap oder unclear hingegen + beschreiben eine vom Editor oder Auszeichnenden getroffene Entscheidung, etwas auszulassen oder + deren Unvermögen, die Textvorlage zu entziffern. Vergleiche die Abschnitte 12.3.1.7. Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription + und 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination zur Beziehung dieser Elemente untereinander und zu anderen, + verwandten Elementen und wie diese in einer detaillierten Transkription verwendet werden.

                              +                               + + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + +                               + unclear + poco claro + incertain + unklar + contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it + is illegible or inaudible in the source. + 원본에서 읽거나 듣기 어려워서 분명하게 전사할 수 없는 단어, 구, 단락들을 포함한다. + 在來源文本中難以辨認或聽懂而無法確實轉錄的單字、詞組、或段落。 + 元資料からは判読できないまたは聞こえないという理由で、確実に転記でき ない語句や一節を示す。 + contient un mot, une expression ou bien un passage qui + ne peut être transcrit avec certitude parce qu'il est illisible ou inaudible dans la source. + contiene una palabra, frase o pasaje que no puede ser transcrito con certeza porque en la fuente es ilegible o inaudible. + contiene una parola, una frase o un brano che non può + essere trascritto con certezza perché è parzialmente illeggibile o incomprensibile + nell'originale. + enthält ein Wort, einen Satz oder eine Textpassage, welche in der Quelle nicht oder nur schwer lesbar bzw. hörbar ist. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates why the material is hard to transcribe. + 전사하기 어려운 이유를 표시한다. + 指出資料難以轉錄的原因。 + 当該資料から転記が困難である理由を示す。 + indique pourquoi il est difficile de transcrire le document. + Cuando la dificultad de transcripción se debe a un daño, se categoriza, si se puede, la causa de ese daño. + indica la ragione per la quale è difficile + trascrivere il brano. + gibt den Grund an, warum das Material schwer zu transkribieren ist. + + + + + + illegible + unleserlich + illegibile + ilegible + illisible + + + inaudible + nicht hörbar + incomprensibile + inaudible + inaudible + + + faded + desvanecido + ausgebleicht + + + background noise + ruido de fondo + Hintergrundlärm + + + eccentric ductus + ductus excéntrico + exzentrischer Duktus + + indicates illegibility due to an unusual, awkward, or + incompetent execution of a glyph or glyphs + + + indica ilegibilidad por una ejecución inusual, torpe o incompetente de un glifo o glifos. + + + + +
                              + Rx +

                              500 mg placebo +

                              +
                              +                               +                               +

                              One or more words may be used to describe the reason; +usually each word will refer to a single cause.

                              +                               +

                              Una o más palabras se pueden usar para describir la razón. Normalmente cada palabra se referirá a una causa concreta

                              +

                              Ein oder mehrere Wörter können verwendet werden, um den Grund zu beschreiben. In der Regel wird jedes Wort auf eine einzige Ursache verweisen.

                              +                               +                               + + Where the difficulty in transcription arises from damage, categorizes the cause of + the damage, if it can be identified. + 훼손으로 인해서 전사가 어려운 경우, 식별 가능하다면 훼손 원인을 분류하여 기술한다. + 若因為內容遭受損毀而引起轉錄困難，且可辨別出損毀的導因，則在此加以說明。 + 損傷により転記が困難である時、その損傷の理由が分類できる場合には、 それを特定する。 + lorsque la difficulté de transcription vient + d'un dommage, catégorise la cause du dommage si celle-ci peut être identifiée. + donde surge la dificultad en la transcripción a + causa de un daño, categoriza, si puede ser identificada, la causa de tal daño. + qualora la difficoltà nella trascrizione emerga + da danneggiamento, indica la causa del danno qualora possa essere identificata. + basiert die Schwierigkeit bei der Transkription auf einer schadhaften Stelle am Textträger, + kann der Grund dafür hier genauer kategorisiert werden. + + + + damage results from rubbing of the leaf edges + 책장 모서리의 마모로 인한 훼손 + 損毀起因於書頁邊緣摩擦受損 + Daños resultantes del frotamiento de los bordes de la hoja. + 葉の端がこすれたことによる損傷。 + des dommages résultent du frottement + des bords de la feuille + il danno è causato da segni di + strofinamento sui bordi del foglio + Schaden, verursacht durch Abrieb der Blattkanten beim Umblättern + + + damage results from mildew on the leaf surface + 곰팡이로 인한 책장의 훼손 + 損毀起因於書頁表面發霉 + Daños resultantes por moho en la superficie de la hoja + 葉の表面に白カビがあることによる損傷。 + des dégâts résultent de la moisissure + sur la surface de la feuille + il danno è causato da macchie di umido + sulla superficie del foglio + Schaden, versursacht durch Schimmel auf der Blattoberfläche + + + damage results from smoke + 연기로 그을린 훼손 + 損毀起因於煙燻 + Daños provocados por el humo + 煙による損傷。 + des dégâts résultent de la fumée + il danno è causato dal fumo + Schaden, verursacht durch Rauch/Ruß + + + +                               + + + Envoyez-moi une épreuve W + + + + + + and from time to time invited in like manner +his attention + +

                              Dans ce cas, les lettres à la fin du mot sont difficiles à lire.

                              +                               + + + ...and then Nathalie said ... + + + +

                              The same element is used for all cases of uncertainty in the transcription of element + content, whether for written or spoken material. For other aspects of certainty, + uncertainty, and reliability of tagging and transcription, see chapter 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility.

                              +

                              The damage, gap, del, unclear and supplied + elements may be closely allied in use. See section 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination for + discussion of which element is appropriate for which + circumstance.

                              +

                              The hand attribute points to a definition of the hand +concerned, as further discussed in section 12.3.2.1. Document Hands.

                              + +                               +

                              El mismo elemento se usa para todos los casos de incertidubre en la transcripción del contenido de un elemento, para material tanto escrito como hablado. Para otros aspectos relacionados con la certeza, incertidumbre y fiablilidad del etiquetado y transcripción, consultar el capítulo 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility.

                              +

                              Los elementos damage, gap, del, unclear y supplied pueden estar estrechamente relacionados en su uso. Consulta la sección 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination para ver una discusión sobre qué elemento es apropiado en qué circunstancias.

                              +

                              El atributo hand dirige a una descripción de la mano implicada; se discute de manera más detallada en la sección 12.3.2.1. Document Hands.

                               + +

                              Le même élément est utilisé pour tous les cas d'incertitude portant sur la transcription + du contenu d'éléments, qu'il s'agisse de documents écrits ou oraux. Pour les autres + aspects concernant la certitude, l'incertitude, et la fiabilité du balisage et de la + transcription, voir le chapitre 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility.

                              +

                              Les éléments damage, gap, del, unclear et + supplied peuvent être utilisés en étroite conjonction. Voir la section pour + plus de détails sur l'élément le plus pertinent en fonction des circonstances.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素は、文字情報と発話情報の両方で、転記が不確実な時に使用され る。転記が不確実である他の面については、22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibilityを参照 のこと。

                              +

                              要素damage、gap、del、unclear、suppliedは、同時に使用されるかもしれない。どの場合にどの 要素が適切であるかについては、12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combinationを参照のこと。 +

                              +                               + +

                              + Das Element wird für alle unsicheren Transkriptionen verwendet, egal ob es sich um geschriebenes oder gesprochenes Material handelt. + Für andere Aspekte der Sicherheit, Unsicherheit und Zuverlässigkeit von Auszeichnung und Transkription, siehe Kapitel 22. Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility. +

                              +

                              + Die Elemente damage, gap, del, unclear und supplied werden oft im selben Kontext verwendet. + Im Kapitel 12.3.3.2. Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and + supplied Elements in Combination wird diskutiert, welches Element unter welchen Umständen geeignet ist. +

                              +

                              + Das hand-Attribut verweist auf eine Beschreibung der betreffenden Schreibhand (siehe hierzu Kapitel 12.3.2.1. Document Hands). +

                              +                               + + 12.3.3.1. Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text + 3.5.3. Additions, Deletions, and Omissions + +                               + name, proper noun + 이름, 고유명사 + 名稱，特定名稱 + nom, nom propre + nombre, nombre propio + nome, nome proprio + Name, Eigenname + contains a proper noun or noun phrase. + 고유명사 또는 명사구를 포함한다. + 包含一個特定名稱 或名詞詞組。 + 固有名詞。 + contient un nom propre ou un syntagme nominal. + contiene un nombre propio o un sintagma nominal + contiene un nome proprio o un sintagma nominale. + enthält einen Eigennamen in Form eines Nomens oder einer Nominalphrase. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Thomas Hoccleve + Villingaholt + Vetus Latina Institut + Occleve + + + +

                              Proper nouns referring to people, places, and organizations may be tagged instead with + persName, placeName, or orgName, when the TEI module for + names and dates is included.

                              +                               + +

                              Les noms propres relatifs aux personnes, aux lieux et aux organismes peuvent également + être balisés à l'aide de persName, placeName, ou orgName, + lorsque le module TEI concernant les noms et dates est inclus.

                              +                               + +

                              TEI名前モジュールが使われる場合には、人々、場所、組織を示す固有名 詞は、それぞれ要素persName、placeName、orgNameを使い示されるかもしれない。

                              +                               + +

                              + Eigennamen, die auf Personen, Orte und Organisationen verweisen, können stattdessen auch mit den Elementen + persName, placeName oder orgName ausgezeichnet werden, vorausgesetzt, das TEI-Modul + namesdates ist inkludiert. +

                              +                               + + 3.6.1. Referring Strings + +                               + referencing string + chaîne de référence + serie referencial + 參照字串 + stringa di riferimento + 参照文字列 + verweisende Zeichenkette + contains a general purpose name or referring string. + contient un nom générique ou une chaîne permettant de + s'y référer. + contiene un nombre de intención general o una serie + referencial. + 包含一般名稱或參照字串。 + contiene un nome generico o una stringa di riferimento + 一般的な意味での名前や参照文字列。 + enthält eine allgemeine Benennung oder eine verweisende Zeichenkette. + + + + + + + + + + + + My dear Mr. Bennet, said his lady + to him one day, have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at + last? + + + + +

                              La famille s'était alors retirée en banlieue, à Villemomble, mais + Alfred aimait se rendre à Paris et un jour de 1917 alors qu'il sortait de la maison des + Arts et Métiers il était tombé inanimé dans la rue.

                              +                               +                               + + 我親愛的 + 班納特先生， + 一天，班納特太太 對她的丈夫說：你聽說過尼日斐花園 終於租出去了嗎? + + + + 14.2.1. Personal Names + 3.6.1. Referring Strings + +                               + electronic mail address + 전자우편 주소 + + dirección de correo electrónico + adresse de courrier électronique + indirizzo di posta elettronica + contains an email address identifying a location to which + email messages can be delivered. + 전자우편 메시지가 전달되는 위치를 식별하는 전자우편 주소를 포함한다. + 包含一個電子郵件位址，標明電子郵件訊息可傳送的位置。 + eメールを届けるeメールアドレスを示す。 + contient l'adresse de courriel identifiant un + emplacement où un courriel peut être envoyé. + localizza un indirizzo di posta elettronica al quale possono essere inviati dei messaggi di posta elettronica + contiene una dirección de correo electrónico indentificando el lugar dónde los mensajes electrónicos pueden ser enviados. + + + + + + + + + + + membership@tei-c.org + + + + + membership@tei-c.org + + + +

                              The format of a modern Internet email address is defined in + RFC 2822 +

                              +                               + +

                              Le format d'une adresse de courrier électronique internet moderne est défini dans la + RFC 2822 +

                              +                               + +

                              + インターネット上で使用されるメールアドレスの書式については、 + RFC 2822 + を参照のこと。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + +                               + address + Adresse + contains a postal address, for example of a publisher, an organization, or an individual. + 예를 들어, 출판사, 기관, 개인의 우편 주소를 포함한다. + 包含出版者、機構、或是個人的郵寄地址或其他地址。 + 郵便配達情報を示す。例えば、出版者、組織、個人の住所など。 + contient une adresse postale ou d'un autre type, par exemple l'adresse d'un éditeur, d'un organisme ou d'une personne. + contiene una dirección postal, por ejemplo de un editor, una institución, etc. + contiene un indirizzo (postale), ad esempio di un editore, di un'organizzazione, di un individuo. + enthält eine Postadresse, z. B. eines Verlegers, einer Organisation oder einer Einzelperson. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Using just the elements defined by the core module, an address could be represented as follows:

                              + +
                              + via Marsala 24 + 40126 + Bologna + Italy +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              When a schema includes the names and dates module more specific elements such as country or settlement would be preferable over generic name:

                              + +
                              + via Marsala 24 + 40126 + Bologna + Italy +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + Centre d'Études Supérieures de la Renaissance + 59, rue Néricault-Destouches + 37013 TOURS + France +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + 邯郸路220号 + 200433 + 上海市 + 中華人民共和國 +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + 沙田 + 新界 + 香港特別行政區 + 中華人民共和國 +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + Computing Center, MC 135 + P.O. Box 6998 + Chicago, IL 60680 + USA +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + + Lyon + 69002 + IIème + Perrache + 30, Cours de Verdun +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as street, postCode etc.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément ne doit être utilisé que pour donner une adresse postale. A l'intérieur de cet élément, l'élément générique addrLine peut être utilisé comme élément alternatif aux éléments plus spécialisés de la classe model.addrPart class, tels que street, postCode etc.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素は、郵便配達情報にのみ使用されるべきである。 子要素として要素addrLineは、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 素の代わりとして、例えば、要素streetや要素 postcodeとして使用することができる。

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Element sollte ausschließlich für postalische Addressen verwendet werden. Innerhalb des Elements kann das generische addrLine-Element als Alternative zu den spezielleren Elementen aus der model.addrPart-Klasse, wiestreet (Straße), postCode (Postleitzahl), etc. verwendet werden.

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + +                               + address line + 주소 행 + + dirección + ligne d'adresse + riga dell'indirizzo + Adresszeile + contains one line of a postal address. + 우편 주소의 한 행을 포함한다. + 包含郵寄地址或其他地址其的一行。 + 住所情報を記述する行を示す。 + contient une ligne d'adresse postale. + contiene una línea de la dirección postal. + contiene una riga di un indirizzo (postale). + enthält eine Zeile einer Postadresse. + + + + + + + + + +
                              + Computing Center, MC 135 + P.O. Box 6998 + Chicago, IL + 60680 USA +
                              +                               +                               + + + + (201) 555 0123 + + + + + +
                              + 44, avenue de la Libération + B.P. 30687 + F 54063 NANCY CEDEX + FRANCE +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + 276號4樓 + 光明路 + 北投區，台北市11246 + 台灣，中華民國 +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              Addresses may be encoded either as a sequence of lines, or + using any sequence of component elements from the model.addrPart class. Other non-postal forms + of address, such as telephone numbers or email, should not be + included within an address element directly but may be + wrapped within an addrLine if they form part of the + printed address in some source text.

                              +                               + +

                              Les adresses peuvent être encodées soit comme une suite de + lignes, soit en utilisant un jeu d'éléments de la classe model.addrPart. Les types d'adresses autres + que l'adresse postale, tels que les numéros de téléphone, les + courriels, ne doivent pas être inclus directement à l'intérieur + d'un élément address mais peuvent être contenus dans un + élément addrLine s'ils font partie de l'adresse imprimée + dans un texte source.

                              +                               + +

                              + 住所情報は、複数の行から構成されるか、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 + 素から構成されているかもしれない。 + 住所情報で、郵便配達には関連しない、例えば電話番号や電子メールアド + レスについては、ここに直接は記述すべきではない。しかし、印刷物にこ + れらが住所情報として含まれている場合には、要素addrLineを + 使い記述することはできる。 +

                              +                               + +

                              + Adressen können entweder als eine Abfolge von Zeilen kodiert werden oder als eine beliebige Folge + von Elementen der model.addrPart-Klasse. Andere, nicht-postalische Formen von Adressen, + wie z. B. Telefonnummern oder E-Mail-Adressen, dürfen nicht direkt in ein address-Element eingeschlossen werden, + sondern müssen innerhalb eines addrLine-Elements kodiert werden, wenn sie Teil einer gedruckten Adresse in einer + Textvorlage sind. +

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + +                               + contains a full street address including any name or number identifying a + building as well as the name of the street or route on which it is + located. + 거리 또는 도로 이름을 비롯하여 건물을 식별할 수 있는 이름 및 번지를 포함하는 전체 주소. + 完整的街道地址，包含任何名稱或數字，用以識別一棟建築物以及所在街道名稱。 + 住所情報としての、通りを表す完全情報を示す。建物の名前や番号、通りの + 名前など。 + adresse complète d'une rue comprenant un nom + ou un numéro identifiant un bâtiment ainsi que le nom de la rue ou du chemin sur laquelle + il est situé. + una dirección postal completa, incluyendo cualquier nombre o número identificativo para identificar el edifio, como el nombre de la calle o carretera. + indirizzo postale completo, incluso il nome o il numero che identifica l'edificio, così come il nome della strada dove è situato. + + + + + + + + + + via della Faggiola, 36 + + + + + 110, rue de Grenelle + + + + + 36, quai des Orfèvres + + + + + 天津街25號 + + + + + 皇后大道東123號灣仔大廈 + + + + + + Duntaggin, 110 Southmoor Road + + + +

                              The order and presentation of house names and numbers and + street names, etc., may vary considerably in different countries. The + encoding should reflect the order which is appropriate in the country + concerned.

                              +                               + +

                              L'ordre et la présentation des noms et numéros de maisons et des noms de rues, etc. + L'encodage peut varier considérablement selon les pays ; il devrait reprendre la disposition + propre au pays concerné.

                              +                               + +

                              + 家屋の名や番号、通りの名前などの表記順番は、国により異なる。符号化 + する際には、その国の習慣に合った順番にすべきである。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + +                               + postal code + 우편 번호 + 郵遞區號 + code postal + Código postal + Codice di Avviamento Postale + Postleitzahl + contains a numerical or alphanumeric code used as part of a postal address to simplify + sorting or delivery of mail. + 우편의 분류 및 배달을 용이하도록 우편 주소의 일부로 사용되는 숫자 또는 문자와 숫자가 혼용된 + 기호. + 包含一個數字或字母加數字的區域代碼，屬於郵寄地址的一部分，用以簡化郵件的分類及寄送工作。 + 郵便の配達や区分けを簡単にするための、郵便の宛名情報の部分となる数値 または文字を含む。 + contient un code numérique ou alphanumérique qui fait + partie de l'adresse postale et sert à simplifier le tri ou la distribution du courrier. + Contiene un código numérico o alfabético usado como + parte de la dirección postal para simplificar la clasificación o entrega de correo. + contiene il codice alfanumerico utilizzato + nell'indirizzo postale per semplificare l'ordine e la distribuzione della posta. + enthält einen numerischen oder alphanumerischen Schlüssel, + der als Teil einer Postadresse zur Vereinfachung der Sortierung oder Zustellung von Postsendungen verwendet wird. + + + + + + + + + + HR1 3LR + + + + + 84000 + + + + + 60142-7 + + + + + 310 + + + + + 310-51 + + + + + 60142-7 + + + +

                              The position and nature of postal codes is highly country-specific; the conventions + appropriate to the country concerned should be used.

                              +                               + +

                              La disposition et la nature des codes postaux est spécifique à chaque pays ; on utilise les + conventions qui leur sont propres .

                              +                               + +

                              郵便番号の位置づけや性質は、国家に強く依存する。国の事情にあった方 式が採用されるべきである。

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + +                               + postal box or post office box + 우편함 또는 사서함 + 郵政信箱 + boîte postale + buzón + Casella postale + Postfach + contains a number or other identifier for some postal delivery point other than a street + address. + 주소 이외의 우편 배달 지점을 위한 숫자 또는 다른 확인소를 포함한다. + 包含一個數字或其他識別名稱，標示街道地址之外的郵件寄送點。 + 郵便配達で識別子となる、通り名以外の、数値などを示す。 + contient un numéro ou un autre identifiant d'un lieu de + distribution du courrier autre qu'un nom de rue. + contiene un número u otro identificador para algún punto + de entrega postal distinto a una dirección postal. + contiene il numero o altro identificatore per un luogo di + consegna della posta diverso da un indirizzo postale. + enthält eine Nummer oder eine andere Kennung für eine Postanschrift, + bei der es sich nicht um eine Straßenadresse handelt. + + + + + + + + + + P.O. Box 280 + + + + + B.P. 4232 + + + + + BP 3317 + + + + + 廣州郵局第280號信箱 + + + + + Postbus 532 + + + +

                              The position and nature of postal codes is highly country-specific; the conventions + appropriate to the country concerned should be used.

                              +                               + +

                              La disposition et la nature des codes postaux est spécifique à chaque pays ; on utilise les + conventions qui leur sont propres .

                              +                               + +

                              郵便番号の位置づけや性質は、国家に強く依存する。国の事情にあった方 式が採用されるべきである。

                              +                               + + 3.6.2. Addresses + +                               + number + 숫자 + 數字 + numéral + número + numero + Zahl + contains a number, written in any form. + 다양한 형식의 숫자를 포함한다. + 包含一個以任何形式呈現的數字。 + 各種形式による数値を示す。 + contient un nombre écrit sous une forme quelconque. + contiene un número, escrito en cualquier forma. + contiene un numero in qualsiasi forma. + beinhaltet eine Zahl, die auf beliebige Art geschrieben sein kann. + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the type of numeric value. + 수치의 유형을 나타낸다. + 指出數值的種類。 + 数値の種類を示す。 + indique le type de valeur numérique. + indica el tipo de valor numérico. + indica il tipo di valore numerico + bestimmt die Art des numerischen Wertes. + + + + absolute number, e.g. 21, 21.5 + 예를 들어, 21, 21.5와 같은 절대값 + 絕對數，例如21、21.5 + número absoluto, p.ej. 21, 21,5 + 基数。例えば、21、21.5など。 + nombre entier ou décimal, par exemple 21, 21.5 + numero assoluto, ad esempio 21 o 21,5 + Kardinalzahl, z. B. 21, 21,5 + + + ordinal number, e.g. 21st + 예를 들어, 21번째와 같은 서수 + 序數，例如第21 + número ordinal, p.ej. 21º + 序数。例えば、21番など。 + nombre ordinal, par exemple 21ème + numero ordinale, ad esempio 21° + Ordinalzahl, z. B. 21., fünfter + + + fraction, e.g. one half or three-quarters + 예를 들어, 1/2 또는 3/4와 같은 분수 + 分數，例如二分之一或是四分之三 + fracción,p.ej. una mitad o tres cuartos + 割合。例えば、1/2、3/4など。 + fraction, par exemple une moitié ou trois-quarts + frazione, ad esempio un terzo o tre quarti + Bruchzahl, z. B. 1/2 oder drei Viertel + + + a percentage + 백분율 + 百分比 + un porcentaje + パーセント。百分率。 + un pourcentage + percentuale + Prozentangabe + + + +

                              If a different typology is desired, other values can be used for this + attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              Si une autre typologie est souhaitée, d'autres valeurs peuvent être utilisées + pour cet attribut.

                              +                               + +

                              上記とは別の分類が必要であれば、それを使うことができる。

                              +                               + +

                              Je nach gewünschter Typologie können andere Werte für dieses Attribut verwendet werden.

                              +                               +                               + + supplies the value of the number in standard form. + 표준형의 숫자 값을 제시한다. + 用標準形式來說明該數字所代表的值。 + 標準的な形式で数値を示す。 + fournit la valeur d'un nombre sous une forme normalisée. + proporciona el valor del número de forma + estándard. + indica il valore del numero in formato standard + beinhaltet den Zahlenwert in standardisierter Form. + + a numeric value. + une valeur numérique. + ein numerischer Wert + +

                              The standard form used is defined by the TEI datatype teidata.numeric.

                              +                               + +

                              La forme normalisée utilisée est définie par le type de données TEI + qui concerne les données numériques.

                              +                               + +

                              標準的な形式は、TEIデータ型teidata.numericで定義されている。

                              +                               + +

                              Die benutzte standardisierte Form wird im TEI-Datentyp teidata.numeric definiert.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              I reached twenty-one on +my twenty-first birthday

                              +

                              Light travels at 3×1010 + cm per second.

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              Pierre eut dixans le jour de monvingtième anniversaire.

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              在第二十一歲的生日那天，我變成二十一歲了... 光以每秒1010 + 公分移動。

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Detailed analyses of quantities and units of measure in historical documents may also use + the feature structure mechanism described in chapter 19. Feature Structures. The + num element is intended for use in simple applications.

                              +                               + +

                              Les analyses détaillées des quantités et unités de mesure dans les textes historiques + peuvent aussi utiliser le mécanisme de structure de traits décrit au chapitre19. Feature Structures. + L'élément num est conçu pour un usage dans des applications simples.

                              +                               + +

                              歴史的文書の量や大きさの詳細な分析には、19. Feature Structuresで解説 されている素性構造機能を使うことになるかもしれない。 + 当該要素numは、簡単なソフトウェアで使われることが想定され ている。

                              +                               + +

                              + Detaillierte Analysen von Mengen und Maßeinheiten in historischen Dokumenten können auch den 'feature structure' + Mechanismus verwenden, wie in Kapitel 19. Feature Structures beschrieben. Das num-Element ist für + einfache Anwendungen vorgesehen. +

                              +                               + + 3.6.3. Numbers and +Measures + +                               + measure + mesure + contains a word or phrase referring to some quantity + of an object or commodity, usually comprising a number, a unit, and a commodity name. + 개체 또는 물체의 수량을 지시하는 단어 또는 구를 포함한다. 이들은 숫자, 단위, 물체명으로 + 구성되어 있다. + 包含用來表示某物品數量的字詞，通常是由數字、單位和物品名稱所組成。 + ある対象や商品の大きさを表す語句を示す。一般には、数値、単位、商品名 を含む。 + contient un mot ou une expression faisant référence à + la quantité d'un objet ou d'un produit, comprenant en général un nombre, une unité et le nom + d'un produit. + contiene una palabra o sintagma referido a alguna + cantidad de un objeto o producto, normalmente incluye un número, una unidad y un nombre de + producto. + contiene una parola o sintagma che fa riferimento + alla quantità di un oggetto o bene, contenente di solito il numero, l'unità e il nome del + bene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies the type of measurement in any + convenient typology. + 편리한 방식으로 측정 유형을 명시한다. + 用任何適合的分類方法來說明度量的種類。 + 当該計測種類を示す。 + précise le type de mesure exprimée dans la + typologie adaptée. + especifica el tipo de medición en cualquier + tipología funcional. + specifica il tipo di misurazione in una tipologia + funzionale. + + + + + + +

                              This example references a definition of a measurement unit declared in the TEI header:

                              + + 2 pounds of flesh + £10-11-6d + 2 merks of old extent + + + + + + + A merk was an area of land determined variably by its agricultural + productivity. + + + + +                               + + + 2 score hh rum + 1 doz. roses + a yellow tulip + + + + + Long papers. +

                              Speakers will be given 30 minutes each: 20 minutes for + presentation, 10 minutes for discussion. Proposals should not + exceed 500 + words. This presentation type is suitable for + substantial research, theoretical or critical discussions.

                              +                               +                               + + + 2 kilos de sucre + 16,99 € + 5 hectares + + + + + un hectolitre de vin + 1 douzaine de roses + un litre de moules + + + + + 1市斤豬肉 + 人民幣20元 + 一個巴掌大小 + + + + + 一台斤青菜 + 一打玫瑰 + 一朵黃色鬱金香 + + + + 3.6.3. Numbers and +Measures + +                               + measure group + 측정 그룹 + grupo de medida + groupe de mesures + gruppo di misure + contains a group of dimensional specifications which relate to the same object, for example + the height and width of a manuscript page. + 예를 들어, 원고지 페이지의 가로 세로 크기와 같이 동일 개체에 관련된 여러 종류의 측량값의 그룹을 + 포함한다. + contiene un grupo de especificaciones dimensionales que + se relacionan con un mismo objeto, por ejemplo la altura y la anchura de una página de + manuscrito. + 大きさに関する規格を示す。例えば、手書き資料のページの高さや幅などを 示すためのもの。 + contient un groupe de spécifications des dimensions qui + concernent un même objet, par exemple la hauteur et la largeur d'une page d'un manuscrit. + contiene un gruppo di indicazioni dimensionali relative + allo stesso oggetto, per esempio altezza e larghezza di una pagina di manoscritto + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 157-160 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 157-160 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 157-160 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11.3.4. Dimensions + + + contains a symbol, a word or a phrase referring to a unit of measurement in any kind of formal or informal system. + enthält ein Symbol, ein Wort oder eine Phrase, die sich auf eine Maßeinheit in einem formellen oder informellen System bezieht. + 公式・非公式に関わらず、単位を表す記号や単語、語句を含む。 + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Here is an example of a unit element holding a unitRef attribute that points to a definition of the unit in the TEI header.

                              + + 3 ells + + + + + + + + + A unit of measure for cloth, roughly equivalent to 18 inches, or from an adult male’s elbow to the tip of the middle finger. + + + + +                               + + + + 2 + kg + + + + + 3minute + + + + + 1, 2, 5, 7 + millimètres + + + + + 1.2 to 5.6 + km/h + + + + +

                              Light travels at 3×10^10 + + cm per second + .

                              +                               +                               + + 3.6.3. Numbers and +Measures + +                               + date + date + Datum + contains a date in any format. + 다양한 형식의 날짜를 포함한다. + 包含任何格式的日期表示。 + 日付を示す。 + contient une date exprimée dans n'importe quel format. + contiene una fecha en cualquier formato. + contiene una data in qualsiasi foemato + enthält ein Datum in beliebigem Format. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + early February 1980 + + + + + au début de février 1980 + + + + + L'an de grâce 1654, Lundi, 23 novembre, jour de saint Clément, + pape et martyr et autres au martyrologe, Veille de saint Chrysogone, martyr, et + autres, Depuis environ dix heures et demie du soir jusques environ minuit et + demi. + + + + + septembre mcmxc + septembre + 11 septembre, neuf heures moins douze GMT + + + + 他出生於西元2007年12月24日 ( 丁亥年11月15日). + + + + 西元1980年2月初 + + + + 貞觀十一年十一月，唐太宗聽說年輕的武則天長得妖媚嬌艷，楚楚動人，便將她納入宮中，封為四品才人，賜號「武媚」。 + + + + 西元1990年9月 + + + + Given on the Twelfth Day + of June in the Year of Our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and Seventy-seven of the Republic + the Two Hundredth and first and of the University the Eighty-Sixth. + + + + + September 1990 + + + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + 2.6. The Revision Description + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + 16.2.3. The Setting Description + 14.4. Dates + + + time + temps + Zeit + contains a phrase defining a time of day in any format. + 어떤 형식의, 하루의 시간을 정의하는 구를 포함한다. + 包含一組字詞，以任何形式定義時間 + 時間を表す語句を示す。 + contient une expression qui précise un moment de la journée sous n'importe quelle forme. + contiene un sintagma que define un momento del día en cualquier formato. + contiene un sintagma che si riferisce ad un ora del giorno in qualsiasi formato. + beinhaltet eine Phrase, die eine Uhr- oder Tageszeit in einem beliebigen Format bestimmt. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + As he sat smiling, the + quarter struck — . + + + + Bonsoir, il est ici, l'heure de dormir, et chez vous + à Paris, il est seulement Je te + rapporterai plein de souvenirs pour te faire partager cette + expérience unique. + + + 下班火車將於 出發。 + + + 3.6.4. Dates and Times + + + abbreviation + 약어 + 縮寫 + abréviation + abreviatura + abbreviazione + Abkürzung + 省略形 + contains an abbreviation of any sort. + 어떤 종류의 약어를 포함한다. + 包含任何形式的縮寫。 + あらゆる種類の名称の省略を一つ含む。 + contient une abréviation quelconque. + contiene una abreviatura de cualquier clase. + contiene un'abbreviazione di qualsiasi genere. + enthält eine Abkürzung beliebiger Form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + type + tipo + Typ + allows the encoder to classify the abbreviation according to some convenient + typology. + 적절한 방식에 따른 약어를 분류하는 것을 가능하게 한다. + 標記者可以用合宜的分類方法將縮寫形式分類。 + 符号化する人の分類に従って省略名称を付与することができる。 + permet à l'encodeur de caractériser + l'abréviation selon une typologie adéquate. + permite al codificador clasificar la abreviatura según la tipología conveniente. + pemette al codificatore di classificare + l'abbreviazione secondo una tipologia funzionale. + erlaubt es, die Abkürzung nach einer geeigneten Typologie zu klassifizieren. + + + + suspension + Suspension + the abbreviation provides the first letter(s) of the word or phrase, + omitting the remainder. + 단어 또는 구의 첫 문자(들)로 제시된 약어 + 僅提供字詞開端的一個或一個以上的字母，並省略其他部分的縮寫形式。 + la abreviatura proporciona a las + primeras letras de la palabra o de la frase, omitiendo el resto. + 語頭文字(列)を使い、省略形とする。 + l'abréviation donne la première lettre + lettre du mot ou de l'expression et omet le reste. + l'abbreviazione consiste delle prime + lettere di una parola o sintagma, omettendo il restante. + die Abkürzung gibt nur den Anfang des Wortes oder der Phrase, der Rest wird weggelassen, z. B. H(ansestadt) H(amburg), u(nd) s(o) w(eiter). + + + contraction + Kontraktion + the abbreviation omits some letter(s) in the middle. + 중간의 몇 개 문자들이 생략된 약어 + 省略單字當中某些字母的縮寫形式。 + la abreviatura omite algunas letras en + el centro. + 語中の文字(列)を省略して作る。 + l'abréviation omet une ou plusieurs + lettres au milieu. + l'abbreviazione omette alcune lettere + nella parte centrale. + die Abkürzung lässt Buchstaben im Wortinneren weg. + + + the abbreviation comprises a special symbol or mark. + 약어가 특별한 기호 또는 부호로 구성된다. + 包含特殊符號或標記的縮寫形式。 + la abreviatura refiere un símbolo + especial o una marca. + 特別な記号や印が使われている。 + l'abréviation comprend un symbole + spécial ou une marque. + l'abbreviazione consiste di un simbolo + o segno speciale. + die Abkürzung verwendet ein spezielles Zeichen für die ausgelassenen Buchstaben. + + + superscription + Superskript + the abbreviation includes writing above the line. + 약어가 행 위에 기록된 것을 포함한다. + 包含上標文字的縮寫形式。 + la abreviatura incluye la escritura + sobre la línea. + 当該省略形上に、文字列が乗っている。 + l'abréviation inclut ce qui est écrit + au-dessus de la ligne. + l'abbreviazione include testo scritto + al di sopra della linea. + die Abkürzung enthält Zeichen auf oder über der Mittellinie. + + + acronym + Akronym + the abbreviation comprises the initial letters of the words of a phrase. + 약어가 구를 구성하는 각 단어의 시작 문자로 구성된 것이다. + 僅包含一詞組當中字首字母的縮寫形式。 + la abreviatura abarca las letras + iniciales de las palabras de una frase. + 省略形は、語頭字でできている。 + l'abréviation comprend les initiales + des mots d'une expression. + l'abbreviazione consiste delle lettere + iniziali delle una parola di una frase. + die Abkürzung besteht aus den Anfangsbuchstaben mehrer Wörter. + + + title + Titel + the abbreviation is for a title of address (Dr, Ms, Mr, …) + 호칭에 대한 약어(Dr, Ms, Mr 등) + 用於頭銜稱呼的縮寫 (Dr, Ms, Mr, …)。 + la abreviatura se emplea para un + tratamiento en la dirección (el Dr., Sr.,…) + 宛名に使用する肩書きの省略形(Dr、 Ms、 Mr、…)。 + l'abréviation recouvre une identité + sociale (Dr., Mme, M., …) + labbreviazione si riferisce al titolo + (Sig., Sig.ra ecc.) + eine Abkürzung für eine Anrede oder einen akademischen Titel (Dr., Hr., Fr., ...) + + + organization + Organisation + the abbreviation is for the name of an organization. + 약어가 기관명에 대한 것이다. + 用於機構團體名稱的縮寫。 + la abreviatura se emplea en el nombre + de una organización. + 組織名の省略形。 + l'abréviation recouvre le nom d'un + organisme. + l'abbreviazione si riferisce al nome di + un organizzazione. + eine Abkürzung für den Namen einer Organisation. + + + geographic + Geographisch + the abbreviation is for a geographic name. + 약어가 지명에 대한 것이다. + 用於地理名稱的縮寫。 + la abreviatura se usa para un nombre geográfico. + 地名の省略形。 + l'abréviation recouvre un nom + géographique. + l'abbreviazione si riferisce ad un + toponimo + die Abkürzung steht für einen geografischen Namen. + + + +

                              The type attribute is provided for the sake of those who wish to + classify abbreviations at their point of occurrence; this may be useful in some + circumstances, though usually the same abbreviation will have the same type in + all occurrences. As the sample values make clear, abbreviations may be + classified by the method used to construct them, the method of writing them, or + the referent of the term abbreviated; the typology used is up to the encoder and + should be carefully planned to meet the needs of the expected use. For a + typology of Middle English abbreviations, see 6.2. +

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut type est donné si on souhaite typer les abréviations à + l'endroit où elles apparaissent ; cela peut être utile dans certaines + circonstances bien qu'une abréviation conserve la même signification dans toutes + ses occurrences. Comme les échantillons des valeurs le montrent, les + abréviations peuvent être typées selon la méthode utilisée pour leur + construction, pour leur écriture, ou le référent du terme abrégé ; la typologie + utilisée dépend de l'encodeur et doit être pensée soigneusement afin de + correspondre aux attentes. Pour une typologie des abréviations concernant le + Moyen Anglais, voir 6.2. .

                              +                               + +

                              属性typeは、省略形の分類を明示したい時に使用される。 一般には、全ての場合で同じタイプの省略形が使われるが、そうでな + い場合にこの属性は有効であろう。 用例に示されているように、省略形はそれを造語する手法により分類 + することができる。この分類は符号化する人が決めるものである。従っ て、目的に合わせて慎重に選択すべきである。中世英語の省略形につ + いては、以下を参照のこと6.2. 。

                              +                               + +

                              + Das type-Attribute kann für die Klassifikation von Abkürzungen am Ort ihres Auftretens verwendet werden, + was für einige Abkürzungen hilfreich sein kann, obwohl üblicherweise dieselbe Abkürzung in all ihren Vorkommen denselben + Typ aufweist. Die Beispielswerte verdeutlichen, dass Abkürzungen auf verschiedene Arten typisiert werden können: nach der + Methode mit der sie erstellt werden, nach der Schreibweise oder nach dem abgekürzten Text. Die Entscheidung über die passende + Typologie liegt beim Kodierer und sollte sorgfältig gegenüber dem zu erwartenden Nutzen abgewogen werden. Für eine Typologie von + Abkürzungen in mittelenglischen Texten vgl. 6.2. . Für eine Typologie von Abkürzungen in deutschen + mittelalterlichen Texten vgl. Schneider: Paläographie und Handschriftenkunde, 3. Auflage 2014, S. 86-91. +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + North Atlantic Treaty Organization + NorATO + NATO + OTAN + + + + + + SPQR + + + + + + SPQR + senatus populusque romanorum + + + + + + 北大 + + + + + + 北大 + 北京大學 + + + + + + + SPQR + senatus populusque romanorum + + + + +

                              If abbreviations are expanded silently, this practice should be + documented in the editorialDecl, either with a + normalization element or a p.

                              +                               + +

                              Werden Abkürzungen stillschweigend aufgelöst, + sollte diese Vorgehensweise im TEI-Header über das editorialDecl-Element dokumentiert werden, + entweder in einem normalization- oder einem p-Element.

                              +                               + +

                              La balise abbr n'est pas obligatoire. Si c'est pertinent, l'encodeur peut + transcrire les abréviations du texte source sans les commenter ni les baliser. Si les + abréviations ne sont pas transcrites directement mais développées sans + commentaires, alors l'en-tête TEI doit le mentionner.

                              +                               + +

                              省略形が暗黙的に戻される場合、これは一つのnormalization要素かp要素とともにeditorialDeclに記述されるべきである。 +

                              +                               + + 3.6.5. Abbreviations and Their Expansions + +                               + expansion + 확장 표기 + 縮寫還原 + expansion + expansión + espansione + Abkürzungsauflösung + contains the expansion of an abbreviation. + 약어의 확장(비약어) 표기 + 包含一個縮寫詞的還原形式。 + 省略形の元の表現を示す。 + contient l'expansion d'une abréviation. + contiene la expansión de una abreviatura. + contiene l'esapnsione di un'abbreviazione. + enthält die aufgelöste Form einer Abkürzung. + + + + + + + + + + + + The address is Southmoor + + Road + Rd + + + + + Il habite + + Avenue + Av. + de la Paix + + + + + + 歐洲聯盟 + 歐盟 + + + + + + + Imp + Imperator + + + + +

                              The content of this element should be the expanded + abbreviation, usually (but not always) a complete word or + phrase. The ex element provided by the transcr module may be used to mark up + sequences of letters supplied within such an expansion.

                              + +

                              If abbreviations are expanded silently, this practice should be + documented in the editorialDecl, either with a + normalization element or a p.

                              +                               + +

                              En général, le contenu de cet élément doit être une expression ou un mot complet. L'élément + ex fourni par le module transcr peut être utilisé pour + baliser des suites de lettres données dans une expansion de ce type.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素の内容は、完全な語句であるべきである。 転記モジュールにある要素ex + を使い、省略形の元の形を文字列として示すことができる。

                              +                               + +

                              Der Inhalt dieses Elements sollte die aufgelöste Abkürzung sein, üblicherweise ein vollständiges Wort oder eine Phrase. + Das ex-Element aus dem Modul transcr + kann verwendet werden, um einzelne Buchstaben innerhalb der Auflösung auszuzeichnen.

                              +

                              Werden Abkürzungen stillschweigend aufgelöst, + sollte diese Vorgehensweise im TEI-Header über das editorialDecl-Element dokumentiert werden, + entweder in einem normalization- oder einem p-Element.

                              +                               + + 3.6.5. Abbreviations and Their Expansions + +                               + pointer + 포인터 + + puntero + pointeur + puntatore + defines a pointer to another location. + 다른 위치로의 포인터를 정의한다. + 標明一個與其他位置相連結的指標。 + 他の場所を示すポインターを定義する。 + définit un pointeur vers un autre emplacement. + define un señalizador a otra localización. + definisce un puntatore ad un'altra posizione. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The target and cRef attributes are mutually exclusive.

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs target et cRef sont exclusifs l'un de l'autre.

                              +                               + +

                              属性targetとcRefは、排他的に使用される。

                              +                               + +

                              Die target und cRef-Attribute schließen sich gegenseitig aus.

                              +                               + + 3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References + 17.1. Links + +                               + reference + 참조 + + referencia + référence + riferimento + Referenz + defines a reference to another location, possibly modified by additional text or comment. + 부가적인 텍스트 또는 해설로 수정될 수 있는, 다른 위치로 참조를 정의한다. + 標明與其他位置互相參照的符號，或許包含附加的文字或註解。 + 他の場所への参照を定義する。多くは、追加テキストまたはコメントを含む。 + définit une référence vers un autre emplacement, la référence étant éventuellement modifiée ou complétée par un texte ou un commentaire. + define una referencia a otra localización, posiblemente modificada por un texto o comentario adicional. + definisce un riferimento ad un'altra posizione, può essere modificata da un commento o testo ulteriore + definiert einen externen oder internen Verweis, der auch durch einen zusätzlichen Text oder Kommentar ergänzt werden kann. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Only one of the attributes @target and @cRef may be supplied on . + + + + + See especially the second + sentence + + + + See also s.v. locution + . + + + Cf. tout particulièrement la section 12, page 34. + + + Cf. tout particulièrement + le vers 234 du Livre I + + + + 關於第二行， 請參考 下列 + 慣用語 + . + + +

                              The target and cRef attributes are mutually exclusive.

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs target et cRef sont exclusifs l'un de l'autre.

                              +                               + +

                              属性targetとcRefは、排他的に使用される。

                              +                               + +

                              Die target und cRef-Attribute schließen sich gegenseitig aus.

                              +                               + + 3.7. Simple Links and Cross-References + 17.1. Links + +                               + list + liste + Liste + contains any sequence of items organized as a list. + 목록의 형태로 정리된 항목을 포함한다. + 包含以列表方式呈現的任何連續項目。 + リストのような、項目列を示す。 + contient une suite d'items ordonnés dans une liste. + contiene cualquier secuencia de ítems o elementos + organizados en una lista. + contiene una qualsiasi sequenza di voci organizzate in + una lista. + enthält eine Reihe von Listenpunkten, die als Liste organisiert sind. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The content of a "gloss" list should include a sequence of one or more pairs of a label element followed by an item element + + + + + + + + type + Typ + describes the nature of the items in the list. + beschreibt die Art der Listenpunkte. + + + + gloss + Gloss + each list item glosses some term or concept, which is given by a label element + preceding the list item. + 목록의 각 항목은 선행하는 요소에서 제시된 용어 또는 개념에 대한 설명이다. + 各列表項目為一些字詞或概念下註解，每個項目之前並帶有標籤元素。 + cada item de la lista glosa algun término o + concepto de los que han sido dados por un elemento de la lista de la etiqueta que + precede. + リスト項目は、当該リスト項目に先行してあるラベル要素で示され + たある用語や意義をまとめたものである。 + chaque item de la liste commente un terme ou un + concept qui est donné par un élément label précédant l'item de la liste. + ogni voce dell'elenco è la glossa di un termine o + concetto dato da un elemento legenda che precede la voce stessa + jeder Listenpunkt erläutert einen Begriff oder ein Konzept, das von einem voranstehenden label-Element genannt wird. + + + index + Index + each list item is an entry in an index such as the alphabetical topical index + at the back of a print volume. + jeder Listenpunkt ist ein Registereintrag z. B. in einem alphabetisch geordneten + Sachregister am Ende einer Druckausgabe. + + + instructions + Arbeitsschritt + each list item is a step in a sequence of instructions, as in a + recipe. + jeder Listenpunkt ist ein Arbeitsschritt in einer Folge von Anweisungen, + wie z. B. in einem Rezept. + + + litany + Litanei + each list item is one of a sequence of petitions, supplications + or invocations, typically in a religious ritual. + jeder Listenpunkt ist Teil einer Reihenfolge von Gebeten, Bitten oder Anrufungen die + üblicherweise in einem religiösen Ritual verwendet werden. + + + syllogism + logischer Schluss + each list item is part of an argument consisting of two or more propositions + and a final conclusion derived from them. + jeder Listenpunkt ist Teil eines Arguments, das aus zwei oder mehr Prämissen + und einem daraus gezogenen Schluss besteht. + + + +

                              Previous versions of these Guidelines recommended the use + of type on list to encode the rendering or + appearance of a list (whether it was bulleted, numbered, + etc.). The current recommendation is to use the + rend or style attributes for these + aspects of a list, while using type for the more + appropriate task of characterizing the nature of the content + of a list.

                              +

                              The formal syntax of the element declarations allows + label tags to be omitted from lists tagged list + type="gloss"; this is however a semantic error.

                              +                               + +

                              La syntaxe formelle des déclarations d'élément permet d'omettre les étiquettes de balises + des listes balisées par list type="gloss" mais c'est une erreur sémantique.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素の宣言では、要素labelは、タグlist type="gloss"中で省略することができることになっているが、 + これは意味上のエラーになる。

                              +                               + +

                              In älteren Versionen dieser Richtlinien wurde empfohlen, mit dem Attribut type am list-Element + die Darstellung oder das Erscheinungsbild einer Liste zu kodieren (also ob sie z. B. nummeriert oder mit Symbolen + versehen ist). Die aktuelle Empfehlung ist, dafür die Attribute rend oder style zu verwenden, + während mit type der Inhalt der Liste charakterisiert werden sollte.

                              +

                              Die formale Syntax der Elementdeklaration + erlaubt es, Listen vom list type="gloss" ohne das Element label zu verwenden; das ist jedoch ein + semantischer Fehler.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + a butcher + a baker + a candlestick maker, with + rings on his fingersbells on his toes + + + + + + + + All Cretans are liars. + Epimenides is a Cretan. + ERGO Epimenides is a liar. + + + + + + + God save us from drought. + God save us from pestilence. + God save us from wickedness in high places. + Praise be to God. + + + + + + + Thé sans sucre et sans lait + Un jus d'ananas + Un yaourt + Trois biscuits de seigle + Carottes râpées + Côtelettes d'agneau (deux) + Courgettes + Chèvre frais + Coings + + + + + +
                              +

                              Selon des critères qui n'appartiennent qu'à lui, Rémi Plassaert a classé ses buvards + en huit tas respectivement surmontés par :

                              + + un toréador chantant (dentifrice émail Diamant) + un tapis d'Orient du XVIIe siècle, provenant d'une basilique de Transylvanie + (Kalium-Sedaph, soluté de propionate de potassium) + Le Renard et la Cicogne (sic), gravure de Jean-Baptiste Oudry (Papeteries + Marquaize, Stencyl, Reprographie) + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              [...] et tout autour, la longue cohorte de ses personnages, avec leur histoire, leur + passé, leurs légendes :

                              + + Pélage vainqueur d'Alkhamah se faisant couronner à Covadonga + La cantatrice exilée de Russie suivant Schönberg à Amsterdam + Le petit chat sourd aux yeux vairons vivant au dernier étage + Le crétin chef d'îlot faisant préparer des tonneaux de sable + +
                              +                               +                               + + + + 一個屠夫 + 一個糕點師父 + 一個燭台工人手上戴了戒指腳趾上有鈴鐺 + + + + + + + + 青年守則 + + 守則一至五條包括八德：一、忠勇為愛國之本 。二、服從為負責之本。三、孝順為齊家之本。四、勤儉為服務之本。五、仁愛為接物之本。 + + 六至九條意指四維：六、整潔為強身之本。七、信義為立業之本。八、助人為快樂之本。九、和平為處世之本 + + 十至十二條就是三達德：十、學問為濟世之本。十一、禮節為治事之本。十二、有恆為成功之本。 + + + + + + + +

                              我們二人謹定于2008年7月3日正午十二時，在台北舉行結婚典禮，寫下海誓山盟，終身遵守，在婚姻路上，共同經營，災難病情，互相扶持，永不分離。并就下列事項，立下承諾，即令滄海化為桑田，桑田再變為滄海，也要攜手共進，相親相愛，直到白頭。我們宣誓：從結婚這一天開始，不但成為夫妻，互相敬愛，分擔對方的快樂和憂愁，也同時成為朋友，而且是諍友，互相勉勵，互相規勸，互相批評。我們領悟：愉快的共同生活，全靠心靈溝通，所以，我們一定善用言語，不僅表達愛心、關心，也使彼此藉語言加深了解，一起成長。絕不粗聲叱責，絕不用肢體代替言語，絕不允許發生婚姻暴力。 我們認知：家庭與事業是夫妻共同經營的果實，夫妻對家庭的貢獻等值，在家庭內或社會上，價值完全相同，社會工作薪俸無論多少，家務工作的薪俸都與其相同。我們同意：將來我們有子女，管教上如果有不同的意見，甚至尖銳對立的意見，一定要克制自己，去請教專家，絕不把孩子當成實現自己希望的工具，也絕不用孩子來炫耀自己。 我們認為：一夫一妻制，是社會安定的磐石，是孩子們成長最安全的溫床，我們喜愛并尊重這種制度，并用事實和行動，維護它的尊嚴。我們警惕：婚姻生活并不多彩多姿，它不但平凡，而且瑣碎，如果不滋養珍惜，容易使生命憔悴，心靈粗俗，所以生活之中，我們一定保持適度的假期，與孩子一起長大。我們謹記：我們孝敬自己的父母，也孝敬對方的父母，不僅是回報養育之恩，也是培養自己人格的完整，為我們的下一代立下榜樣。 我們了解：我們將來會老，所以，我們從結婚這一天，就培養專業之外的其它藝朮興趣，如書、畫、音樂，使我們生命永遠充實燦爛。 +

                              +                               +                               + +

                              The following example treats the short numbered clauses of Anglo-Saxon legal codes as lists + of items. The text is from an ordinance of King Athelstan (924–939):

                              + + + Athelstan's Ordinance + + Concerning thieves. First, that no thief is to be spared who is caught with + the stolen goods, [if he is] over twelve years and [if the value of the goods is] over + eightpence. + And if anyone does spare one, he is to pay for the thief with his + wergild — and the thief is to be no nearer a settlement on that account — or to + clear himself by an oath of that amount.If, however, he [the thief] wishes to defend himself or to escape, he is + not to be spared [whether younger or older than twelve].If a thief is put into prison, he is to be in prison 40 days, and he may + then be redeemed with 120 shillings; and the kindred are to stand surety for him + that he will desist for ever.And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild, + or to bring him back there.And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild, + whether to the king or to him to whom it rightly belongs; and everyone of those who + supported him is to pay 120 shillings to the king as a fine. + + Concerning lordless men. And we pronounced about these lordless men, from whom + no justice can be obtained, that one should order their kindred to fetch back such a + person to justice and to find him a lord in public meeting. + And if they then will not, or cannot, produce him on that appointed day, + he is then to be a fugitive afterwards, and he who encounters him is to strike him + down as a thief.And he who harbours him after that, is to pay for him with his wergild + or to clear himself by an oath of that amount. + + Concerning the refusal of justice. The lord who refuses justice and upholds + his guilty man, so that the king is appealed to, is to repay the value of the goods and + 120 shillings to the king; and he who appeals to the king before he demands justice as + often as he ought, is to pay the same fine as the other would have done, if he had + refused him justice. + And the lord who is an accessory to a theft by his slave, and it becomes + known about him, is to forfeit the slave and be liable to his wergild on the first + occasionp if he does it more often, he is to be liable to pay all that he owns.And likewise any of the king's treasurers or of our reeves, who has been + an accessory of thieves who have committed theft, is to liable to the same. + + Concerning treachery to a lord. And we have pronounced concerning treachery to + a lord, that he [who is accused] is to forfeit his life if he cannot deny it or is + afterwards convicted at the three-fold ordeal. + + + +

                              Note that nested lists have been used so the tagging mirrors the structure indicated by the + two-level numbering of the clauses. The clauses could have been treated as a one-level list + with irregular numbering, if desired.

                              +                               + +

                              Das folgende Beispiel behandelt die kurzen nummerierten Klauseln von angelsächsischen + Rechtstexten als Listen von item-Elementen. Der Text stammt aus einer Verordnung von + König Athelstan (924-939):

                              + + + Athelstan's Ordinance + + Concerning thieves. First, that no thief is to be spared who is caught with + the stolen goods, [if he is] over twelve years and [if the value of the goods is] over + eightpence. + And if anyone does spare one, he is to pay for the thief with his + wergild — and the thief is to be no nearer a settlement on that account — or to + clear himself by an oath of that amount.If, however, he [the thief] wishes to defend himself or to escape, he is + not to be spared [whether younger or older than twelve].If a thief is put into prison, he is to be in prison 40 days, and he may + then be redeemed with 120 shillings; and the kindred are to stand surety for him + that he will desist for ever.And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild, + or to bring him back there.And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild, + whether to the king or to him to whom it rightly belongs; and everyone of those who + supported him is to pay 120 shillings to the king as a fine. + + Concerning lordless men. And we pronounced about these lordless men, from whom + no justice can be obtained, that one should order their kindred to fetch back such a + person to justice and to find him a lord in public meeting. + And if they then will not, or cannot, produce him on that appointed day, + he is then to be a fugitive afterwards, and he who encounters him is to strike him + down as a thief.And he who harbours him after that, is to pay for him with his wergild + or to clear himself by an oath of that amount. + + Concerning the refusal of justice. The lord who refuses justice and upholds + his guilty man, so that the king is appealed to, is to repay the value of the goods and + 120 shillings to the king; and he who appeals to the king before he demands justice as + often as he ought, is to pay the same fine as the other would have done, if he had + refused him justice. + And the lord who is an accessory to a theft by his slave, and it becomes + known about him, is to forfeit the slave and be liable to his wergild on the first + occasionp if he does it more often, he is to be liable to pay all that he owns.And likewise any of the king's treasurers or of our reeves, who has been + an accessory of thieves who have committed theft, is to liable to the same. + + Concerning treachery to a lord. And we have pronounced concerning treachery to + a lord, that he [who is accused] is to forfeit his life if he cannot deny it or is + afterwards convicted at the three-fold ordeal. + + + +

                              In diesem Beispiel wurden verschachtelte Listen verwendet. Die Auszeichnung spiegelt somit die + Struktur der zweistufigen Nummerierung der Klauseln wider. Die Klauseln könnten auch als eine + einstufige Liste mit unregelmäßiger Nummerierung behandelt werden.

                              +                               + + + +

                              These decrees, most blessed Pope Hadrian, we propounded in the public council ... and they + confirmed them in our hand in your stead with the sign of the Holy Cross, and afterwards + inscribed with a careful pen on the paper of this page, affixing thus the sign of the Holy + Cross. + I, Eanbald, by the grace of God archbishop of the holy church of York, have + subscribed to the pious and catholic validity of this document with the sign of the Holy + Cross.I, Ælfwold, king of the people across the Humber, consenting have subscribed with + the sign of the Holy Cross.I, Tilberht, prelate of the church of Hexham, rejoicing have subscribed with the + sign of the Holy Cross.I, Higbald, bishop of the church of Lindisfarne, obeying have subscribed with the + sign of the Holy Cross.I, Ethelbert, bishop of Candida Casa, suppliant, have subscribed with thef sign of + the Holy Cross.I, Ealdwulf, bishop of the church of Mayo, have subscribed with devout will.I, Æthelwine, bishop, have subscribed through delegates.I, Sicga, patrician, have subscribed with serene mind with the sign of the Holy + Cross. +

                              +                               +                               + +

                              May contain an optional heading followed by a series of items, or a series of + label and item pairs, the latter being optionally preceded by one or two specialized + headings.

                              +                               + +

                              Peut contenir un titre facultatif suivi d'une succession d'items ou d'une + succession de couples constitués d'une étiquette et d'un item, ce dernier type pouvant être + précédé par un ou deux titres spécifiques.

                              +                               + +

                              一連の項目またはラベルと項目の組の前に、選択的にヘダーをとることが ある。一連のラベルと項目の組の場合、選択的に、ひとつ以上のヘダーが + 先行することがある。

                              +                               + +

                              Die Liste kann mit einer Überschrift head beginnen. Sie kann auch aus Paaren von Labels und Beschreibungen bestehen, + sodass dann für jeden Teil spezielle Überschriften (headLabel, headItem) verwendet werden können.

                              +                               + + 3.8. Lists + +                               + item + Listenpunkt + contains one component of a list. + 목록에서 하나의 성분을 포함한다. + 包含列表中的一個項目。 + リストのいち項目を示す。 + contient un composant d'une liste. + contiene un componente de una lista. + contiene un componente di una lista + enthält einen Listenpunkt. + + + + + + + + + + + Here begin the chapter headings of Book IV + The death of Queen Clotild. + How King Lothar wanted to appropriate one third of the Church revenues. + The wives and children of Lothar. + The Counts of the Bretons. + Saint Gall the Bishop. + The priest Cato. + ... + + + + + + + Tentative d'inventaire de quelques-unes des choses qui ont été trouvées dans + les escaliers au fil des ans. + Plusieurs photos, dont celle d'une jeune fille de quinze ans vêtue d'un slip + de bain noir et d'un chandail blanc, agenouillée sur une plage, + un réveil radio de toute évidence destiné à un réparateur, dans un sac plastique + des établissements Nicolas, + un soulier noir orné de brillants, + une mule en chevreau doré, + une boîte de pastilles Géraudel contre la toux. + + + + + + + 以下為第三部份的各個章節標題 + 人物的鑑賞 + 情節的鑑賞 + 環境的鑑賞 + 主題的鑑賞 + 語言的鑑賞 + ... + + + + +

                              May contain simple prose or a sequence of chunks.

                              +

                              Whatever string of characters is used to label a list item in the copy text may be used as + the value of the global n attribute, but it is not required that numbering be + recorded explicitly. In ordered lists, the n attribute on the item element + is by definition synonymous with the use of the label element to record the + enumerator of the list item. In glossary lists, however, the term being defined should be + given with the label element, not n.

                              +                               + +

                              Peut contenir un texte ou une succession d'extraits.

                              +

                              Toute chaîne de caractères utilisée pour étiqueter un item de liste dans le texte peut être + utilisée comme valeur de l'attribut global n, mais il n'est pas obligatoire de + noter explicitement cette numérotation. Dans les listes ordonnées, l'attribut n de + l'élément item est par définition synonyme de l'utilisation de l'élément + label pour noter le numéro de l'item de la liste. Pour les glossaires toutefois, le + terme défini doit être donné avec l'élément label, et non pas n.

                              +                               + +

                              散文または文塊を示す。

                              +

                              文字列が元資料中にあるリスト項目のラベルを表すために使用される使わ れる場合、グローバル属性nの値として使用されるかもしれな + い。しかし、この数は明記される必要はない。 順序付きリストの場合、要素itemの属性nは、 + リスト項目の数を示す要素labelと同じ意味で使用されている。 用語集の場合、当該要素は、属性nではなく、要素 + labelと共に使用されるべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Kann einen einfachen Fließtext enthalten oder eine Sequenz von Chunks.

                              +

                              Welche Zeichenfolge auch immer für die Kennzeichnung eines Listenpunkts in der Vorlage + benutzt wird, kann als Wert des globalen n-Attributs verwendet werden, dabei muss die + Nummerierung nicht notwendigerweise erfasst werden. In geordneten Listen ist das + n-Attribut des item-Elements per Definition synonym mit dem Gebrauch des + label-Elements, um den Zähler des Listenpunkts zu erfassen. In Glossarlisten sollte + der zu definierende Term im label-Element und nicht im n-Attribut angegeben + werden.

                              +                               + + + 3.8. Lists + 2.6. The Revision Description + +                               + label + étiquette + Label + contains any label or heading used to identify part of a text, + typically but not exclusively in a list or glossary. + 목록의 항목과 관련된 표지를 포함한다; 용어집에서는 정의되고 있는 용어를 표지한다. + 包含和列表中某項目相關聯的標號；在詞彙表中則用來標記被定義的字詞。 + リスト中の項目に関連するラベルを示す。用語集においては、定義される用 語を示す。 + contient l'étiquette attachée à un item dans une liste ; + dans les glossaires, il marque le terme qui est défini. + contiene un concepto o enunciado asociado con un ítem en + una lista; en un glosario marca el término que se define. + contiene l'etichetta associata ad una voce in una lista; + nei glossari indica il dermine che viene definito + enthält ein Label oder eine Überschrift zur + Identifikation eines Textteils, insbesondere in einer Liste oder einem Glossar. + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Labels are commonly used for the headwords in glossary + lists; note the use of the global xml:lang attribute to + set the default language of the glossary list to Middle English, + and identify the glosses and headings as modern English or + Latin:

                              + + + Vocabulary + Middle English + New English + + now + + loudly + + blooms + + meadow + + wood + + ewe + + lows + + bounds, frisks (cf. Chaucer, K.T.644a courser, stertingas the fyr + + + pedit + + merrily + + cease + + never + + +                               + +

                              Labels werden häufig für Schlagwörter in Glossaren verwendet; Beachten Sie die Verwendung des + globalen xml:lang-Attributs, um die Standardsprache des Glossars auf Mittelenglisch + zu setzen sowie die Glossen und Überschriften als modernes Englisch oder Latein zu + identifizieren:

                              + + + Vocabulary + Middle English + New English + + now + + loudly + + blooms + + meadow + + wood + + ewe + + lows + + bounds, frisks (cf. Chaucer, K.T.644a courser, stertingas the fyr + + + pedit + + merrily + + cease + + never + + +                               + +

                              label est souvent employé pour identifier les mots dans des listes de glossaire ; + on note l'utilisation de l’attribut global xml:lang : l'ancien français est la + langue par défaut du glossaire

                              + + + Vocabulaire + Ancien français + Français moderne + + amertume + + conduire une barque + + goulot d'un vase. + + jeune boeuf + + celui-ci + + captivité + + conduire + + puissance, pouvoir + + singularis + + tombée du jour (cf. Lexique de Godefroyde hautes vespres : tard dans la soirée.) + + +                               + +

                              On emploie aussi label pour enregistrer le classement alphanumérique d'items dans + des listes ordonnées.

                              + L’unité mixte de + recherche ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) propose 3 types + de ressources : Des ressources linguistiques publiées.Des ressources linguistiques informatisées.Des ressources linguistiques logicielles. + +                               + +

                              On emploie aussi label dans d'autres listes structurées, comme dans cet extrait du + journal de Jules Renard.

                              + + + + L'esprit inquiet mais clairvoyant, c'est-à-dire actif et sain, de l'homme qui ne + travaille pas. + + On parle de Syveton. Elle aussi se rappelle avoir été, petite fille, poursuivie par + un homme tout décolleté du bas et qu'on appelait l'homme au nez rouge. + + Jaurès dit que Syveton n'avait aucun intérêt à se tuer mais, à y regarder de près, + oui, en cherchant bien, on trouve que nous avons tous un intérêt quelconque à nous tuer. + + Dans mon coeur froid, quelques rares jolis sentiments, comme des oiseaux aux petites + pattes sur de la neige. + + +                               + + + + 字彙 + 簡體中文 + 繁體中文 + + 塵 + + 業 + + 處 + + 個 + + 與 + + 軍隊 + + 疏遠 + + 後漢出師表亲近小人，疏远贤臣，这是后汉所以倾覆衰败的原因 + + + 嘆息 + + 認為 + + 誠實 + + 獲得 + + + + + 有關本書的版權問題，我做出以下兩點聲明。未經授權許可，請勿擅自複印。歡迎學術引用本文，然請詳細標明出處。 + + + + + + + 今天晚上，很好的月光。 我不見他，已是三十多年；今天見了，精神分外爽快。... + + 今天全沒月光，我知道不妙。早上小心出門，趙貴翁的眼色便怪：似乎怕我，似乎想害我。還有七八個人，交頭接耳的議論我，... + + ...我翻開歷史一查，這歷史沒有年代，歪歪斜斜的每葉上都寫著“仁義道德”几個字。我橫豎睡不著，仔細看了半夜，才從字縫里看出字來，滿本都寫著兩個字是喫人！書上寫著這許多字，佃戶說了這許多話，卻都笑吟吟的睜著怪眼看我。我也是人，他們想要吃我了！ + + 黑漆漆的，不知是日是夜。趙家的狗又叫起來了。 獅子似的凶心，兔子的怯弱，狐狸的狡猾，…… + + + + +

                              Labels may also be used to record explicitly the numbers or letters which mark list items in + ordered lists, as in this extract from Gibbon's Autobiography. In this usage + the label element is synonymous with the n attribute on the item + element:

                              + I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own. + +                               + +

                              Labels können auch verwendet werden, um die Zahlen oder Buchstaben explizit zu erfassen, die + Listenelemente in geordneten Listen markieren – wie in diesem Auszug aus Gibbons + Autobiographie. In diesem Fall ist das label-Element gleichbedeutend + mit dem n-Attribut des item-Elements:

                              + I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own. + +                               + +

                              Labels may also be used for other structured list items, as in this extract from the journal + of Edward Gibbon:

                              + + + + I wrote some critical observations upon Plautus. + + I wrote a long dissertation upon some lines of Virgil. + + I saw Mademoiselle Curchod — Omnia vincit amor, et nos cedamus + amori. + + + I went to Crassy, and staid two days. + + +

                              Note that the label might also appear within the +item rather than as its sibling. Though syntactically valid, +this usage is not recommended TEI practice.

                              +                               + +

                              Labels können auch für andere strukturierte Listenelemente verwendet werden, wie in diesem Auszug + aus der Zeitschrift von Edward Gibbon:

                              + + + + I wrote some critical observations upon Plautus. + + I wrote a long dissertation upon some lines of Virgil. + + I saw Mademoiselle Curchod — Omnia vincit amor, et nos cedamus + amori. + + + I went to Crassy, and staid two days. + + +

                              Das label-Element kann auch innerhalb des item-Elements, anstatt als sein + Geschwisterelement, vorkommen. Obwohl syntaktisch gültig, wird diese Verwendung von der TEI + nicht empfohlen.

                              +                               + +

                              Labels may also be used to represent a label or heading attached to +a paragraph or sequence of paragraphs not treated as a structural +division, or to a group of verse lines. Note that, in this case, the +label element appears within the p or +lg element, rather than as a preceding sibling of it.

                              + +

                              [...] +& n’entrer en mauuais & mal-heu- +ré meſnage. Or des que le conſente- +ment des parties y eſt le mariage eſt + arreſté, quoy que de faict il ne ſoit + + conſommé. Depuis la conſomma- +tion du mariage la femme eſt ſoubs + la puiſſance du mary, s’il n’eſt eſcla- +ue ou enfant de famille : car en ce + cas, la femme, qui a eſpouſé vn en- +fant de famille, eſt ſous la puiſſance +[...]

                              +                               +

                              In this example the text of the label appears in the right hand + margin of the original source, next to the paragraph it describes, but + approximately in the middle of it. +

                              +

                              If so desired the type attribute may be used to + distinguish different categories of label.

                              +                               + +

                              Das label-Element kann auch verwendet werden, um ein Label oder eine Überschrift zu + kennzeichnen, die an einen Absatz oder eine Abfolge von Absätzen gebunden sind, die nicht als + struktureller Abschnitt oder Gruppe von Verszeilen behandelt werden. Beachten Sie, dass in + diesem Fall das label-Element innerhalb des p oder + lg-Elements erscheint und nicht als deren Geschwisterelement.

                              + +

                              [...] + & n’entrer en mauuais & mal-heu- + ré meſnage. Or des que le conſente- + ment des parties y eſt le mariage eſt + arreſté, quoy que de faict il ne ſoit + + conſommé. Depuis la conſomma- + tion du mariage la femme eſt ſoubs + la puiſſance du mary, s’il n’eſt eſcla- + ue ou enfant de famille : car en ce + cas, la femme, qui a eſpouſé vn en- + fant de famille, eſt ſous la puiſſance + [...]

                              +                               +

                              In diesem Beispiel erscheint der Text des Labels im rechten Randbereich der Vorlage, neben dem + Absatz, den er beschreibt, ungefähr auf mittlerer Höhe. +

                              +

                              Zusätzlich kann das type-Attribut verwendet werden, um verschiedene Kategorien von + Labels zu unterscheiden.

                              +                               + + 3.8. Lists + +                               + heading + 표제부 + 標題 + en-tête + encabezamiento + titolo + Überschrift + contains any type of heading, for example the title of a section, or the heading of a list, + glossary, manuscript description, etc. + 예를 들어 절의 제목 또는 용어집, 원고 기술의 제목 등과 같이 표제부 유형을 포함한다. + 包含任何種類的標題，如章節、列表、詞彙表、寫本描述等的標題。 + 各種の見出しを示す。例えば、節のタイトル、リストや用語集、手書き資料 の解説などにある見出し。 + contient tout type d'en-tête, par exemple le titre d'une + section, ou l'intitulé d'une liste, d'un glossaire, d'une description de manuscrit, etc. + contiene cualquier tipo de encabezamiento, por ejemplo el + título de una sección o el encabezado de una lista, glosario, descripción de un manuscrito, etc. + contiene qualsiasi tipo di titolo, per esempio il titolo + di una sezione, di una lista, di un glossario, di una descrizione di manoscritto, ecc. + enthält eine beliebige Art von Überschrift, + z. B. eines Kapitels, einer Liste, eines Glossars oder einer Handschriftenbeschreibung. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The most common use for the head element is to mark the headings of sections. In + older writings, the headings or incipits may be rather longer than usual in + modern works. If a section has an explicit ending as well as a heading, it should be marked as + a trailer, as in this example:

                              + + + In the name of Christ here begins the first book of the ecclesiastical history of + Georgius Florentinus, known as Gregory, Bishop of Tours. + + In the name of Christ here begins Book I of the history. +

                              Proposing as I do ...

                              +

                              From the Passion of our Lord until the death of Saint Martin four hundred and twelve + years passed.

                              + Here ends the first Book, which covers five thousand, five hundred and ninety-six + years from the beginning of the world down to the death of Saint Martin. +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              Die häufigste Verwendung von head-Elementen ist es, Überschriften von Abschnitten zu + kennzeichnen. In älteren Schriften können die Überschriften oder Incipits länger + sein, als es in modernen Werken üblich ist. Wenn ein Abschnitt eine explizite Endung und eine + Überschrift hat, sollte die Endung mit dem trailer-Element markiert werden, wie in + diesem Beispiel:

                              + + + In the name of Christ here begins the first book of the ecclesiastical history of + Georgius Florentinus, known as Gregory, Bishop of Tours. + + In the name of Christ here begins Book I of the history. +

                              Proposing as I do ...

                              +

                              From the Passion of our Lord until the death of Saint Martin four hundred and twelve + years passed.

                              + Here ends the first Book, which covers five thousand, five hundred and ninety-six + years from the beginning of the world down to the death of Saint Martin. +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              When headings are not inline with the running text (see e.g. + the heading "Secunda conclusio") + they might however be encoded as if. + The actual placement in the source document can be captured with the place attribute.

                              + +
                              + Secunda conclusio +

                              + Potencia: habitus: et actus: recipiunt speciem ab obiectis. + Probatur sic. Omne importans necessariam habitudinem ad proprium + [...] +

                              +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              L'élémentheadest employé habituellement pour marquer les titres de sections. Dans + d'anciens textes , les titres des textes conclusifs seront précédés de l'élément + trailer, comme dans cet exemple :

                              + +
                              + Les Mille et une Nuits +

                              LES chroniques des Sassaniens, anciens rois de Perse, qui avaient étendu leur empire + dans les Indes, [...]

                              +
                              + Histoire du Vizir puni +

                              IL était autrefois un roi, poursuivit-il, qui avait un fils qui aimait + passionnément la chasse. Il lui permettait de prendre souvent ce divertissement ; + [...]

                              +
                              +
                              + + fin du tome premier. + +                               +                               + +

                              L'élément head est aussi employé pour donner un titre à d'autres éléments, dans + une liste par exemple :

                              + Les déictiques + sont des termes qui ne prennent leur sens que dans le cadre de la situation d'énonciation. + déictiquesicihierlàjetunousvous + +                               + + + + 三國演義 + + 第一回 宴桃園豪杰三結義 斬黃巾英雄首立功 +

                              滾滾長江東逝水，浪花淘盡英雄。是非成敗轉頭空。 青山依舊在，几度夕陽紅。 白發漁樵江渚上，慣看秋月春風。一壺濁酒喜相逢。古今多少事，都付笑談中。

                              +

                              話說天下大勢，分久必合，合久必分。周末七國分爭，并入于秦。...

                              + 三人救了董卓回寨。卓問三人現居何職。玄德曰：白身。...畢竟董卓性命如何，且听下文分解。 +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 除了少數特例，連接詞均用於所有論述，例如描述、記敘、闡述、論說。連接詞上述的因此在…的對面比鄰於再次 + + + +

                              The head element is also used to mark headings of other units, such as lists:

                              + With a few exceptions, connectives are equally + useful in all kinds of discourse: description, narration, exposition, argument. Connectivesaboveaccordinglyacross fromadjacent toagain + +                               + +

                              Das head-Element wird auch verwendet, um Überschriften anderer Einheiten zu markieren, wie z. B. Listen:

                              + With a few exceptions, connectives are equally + useful in all kinds of discourse: description, narration, exposition, argument. Connectivesaboveaccordinglyacross fromadjacent toagain + +                               + +

                              The head element is used for headings at all levels; software which treats (e.g.) + chapter headings, section headings, and list titles differently must determine the proper + processing of a head element based on its structural position. A head + occurring as the first element of a list is the title of that list; one occurring as the first + element of a div1 is the title of that chapter or section.

                              +                               + +

                              L'élément head est utilisé pour les titres de tous niveaux ; un logiciel qui + traitera différemment, par exemple, les titres de chapitres, les titres de sections et les + titres de listes, devra déterminer le traitement approprié de l'élément head + rencontré en fonction de sa position dans la structure XML. Un élément head qui est + le premier élément d'une liste est le titre de cette liste ; si l'élément head + apparaît comme le premier élément d'un élément div1, il sera considéré comme le titre + de ce chapitre ou de cette section.

                              +                               + +

                              要素headは、各種レベル上にある見出しに使用される。例えば、 章や節、リストの見出しを扱うソフトウェアは、構造中の場所により要素 + headの扱いを適切に行う必要がある。要素headが、リス トの第一項目に出現した場合、それは当該リストのタイトルになる。例えば、 + 要素div1の第一項目として当該要素が出現した場合、それは章ま たは節の見出しとされる。

                              +                               + +

                              Das head-Element wird für Überschriften jeder Hierarchiestufe verwendet; + Software, die zwischen Kapitelüberschriften, Abschnittsüberschriften und Listenbezeichnern unterscheidet, + muss die entsprechende Zuordnung aus der Position des head-Elements in der Textstruktur ableiten. + Ein head-Element, das als erstes Element einer Liste erscheint, ist der Listenbezeichner; + ein head-Element, das am Beginn einer mit div1 bezeichneten Struktur steht, + ist die Überschrift dieses Kapitels oder Abschnitts.

                              +                               + + + 4.2.1. Headings and Trailers + +                               + heading for list labels + intitulé d'une liste d'étiquettes + encabezamiento para una lista de conceptos. + 列表標籤的標題 + titolo per le etichette della lista + リストラベルの表題 + contains the heading for the label or term column in a glossary list or similar structured + list. + contient l'intitulé pour la colonne d'étiquettes ou de + termes dans un glossaire ou dans une liste structurée de la même manière. + contiene el encabezamiento para la columna de términos + o conceptos en una lista de un glosario u otra lista de estructura similar. + 包含詞彙列表或結構類似的列表中標籤或專有名詞欄位的標題。 + contiene il titolo per l'etichetta o la colonna termine + in un glossario o un'altra lista strutturata in modo simile. + リストなどにおけるラベルや、用語集などにおけ る語彙を示す。 + + + + + + + + The simple, straightforward statement of an + idea is preferable to the use of a worn-out expression. TRITESIMPLE, STRAIGHTFORWARDstop fighting, make peacedisorganizedfriendlycompletely honestnear death + + + + Parlez-vous + anglosnob? Liste de quelques mots franglais et des propositions pour les remplacer : Ne dites pasMais dites... résumé, abrégé printemps démographique dévoituration (comme défenestration), dévoiturage(comme cambriolage, braquage) erreur, défaut, insecte, ("bogue" est inutile) mélanger (sauf si c'est avec un mixeur) + + + +

                              The headLabel element may appear only if each item in the list is preceded by a + label.

                              +                               + +

                              L'élément headLabel ne peut apparaître que si chaque item de la liste est + précédé d'un label.

                              +                               + + 3.8. Lists + +                               + heading for list items + 목록의 항목에 대한 표제부 + 列表項目的標題 + intitulé d'une liste d'items + encabezamiento de los ítems de una lista. + titolo per le voci della lista + contains the heading for the item or gloss column in a glossary list or similar structured + list. + 용어집 목록 또는 유사 구조의 목록에서 항목 또는 해설에 대한 표제부를 포함한다. + 包含詞彙列表或結構類似的列表中項目或註解欄位的標題。 + 用語集などのリスト構造における各項目の見出しを示す。 + contient l'intitulé pour la colonne d'items ou de + gloses dans un glossaire ou dans une liste semblablement structurée. + contiene el encabezamiento de una columna de ítems o + glosas en una lista de un glosario u otra lista de estructura similar. + contiene il titolo per l'a voce o la colonna glossa in + un glossario o un'altra lista strutturata in modo simile. + + + + + + + + The simple, straightforward statement of an + idea is preferable to the use of a worn-out expression. TRITESIMPLE, STRAIGHTFORWARDstop fighting, make peacedisorganizedfriendlycompletely honestnear death + + + + Parlez-vous + anglosnob? Liste de quelques mots franglais et des propositions pour les remplacer : : Ne dites pasMais dites... résumé, abrégé printemps démographique dévoituration (comme défenestration), dévoiturage(comme cambriolage, braquage) erreur, défaut, insecte, ("bogue" est inutile) mélanger (sauf si c'est avec un mixeur) + + + + + 經過五四運動，中國文學自文言文發展為白話文。 文言文白話文 你我他你們我們 + + + +

                              The headItem element may appear only if each item in the list is preceded by a + label.

                              +                               + +

                              L'élément headItem est utilisé uniquement si chacun des items d'une liste est + précédé d'un élément label.

                              +                               + +

                              要素headItemは、子要素itemが要素labelを 伴う時にのみ使用されるだろう。

                              +                               + + 3.8. Lists + +                               + note + Anmerkung + contains a note or annotation. + contient une note ou une annotation. + contiene una nota o aclaración + 包含附註或註釋。 + contiene una nota o un'annotazione + 注釈・コメント。 + enthält eine Anmerkung oder Annotation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              In the following example, the translator has supplied a footnote + containing an explanation of the term translated as "painterly":

                              +And yet it is not only +in the great line of Italian renaissance art, but even in the +painterly Malerisch. This word has, in the German, two +distinct meanings, one objective, a quality residing in the object, +the other subjective, a mode of apprehension and creation. To avoid +confusion, they have been distinguished in English as +picturesque and +painterly respectively. style of the +Dutch genre painters of the seventeenth century that drapery has this +psychological significance. + + + + translation from German to English + Hottinger, Marie Donald Mackie + + +

                              For this example to be valid, the + code MDMH must be defined elsewhere, for example by + means of a responsibility statement in the associated TEI header.

                              +                               + + +

                              Im folgenden Beispiel hat der Übersetzer eine Fußnote mit einer Erklärung des als "painterly" + übersetzten Begriffs "Malerisch" bereitgestellt:

                              + And yet it is not only + in the great line of Italian renaissance art, but even in the + painterly Malerisch. This word has, in the German, two + distinct meanings, one objective, a quality residing in the object, + the other subjective, a mode of apprehension and creation. To avoid + confusion, they have been distinguished in English as + picturesque and + painterly respectively. style of the + Dutch genre painters of the seventeenth century that drapery has this + psychological significance. + + + + + translation from German to English + Hottinger, Marie Donald Mackie + + +

                              Damit dieses Beispiel valide ist, muss der Code MDMH-1 + an anderer Stelle definiert werden, beispielsweise durch die Angabe der Verantwortlichkeit im + respStmt-Element des zugehörigen TEI-Headers.

                              + +                               + + +

                              J'écris dans la marge... Je vais à la ligne. Je renvoie à une + note J'aime beaucoup les renvois en bas de page, même si + je n'ai rien de particulier à y préciser.en bas de page.

                              +                               +                               + + 爾時王園精舍有比丘尼，名曰毘梨毘梨，秦言雄也。時彼國人一切共為俱蜜頭星會 + + + 此片的膠片已不存在，但《明星月報》刊登的艾霞電影腳本大綱，仍可供我們咀嚼艾霞的創作旨趣。 + 此時電影很少有完整的腳本，多是類似早期新劇的「幕表」 + ，也就是大綱，因為是默片，台詞也很簡單，主要依靠導演指示，演員臨場作戲。從她的文字風格語主題特色裡，... + + +

                              The global n attribute may be used to supply the symbol or number used to mark the + note's point of attachment in the source text, as in the + following example:

                              + Mevorakh b. Saadya's mother, the matriarch of the + family during the second half of the eleventh century, The + alleged mention of Judah Nagid's mother in a letter from 1071 is, in fact, a reference to + Judah's children; cf. above, nn. 111 and 54. is well known from Geniza documents + published by Jacob Mann. +

                              However, if notes are numbered in sequence and their + numbering can be reconstructed automatically by processing software, it may well be considered + unnecessary to record the note numbers.

                              +                               + +

                              Das globale n-Attribut kann verwendet werden, um das Symbol oder die Nummer anzugeben, + die verwendet wird, um den Bezugspunkt der Anmerkung im Quelltext zu markieren, wie im folgenden + Beispiel:

                              + Mevorakh b. Saadya's mother, the matriarch of the + family during the second half of the eleventh century, The + alleged mention of Judah Nagid's mother in a letter from 1071 is, in fact, a reference to + Judah's children; cf. above, nn. 111 and 54. is well known from Geniza documents + published by Jacob Mann. +

                              Wenn jedoch Anmerkungen sequenziell nummeriert sind und deren Nummerierung durch die + elektronische Verarbeitung automatisch rekonstruiert werden kann, kann es als unnötig angesehen + werden, die Nummerierung anzugeben.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut global n indique le + symbole ou le nombre utilisé pour marquer le point d'insertion + dans le texte source, comme dans l'exemple suivant :

                              + Mevorakh b. Saadya's + mother, the matriarch of the family during the second half of the + eleventh century, The alleged + mention of Judah Nagid's mother in a letter from 1071 is, in fact, + a reference to Judah's children; cf. above, nn. 111 and + 54. is well known from Geniza documents published by Jacob + Mann. +

                              Cependant, si les notes sont ordonnées et numérotées + et qu’on veuille reconstruire automatiquement leur numérotation + par un traitement informatique, il est inutile d’enregistrer le + numéro des notes.

                              +                               + + 3.9.1. Notes and Simple Annotation + 2.2.6. The Notes Statement + 3.12.2.8. Notes and Statement of Language + 10.3.5.4. Notes within Entries + +                               + note group + contains a group of notes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              In the following example, there are two notes in different + languages, each specifying the content of the annotation relating + to the same fragment of text:

                              + +

                              (...) tamen reuerendos dominos archiepiscopum et canonicos Leopolienses + necnon episcopum in duplicibus Quatuortemporibus + + Quatuor Tempora, so called dry fast days (Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday) + falling on each of the quarters of the year. In the first quarter they were called Cinerum + (following Ash Wednesday), second Spiritus (following Pentecost), third Crucis + (after the Exaltation of the Holy Cross, September 14th), and Luciae + in the fourth (after the feast of St. Lucia, December 13th). + + Quatuor Tempora, tzw. Suche dni postne (środa, piątek i sobota) + przypadające cztery razy w roku. W pierwszym kwartale zwały się Cinerum + (po Popielcu), w drugim Spiritus (po Zielonych Świętach), w trzecim Crucis + (po święcie Podwyższenia Krzyża 14 września), w czwartym Luciae + (po dniu św. Łucji 13 grudnia). + + + totaliter expediui. +

                              +                               +                               + + 3.9.1.1. Encoding Grouped Notes + +                               + index entry + 색인 표제 항목 + 索引項目 + entrée d'index + entrada de un índice. + voce di indice + marks a location to be indexed for whatever purpose. + 어떤 목적으로 사용할 수 있도록, 색인된 위치를 표지한다. + 標誌一個因某種目的而被索引的位置。 + 索引項目化されたものの場所を示す。 + marque un emplacement à indexer dans un but quelconque. + marca un punto para ser indexado por cualquier criterio. + segna la posizione da indicizzare per qualsiasi scopo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a single word which follows the rules defining a + legal XML name (see ), supplying a name to specify which index (of several) the index entry belongs to. + 색인 표제 항목의 색인을 명시하기 위한 이름을 제시한다. + 提供該索引項目所屬索引名稱。 + 索引項目となったものを特定する名前を示す。 + donne un nom pour préciser à quel index (parmi + plusieurs) appartient l'entrée d'index. + proporciona un nombre para especificar a qué índice + (de entre varios) pertence la entrada de íncide. + fornisce un nome per specificare a quale indice (o + indici) la voce di indice appartiene. + + +

                              This attribute makes it possible to create multiple indexes for a text.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut permet de créer plusieurs index pour un texte donné.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性は、複数の索引を作ることができる。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + David's other principal backer, Josiah ha-Kohen + Josiah ha-Kohen b. Azarya b. Azarya, son of one of the last gaons of Sura Sura was David's own first cousin. + + + Ils [les + onagres] me venaient de mon grand-père maternel, l'empereur Saharil, fils d'Iakhschab, fils d'Iaarab, fils de Kastan SaharilIaarabKastan + + + + 道家思想的主要代表家為老子。 老子姓李名耳，字伯陽，有人說又稱老聃。在傳說中，老子一生下來時，就具有白色的眉毛及鬍子，所以被後來稱為老子。相傳生活在春秋時期。春秋時期 著有《道德經》，是中國古代著名思想家。 + + + 3.9.2. Index Entries + +                               + indicates the location of any form of external media such as + an audio or video clip etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + + Figure One: The View from the Bridge + A Whistleresque view showing four or five sailing boats in the foreground, and a + series of buoys strung out between them. +
                              +                               +                               + + + + Ten seconds of bellringing sound + + + + + + + A 45 minute video clip to be displayed in a window 500 + px wide + + + + + +
                              + + 維納斯 + 波提且利 1484-1486年 畫布、蛋彩 佛羅倫斯，烏菲滋美術館 +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              The attributes available for this element are not appropriate in +all cases. For example, it makes no sense to specify the temporal duration of a +graphic. Such errors are not +currently detected.

                              +

                              The mimeType attribute must be used to specify the MIME media type of +the resource specified by the url attribute.

                              +                               + + 3.10. Graphics and Other Non-textual Components + +                               + graphic + Abbildung + indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming + part of a text, or providing an image of it. + 인라인 그래픽, 삽화, 또는 도형의 위치를 표시한다. + 指出文字文件中內含的圖形、插圖、或圖表的位置。 + テキスト列中にある図、絵、図表の場所を示す。 + indique l'emplacement d'une image, d'une illustration ou + d'un schéma intégrés. + indica la localización de un gráfico, ilustración o + figura. + indica la posizione di un grafico, di una illustrazione o + immagine. + gibt den Ort einer Bildressource an, + die entweder Teil eines Texts oder ein Abbild dessen ist. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + + Figure One: The View from the Bridge + A Whistleresque view showing four or five sailing boats in the foreground, and a + series of buoys strung out between them. +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + + Figure Une : Jan van Eyck, La Vierge du chancelier Rolin +

                              Si, attiré par la curiosité, on a l'imprudence de l'approcher d'un peu trop prés, c'est fini, on est pris pour tout le temps que peut durer l'effort d'une attention soutenue ; on s'extasie devant la finesse du détail ... il va toujours plus loin, franchit une à une les croupes des collines verdoyantes ; se repose un moment sur une ligne lointaine de montagnes neigeuses; pour se perdre ensuite dans l'infini d'un ciel à peine bleu, où s'estompent de flottantes nuées.

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + + 維納斯 + 波提且利 1484-1486年 畫布、蛋彩 佛羅倫斯，烏菲滋美術館 +
                              +                               +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The mimeType attribute should be used to supply the MIME media type of the image + specified by the url attribute.

                              Within the body of a text, a graphic element indicates the + presence of a graphic component in the source itself. Within the context of a facsimile or sourceDoc element, however, + a graphic element provides an additional digital representation of some part of the source being encoded. +

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut mimeType doit être utilisé pour spécifier le type MIME de l'image + référencée par l'attribut url.

                              +                               + +

                              属性mimeTypeは、属性urlが指定する画像のMIME タイプを示すために使われるべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Das mimeType-Attribut sollte genutzt werden, um den MIME Medientyp des + über das url-Attributs spezifizierten Bildes anzugeben. + Innerhalb des Textkörpers gibt das graphic-Element das Vorkommen eines Bildes + oder einer Illustration in der Textvorlage an. Innerhalb eines sourceDoc- + oder facsimile-Elements dagegen gibt das graphic-Element eine + zusätzliche Repräsentation (eines Teils) der Vorlage wieder.

                              +                               + + 3.10. Graphics and Other Non-textual Components + 12.1. Digital Facsimiles + +                               + provides encoded binary data representing an inline graphic, + audio, video or other object. + 인라인 그래픽 또는 다른 개체를 표상하는 부호화된 이진 데이터를 제시한다. + 標記用來表示文本中圖檔或其他檔案的二進位資料。 + 埋め込みの画像や音声、映像、その他のオブジェクトを示す、符号化されたバイナリデータである。 + fournit des données binaires encodées qui représentent + une image ou un autre objet insérés dans le texte ou dans un autre objet. + proporciona datos binarios codificados que representan un + objeto gráfico u otro tipo de objeto inserido en el texto. + assegna dati binary codificati che rappresentano un + grafico o altro oggetto + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The encoding used to encode the binary data. If not specified, this is assumed to be + Base64. + 부호화는 이진 데이터의 부호 변환 방식이다. 별도로 명시되어 있지 않다면, Base64로 간주된다. + 標記該二進位資料時所使用到的編碼。若未特別指明，則假定為使用Base64編碼 + 当該バイナリデータの符号化方式。指定がなければ、Base64を想定する。 + l'encodage utilisé pour encoder les données binaires. + Sans autre spécification il est supposé s'agir de Base64. + La codificación usada para codificar los datos + binarios. Si no se espeficica, se supone que es Base64. + Codifica utilizzata per codificare dati binari. Se + non specificata si presume che sia Base64 + + + + + + + R0lGODdhMAAwAPAAAAAAAP///ywAAAAAMAAwAAAC8IyPqcvt3wCcDkiLc7C0qwy + GHhSWpjQu5yqmCYsapyuvUUlvONmOZtfzgFzByTB10QgxOR0TqBQejhRNzOfkVJ + +5YiUqrXF5Y5lKh/DeuNcP5yLWGsEbtLiOSpa/TPg7JpJHxyendzWTBfX0cxOnK + PjgBzi4diinWGdkF8kjdfnycQZXZeYGejmJlZeGl9i2icVqaNVailT6F5iJ90m6 + mvuTS4OK05M0vDk0Q4XUtwvKOzrcd3iq9uisF81M1OIcR7lEewwcLp7tuNNkM3u + Nna3F2JQFo97Vriy/Xl4/f1cf5VWzXyym7PH hhx4dbgYKAAA7 + + + + 3.10. Graphics and Other Non-textual Components + + + milestone + borne + Grenzpunkt + marks a boundary point separating any kind of section of a text, typically but not + necessarily indicating a point at which some part of a standard reference system changes, where + the change is not represented by a structural element. + 텍스트의 절을 분할하는 경계점을 표지한다. 이는 표준 참조 시스템에서의 변화로 표시되며, 구조적 요소에 + 의해서는 표시되지 않는다. + 標明文本中由標準參照系統變更所指示的任何區塊分界點，並且該章節未以任何結構性元素標記。 + 当該セクションが、構造要素により表現することができない場合に、標準的 + な参照機能により、テキストの各種セクション間にある境界点を示す。 + marque un point + permettant de délimiter les sections d'un + texte selon un autre systeme que les éléments de structure ; une + balise de ce type marque une frontière. + marca un punto de frontera que separa cada tipo de + sección de un texto, indicado por cambios en el sistema de referencia estándard, donde la + sección no es representada por un elemento estructural. + segnala il limite che separa ogni tipo di sezione di un + testo, come indicato da cambiamenti nel sistema di riferimento standard, qualora la sezione non + sia rappresentata da un elemento strutturale. + markiert einen Grenzpunkt, der Abschnitte eines Textes trennen kann, + typischerweise (aber nicht notwendigerweise) den Wechsel eines Bezugssystems, + der nicht durch ein strukturelles Markup beschrieben werden kann. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ... ... + + + ... + ... + + + ... + ... + + +

                              For this element, the global n attribute indicates the new number or other value + for the unit which changes at this milestone. The special value + unnumbered should be used in passages which fall outside the normal + numbering scheme, such as chapter or other headings, poem numbers or titles, etc.

                              +

                              The order in which milestone elements are given at a given point is not normally significant. + +

                              +                               + +

                              Pour cet élément, l'attribut global n affecte un nouveau numéro ou une autre + valeur à l'unité qui change à partir de l'élément milestone. La valeur + unnumbered doit être utilisée pour les passages qui sortent du + système normal de numérotation (par ex. titres de chapitres, numéros ou titres de poèmes, ou + noms des personnages qui prennent la parole dans une pièce de théâtre).

                              +

                              L'ordre dans lequel apparaissent les éléments milestone à un endroit donné n'est en + principe pas signifiant.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素にあるグローバル属性nは、当該標石要素が示す変化 の単位の、他の値を示す。特別な値unnumbered + は、一般的な番号付けスキームから外れている一節中で使用されるべきで ある(例えば、章見出し、詩の番号やタイトル、詩劇における話し手の属 性など)。

                              +

                              標石要素の順番は、一般には重要ではない。 + +

                              +                               + +

                              Das globale n-Attribut gibt für dieses Element die neue Zahl + (oder einen anderen Wert) der Einheit an, die an diesem Grenzpunkt wechselt. + Der besondere Wert unnumbered (ungezählt) sollte für Abschnitte gewählt werden, + die außerhalb des normalen Zählsystems fallen, wie beispielsweise Kapitel- + oder andere Überschriften, Gedichtnummern oder -titel etc.

                              +

                              Die Reihenfolge des Auftretens von mehreren milestone-Elementen + an einem gegebenen Punkt ist normalerweise nicht signifikant.

                              +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + +                               + gathering beginning + marks the beginning of a new gathering or quire in a transcribed codex. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              By convention, gb elements should appear at the start + of the first page in the gathering. The global n + attribute indicates the number or other value used to identify + this gathering in a collation.

                              +

                              The type attribute may be used to further + characterize the gathering in any respect.

                              +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + +                               + page beginning + 페이지 바꿈 + 分頁 + début de page + inicio de página + inizio di pagina + Seitenanfang + marks the beginning of a new page in a paginated document. + 표준 참조 시스템에서 텍스트 페이지와 다음 페이지 사이의 경계를 표지한다. + 以標準參照系統來標記頁與頁之間的分界線。 + テキストのページ境界を、標準的な参照システム示す。 + marque le début d'une + page de texte dans un document paginé. + marca el inicio de una nueva página de un texto + en un documento paginado. + segna l'inizio di una nuova pagina in un documento impaginato. + markiert den Anfang + einer neuen Seite in einem Dokument mit Seitenzahlen. + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Page numbers may vary in different editions of a text.

                              + +

                              ... + ... + ...

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Die Seitenzahlen können in verschiedenen Ausgaben eines Textes variieren.

                              + +

                              ... + ... + ...

                              +                               +                               + +

                              A page beginning may be associated with a facsimile image of the page it introduces by means of + the facs attribute

                              + + + + +

                              + +

                              + + +

                              + +

                              + +                               +                               + +

                              Ein Seitenumbruch kann über das facs-Attribut mit einem Faksimile der Seite verknüpft + werden.

                              + + + + +

                              + +

                              + + +

                              + +

                              + +                               +                               + +

                              A pb element should appear at the start of the page + which it identifies. The global n attribute indicates + the number or other value associated with this page. This will + normally be the page number or signature printed on it, since the + physical sequence number is implicit in the presence of the + pb element itself.

                              +

                              The type attribute may be used to characterize + the page beginning in any respect. The more specialized attributes + break, ed, or edRef should be + preferred when the intent is to indicate whether or not the + page beginning is word-breaking, or to note the source from + which it derives.

                              +                               + +

                              Un élément pb apparaît au début de la page à laquelle + il se rapporte. L'attribut global n donne un numéro ou + une autre valeur associée à cette page. Ce sera normalement le + numéro de page ou la signature qui y est imprimée, puisque le + numéro d'ordre matériel est implicite avec l'élément pb + lui-même.

                              +

                              L' attribut type sera employé pour indiquer toutes ses + caractéristiques du saut de page, par exemple comme coupure de mot ou non.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素にあるグローバル属性nは、当該要素pbがあ る場所に続いてあるページと関連する数値を示す。符号化する人は、改ペー + ジと関連する数値が、物理的な一連の番号になるのか、または印刷されてい る番号になるのかについて、明確で一貫した方針を採るべきである。 + 一般には、要素pbは、参照するページの始めに置かれるべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Ein pb-Element soll am Beginn der Seite stehen, die es kennzeichnet. + Das globale n-Attribut gibt die Zahl (oder einen anderen Wert) an, + der mit dieser Seite verbunden ist. Üblicherweise ist das die Seitenzahl + oder eine auf der Seite abgedruckte Signatur, da die Position in der + physikalischen Sequenz durch das pb-Element implizit ist.

                              +

                              Das type-Attribut kann verwendet werden, den Seitenumbruch + näher zu beschreiben, wenn nicht die speziellen Attribute + break (Worttrennung), ed oder edRef + (Textzeuge, in dem der Seitenumbruch vorkommt) verwendet werden können.

                              +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + +                               + line beginning + 행 바꿈 + 分行 + début de ligne + inicio de línea + inizio di riga + Zeilenanfang + marks the beginning of a topographic line in some edition or version of a text. + 텍스트의 편집 또는 버전에서 새로운 (인쇄상의) 행 시작을 표지한다. + 標記某版本文本裡 (在印刷上) 的新起行。 + ある版における新しい(印刷上の)行の始まりを示す。 + marque le début d'une nouvelle ligne (typographique) dans + une édition ou dans une version d'un texte. + marca el comienzo de una nueva línea (topográfica) en + alguna edición o versión del texto. + segna l'inizio di una nuova riga (tipografica) in qualche + edizione o versione di un testo. + markiert den Anfang einer neuen typographischen + Zeile in einer bestimmten Auflage oder Version eines Textes. + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              This example shows the encoding of the beginning of each new topographic line within a metrical line, indicating where it occurs in both the 1667 and 1674 editions:

                              + + Of Mans First Disobedience, and the Fruit + Of that Forbidden Tree, whose mortal tast + Brought Death into the World, and all our woe, + +                               + +

                              Cet exemple montre les sauts de ligne dans des vers, qui apparaissent à différents endroits selon les éditions.

                              + + Of Mans First Disobedience, and the Fruit + Of that Forbidden Tree, whose mortal tast + Brought Death into the World, and all our woe, + +                               + +

                              Dieses Beispiel zeigt typografische Zeilenumbrüche innerhalb von Verszeilen, so wie sie an + verschiedenen Stellen in unterschiedlichen Ausgaben auftreten:

                              + + Of Mans First Disobedience, and the Fruit + Of that Forbidden Tree, whose mortal tast + Brought Death into the World, and all our woe, + +                               + +

                              This example shows the encoding of the beginning of a new topographical line as a means of +preserving the visual appearance of a title page. The break + attribute is used to show that the beginning of the new line does not (as elsewhere) +mark the start of a new word.

                              + + With Additions, ne-ver before Printed. + +                               + +

                              Cet exemple encode les sauts de ligne pour montre l'apparence visuelle d'une page titre. L'attribut break est utilisé pour montrer que le saut de ligne ne marque pas le début d'un nouveau mot.

                              + + + L'auteur susdict supplie les Lecteurs +benevoles, soy reserver à rire au +soi-xante & dixhuytiesme livre. + + +                               + +

                              Dieses Beispiel kodiert typografische Zeilenumbrüche, um das visuelle Erscheinungsbild einer + Titelseite zu bewahren. Das break-Attribut zeigt an, dass der Zeilenumbruch nicht + (wie anderswo) den Anfang eines neuen Wortes markiert.

                              + + With Additions, ne-ver before Printed. + +                               + +

                              By convention, lb elements should appear at the point in the text where a new line + starts. The n attribute, if used, indicates the number or other value associated + with the text between this point and the next lb element, typically the sequence + number of the line within the page, or other appropriate unit. This element is intended to be + used for marking the beginning of each new topographic line on a manuscript or printed page, at the point where it + occurs; it should not be used to tag structural units such as lines of verse (for which the + l element is available) except in circumstances where structural units cannot + otherwise be marked.

                              +

                              The type attribute may be used to characterize the + line beginning in any respect. The more specialized attributes + break, ed, or edRef should be preferred when the + intent is to indicate whether or not the beginning of the new topographic line + is word-breaking, or to note the source from which it + derives.

                              +                               + +

                              Par convention, l'élément lb apparaît à l’endroit du texte où commence une nouvelle + ligne. L'attribut n, s’il est utilisé, donne un nombre ou une autre valeur associée + au texte entre ce point et l’élément suivant lb, spécifiquement le numéro de la ligne + dans la page, ou une autre unité de mesure appropriée. Cet élément est prévu pour être employé + pour marquer un saut de ligne sur un manuscrit ou sur une page imprimée, à l’endroit où il se + survient; on n’utilisera pas de balisage structurel comme une succession de vers (pour lequel + l’élément l est disponible) sauf dans le cas où des blocs structurés ne peuvent pas + être marqués autrement.

                              +

                              L'attribut type sera employé pour caractériser toute espèce de caractéristiques + du saut de ligne, sauf la coupure des mots (indique par + l'attribut break) ou la source concernée.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素にあるグローバル属性nは、要素lbに続く 行と関連する数値を示す。符号化する人は、改行を示す当該数値が、ペー + ジ内にある物理的行数またはテキストの論理構造と関連するかについて、 明確で一貫した方針を採るべきである。 一般には、要素lbは、参照する行の開始地点にあるべきである。

                              +

                              要素lbは、散文中における印刷上の行を示すためのものである。 韻文中の行を示す要素lとは注意して使い分けるべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Es ist Konvention, dass lb-Elemente an der Stelle im Text stehen sollen, + an der eine neue Zeile beginnt. Das n-Attribut enhält gegebenenfalls + die Nummer der Zeile oder einen ähnlichen Wert, der sich auf den Text bezieht, + der bis zum nächsten lb folgt, typischerweise die Nummer einer Zeile + auf einer Seite oder andere einschlägige Einheiten.

                              +

                              Das Element dient dazu, typographische oder paläographische Phänomene an der + Stelle zu beschreiben, an der sie auf dem Schriftträger sichtbar sind; + es sollte nicht für Struktureinheiten wie z. B. Verszeilen in Lyrik verwendet + werden (wofür das Element l zur Verfügung steht), außer wenn derartige + Struktureinheiten anders nicht markiert werden können.

                              +

                              Das type-Attribut kann verwendet werden, den Zeilenwechsel näher + zu beschreiben, wenn nicht die speziellen Attribute break + (Worttrennung), ed oder edRef (Textzeuge, in dem der + Zeilenwechsel vorkommt) verwendet werden können.

                              +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + +                               + column beginning + 열 바꿈 + 分段 + 段の開始 + début de colonne + inicio de columna + inizio di colonna + marks the beginning of a new column of a text on a + multi-column page. + 표준 참조 시스템에서 텍스트의 한 열과 다음 열 사이의 경계를 표지한다. + 用標準參照系統來標明文本段落之間的分界。 + 複数段の頁で、テキストの新しい段の開始を示す。 + marque le + début d'une nouvelle colonne de texte sur une page multi-colonne. + indica el inicio de una nueva columna de texto en una página divida en columnas . + segna l'inizio di una nuova colonna di un testo in una pagina a più colonne. + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Markup of an early English dictionary printed in two columns:

                              + + + +
                              Well
                              , a Pit to hold Spring-Water: + In the Art of War, a Depth the Miner + sinks into the Ground, to find out and disappoint the Enemies Mines, + or to prepare one.                               + To
                              Welter
                              , to wallow, or + lie groveling.                               + + +
                              Wey
                              , the greatest Measure for dry Things, + containing five Chaldron.                               +
                              Whale
                              , the greatest of + Sea-Fishes.                               +                               +                               + +

                              On this element, the global n attribute indicates the number or other value associated with the column + which follows the point of insertion of this cb element. Encoders should adopt a clear and consistent policy as to + whether the numbers associated with column beginnings relate to the physical + sequence number of the column in the whole text, or whether columns are + numbered within the page. + The cb element is placed at the head of the + column to which it refers.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut global n donne un nouveau numéro ou une autre valeur à la + colonne qui suit l'élément cb. Les encodeurs doivent faire un choix clair, + et s'y tenir, entre l'option consistant à se fonder sur la séquence physique des + colonnes dans le texte entier, et celle qui consiste à se fonder sur la numérotation + des colonnes à l'intérieur de la page. L'élément cb + apparaît en haut de la colonne à laquelle il se rapporte.

                              +                               + +

                              + この要素では、グローバル属性nはこのcb要素の直後から始まる段と関連する数値等の値を示す。テキスト全体における段の通し番号を付けるか、ページ内における番号を付けるかについて、明確で一貫した方針を採用すべきである。cb要素は指している段の冒頭に置かれる。 +

                              +                               + + 3.11.3. Milestone +Elements + +                               + analytic level + 분석적 층위 + 分析層書目 + niveau analytique + nivel analítico. + livello analitico + 分析レベル + contains bibliographic elements describing an item (e.g. an article or poem) published + within a monograph or journal and not as an independent publication. + 독립 출판이 아닌, 단행본 또는 학술지 내에 포함되어 출판된 항목(예를 들어, 논문 또는 시)을 + 기술하는 참고문헌 요소를 포함한다. + 包含某一項目 (例如詩或文章) 的書目元素，該項目並非獨立出版品，而是刊登在專題著作或是期刊當中。 + 独立した出版物ではなく、書籍や雑誌に収録されている作品の書誌情報（例えば論文や詩）を記述する。 + contient des éléments descriptifs qui décrivent la + bibliographie d'une ressource (par exemple un poème ou un article de revue) publiée à + l'intérieur d'une monographie ou d'une ressource et non publiée de façon indépendante. + contiene los elementos bibliográficos que describen un + ítem (p.ej. un artículo o un poema) publicado dentro de una monografía o revista y no como una + publicación independiente. + contiene elementi bilbiografici che descrivono un'opera + (ad esempio un articolo a una poesia) pubblicata in una monografia o una rivista e non come + pubblicazione indipendente. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Chesnutt, David + Historical Editions in the States + + + Computers and the Humanities + + (December, 1991): + + 25.6 + 377–380 + + + + + +

                              May contain titles and statements of responsibility (author, editor, or + other), in any order.

                              +

                              The analytic element may only occur within a biblStruct, where its use + is mandatory for the description of an analytic level bibliographic item.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément peut contenir des titres et des mentions de responsabilité + (auteur, éditeur scientifique, ou autre), et cela dans n'importe quel ordre.

                              +

                              L'élément analytic n'est disponible qu'à l'intérieur de l'élément + biblStruct, où il faut l'utiliser pour encoder la description bibliographique d'une + partie composante.

                              +                               + +

                              タイトルや権利者(著者、編者など)を、任意の順番で示してよい。

                              +

                              要素analyticは、要素biblStruct内でのみ使用することができる。分析レベルの書誌情報項目においては必須である。

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.1. Analytic, Monographic, and Series Levels + +                               + monographic level + 단행본 층위 + 專題層書目 + niveau monographique + nivel monográfico. + monografia + contains bibliographic elements describing an item (e.g. a book or journal) published as an + independent item (i.e. as a separate physical object). + 독립 항목(즉, 독립된 물리적 개체)으로 출판된 항목(예를 들어 단행본 또는 학술지)을 기술하는 + 참고문헌 요소를 포함한다. + 包含某一項目 (例如書或期刊) 的書目元素， 該項目為一獨立出版品 (即未附屬於其他出版品) 。 + 独立したもの(例えば、物理的に独立したもの)として出版された対象(例え ば、書籍や雑誌)の書誌情報項目を示す。 + contient des données bibliographiques décrivant un objet + (par exemple une monographie ou une revue) publié comme un élément indépendant (i.e. + matériellement séparé. + contiene los elementos bibliográficos que describen un + ítem (p.ej. un libro o revista) publicado independientemente (es decir, como un objeto físico + separado). + contiene elementi bilbiografici che descrivono un'opera + (ad esempio un libro o una rivista) pubblicanti indipendentemente (cioè come un singolo + oggetto). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Chesnutt, David + Historical Editions in the States + + + Computers and the Humanities + + (December, 1991): + + 25.6 + 377–380 + + + + + + + + + + + Leo Joachim + Frachtenberg + + + Lower Umpqua Texts + + New York + Columbia University Press + 1914 + + + + Columbia University Contributions to + Anthropology + 4 + + + + + +

                              May contain specialized bibliographic elements, in a prescribed order.

                              +

                              The monogr element may only occur only within a biblStruct, where its use + is mandatory for the description of a monographic-level bibliographic item.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient des éléments de description bibliographique spécialisés, + dans un ordre prescrit.

                              +

                              L'élément monogr n'est disponible que dans l'élément biblStruct, où il faut + l'utiliser pour encoder la description bibliographique d'une monographie.

                              +                               + +

                              特別な書誌情報要素を、特定の順番でとるかもしれない。

                              +

                              当該要素monogrは小論レベルの書誌項目を記述する際に必須で あるが、その際、要素biblStructの中で高々1回出現する。

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.1. Analytic, Monographic, and Series Levels + +                               + series information + 연간물 정보 + 叢書資訊 + informations sur la série + series de información + informazioni sulla collana + contains information about the series in which a book or other bibliographic item has + appeared. + 책 또는 다른 참고문헌 항목이 나타나는 연간물 정보를 포함한다. + 包含某書目項目所屬的叢書資訊。 + 書籍または他の書誌項目のシリーズに関する情報を示す。 + contient une information sur la série dans laquelle une + monographie ou un autre élément bibliographique ont paru. + contiene información sobre las series en que un libro u + otro elemento bibliográfico ha aparecido. + contiene indicazioni sulla collana in cui un libro o + un'altra unità bibliografica sono stati pubblicati. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Halbgraue Reihe zur Historischen Fachinformatik + + Herausgegeben von + Manfred Thaller + Max-Planck-Institut für Geschichte + + Serie A: Historische Quellenkunden + Band 11 + + + + + 3.12.2.1. Analytic, Monographic, and Series Levels + + + author + autor/a + auteur + Autor + in a bibliographic reference, contains the name(s) of an author, personal or corporate, of a work; for example in the same form as that provided by a recognized bibliographic name authority. + 참고문헌에 작가, 단독 저자, 공동 저자의 이름을 포함한다; 서지 항목의 책임에 관한 1차적 진술. + 在書目參照中，包含一件作品的作者 (群) 姓名，無論是個人或是團體性質；這也是書目項目責任歸屬的主要陳述。 + 書誌参照において、作品の著者となる人や法人の名前を、たとえば、よく知られた書誌典拠情報機関の形式で提供されるものに合わせるなどして記述する。 + dans une référence bibliographique contient le nom de la (des) personne(s) physique(s) ou du collectif, auteur(s) d'une oeuvre ; par exemple dans la même forme que celle utilisée par une référence bibliographique reconnue. + en una referencia bibliográfica, contiene el nombre del autor/a/es, ya sea una persona o una institución, de una obra; por ejemplo, en la misma forma que la proporcionada por una autoridad bibliográfica reconocida. + in un riferimento bibliografico contiene il nome dell'autore (o degli autori), personale o collettivo, di un'opera; è la dichiarazione di responsabilità primaria di ciascuna unità bibliografica. + enthält in einer bibliografischen Referenz den oder die Namen eines Autors eines Werks (oder einer für das Werk verantwortlichen Körperschaft); zum Beispiel in der Form, wie sie eine anerkannte bibliografische Instanz anbietet. + + + + + + + + + + + + British Broadcasting Corporation + La Fayette, Marie Madeleine Pioche de la Vergne, comtesse de (1634–1693) + Anonymous + Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation + + Beaumont, Francis + and + John Fletcher + + British Broadcasting + Corporation: Radio 3 Network + + + + + La Fayette, Marie Madeleine Pioche de la Vergne, comtesse de (1634–1693) + Anonyme + Erckmann-Chatrian + + Association relative à la télévision européenne + + + + + + 中央日報 + 中央通訊社董事長馬星野 + + + +

                              Particularly where cataloguing is likely to be based on the + content of the header, it is advisable to use a generally recognized + name authority file to supply the content for this element. The + attributes key or ref may also be used to + reference canonical information about the author(s) intended from any + appropriate authority, such as a library catalogue or online + resource.

                              +

                              In the case of a broadcast, use this element for the name of + the company or network responsible for making the broadcast.

                              +

                              Where an author is unknown or unspecified, this element may contain + text such as Unknown or + Anonymous. When the appropriate TEI modules are + in use, it may also contain detailed tagging of the names used for people, organizations or + places, in particular where multiple names are given.

                              +                               + +

                              En particular, cuando es probable que la catalogación se base en el contenido del encabezado, + se recomienda utilizar una autoridad bibliográfica de nombres generalmente reconocida para + proporcionar el contenido de este elemento. Los atributos key o ref + también se pueden usar para hacer referencia a información canónica sobre el/la autor/a o + autores procedente de cualquier autoridad apropiada, como un catálogo de biblioteca o un + recurso en línea. En el caso de una retransmisión, este elemento debe usarse para el nombre + de la empresa o cadena responsable de realizar dicha retransmisión. Cuando se desconoce o no + se especifica un/a autor/a, este elemento puede contener texto como Desconocido/a + o Anónimo. Cuando se utilizan los módulos TEI apropiados, también puede contener + etiquetas detalladas de los nombres utilizados para personas, organizaciones o lugares, en particular + cuando se proporcionan varios nombres.

                              +                               + +

                              Il est conseillé d'utiliser des listes d'autorité reconnues + pour trouver la forme exacte des noms de personnes, en particulier + lorsque le catalogage repose sur le contenu de l'en-tête TEI. Les + attributs key ou ref seront aussi employés + pour donner une référence canonique documentant l'auteur concerné + grâce à une autorité appropriée, comme le catalogue d'une + bibliothèque ou une ressource en ligne.

                              +

                              Dans le cas d'une émission, cet élément sert à encoder le nom de la société ou du + réseau qui diffuse le programme.

                              +                               + +

                              特にヘッダの内容をもとに目録作成が行われると考えられる場合、この要素の内容を広く知られた名前典拠ファイルに準拠することを推奨する。 + keyやref属性によって何らかの適切な典拠（たとえば図書館目録やオンライン情報のような）における著者（達）についての標準的な参照情報を示すこともできる。

                              +

                              放送番組の場合には、その番組の制作に責任を持つ放送局や放送ネットワークの名前を用いる。

                              +

                              著者が不明であったり不明確である場合、この要素は不詳や匿名のようなテキストであってもよい。 + 特に、複数の名前が用いられている場合には、適切なTEIモジュールを用いて、人や組織、場所に関する名前をより詳細にタグ付けしてもよい。

                              +                               + +

                              Insbesondere wenn eine Katalogisierung auf Basis des TEI-Headers erfolgen soll, ist es ratsam + einen Namen aus einer annerkannten Normdatei zu verwenden. Die Attribute key und + ref können außerdem benutzt werden, um auf kanonische Informationen über + einen Autor zu verweisen, etwa in einem Bibliothekskatalog oder einer Online-Ressource.

                              +

                              Im Fall von Rundfunksendungen sollte dies Element benutzt werden, um den Namen der Firma oder + der Sendergruppe zu notieren, welche diese Rundfunksendung verantwortet.

                              +

                              Wo ein Autor unbekannt oder nicht angegeben ist, kann dieses Element Text wie z. B. + Unbekannt oder Nicht angegeben beinhalten. + Wenn die entsprechenden TEI-Module benutzt werden, kann das Element auch detaillierte + Auszeichnungen für Namen von Personen, Organisationen oder Orten beinhalten - insbesondere + wenn mehrere Namen vorhanden sind.

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + +                               + + contains a secondary statement of responsibility for a bibliographic item, for example the name of an individual, institution or organization, (or of several such) acting as editor, compiler, translator, etc. + 서지 항목의 책임에 관한 2차적 진술, 예를 들어, 편집, 번역 등의 작업을 한 편집, 개인, 기관, + 또는 기구의 이름 + 書目項目的次要責任歸屬，例如扮演編輯、編譯、翻譯等角色的個人、機構或組織 (或其他類似者) 的名稱。 + 書誌情報における、第二位の責任者を示す。個人、団体、組織、編集者、編 纂者、翻訳者の名前など。 + mention de responsabilité secondaire pour un item + bibliographique, par exemple le nom d'une personne, d'une institution ou d'un organisme (ou de + plusieurs d'entre eux) comme éditeur scientifique, compilateur, traducteur, etc. + declaración secundaria de responsabilidad para un ítem bibliográfico, por ejemplo un nombre particular, o institucional (o cualquier otro) que ha actuado como editor, compilador, traductor, etc. + è la dichiarazione di responsabilità secondaria di ciascuna unità bibliografica, ad esempio il nome di un individuo, di un'istituzione o organizzazione che agisce come curatore, compilatore, traduttore, ecc. + beinhaltet zusätzliche Angaben zur Verantwortlichkeit für ein bibliografisches Objekt, z. B. den Namen einer Person, Institution oder Organisation (oder mehreren davon), welche als Herausgeber, Kompilator, Übersetzer etc. fungiert. + + + + + + + + + + + + Ron Van den Branden + John Walsh + Anne Baillot + + + + + Pierre-Jules Hetzel + George Roux + + + + + 王大明 + 陳紅 + + + +

                              A consistent format should be adopted.

                              +

                              Particularly where cataloguing is likely to be based on the content of the header, it is + advisable to use generally recognized authority lists for the exact form of personal names. +

                              +                               + +

                              Il est conseillé d'adopter un format cohérent.

                              +

                              Particulièrement lorsque le catalogage repose sur le contenu de l'en-tête TEI, il est + conseillé d'utiliser des listes d'autorité reconnues pour trouver la forme exacte des noms de + personnes.

                              +                               + +

                              一貫した形式で記述されるべきである。

                              +

                              特に、書誌情報をヘダー内容に依存する際には、個人名の正確な形のリス トを使用した方がよい。

                              +                               + +

                              Es sollte auf ein einheitliches Format geachtet werden.

                              +

                              Vor allem wenn die Katalogisierung auf dem Inhalt des TEI-Headers aufbauen soll, wird die + Verwendung allgemein gebräuchlicher Normdateien für die Namensansetzung empfohlen.

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + +                               + statement of responsibility + 책임성 진술 + 責任陳述 + mention de responsabilité + declaración de responsabilidad + dichiarazione di responsabilità + Angaben zur Verantwortlichkeit + supplies a statement of responsibility for the intellectual content of a text, edition, + recording, or series, where the specialized elements for authors, editors, etc. do not suffice + or do not apply. May also be used to encode information about individuals or organizations + which have played a role in the production or distribution of a bibliographic work. + 텍스트, 편집, 녹음 또는 총서의 지적 내용에 대한 책임성 진술을 제시한다. 여기에서 작가, 편집자 + 등에 대한 특별한 요소는 충분치 않거나 적용되지 않는다. + 當未使用作者、編輯者等特定元素，或元素內容不足時，在此補充說明文件、版本、記錄、或是叢書的智慧內容所屬負責人的責任陳述。 + 著者や編集者など特定の役割を示す要素が充分ではない場合に、テキスト、 版、記録などの知的内容に関する責任を示す。 + indique la responsabilité quant au contenu + intellectuel d'un texte, d'une édition, d'un enregistrement ou d'une publication en série, + lorsque les éléments spécifiques relatifs aux auteurs, éditeurs, etc. ne suffisent pas ou ne + s'appliquent pas. + proporciona la declaración de la responsabilidad para el + contenido intelectual de un texto, edición, grabación o serie, donde no basten o no se apliquen + los elementos especializados para autores, editores, etc. + fornisce una dichiarazione di responsabilità per qualcuno + responsabile del contenuto intelletuale di un testo, curatela, registrazione o collana, nel caso + in cui gli elementi specifici per autore, curatore ecc. non sono sufficienti o non applicabili. + enthält Angaben zur Verantwortlichkeit für den intellektuellen Inhalt eines Textes, einer + Edition, einer Aufnahme oder Reihe, wo die spezialisierten Elemente author, + editor etc. nicht ausreichen oder unzutreffend sind; auch verwendbar für + Informationen zu Individuen oder Organisationen, die bei der Produktion oder Verbreitung eines + bibliografischen Objekts eine Rolle gespielt. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + transcribed from original ms + Claus Huitfeldt + + + + + + + Nouvelle édition originale + Geneviève Hasenohr + + + + + + + converti en langage SGML + Alan Morrison + + + + + + + 謄寫自原始手稿 + 徐大明 + + + + + + + 轉換成SGML編碼 + 許雁 + + + + + + + converted to XML encoding + Alan Morrison + + + + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + 2.2.2. The Edition Statement + 2.2.5. The Series Statement + + + responsibility + 책임성 + + responsabilidad + responsabilité + responsabilità + Verantwortlichkeit + contains a phrase describing the nature of a person's intellectual responsibility, or an organization's role in the production or distribution of a work. + 개인의 지적 책임성에 관한 특성을 기술하는 구를 포함한다. + 包含一個詞彙，來描述個人智慧責任的類型。 + 人物の知的責任の性質を表す一節を示す。 + contient une expression décrivant la nature de la responsabilité intellectuelle d'une personne. + contiene un sintagma que describe la naturaleza de la responsabilidad intelectual de una persona. + contiene una frase che descrive la natura della responsabilità intellettuale di una persona. + enthält eine Phrase, die die Art der intellektuellen Verantwortung einer Person oder die Rolle einer Organisation bei der Herstellung oder Distribution eines Werkes beschreibt. + + + + + + + + + + + + compiler + Edward Child + + + + + + + compilateur + Edward Child + + + + + + + 編輯 + 林偉 + + + + +

                              The attribute ref, inherited from the class att.canonical may be used to indicate the kind of responsibility in a normalized + form by referring directly to a + standardized list of responsibility types, such as that maintained by a naming authority, for + example the list maintained at + for bibliographic usage.

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs key or ref, issus de la classe att.canonical, peuvent être utilisés pour indiquer le type de responsabilité sous + une forme normalisée, en faisant référence directement (par l'utilisation de ref) + ou indirectement (par l'utilisation de key) à une liste normalisée contenant des types de + responsabilité, comme celle qui est maintenue par une autorité de nommage, par exemple la + liste à usage bibliographique. +

                              +                               + +

                              Das ref-Attribut, das aus der Klasse att.canonical + vererbt wird, kann benutzt werden, um die Art der Verantwortlichkeit in normalisierter Form zu + beschreiben. Es verweist direkt auf eine standardisierte Liste von Verantwortlichkeitstypen, wie + sie z. B. in Normdatensätzen gepflegt werden, wie zum Beispiel folgende Liste für + bibliografische Zwecke: .

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + 2.2.2. The Edition Statement + 2.2.5. The Series Statement + +                               + title + titre + Titel + contains a title for any kind of work. + 다양한 종류의 작업에 대한 전체 제목을 제공한다. + 包含任何種類作品的完整題名 。 + 作品の完全なタイトルを示す。 + contient le titre complet d'une oeuvre quelconque. + contiene el título completo de una obra de cualquier tipo. + contiene il titolo completo di una qualsiaisi opera. + beinhaltet einen Titel eines beliebigen Werks. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the bibliographic level for a title, that is, whether it identifies an article, book, journal, series, or unpublished material. + 제목에 대한 서지적 층위를 나타내어, 논문, 책, 학술지, 총서, 미간행의 여부를 식별한다. + 指出題名的書目層次，即該題名之所指可以是文章、書籍、期刊、叢書或未出版的項目。 + タイトルの書誌情報のレベルを示す。例えば、論文、書籍、雑誌、叢書、 非刊行物など。 + indique le niveau bibliographique d'un titre, c'est-à-dire si ce titre identifie un article, un livre, une revue, une collection, ou un document non publié + indica el tipo bibliográfico para un título, si este se identifica como un artículo, libro, revista, colección o material inédito. + indica il livello bibliografico di un titolo, ovvero se indentifica un articolo, un libro, una rivista, una collana, o materiale non pubblicato. + gibt den bibliografischen Typ eines Titels an, d.h. ob er einen Artikel, ein Buch, eine Zeitschrift, eine Reihe oder unpubliziertes Material bezeichnet. + + + + analytic + 분석적 + analytique + analitico + analítico + unselbständig + the title applies to an analytic item, such as an article, poem, or other work published as part of a larger item. + 분석적 제목(보다 큰 항목의 일부로 출판된 논문, 시, 또는 기타 항목) + 分析層題名 (文章、詩、或其他隸屬於一個較大作品的項目) + título analítico (de artículo, de poema, o de otro elemento publicado como parte de un elemento más grande) + 分析的タイトル(例えば、論文や詩など、大きめの刊行物の部分と なるもの)。 + titre analytique (article, poème ou autre, publié comme partie d'un ensemble plus grand) + titolo analitico (articolo, poesia o altra unità bibliografica pubblicata come parte di un'unità più grande) + der Titel gehört zu einer unselbständigen Publikation, wie einem Artikel, Gedicht oder einem anderen Werk, das als Teil einer umfangreicheren Einheit publiziert wurde. + + + monographic + 단행본 + monographique + monografico + monográfico + Monografie + the title applies to a monograph such as a book or other item considered to be a distinct publication, including single volumes of multi-volume works + 단행본 제목(여러 권 중 한 권으로 출판된 경우를 포함하여, 독립된 항목으로 출판된 책, 모음집, 또는 기타 항목) + 專題層題名 (書、選集、或其他獨立出版的項目，包含多冊作品的其中一冊) + título monográfico (libro, colección, u otro elemento publicado como elemento distinto, incluído los volúmenes individuales de trabajos multivolúmenes) + 単行物のタイトル(例えば、書籍や叢書など、複数の巻に別れる作 品のうちのひとつや、独立してある出版物)。 + titre de monographie (livre, ensemble ou autre, publié comme un document distinct, y compris les volumes isolés d'ouvrages en plusieurs volumes) + titolo della monografia (libro, raccolta o altra unità bibliografica pubblicata indipendentemente, inculso il singolo volume di opere a più volumi) + der Titel bezieht sich auf Monografien wie z.B. ein Bücher oder andere selbständige Publikationen, also auch auf einzelne Bände in einem mehrbändigen Werk. + + + journal + 학술지 + rivista + título de revista. + Zeitschrift + the title applies to any serial or periodical publication such as a journal, magazine, or newspaper + 학술지 제목 + 期刊層題名 + título de diario, periódico o revista + 雑誌のタイトル。 + titre de revue + titolo di rivista + der Titel bezieht sich auf jede Art fortlaufender oder periodischer Veröffentlichungen wie z. B. Zeitschriften, Magazine oder Zeitungen. + + + series + 연간물 + série + serie + series + Reihe + the title applies to a series of otherwise distinct publications such as a collection + 연간물 제목 + 叢書層題名 + título de serie + 叢書のタイトル。 + titre de publication en série + titolo di collana + der Titel bezeichnet eine Reihe von ansonsten selbständig publizierten Veröffentlichungen, wie z. B. eine Buchreihe. + + + unpublished + unveröffentlicht + 미간행 + the title applies to any unpublished material (including theses and dissertations unless published by a commercial press) + 미간행물(출판사에서 출판되지 않은 석박사 논문을 포함하여)의 제목 + 未出版的項目題名 (包括未經商業刊物發表的專題論文) + título de un material inédito (incluidas tesis y disertaciones que no sean publicadas por una editorial comercial) + 非刊行物のタイトル(未刊の学位論文など)。 + titre de matéria non publié (thèses et dissertations comprises, à l'exception de leurs éditions commerciales) + titolo di materiale non pubblicato (incluse tesi non pubblicate da case editrici) + der Titel bezieht sich auf unveröffentliches Material (incl. universitäre Qualifikationsarbeiten, soweit sie nicht von einem Verlag veröffentlicht worden sind). + + + +

                              The level of a title is sometimes implied by its context: + for example, a title appearing directly within an + analytic element is ipso facto of + level a, and one appearing within a series + element of level s. For this reason, the + level attribute is not required in contexts where + its value can be unambiguously inferred. Where it is supplied + in such contexts, + its value should not contradict the value implied by its + parent element. + +

                              +                               + +

                              Si le titre apparaît comme fils de l'élément + analytic, l'attribut level, s'il est + renseigné, doit avoir la valeur a ; si le titre + apparaît comme fils de l'élément monogr, l'attribut + level doit avoir la valeur m, j ou + u ; si le titre apparaît comme fils de l'élément + series, l'attribut level doit avoir la + valeur s. Si le titre apparaît dans l'élément + msItem, l'attribut level ne doit pas être + utilisé.

                              +                               + +

                              タイトルが要素analytic中にある場合、属性 + levelがあれば、値は必ずaとなる。タイトルが要 + 素monogr中にある場合、属性levelの値は、必 + ずm、j、uのいずれかになる。要素 + titleが要素series中にある場合、属性 + levelの値は必ずsとなる。タイトルが要素 + msItem中にある場合、当該属性値は付与されない。

                              +                               + +

                              Der Typ eines Titels wird manchmal durch seinen Kontext bestimmt: wenn ein Titel z. B. + innerhalb des Elements analytic verwendet wird, ist es ipso facto + demnach Level a; ein Titel innerhalb eines series-Elements als Level s. + Daher ist das level-Attribut nicht zwingend notwendig, wenn die Position eindeutig + erschlossen werden kann. Wenn es in derartigen Kontexten dennoch gesetzt wird, sollte der + Attributwert dem impliziten Wert des Eltern-Elements nicht widersprechen. +

                              +                               +                               + + classifies the title according to some convenient typology. + 어떤 편의적 유형에 따른 제목 분류 + 用合適的分類方法將題名分類。 + 当該タイトルを分類する。 + caractérise le titre selon une typologie adaptée. + clasifica el título de acuerdo con alguna tipología funcional. + classifica il titolo seguendo una tipologia conveniente. + klassifiziert den Titel entsprechend einer geeigneten Typologie. + + + + main title + (주)제목 + 主要題名 + título principal + 主タイトル。 + titre principal + titolo + Haupttitel + + + subordinate + 부 + titre de niveau inférieur, titre de partie + subordinato + subtítulo, título de una parte + untergeordnet + subtitle, title of part + 부분의 제목인 부제목 + 副題名、部分題名 + subtítulo, título de una parte + 副タイトル、部分タイトル。 + sous-titre, titre de partie. + sottotitolo, titolo di una parte + Untertitel oder Titel eines Teilbereichs + + + alternate + 이명 + titre alternatif, souvent dans une autre langue, par lequel l'oeuvre est également connu + alternativo + título alternativo, a menudo en otra lengua por la cual la obra es también conocida. + alternativ + alternate title, often in another language, by which the work is also known + 다른 언어에서 알려진 작품의 다른 이름 + 替代題名，通常以該作品著名的另一種語言呈現 + título alternativo, a menudo en otro idioma, por el cual el trabajo también es conocido + 別タイトル。多くは他言語によるタイトル。当該作品は、このタイ トルで知られている。 + autre titre, souvent exprimé dans une autre langue, par lequel l'ouvrage est aussi connu + titolo alternativo, spesso in altra lingua, con il quale è anche conosciuta l'opera + alternativer Titel, oft in einer anderen Sprache, unter dem das Werk auch bekannt ist. + + + abbreviated form of title + 제목의 축약형 + 題名的縮寫形式 + forma abreviada del título + タイトルの省略形。 + forme abrégée du titre + abbreviazione del titolo + Kurztitel + + + descriptive + 기술적 + paraphrase descriptive de l'oeuvre ayant les fonctions d'un titre + descrittivo + paráfrasis descriptiva que funciona como el título de una obra. + beschreibend + descriptive paraphrase of the work functioning as a title + 제목으로 기능하는 작품의 기술적 바꿔쓰기 + 該作品的描述性改述，可作為題名 + paráfrasis descriptiva del trabajo que funciona como título + タイトルのように当該作品を解説する言い換え。 + paraphrase descriptive de l'oeuvre fonctionnant comme un titre + parafrasi descrittiva dell'opera che funge da titolo + Umschreibung des Werks, die als Titel fungiert. + + + +

                              This attribute is provided for convenience in analysing + titles and processing them according to their type; where such + specialized processing is not necessary, there is no need for + such analysis, and the entire title, including subtitles and + any parallel titles, may be enclosed within a single + title element.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut est utile pour analyser les titres et les + traiter en fonction de leur type ; lorsqu'un tel traitement + spécifique n'est pas nécessaire, il n'est pas utile de donner + une telle analyse, et le titre entier, sous-titres et titres + parallèles inclus, peuvent être encodés dans un élément + title.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性は、タイトルを分析し、処理する際に使用されるもので + ある。このような処理を必要としない場合、タイトルを分析する必要 + はなく、副タイトルなどは全て要素titleの中に入れてしま + うことができる。

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Attribut wird bereitgestellt, um die Analyse und die Verarbeitung von Titeln auf + Basis ihres Typs zu vereinfachen; in Fällen, bei denen ein derart spezielles Vorgehen nicht + notwendig ist, ist auch eine entsprechende Analyse nicht notwendig, und der gesamte Titel, inkl. + Untertitel und allfälligen parallelen Titeln, kann mit einem einzigen title-Element + ausgezeichnet werden.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + Information Technology and the Research Process: Proceedings of + a conference held at Cranfield Institute of Technology, UK, + 18–21 July 1989 + + + + + La vie mode d'emploi. Romans. + + + + + Analyser les textes de communication + + + + + Mélanges de linguistique française et de philologie et littérature médiévales + offerts à Monsieur Paul Imbs. + + + + + Les fleurs du Mal de Charles Baudelaire : une édition électronique + + + + +

                              quand il rentre de ses chantiers de maçonnerie il dit rien, il pose son cul sur une + chaise, toujours au même endroit, et il lit l'Humanité. +

                              +                               +                               + + + 毛語錄 + + + + + 嚐書：視界與舌尖之外 + + + + + 蒼天有淚—無語問蒼天，台北，1997年12月1日。 + + + + + 大般若波羅蜜多經：OCR辨識版本 + + + + + Hardy's Tess of the D'Urbervilles: a machine readable + edition + + + + + + <title type="main">Synthèse + an international journal for +epistemology, methodology and history of + science + + + + +

                              The attributes key and ref, inherited from the class + att.canonical may be used to + indicate the canonical form for the title; the former, by supplying + (for example) the identifier of a record in some external library + system; the latter by pointing to an XML element somewhere containing + the canonical form of the title.

                              +                               + +

                              Les attributs key et ref, hérités de la classe att.canonical sont utilisés pour + indiquer la forme canonique du titre ; le premier donne (par exemple) + l’identifiant d’un enregistrement dans un système externe de + bibliothèque ; le second pointe vers un élément XML contenant la forme + canonique du titre.

                              +                               + +

                              Die Attribute key und ref, die durch die Zugehörigkeit zur Klasse + att.canonical verfügbar sind, können dafür verwendet werden, den + kanonischen Titel anzugeben: Ersteres indem (z. B.) die Kennung eines Datensatzes einer externen + Bibliothek herangezogen wird; Letzteres durch den Verweis auf ein XML-Element, das den + kanonischen Titel enthält.

                              +                               + + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + 2.2.5. The Series Statement + +                               + contains the formalized descriptive title for a meeting or conference, for use in a bibliographic description for an item derived from such a meeting, or as a heading or preamble to publications emanating from it. + 회의에서 배포된 항목 또는 회의에서 산출된 출판물의 표제 및 서문에 대한 서지적 설명으로 사용된 경우 회의 또는 학술회의의 공식적 설명을 포함한다. + 在書目參照當中，標記該書目項目來源的會議相關描述。 + 会議中の項目を書誌情報で記述する際や、発行物の見出しや序文に現れる、 会合や会議を表す、形式化された記述的タイトルを示す。 + contient le titre descriptif formalisé d’une réunion ou d’une conférence, employé dans une description bibliographique pour un article provenant d'une telle réunion, ou comme le titre ou le préambule aux publications qui en émanent. + en referencias bibliográficas, contiene una descripción del encuentro o conferencia del que deriva el elemento bibliográfico. + nei riferimenti biliografici, contiene una descrizione di un incontro o convegno dal quale deriva l'unità bibliografica. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + Ninth International Conference on Middle High German Textual Criticism, Aachen, + June 1998. + + List of Participants + + ... + + + ... + + + +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + Colloque international : Duras, marges et transgressions, Nancy, 1er et 2 avril + 2005 + + liste des participants + + ... + + + ... + + +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + 2007第三屆亞太藝術教育國際研討會 + + 與會者名單 + + 馬桂順 + + + 仲瀨律久 + + + +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + 3.12.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors + +                               + + 版本說明 + groups information relating to the publication or distribution + of a bibliographic item. + regroupe des informations relatives à la + publication ou à la distribution d'un élément bibliographique. + información de grupos acerca de la publicación o distribución de un elemento bibliográfico. + 匯集書目項目的出版或發行相關資訊。 + raggruppa le informazioni riguardo la pubblicazione o distribuzione di un'unità bibliograica. + 書誌情報の対象となるものの、出版に関する情報。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford + Clarendon Press + 1987 + + + + + + + Paris + Les Éd. de Minuit + 2001 + + + + + + + 香港 + 皇冠 + 2005 + + + + + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + + + publisher + editorial + éditeur + Verlag + provides the name of the organization responsible for the publication or distribution of a + bibliographic item. + 서지 항목의 출판이나 배포에 책임이 있는 기구명을 제시한다. + 提供負責出版或發行書目項目的機構名稱。 + 書誌項目の出版や頒布に責任のある団体の名前を示す。 + donne le nom de l'organisme responsable de la + publication ou de la distribution d'un élément de la bibliographie. + proporciona el nombre de la organización responsable de + la publicación o la distribución de un elemento bibliográfico. + fornisce il nome + gibt den Namen der Organisation an, die für die Veröffentlichung und Verbreitung eines + bibliografischen Objekts verantwortlich ist. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford + Clarendon Press + 1987 + + + + + + + Paris + Les Éditions de Minuit + 2001 + + + + + + + 上海 + 上海古籍出版社 + 2008 + + + + +

                              Use the full form of the name by which a company is usually referred to, + rather than any abbreviation of it which may appear on a title page

                              +                               + +

                              Utiliser la forme développée du nom au moyen duquel l'organisme est + habituellement cité, plutôt qu'une abréviation, cette dernière pouvant apparaître sur + une page de titre.

                              +                               + +

                              会社を示す、タイトルページにある省略名ではなく、正式な名前を使う。

                              +                               + +

                              Außer bei der Transkription von bibliografischen Angaben, ist der vollständige Name des + Unternehmens gegenüber einer abgekürzten Version, wie sie etwa auf der gedruckten Titelseite zu + finden ist, zu bevorzugen.

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + +                               + scope of bibliographic reference + 인용 범위 + 書目引用範圍 + extension d'une référence bibliographique + extensión de una cita + estensione del riferimento bibliografico + Geltungsbereich einer bibliografischen Referenz + 典拠参照の範囲 + defines the scope of a bibliographic reference, for + example as a list of page numbers, or a named subdivision of a larger work. + 예를 들어 페이지수의 목록 또는 작품의 이름 붙은 하위 성분으로, 문헌 참조의 범위를 + 정의한다. + 標明書目參照資訊的範圍，例如標示頁碼列表、或是某著作的分支作品名稱。 + 典拠参照の範囲を示す。例えば、ページ番号や、全体の中で名前を与えられた下位要素など。 + définit l'extension d'une référence bibliographique, + comme par exemple une liste de numéros de page, ou le nom d'une subdivision d'une oeuvre plus + grande. + define la extensión de una referencia bibliográfica, + como por ejemplo los números de página u otra subdivisión numerada en la obra mayor. + definisce l'estensione di un riferimento + bibliografico, per esempio mediante una lista di numeri di pagina, o il titolo di una parte di + un'opera più ampia. + grenzt den Geltungsbereich einer bibliografischen Referenz ein, zum Beispiel in Form von + Seitenangaben oder benannten Unterabschnitten eines umfangreicheren Werks. + + + + + + + + + + + + pp 12–34 + + II + 12 + + + + + pp 12–34 + + II + 12 + + + + + 頁數 12–34 + + II + 12 + + + +

                              When a single page is being cited, use the from and to attributes with + an identical value. When no clear endpoint is provided, the from attribute may be + used without to; for example a citation such as p. 3ff might be encoded + <biblScope from="3">p. 3ff</biblScope>.

                              +

                              It is now considered good practice to supply this element as a sibling (rather than a child) + of imprint, since it supplies information which does not constitute part of the + imprint.

                              +                               + +

                              Wird nur eine einzelne Seite zitiert, erhalten die Attribute from und to + identische Werte. Gibt es keinen klaren Endpunkt, sollte nur das from-Attribut ohne + korrespondierendes to-Attribut verwendet werden, zum Beispiel könnte ein Zitat wie + S. 3ff. als <biblScope from="3">p. 3ff</biblScope> kodiert werden.

                              +

                              Es wird nun als gute Praxis angesehen, dieses Element als Geschwisterelement (anstatt eines + Kindelements) von imprint anzugeben, da es Informationen enthält, die nicht Teil des + Impressums sind.

                              +                               + +

                              一つのページが引用される場合、from属性とto属性を同じ値で使用すべきである。 + 明確な終点が提供されていない場合、from属性はtoを使わずに使うことができる。 + 例えば、p. 3ffのような引用は、<biblScope from="3">p. 3ff</biblScope>となる。

                              +

                              出版事項の一部を構成しない情報を提供するため、この要素をimprintの子ではなく、兄弟として提供するほうが望ましい。

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.5. Scopes and Ranges in Bibliographic Citations + +                               + cited range + 引用範囲 + defines the range of cited content, often represented by pages or other units. + しばしばページやその他の単位で表される、引用の範囲を定める。 + + + + + + + + + + + + pp 12–13 + + II + 12 + + + + + , vol. 3, pp. + 4-5 + + + +

                              When a single page is being cited, use the from and to attributes with + an identical value. When no clear endpoint is provided, the from attribute may be + used without to; for example a citation such as p. 3ff might be encoded + <citedRange from="3">p. 3ff</citedRange>.

                              +                               +

                              1頁だけ引用された時は、同一の値を伴うfromとtoの属性を用いる。引用の終わりが与えられていない場合は、from属性は、toなしで用いることが許されている。例えば、p. 3ffのような引用は<citedRange from="3">p. 3ff</citedRange>と符号化されうる。

                               + + 3.12.2.5. Scopes and Ranges in Bibliographic Citations + +                               + publication place + 출판지 + + lugar de la publicación + lieu de publication + luogo di pubblicazione + Verlagsort + contains the name of the place where a bibliographic item was published. + 서지 대상이 출판된 장소명을 포함한다. + 包含書目項目的出版地名稱。 + 書誌項目が出版された場所の名前を示す。 + contient le nom du lieu d'une publication. + contiene el nombre del lugar de publicación de un + elemento bibliográfico. + contiene il nome del luogo in cui un'unità + bibliografica è stata pubblicata + enthält den Namen des Orts, an dem ein bibliografisches Objekt veröffentlicht wurde. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford University Press + Oxford + 1989 + + + + + + + Editions Denoëll + Paris + 1975 + + + + + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + + + bibliographic citation + 서지 인용 + 書目資料 + référence bibliographique. + cita bibliográfica. + citazione bibliografica + bibliografische Angabe + 典拠情報の明示 + contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may + not be explicitly tagged. + 하위 성분이 명시적으로 구분된 또는 그렇지 않은 덜 구조화된 서지 인용을 포함한다. + 包含結構零散的書目資料，其中次要元件不一定會明確標記。 + 完全な構造を持たない典拠情報の引用を表す。各構成要素はタグ付けされていてもいなくてもよい。 + contient une référence bibliographique faiblement + structurée dans laquelle les sous-composants peuvent ou non être explicitement balisés. + contiene una cita bibliográfica estructurada libremente, + los componentes de la cual pueden nohaber sido etiquetados explícitamente. + contiene una citazione bibliografica strutturata + liberamente i cui componeneti potrebbero o meno essere codificati esplicitamente. + enthält eine lose strukturierte bibliografische Angabe, in der einzelne Komponenten explizit + ausgezeichnet sein können. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Blain, Clements and Grundy: Feminist Companion to Literature in English (Yale, + 1990) + + + + + Mazelier, Roger : Gérard de Nerval et l’Humour divin, Le Mesnil Saint-Denis, + 1995. + + + + + L'EnracinementSimone Weil, Prélude à une déclaration des devoirs envers l'être + humain . Gallimard1968. + + + + + 蕭兵，《神話學引論》。台北：文津，2001。 + + + + + 我的從影經過。收錄於 王漢倫，中國無聲電影. + 北京：中國電影 + 1996。 + + + + + The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood. In + Victor E Neuberg, The Penny Histories. + OUP1968. + + + + + Carlin + (Claire), + The Staging of Impotence : France’s last + congrès dans + Theatrum mundi : studies in honor of Ronald W. + Tobin, éd. + ClaireCarlin et + KathleenWine, + Charlottesville, Va., + Rookwood Press, + 2003. + + + + + +

                              Contains phrase-level elements, together with any combination of elements from the + model.biblPart class

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient des éléments de type expression, ainsi qu'un jeu + d'éléments de la classe model.biblPart.

                              +                               + +

                              フレーズレベル要素と、model.biblPartクラスの要素の任意の組み合わせを含む。

                              +                               + +

                              Enthält Phrasen-Level-Elemente, zusammen mit einer beliebigen Kombination von + Elementen der model.biblPart-Klasse

                              +                               + + 3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References + 2.2.7. The Source Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + structured bibliographic citation + 구조화된 서지 인용 + 結構次要書目 + référence bibliographique structurée + cita bibliográfica estructurada. + citazione bibliografica strutturata + 構造的な典拠情報 + contains a structured bibliographic citation, in which only bibliographic sub-elements + appear and in a specified order. + 서지의 하위 요소만이 나타나는, 명시적 순서로 구성되는 구조화된 서지 인용을 포함한다. + 包含僅出現子節點的結構書目資料，並以特定順序呈現。 + 構造を持った典拠情報を示す。下位要素として、典拠情報を示す要素のみが、決められた順番で出現する。 + contient une référence bibliographique dans laquelle + seuls des sous-éléments bibliographiques apparaissent et cela, selon un ordre déterminé. + contiene una cita bibliográfica estructurada, en la cual + sólo aparecen los subelementos bibliográficos y en un orden especificado. + contiene una citazione bibliografica strutturata che può + contenere solo altri elemento nell'ordine specificato. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Blain, Virginia + Clements, Patricia + Grundy, Isobel + The Feminist Companion to Literature in English: women writers from the middle ages + to the present + first edition + + Yale University Press + New Haven and London + 1990 + + + + + + + + + + + David + Barstow + + + Susanne + Craig + + + Russ + Buettner + + Trump Took Part in Suspect Schemes to Evade Tax Bills + Behind the Myth of a Self-Made Billionaire, a Vast Inheritance From His Father + + + The New York Times + + New York + A. G. Sulzberger + Wednesday, October 3, 2018 + + CLXVIII + 58,104 + 1 + + + + + + + + + Anouilh, Jean + Antigone + première édition + + in Nouvelles pièces noires, La Table ronde + Paris + 1955 + + + + + + + + + + 王大明 + 文天行 + 廖全京 + 抗戰文藝報刊編目彙編 + 初版 + + 四川省社會科學院 + 成都 + 1984 + + + + + + + 3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References + 2.2.7. The Source Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + + + citation list + 인용 목록 + 書目列表 + liste de références bibliographiques + lista de cita + lista di citazioni + Liste bibliografischer Angaben + contains a list of bibliographic citations of any kind. + 여러 종류의 서지 인용 목록을 포함한다. + 包含任何種類的書目資料列表。 + 書誌項目引用のリストを示す。 + contient une liste de références bibliographiques de toute nature. + contiene una lista de citas bibliográficas de cualquier tipo. + contiene una lista di citazioni bibliografiche di qualsiasi natura. + enthält eine Liste von bibliografischen Angaben jeglicher Art. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Works consulted + Blain, Clements and Grundy: Feminist Companion to + Literature in English (Yale, 1990) + + + + The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood + + + The Penny Histories + Victor E Neuberg + + OUP + 1968 + + + + + + + + + + Liste des ouvrages cités + Les Petits Romantiques + + + La poésie en prose + + + Aloysius Bertrand, "inventeur" du poème en prose + Bert Guégand + + PUN + 2000 + + + + + + + + + + 參考書籍 + 潘定衡、楊朝文: 蚩尤的傳說 (貴陽：貴州民族出版社，1989 ) + + + 中國古史的傳說時代 + + + 苗族蚩尤神话，與逐鹿之戰。 + 吳曉東 + + 北京：民族文學研究 + 1998 + + + + + + + + 3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References + 2.2.7. The Source Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + + + contains or references some other bibliographic item which is related to the present one in some specified manner, for example as a constituent or alternative version of it. + 구성물이나 대체 버전과 같이 현 항목과 특정 방식으로 관련된 다른 서지 항목을 명시적 방식에 따라 포함하거나 지시한다. + 包含或參照到其他書目項目，該些項目與目前的書目項目在某種程度上相關，例如作為其組成或者替代項目。 + 当該内容と関連する書誌情報項目を示す、または参照する。例えば、構成要 素または他の版など。 + contient ou référe à un autre élément bibliographique ayant une relation quelconque avec l'objet décrit, par exemple comme faisant partie d'une version alternative de celui-ci, ou bien en étant une version alternative. + contiene o si riferisce ad altra entità bibliografica legata alla presente tramite una relazione specificata quale, per esempio, versione costitutiva o alternativa + contiene o refiere algún otro elemento bibliográfico que se relaciona con el actual de alguna manera, por ejemplo como un versión complementaria o alternativa de este. + enthält oder verweist auf ein anderes bibliografisches Objekt, welches zu dem aktuellen in einer bestimmten Beziehung steht, z. B. als Bestandteil oder Alternativfassung. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + If the @target attribute on is used, the relatedItem element must be empty + A relatedItem element should have either a @target attribute or a child element to indicate the related bibliographic item + + + + + + points to the related bibliographic element by means of an + absolute or relative URI reference. + zeigt auf das in Beziehung stehende bibliografische Objekt durch eine absolute oder relative URI. + + + + + + + + Shirley, James + The gentlemen of Venice + + New York + Readex Microprint + 1953 + + 1 microprint card, 23 x 15 cm. + + + Three centuries of drama: English, 1642–1700 + + + + + Shirley, James + The gentlemen of Venice + a tragi-comedie presented at the private house in Salisbury + Court by Her Majesties servants + + London + H. Moseley + 1655 + + 78 p. + + + + + + + +

                              If the target attribute is used to reference + the related bibliographic item, the element must be + empty.

                              +                               + +

                              Wenn das target-Attribut verwendet wird, um auf das in Beziehung stehende Objekt zu + verweisen, muss das Element leer bleiben.

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.7. Related Items + +                               + verse line + 운문 시행 + 詩行 + vers + verso + verso + Vers(zeile) + contains a single, possibly incomplete, line of verse. + 미완성일 수도 있지만 운문의 하나의 시행을 포함한다. + 包含詩文的一行，也許是不完整的詩行。 + 韻文中の1行を示す。行として完全でない場合もある。 + contient un seul vers, éventuellement incomplet. + contiene un único verso, posiblemente incompleto. + contiene un singolo verso, anche incompleto. + enthält eine einzelne, möglicherweise unvollständige, Verszeile. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain lines or lg elements. + + + + + + Shall I compare thee to a summer's day? + + + + + Que toujours, dans vos vers, le sens coupant les mots + Suspende l'hémistiche, en marque le repos. + + + + + + + + + 3.13.1. Core Tags for Verse + 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + + + line group + 시행군 + 行組 + groupe de vers + grupo de versos + un gruppo di versi + Gruppe von Vers(zeil)en + contains one or more verse lines functioning as a formal unit, e.g. a stanza, refrain, verse paragraph, etc. + 예를 들어, 연, 후렴구, 운문 단락과 같이 형식적 단위로 기능하는 운문 행군을 포함한다. + 包含形式上視為一組的詩行，例如詩節、疊句、韻文段落等。 + 形式単位としてある、ある韻文の行をまとまりを示す。例えば、連、リフレ イン、詩節など。 + contient un groupe de vers fonctionnant comme une unité formelle, par exemple une strophe, un refrain, un paragraphe en vers, etc. + contiene un grupo de versos que funcionan como una unidad formal, p.ej. una estrofa, un refrán, un estribillo, etc. + contiene un gruppo di versi che costituiscono un'unità formale, per esempio una stanza, un refrain, un paragrafo in versi, ecc. + enthält eine oder mehrere Verse bzw. Verszeilen, die zusammen eine formale Einheit (z. B. Strophe, Refrain) bilden. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An lg element must contain at least one child l, lg, or gap element. + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain line groups. + + + + + + + Let me be my own fool + of my own making, the sum of it + + + is equivocal. + One says of the drunken farmer: + + + leave him lay off it. And this is + the explanation. + + + + + +
                              + + Les amoureux fervents et les savants austères + Aiment également, dans leur mûre saison, + Les chats puissants et doux, orgueil de la maison, + Qui comme eux sont frileux et comme eux sédentaires. + + + Amis de la science et de la volupté + Ils cherchent le silence et l'horreur des ténèbres ; + L'Erèbe les eût pris pour ses coursiers funèbres, + S'ils pouvaient au servage incliner leur fierté. + + + Ils prennent en songeant les nobles attitudes + Des grands sphinx allongés au fond des solitudes, + Qui semblent s'endormir dans un rêve sans fin ; + + + Leurs reins féconds sont pleins d'étincelles magiques, + Et des parcelles d'or, ainsi qu'un sable fin, + Etoilent vaguement leurs prunelles mystiques. + +
                              +                               +                               + + + + 把你的影子加點鹽 + 醃起來 + 風乾 + + + 老的時候 + 下酒 + + + + +

                              contains verse lines or nested line groups only, possibly prefixed by a heading.

                              +                               + +

                              ne contient que des vers ou des groupes de vers enchâssés, éventuellement précédés d'un titre.

                              +                               + +

                              韻文の行または(普通は見出しが付く)入れ子化された行グループのみを示 す。

                              +                               + +

                              enthält lediglich Vers(zeil)en (l) oder verschachtelte Gruppen von Vers(zeil)en + (lg); eine Überschrift ist fakultativ.

                              +                               + + 3.13.1. Core Tags for Verse + 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + +                               + speech + 대화 + 演說 + + langue orale + discurso + battuta + Figurenrede + contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or + verse text. + 공연 텍스트에서 개별 대화 또는 산문이나 운문 텍스트에서 공연적 텍스트로 제시된 단락 + 劇本中的個人台詞，或散文、韻文中的個人演說。 + 演技テキストまたは韻文・散文中にある個々の発話を示す。 + monologue dans un texte écrit pour la scène ou un passage + présenté sous cette forme dans un texte en prose ou en vers. + Un discurso individual de un texto dramático, o un pasaje + en prosa o en verso presentado como tal. + Una singola battuta in un testo drammatico, o un brano + presentato come tale in un testo in prosa o in versi + enthält eine einzelne Figurenrede in einem Dramentext oder eine entsprechende Passage in einem + Prosatext oder lyrischen Text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The reverend Doctor Opimian +

                              I do not think I have named a single unpresentable fish.

                              +                               + + Mr Gryll +

                              Bream, Doctor: there is not much to be said for bream.

                              +                               + + The Reverend Doctor Opimian +

                              On the contrary, sir, I think there is much to be said for him. In the first place [...]

                              +

                              Fish, Miss Gryll — I could discourse to you on fish by the hour: but for the present I + will forbear [...]

                              +                               +                               + +                               + + + + Valère. +

                              Hé bien ! Sabine, quel conseil me donneras-tu ?

                              +                               + + Sabine. +

                              Vraiment, il y a bien des nouvelles. Mon oncle veut résolûment que ma cousine épouse + Villebrequin, et les affaires sont tellement avancées, que je crois qu'ils eussent été + mariés dès aujourd'hui, si vous n'étiez aimé ... Le bonhomme ne manquera pas + de faire loger ma cousine à ce pavillon qui est au bout de notre jardin, et par ce moyen + vous pourriez l'entretenir à l'insu de notre vieillard, l'épouser, et le laisser pester + tout son soûl avec Villebrequin.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + 祝英台 +

                              我就是英台。三年前我想出外求學，故而改扮男裝，不期与梁兄相遇，三載同窗多蒙照顧，英台感激不盡。

                              +                               + + 梁山伯 +

                              賢弟，哦，念書的時候，咱們是兄弟相稱，如今你這樣的打扮，我該稱你賢弟呢，還是……

                              +                               + + 祝英台 +

                              讀書時節我是女扮男裝，理該兄弟相稱，如今不妨改稱兄妹。

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              The who attribute on this element may be used either in addition to the + speaker element or as an alternative.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut who peut être utilisé soit en complément de l'élément speaker, + soit comme une alternative à cet élément.

                              +                               + +

                              行または段落、ト書き、句レベル要素になる。

                              +

                              属性whoは、要素speakerなどと共に使用されるかも しれない。

                              +                               + +

                              Das who-Attribut an diesem Element kann entweder zusätzlich zum + speaker-Element eingesetzt werden oder alternativ dazu.

                              +                               + + 3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama + 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama + 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers + +                               + + locuteur + 講者 + Sprecher + contains a specialized form of heading or label, giving the name of one or more speakers in a + dramatic text or fragment. + forme particulière de titre ou de marque qui donne le + nom d'un ou de plusieurs locuteurs dans un texte ou dans un fragment de texte écrit pour le + théâtre. + una forma especializada de encabezamiento o etiqueta, + que da nombre a uno o más interlocutores de un texto o fragmento dramático. + 特殊的標題或標籤形式，用來表明劇本中ㄧ位或多位講者名稱。 + Forma specializzata di intestazione o etichetta che + fornisce i nomi di uno o più parlanti in un testo o frammento drammatico. + 舞台関連の文章に出てくる1人以上の発話者の名前を示す。見出しやラベル として書かれる。 + enthält eine spezielle Form von Überschrift oder Bezeichnung für einen oder mehrere Namen von + Figuren in einem Dramentext oder -fragment. + + + + + + + + + + + + Nancy and Robert + (speaking simultaneously) +

                              The future? ...

                              +                               + + + + +                               +                               + + + + Koch. +

                              Ne risquez rien du tout, Monique ; rentrez.

                              +                               + + Monique. +

                              Rentrer ? comment voulez-vous que je rentre ? J'ai les clés de la voiture.

                              +                               + + Koch. +

                              Je rentrerai par mes propres moyens.

                              +                               + + Monique. +

                              Vous ? vos moyens ? quels moyens ? Seigneur ! Vous ne savez même pas conduire, vous ne + savez pas reconnaître votre gauche de votre droite, vous auriez été incapable de + retrouver ce fichu quartier tout seul, vous ne savez absolument rien faire tout seul. Je + me demande bien comment vous pourriez rentrer.

                              +                               + + Koch. +

                              J'appellerai un taxi.

                              +                               + + + + +                               +                               + + + + 梁山伯與祝英台t + （同時) +

                              梁山伯與祝英台，生不成雙死不分，生不成雙死不分。

                              +                               + + + + +                               +                               + +

                              This element may be used to transcribe which character is + speaking in a dramatic text as indicated by the source text; the + who attribute of an sp element may be used to + point to another element (typically a role) which + provides information about the character speaking. Either or both + may be used.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément est utilisé pour indiquer quel personnage prend la parole dans une pièce de + théâtre ; l'attribut who est utilisé pour pointer vers un autre élément qui fournit des + informations sur ce personnage. L'un et ou l'autre peuvent être utilisés.

                              +                               + + 3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama + +                               + stage direction + 무대지시 + 舞台指示 + indication scénique + acotación + direttiva di scena + Regieanweisung + contains any kind of stage direction within a dramatic text or fragment. + 극적 텍스트나 부분 내에 무대지시를 포함한다. + 包含劇本中任何一種舞台場景或演出動作指示。 + 舞台芸術テキスト中にある、ト書き相当を示す。 + contient tout type d'indication scénique à l'intérieur + d'un texte ou fragment de texte écrit pour le théâtre. + contiene cualquier tipo de acotación que aparece en un + texto o fragmento dramático. + contiene qualsiasi tipo di didascalie e direttive di + scena all'interno di un testo o di un frammento di testo drammatico. + enthält jegliche Regieanweisung in einem Dramentext oder -fragment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the kind of stage direction. + 무대지시의 유형을 나타낸다. + 指出舞台指示的種類。 + ト書きの種類を示す。 + indique le type d'indication scénique. + indica el tipo de acotación. + indica il tipo di direttiva di scena + beschreibt die Art der Regieanweisung. + + + + describes a setting. + 배경을 기술한다. + 描述舞台佈景。 + describe una configuración. + 舞台設定を示す。 + décrit une mise en scène + descrive l'ambientazione. + beschreibt die Szenerie. + + + describes an entrance. + 등장을 기술한다. + 描述角色進場。 + describe una entrada. + 出方を示す。 + décrit une entrée + descrive un ingresso. + beschreibt einen Auftritt. + + + describes an exit. + 퇴장을 기술한다. + 描述角色退場。 + describe una salida. + はけ方を示す。 + décrit une sortie + descrive un'uscita. + beschreibt einen Abgang. + + + describes stage business. + 동작을 기술한다. + 描述演員動作。 + describe la realización de un + fragmento. + 所作を示す。 + décrit une + action sur scène + descrive attività sul palco. + beschreibt eine Bühnenhandlung. + + + is a narrative, motivating stage direction. + 이야기체의, 그리고 흥미유발적인 무대지시이다. + 敘述性的，積極性的舞台指示。 + es una acotación narrativa, o de + dirección de escena + ト書きの意図を解説する。 + texte explicatif de la direction de scène. + testo narrativo che indica le direzioni + di scena. + beschreibt eine narrative Regieanweisung. + + + describes how a character speaks. + 등장인물이 어떻게 대사를 말하는지를 기술한다. + 描述演員說話方式。 + describe cómo habla un personaje. + 登場人物の話し方を示す。 + décrit la façon dont parle un + personnage + descrive il modo in cui un personaggio + parla. + beschreibt die Art und Weise der Darbietung einer Figurenrede. + + + gives some detail about a character. + 등장인물에 관한 상세한 정보를 제시한다. + 提供一個角色的某些細節資訊。 + proporciona algun detalle sobre un + personaje. + 登場人物の詳細を示す。 + donne certains détails à propos d'un + personnage + fornisce dettagli sul + personaggio + gibt nähere Details zu einer Figur an. + + + describes a location. + 장소를 기술한다. + 描述場景位置。 + describe una localización. + 場所を示す。 + décrit un lieu + descrive l'ambientazione + beschreibt einen Handlungsort. + + + more than one of the above + 앞에서 제시된 것들의 여러 가지를 혼용 + 包含兩種以上的舞台指示類型。 + más de uno de lo mencionado + 上記の内容を複数示す。 + plusieurs des indications précédentes + più di uno dei valori descritti. + mehrere der oben angeführten Funktionen. + + +

                              If the value mixed is used, it must be the only value. Multiple values may however be supplied + if a single stage direction performs multiple functions, for example is both an entrance and a modifier.

                              +

                              Der Wert mixed kann nur alleine benutzt werden. Mehrere Werte können in Kombination + eingesetzt werden, wenn eine einzelne Regieanweisung unterschiedliche Funktionen erfüllt, z. B. + sowohl einen Auftritt als auch eine Figurenbeschreibung.

                               +                               +                               + + + A curtain being drawn. + Music + Enter Husband as being thrown off his horse and falls. + Exit pursued by a bear. + He quickly takes the stone out. + To Lussurioso. + Having had enough, and embarrassed for the family. + Disguised as Ansaldo. + Enter Latrocinio disguised as an empiric + At a window. + Aside. + + + + + + Behold. Here the vpper part of the Scene open'd; when + straight appear'd a Heauen, and all the Pure Artes sitting on + two semicircular benches, one aboue another: who sate thus till the rest of the + Prologue was spoken, which being ended, they descended in + order within the Scene, whiles the Musicke plaid Our + Poet knowing our free hearts + + + + La scène est dans une place de ville. + , s'en allant. + (Arnolphe ôte par trois fois le chapeau de dessus la tête d'Alain.) + , à Georgette. + (Tous étant rentrés.) + , riant. + , lui montrant le logis d'AGNÈS. + , à part. + (Frappant à la porte.) + , assis. + (Il se lève.) + + + + + 電梯開門 + 指揮聲 + 小陳和小王騎車回來 + 搬家工人把家具搬進電梯 + 小玉清點家具數量 + 將簽收單交給搬家工人 + 家具佔去出入口，小玉顯得有些不好意思。 + 小陳眼睛為之一亮 + 電梯口 + 悄悄話 + + + +

                              The who attribute may be used to indicate more +precisely the person or persons participating in the action described +by the stage direction.

                              +                               + +

                              Das who-Attribut kann verwendet werden, um die Person oder Personen näher zu + bezeichnen, die die Regieanweisung ausführen.

                              +                               + + 3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama + 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama + 7.2.4. Stage Directions + +                               + TEI corpus + TEI-Korpus + contains the whole of a TEI encoded corpus, comprising a single corpus header and one or + more TEI elements, each containing a single text header and a text. + 하나의 코퍼스 헤더와 몇 개의 TEI 요소로 구성된, 그리고 하나의 텍스트 헤더와 하나의 텍스트로 + 구성된 TEI로 부호화된 코퍼스 전체를 포함한다. + 包含一套用TEI編碼的文件集，由單一文集標頭以及一個 (或多個) + TEI元素所組成，各TEI元素包含單一文本標頭和一個文本。 + TEI準拠のコーパス全体を示す。ヘダーが1つと、ひとつ以上の要素TEIから + 成る。各要素TEIには、テキストヘダーと要素textが1つある。 + contient la totalité d'un corpus encodé selon la TEI, + comprenant un seul en-tête de corpus et un ou plusieurs éléments TEI dont chacun contient un + seul en-tête textuel et un texte. + contiene la totalidad de un corpus TEI codificado, + comprendiendo un único encabezado y uno o más elementos TEI, cada uno de los cuales tiene a su + vez un único encabezado y un texto. + contiene un intero corpus codificato TEI, comprende un + intestazione del corpus e uno o più elementi TEI, ciascuno contenente un un singolo testo e la + relatica intestazione. + enthält ein vollständiges Korpus, das in TEI kodiert ist, mit einem gemeinsamen TEI-Header und + einem oder mehreren TEI-Elementen, die jeweils einen eigenen TEI-Header und Text + enthalten. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + version + Version + specifies the version number of the TEI Guidelines against + which this document is valid. + TEI 스키마의 버전 + TEI架構的版本 + 当該TEIスキームの版。 + la version du modèle TEI. + La versión del esquema TEI + La versione dello schema TEI + gibt die Versionsnummer der TEI-Richtlinien an, gegen die dieses Dokument validiert wird. + + +

                              Major editions of the Guidelines have long been informally referred to by a name made up + of the letter P (for Proposal) followed by a digit. The current release is one of the many + releases of the fifth major edition of the Guidelines, known as P5. This attribute may be + used to associate a TEI document with a specific release of the P5 Guidelines, in the absence + of a more precise association provided by the source attribute on the associated + schemaSpec.

                              +                               + +

                              Hauptausgaben der TEI-Richtlinien werden seit langem informell mit einem Namen bezeichnet, der sich aus dem Buchstaben P (für proposal) + und einer Ziffer zusammensetzt. Die aktuelle Ausgabe ist eine der vielen Ausgaben + der fünften Hauptausgabe der Richtlinien, bekannt als P5. Dieses Attribut kann dazu verwendet werden, + um ein TEI-Dokument einer bestimmten Version der P5-Richtlinien zuzuordnen, sofern keine genauere Zuordnung durch + das Attribut source im assoziierten schemaSpec-Element angegeben ist.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Should contain one teiHeader for the corpus, and + a series of TEI elements, one for each text.

                              +

                              As with all elements in the TEI scheme (except egXML) this element is + in the TEI namespace (see 5.7.2. Namespaces). Thus, when it is used as the + outermost element of a TEI document, it is necessary to specify the TEI namespace + on it. This is customarily achieved by including http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 as the value of the XML namespace declaration (xmlns), without indicating a prefix, + and then not using a prefix on TEI elements in the rest of the document. For example: + teiCorpus version="4.8.1" xml:lang="en" xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0".

                              +                               + +

                              Este elemento debe contener un teiHeader para el corpus y una serie de elementos TEI para cada texto.

                              +

                              Como todos los elementos en el esquema TEI (excepto egXML), este elemento se encuentra en el espacio de nombres (namespace) de TEI (cf. 5.7.2. Namespaces). Por lo tanto, cuando se utiliza como el elemento más externo en un documento TEI, es necesario especificar el espacio de nombres de TEI en su interior. Esto se hace, normalmente, incluyendo http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 como valor de la declaración del espacio de nombres (xmlns) sin indicar un prefijo, y por lo tanto sin necesidad de utilizar un prefijo en los elementos TEI del resto del documento. Por ejemplo: teiCorpus version="4.8.1" xml:lang="es" xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0".

                               + +

                              Cet élément doit contenir un en-tête TEI pour le corpus, et une suite + d'éléments TEI, correspondant à autant de textes.

                              +

                              Cet élément est obligatoire quand il est applicable.

                              +                               + +

                              コーパス全体にはひとつのTEIヘダーが、要素TEIにはひとつの 要素textがある。

                              +

                              当該要素素は、適応できる場合、必須である。

                              +                               + +

                              Muss einen TEI-Header für das Korpus enthalten, und eine Reihe von TEI-Elementen, von + denen jedes für einen Text im Korpus steht.

                              +

                              Das Element ist, wenn inhaltlich anwendbar, obligatorisch.

                              +                               + + 4. Default Text Structure + 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text + +                               + automatically generated text division + 자동적으로 생성된 텍스트 구역 + 自動產生的文字區段 + division de texte générée automatiquement + división de texto generada automáticamente + partizione testuale generata automaticamente + indicates the location at which a textual division generated + automatically by a text-processing application is to appear. + 텍스트 처리 애플리케이션에 의해 자동적으로 생성된 텍스트 구역이 나타나는 위치를 표시한다. + 指出文件處理軟體運作下自動產生的文字區段所出現的位置。 + ソフトウェアで自動生成されたテキスト部分の場所を示す。 + indique l'emplacement où doit apparaître une + division du texte générée automatiquement par une application de traitement de + texte. + indica la localización en la cual aparece una división textual generada automáticamente por la aplicación de un procesamiento de texto. + indica la posizione in cui deve apparire una partizione testuale generata automaticamente da un'applicazione che elabora testi + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies what type of generated text division (e.g. index, + table of contents, etc.) is to appear. + 생성된 텍스트 구역의 유형(예, 색인, 목차 등)을 명시한다. + 具體指明何種文字區段 (如索引、目錄等) 會出現。 + 生成されたテキスト部分の種類を示す。例えば、索引、目次など。 + précise le type de section de + texte qui apparaîtra par génération automatique (par exemple : index, + table des matières, etc.) + especifica que tipo de divisón de texto generada aparece (p.ej. índice, tabla de contenidos, etc.) + specifica quale tipo di partizione testuale generata (ad esempio indice, sommario, ecc.) apparirà + + + + an index is to be generated and inserted at this point. + 색인은 이 지점에서 생성되고 삽입된다. + 索引會產生並置入於此處 + se debe generar e insertar un índice en este punto. + 当該の場所に生成された索引。 + un index doit être généré et inséré à + cet endroit. + un indice sarà generato e inserito in questo punto. + + + a table of contents + una tabla de contenidos. + 목차 + 目錄 + 目次。 + une table des matières + sommario + + + a list of figures + 그림 목록 + 圖表列表 + una lista de figuras + 図目次。 + une liste des figures + una lista di immagini + + + a list of tables + 표 목록 + 表格列表 + una lista de tablas + 表目次。 + une liste des tableaux + una lista di tabelle + + + +

                              Valid values are application-dependent; those shown are of + obvious utility in document production, but are by no means + exhaustive.

                              +                               + +

                              Les valeurs de cet attribut dépendent de l'application utilisée ; celles qui + sont données ci-dessus sont utiles dans le processus de production du + document XML, mais leur liste n'est en aucun cas exhaustive.

                              +                               + +

                              + + 妥当な値はソフトウェアにより異なる。上記に示された値は、一般的 + なもので、これで全てではない。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              One use for this element is to allow document preparation + software to generate an index and insert it in the appropriate place in + the output. The example below assumes that the indexName + attribute on index elements in the text has been used to specify index + entries for the two generated indexes, named NAMES and THINGS:

                              + + + + Bibliography + + + + Indices + + + + + +                               + +

                              Une utilisation de cet élément est de permettre au logiciel de traiter des documents afin + de générer en sortie un index et de l' insérer à l'endroit approprié. L'exemple ci-dessous + suppose que l'attribut indexName sur les éléments index dans le texte a + été employé pour spécifier des entrées d'index pour deux index produits, nommés NAMES and + THINGS:

                              + + + + Bibliographie + + + + Indices + + + + + +                               + +

                              Un autre usage de divGen est de spécifier l'emplacement d'une table des matières + automatiquement produite.

                              + + + +
                              + Préface +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + 參考書目 + + + + 索引 + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + 序 +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              Another use for divGen is to specify the + location of an automatically produced table of contents:

                              + + + + +
                              + Preface +

                              ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              This element is intended primarily for use in document + production or manipulation, rather than in the transcription of + pre-existing materials; it makes it easier to specify the location of + indices, tables of contents, etc., to be generated by text preparation + or word processing software. +

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément est plutôt utilisé pendant la production ou la manipulation du document + TEI, que dans le processus de transcription de documents préexistants ; il + permet de spécifier à quel endroit du document les index, tables des matières, etc., + devront être générés par programme.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該要素は、ソフトウェアによる文書処理を想定したもので、既存資料か + らの転記における利用を想定したものではない。当該要素により、ソフトウェ + アにより生成された索引、目次などの場所を指定することが容易になる。 + +

                              +                               + + 3.9.2. Index Entries + +                               + text language + 텍스트 언어 + + lengua del texto + langues du texte + lingua del testo + describes the languages and writing systems identified within the bibliographic work + being described, rather than its description. + (langUsage에 기술된 기술과 반대로) 원고에서 사용된 언어와 글 체계를 + 기술한다. + 描述手稿中所使用的語言和書寫系統 (相對於其描述時使用的語言使用元素) 。 + 手書き資料中の言語や書記システムを示す。(要素langUsageにあ る情報と対位する) + décrit les langues et systèmes d'écriture utilisés dans + un manuscrit (et non dans la description du manuscrit, dont les langues et systèmes d'écriture + sont décrits dans l'élément langUsage). + describe las lenguas y los sistemas de escritura usados + en un manuscrito (no se ha de confundir con la descripción contenida en el elemento + langUsage. **** + descrive le lingue e i sistemi di scrittura usati da un + manoscritto (da non confondere con la descrizione contenuta nell'elemento langUsage + + + + + + + + + + + main language + 주요 언어 + + lengua principal + langue principale + lingua principale + supplies a code which identifies the chief language used in the bibliographic work. + 원고에 사용된 주요 언어를 식별하는 부호를 제공한다. + 提供一代碼，識別手稿中使用的主要語言。 + 当該手書き資料中で主に使用される言語を特定するコードを示す。 + contient un code identifiant la langue principale du + manuscrit. + proporciona un código que identifica la lengua + principal utilizada en el manuscrito. + assegna un codice che identifica la lingua principale + utilizzata nel manoscritto + + + + other languages + 다른 언어 + + otras lenguas + autres langues + altre lingue + one or more codes identifying any other languages used in the bibliographic work. + 원고에 사용된 다른 언어를 식별하는 하나 이상의 부호 + 一個或多個代碼識別手稿中使用的任何其他語言。 + 当該手書き資料中で使用されている他の言語を特定する、ひとつ以上の コード。 + contient un ou plusieurs codes identifiant toute + autre langue utilisée dans le manuscrit. + uno o más códigos que identifican otras eventuales + lenguas utilizadas en el manuscrito. + uno o più codici che identificano eventuali altre + lingue utilizzate nel manoscritto + + + + + + Predominantly in English with Latin + glosses + + + + + En français essentiellement, avec des gloses en + latin. + + + + + 主要為英文，摻以拉丁字彙。 + + + +

                              This element should not be used to document the +languages or writing systems used for the bibliographic or manuscript description itself: as for +all other TEI elements, such information should be provided by means of the +global xml:lang attribute attached to the element +containing the description.

                              +

                              In all cases, languages should be identified by means of a standardized +language tag generated according to BCP 47. Additional +documentation for the language may be provided by a language +element in the TEI header. +

                              +                               + + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + 11.6.6. Languages and Writing Systems + +                               + provides attributes for selecting particular elements + within a document. + + + use + supplies an XPath selection pattern using the + syntax defined in . The XPath pattern is relative to the context given + in match, which will either be a sibling attribute in the case of + citeStructure or on the parent citeStructure in the case of + citeData. + + + + + + + provides attributes for regular-expression matching and replacement. + 正規表現のマッチと置換のための属性を提供する。 + + + specifies a regular expression against which the values of other attributes + can be matched. + + + + +

                              The syntax used should follow that defined by W3C XPath syntax. Note that parenthesized groups are used not only for establishing order of precedence and atoms for + quantification, but also for creating subpatterns to be referenced by the + replacementPattern attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              Les groupes parenthésés ne sont pas seulement utilisés pour établir un ordre de priorité + et des unités de quantification, mais aussi pour créer des sous-modèles référencés par + l'attribut replacementPattern.

                              +                               + +

                              Utilizan a los grupos de Parenthesised no sólo para establecer el orden de la precedencia + y los átomos para la cuantificación, sino también para crear los subpatterns que se + referirán por el atributo replacementPattern.

                              +                               + +

                              使用される構文は、W3C XPath syntaxで定義されているものに従うべきである。カッコで囲まれたグループは、出現順序や量化単位の他、属性 replacementPatternで参照される下位パターンの作成にも使用されることに注意する。

                              +                               +                               + + specifies a replacement pattern, that is, the skeleton of a relative or absolute URI containing references to groups in + the matchPattern which, once subpattern substitution + has been performed, complete the URI. + spécifie une règle de + remplacement qui, après avoir opéré les substitutions prévues à chaque nœud, + génère une URI. + 하위 유형 대치가 실행되면, URI를 제공하는 replacement + pattern를 명시한다. + 標明一個取代模式，一旦進行次要模式的替換，會自動提供統一資源識別符 (URI) 。 + replacement patternを指定する。つまり、matchPattern内のグループへの参照を含む相対URIまたは絶対URIのスケルトンで、サブパターンの置換が実行されることで、URIを完成させるものである。 + beschreibt ein replacement pattern + (Ersetzungsmuster), das heißt das Grundgerüst einer relativen oder absoluten URI, die Referenzen auf Gruppen im matchPattern-Attribut enthalten und die URI komplettieren, sobald die + Ersetzung der untergeordneten Muster durchgeführt wurde. + especifica un replacement pattern (patrón + de remplazamiento), el cual, una vez se ha ejecutado el subpatrón de + sustitución, proporciona un URI. + specifica un replacement pattern + che, una volta applicato un sub-pattern di sostituzione, fornisce un URI. + + +

                              The strings $1, $2 etc. are references to the corresponding group in the + regular expression specified by matchPattern (counting open parenthesis, left + to right). Processors are expected to replace them with whatever matched the corresponding + group in the regular expression.

                              +

                              If a digit preceded by a dollar sign is needed in the actual replacement pattern (as + opposed to being used as a back reference), the dollar sign must be written as + %24.

                              +                               + +

                              Les chaînes $1 à $9 sont des références au groupe correspondant dans + l'expression régulière spécifiée par l'attribut matchPattern (en incluant la parenthèse + ouvrante, de gauche à droite). Les processeurs devraient remplacer ces groupes par les + valeurs correspondant aux groupes dans l'expression régulière.

                              +

                              Si un chiffre précédé par un dollar est nécessaire dans le modèle de remplacement actuel + (en opposition à ce qui a été utilisé comme référence antérieure), le signe dollar doit + être encodé %24.

                              +                               + +

                              Las series $1a través $9 son referencias al grupo correspondiente en la + expresión regular especificada por el matchPattern (contando paréntesis + abiertos, de izquierda a derecha). Se espera que los procesadores las substituyan por el + grupo correspondiente en la expresión regular.

                              +

                              Si un dígito precedido por el signo del dólar se necesita en el modelo actual de + substitución (en contraposición a ser utilizado como una referencia posterior), el signo + de dólar se debe escribir como %24.

                              +                               + +

                              + 文字列$1、$2などは、属性matchPatternにある正規表現に該当するグループに(開き括弧を左から右の順番で数えて)対応するものである。処理ソフトウェアは、当該正規表現に対応するグループに置換することが期待されている。

                              +

                              ドル記号に続く数値が(後方参照として用いられるのではなく)置換パターンとして必要な場合には、そのドル記号は%24と書かれなければならない。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 17.2.3. Using Abbreviated Pointers + 2.3.6.3. Milestone Method + 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration + 2.3.6.2. Search-and-Replace Method + +                               + TEI header + en-tête TEI + TEI 헤더 + TEI標頭 + TEI-Header (elektronische Titelseite) + Encabezado TEI + intestazione + supplies descriptive and + declarative metadata associated with a digital resource or set of + resources. + fournit des informations descriptives et déclaratives qui + constituent une page de titre électronique au début de tout texte conforme à la TEI. + 모든 TEI 구조의 텍스트 서두에 위치하는 전자 제목 페이지를 구성하는 기술적이고 선언적인 정보를 + 제공한다. + 在所有符合TEI標準的文本起始的電子題名頁當中提供敘述性以及宣告性的資訊。 + 全てのTEI準拠テキストが伴う、電子版のタイトルページを構成する、記述 的・宣言的情報を示す。 + beinhaltet beschreibende und erklärende Metadaten, die einer digitalen Ressource oder einer Sammlung von Ressourcen vorangestellt sind. + proporciona información descriptiva y declarativa de una + página de título electrónico prefijada como un texto conforme a TEI. + fornisce informazioni descrittive e dichiarative che + costituiscono un frontespizio elettronico che precede qualsiasi testo TEI-conforme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Shakespeare: the first folio (1623) in electronic form + Shakespeare, William (1564–1616) + + Originally prepared by + Trevor Howard-Hill + + + Revised and edited by + Christine Avern-Carr + + + + Oxford Text Archive +
                              + 13 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 6NN, UK +
                              + 119 + +

                              Freely available on a non-commercial basis.

                              +                               + 1968 +                               + + The first folio of Shakespeare, prepared by Charlton Hinman (The Norton Facsimile, + 1968) + +                               + + +

                              Originally prepared for use in the production of a series of old-spelling + concordances in 1968, this text was extensively checked and revised for use during the + editing of the new Oxford Shakespeare (Wells and Taylor, 1989).

                              +                               + + +

                              Turned letters are silently corrected.

                              +                               + +

                              Original spelling and typography is retained, except that long s and ligatured + forms are not encoded.

                              +                               +                               + + +

                              A reference is created by assembling the following, in the reverse order as that + listed here: the n value of the preceding lb + a periodthe n value of the ancestor div2 + a spacethe n value of the parent div1 + +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + 12 Apr 89 Last checked by CAC + 1 Mar 89 LB made new file + + +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + La Parisienne + Henry BECQUE + + + ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) + L434 +
                              + 44, avenue de la Libération + BP 30687 + 54063 Nancy Cedex + FRANCE +
                              + +

                              Dans un cadre de recherche ou d'enseignement

                              +                               +                               + + + + + Paris : Fasquelle, 1922. + + + + +                               + + + 1885 + + +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + Taisho Tripitaka, Electronic version, No. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 + + 底本來源 + 大藏出版株式會社 + + + 電子版本製作 + 中華電子佛典協會 + + + + 中華電子佛典協會 +
                              + 11246 台北市北投區光明路276號4樓 +
                              + +

                              本資料使用限定於非營利性用途，並需附上本標頭資訊。

                              +                               + 1998年12月 +                               + + Taisho Tripitaka Vol. 08, Nr. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 + +                               + + +

                              預備格式轉換

                              +                               +                               + + + 19990721/18:35:54CW以CBXML.BAT (99/6/30)轉換成XML + + +                               +                               +                               + +

                              One of the few elements unconditionally required in any TEI + document.

                              +                               + +

                              Un des seuls éléments obligatoires dans tout document TEI. +

                              +                               + +

                              Uno de los pocos elementos incondicionalmente requeridos en cualquier documento de TEI.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素は、TEI文書中で無条件に必要となる要素の1つである。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Eines der wenigen Elemente, die verpflichtend für ein valides TEI-Dokument sind.

                              +                               + + 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components + 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text + +                               + file description + description bibliographique du fichier + 파일 기술 + 檔案描述 + Dateibeschreibung + Descripción del archivo + descrizione del file + contains a full bibliographic description of an electronic file. + contient une description bibliographique complète du + fichier électronique. + 전자 파일에 관한 완전한 서지 정보의 기술을 포함한다. + 包含對電子檔案的完整書目敘述。 + 電子ファイルに関する完全な書誌情報を示す。 + enthält die vollständige bibliografische Beschreibung einer elektronischen Datei. + contiene una descripción bibliográfica completa del archivo electrónico. + contiene una descrizione bibliografica completa di un + file elettronico. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The shortest possible TEI document + + +

                              Distributed as part of TEI P5

                              +                               + +

                              No print source exists: this is an original digital text

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + Le document TEI minimal + + +

                              Distribué comme partie de TEI P5

                              +                               + +

                              Aucune source : ce document est né numérique

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              The major source of information for those seeking to create a catalogue entry or + bibliographic citation for an electronic file. As such, it provides a title and statements of + responsibility together with details of the publication or distribution of the file, of any + series to which it belongs, and detailed bibliographic notes for matters not addressed + elsewhere in the header. It also contains a full bibliographic description for the source or + sources from which the electronic text was derived.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément est la source d'information principale pour créer une notice de catalogage ou + une référence bibliographique destinée à un fichier électronique. Il fournit le titre et les + mentions de responsabilité, ainsi que des informations sur la publication ou la distribution + du fichier, sur la collection à laquelle il appartient le cas échéant, ainsi que des notes + détaillées sur des informations qui n'apparaissent pas ailleurs dans l'en-tête. Il contient + également une description bibliographique complète de la ou des sources du texte produit.

                              +                               + +

                              La fuente de información principal para intentar crear una entrada de catálogo o una citación + bibliográfica para un fichero electrónico. Como tal, proporciona un título y las declaraciones + de responsabilidad junto con los detalles de la publicación o de la distribución del fichero, + de cualquier serie a la que pertenezca, y las notas bibliográficas detalladas de las materias + no abordadas en el encabezado. También contiene una descripción bibliográfica completa para la + fuente o las fuentes de las cuales el texto electrónico se deriva.

                              +                               + +

                              電子ファイルの書誌項目または書誌引用を示す中心となるもの。 タイトル、当該ファイルの出版や頒布に関連する責任表示、他には記述さ + れいない書誌情報に関する詳細な事項を含む。また、当該電子ファイルの 元になった、元資料に関する完全な書誌情報も示す。

                              +                               + +

                              Die wesentliche Informationsquelle für die Erstellung eines Katalogeintrags oder eines bibliografischen + Zitats einer elektronischen Datei. Das Element liefert einen Titel und Angaben zu Verantwortlichkeiten + zusammen mit Details zu Publikation und Distribution der Datei, sowie eine mögliche Zugehörigkeit zu einer Reihe. + Außerdem kann es detaillierte bibliografische Anmerkungen für Sachverhalte, die an keiner anderen Stelle im TEI-Header + behandelt werden können, enthalten. Es beinhaltet außerdem eine vollständige bibliografische Beschreibung der + Quelle selbst bzw. der Quellen von welchen sich der elektronische Text ableitet.

                              +                               + + 2.2. The File Description + 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components + +                               + title statement + mention de titre + 제목 진술 + 題名陳述 + Angaben zum Titel + declaración del título + dichiarazione sul titolo + groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its content. + regroupe les informations sur le titre d’une œuvre et + les personnes ou institutions responsables de son contenu intellectuel. + 저작의 제목 그리고 지적 내용에 대한 책임에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集關於作品標題與作品智慧內容責任歸屬的資訊。 + 作品や知的内容に責任のあるもののタイトルに関する情報をまとめる。 + umfasst Angaben zum Titel eines Werks und zu den für + seinen Inhalt Verantwortlichen. + agrupa la información referente al título de una obra y a + los responsables de su contenido intelectual. + raggruppa le informazioni sul titolo di un'opera e sulle + responsabilità del suo contenuto intellettuale. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Capgrave's Life of St. John Norbert: a machine-readable transcription + + compiled by + P.J. Lucas + + + + + + + + Le sanctoral du lectionnaire de l'office dominicain (1254-1256) + 2008—..., École nationale des chartes + Anne-Élisabeth Urfels-Capot + + responsable des publications + Olivier Canteaut (École nationale des chartes) + + + 2009—..., Éditeur électronique : du TEI à l'écran + Vincent Jolivet (École nationale + des chartes) + + + 2009, Éditeur scientifique + Pascale Bourgain (École + nationale des chartes) + + + 2008, Conversion du document bureautique vers TEI + Frédéric Glorieux (École + nationale des chartes) + + + + + + + + Taisho Tripitaka, Electronic version, No. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 + + 電子化 + 中華電子佛典協會 + + + + + + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + 2.2. The File Description + + + sponsor + commanditaire + Förderer + specifies the name of a sponsoring organization or institution. + indique le nom d’une institution ou d’un organisme partenaires. + 후원 조직 또는 기관의 이름을 명시한다. + 標明贊助的組織或機構名稱。 + 支援を行う組織や団体の名前を示す。 + gibt den Namen einer Organisation oder Institution an, die als Förderer auftritt. + especifica el nombre de la organización o institución responsable. + indica il nome di un'organizzazione o istituzzione finanziatrice. + + + + + + + + + + + + Association for Computers and the Humanities + Association for Computational Linguistics + Association for Literary and Linguistic Computing + + + + + Centre national de la recherche scientifique + + + + + 香港影評人協會 + 香港教育專業人員協會 + 香港青年協會 + + + +

                              Sponsors give their intellectual authority to a project; they are to be distinguished from + funders (see element funder), who provide the funding but do not necessarily take intellectual + responsibility.

                              +                               + +

                              Les commanditaires apportent leur caution intellectuelle à un projet ; ils doivent être + distingués des financeurs, qui apportent de financement mais n'ont pas + nécessairement une responsabilité intellectuelle.

                              +                               + +

                              Los patrocinadores dan su autoridad intelectual a un proyecto; deben ser distinguidos de los + proveedores de fondos, que proporcionan la financiación pero no asumen + necesariamente la responsabilidad intelectual.

                              +                               + +

                              支援者は、プロジェクトに知的な責任を持つ。支援者は資金提供者 と区別されるべきである。資金提供者は、資金を提供するが、必 ずしも知的な責任を持つとは限らない。 +

                              +                               + +

                              + Förderer übernehmen die inhaltliche Verantwortung für ein Projekt. Sie sind zu unterscheiden von + Geldgebern (siehe funder-Element), die nicht notwendigerweise die inhaltliche Verantwortung oder Betreuung übernehmen. +

                              +                               + + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + +                               + funding body + financeur + 재정 지원 조직체 + 資助者 + Geldgeber + responsable de la financiación + finanziatore + specifies the name of an individual, institution, or organization responsible for the funding of a project or text. + désigne le nom d’une personne ou d’un organisme responsable du financement d’un projet ou d’un texte. + 프로젝트 또는 텍스트의 재정 지원 책임을 지는 개인, 기관, 조직의 이름을 명시한다. + 標明負責資助一項計畫或文件製作的個人、機構或組織名稱。 + テキストやプロジェクトの資金提供に責任を持つ個人、団体、組織の名前を 示す。 + gibt den Namen einer Einzelperson, Institution oder Organisation an, die für die Finanzierung eines Projekts oder Textes verantwortlich ist. + proporciona el nombre del individuo, la institución o la organización responsable de la financiación de un proyecto o de un texto. + indica il nome di un individuo, istituzione o organizzazione responsabile del finanziamento di un progetto o testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + The National Endowment for the Humanities, an independent federal agency + Directorate General XIII of the Commission of the European Communities + The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation + The Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada + + + + + Ministère de l'Enseignement supérieur et de la Recherche + Conseil général de Meurthe-et-Moselle + + + + + 行政院國家科學委員會 + 國家圖書館 + 國立故宮博物院 + 國立自然科學博物館 + + + +

                              Funders provide financial support for a project; they are distinct from + sponsors (see element sponsor), who provide intellectual support and authority.

                              +                               + +

                              Les financeurs apportent un soutien financier au projet ; ils se distinguent des + commanditaires, qui apportent une caution , une autorité intellectuelle.

                              +                               + +

                              Los proveedores de fondos proporcionan la ayuda financiera para un proyecto; son distintos de + los patrocinadores, que proporciona la ayuda y la autoridad intelectual.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素の資金提供者とは、プロジェクトへの資金を支援するものである。 知的支援や責任を持つ人物示す要素sponsorsは異なる。

                              +                               + +

                              + Die Geldgeber finanzieren das Projekt. Sie sind zu unterscheiden von den Förderern (siehe sponsor-Element), die das Projekt intellektuell und mit fachlicher Autorität unterstützen. +

                              +                               + + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + +                               + principal researcher + chercheur principal + 책임 연구자 + 主導研究者 + Projektleiter + investigador principal + ricercatore principale + supplies the name of the principal researcher responsible for the +creation of an electronic text. + contient le nom du chercheur qui est principalement responsable de la création d’un texte électronique. + 전자 텍스트 생성에 대한 책임을 지는 책임 연구자의 이름을 제시한다. + 提供負責電子文件製作的主導研究者的姓名。 + 電子テキストの生成に責任のある中心的な研究者の名前を示す。 + gibt den Namen des Projektleiters an, der für die Erstellung eines elektronischen Textes verantwortlich ist. + proporciona el nombre del investigador principal de la creación de un texto electrónico. + fornisce il nome del ricercatore principale responsabile della creazione di un documento elettronico. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gary Taylor + + + + + Anne-Élisabeth Urfels-Capot + + + + + 蔡元培 + + + + 2.2.1. The Title Statement + + + edition statement + mention d'édition + 편집 진술 + 版本陳述 + Angaben zur Ausgabe + declaración de la edición + dichiarazione sull'edizione + groups information relating to one edition of a text. + regroupe les informations relatives à l’édition d’un texte. + 텍스트의 한 판에 관련된 정보를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集文件某一版本的相關資訊。 + 版に関する情報をまとめる。 + umfasst Angaben, die sich auf eine spezifische Ausgabe eines Textes beziehen. + agrupa la información relativa a la edición de un texto. + raggruppa le informazioni riguardo una edizione di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Students' edition + + Adapted by + Elizabeth Kirk + + + + + + + + Deuxième édition + + réalisée par + L. F. + + + + + + + +

                              Première édition électronique, Nancy, 2002, réalisée dans le cadre de la + base FRANTEXT .

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + 學生版 + + 改編自 + 伊莉莎白．科克 + + + + + + + +

                              初版1991年，上學期 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              First edition, Michaelmas Term, 1991. +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.2.2. The Edition Statement + 2.2. The File Description + +                               + edition + édition + 편집, 판 + 版本 + Ausgabe + edición + Edizione + describes the particularities of one edition of a text. + décrit les particularités de l’édition d’un texte. + 텍스트의 한 판의 특성을 기술한다. + 描述文件某一版本的特質。 + テキストの版の詳細を示す。 + beschreibt die Details einer Ausgabe eines Textes. + describe las particularidades de la edición de un texto. + descrive le peculiarità di una edizione del testo. + + + + + + + + + + First edition Oct 1990 + + Students' edition + + + + + Première édition électronique, Nancy 2002 + + + + + + 初版1990年10月 + + 學生版 + + + + 2.2.2. The Edition Statement + + + extent + étendue + describes the approximate size of a text stored on some carrier medium or of some other object, digital or non-digital, specified in any convenient units. + décrit la taille approximative d’un texte stocké sur son support, numérique ou non numérique, exprimé dans une unité quelconque appropriée. + 전달 매체, 즉, 디지털 또는 비디지털로 저장된 텍스트의, 다양한 단위로 명시되는, 대략적 규모를 기술한다. + 描述電子文件儲存在某一承載媒介時的約略大小，標以任何適用的單位。 + 電子・非電子テキストのおよその大きさを任意の単位で示す。 + beschreibt die ungefähre Größe des elektronischen Textes, die er auf einem Datenträger einnimmt; + kann auch für andere digitale oder nicht digitale Objekte verwendet werden; die Angabe erfolgt in entsprechenden Maßeinheiten. + describe el tamaño aproximado de un texto almacenado en algún medio, digital o no, especificándolo en alguna unidad funcional. + descrive la grandezza approssimativa di un documento elettronico così come immagazzinata su supporto, secondo una qualsiasi unità funzionale. + + + + + + + + + + 3200 sentences + between 10 and 20 Mb + ten 3.5 inch high density diskettes + + + +

                              The measure element may be used to supply normalized +or machine tractable versions of the size or sizes concerned.

                              + + + About four megabytes + 245 pages of source +material + + +                               + + + + 400 Seiten + ungefähr 10MB + + + +

                              Das measure-Element kann dazu verwendet werden, um normalisierte oder + maschinenlesbare Versionen der Größen-Angaben bereitzustellen.

                              + + + Ungefähr vier Megabyte + Textumfang 245 Seiten + + +                               + + + 198 pages + 90 195 mots + 1 Mo + + + + + 3200個句子 + 介於10 到20 Mb + 10片3.5吋磁碟片 + + + + 2.2.3. Type and Extent of File + 2.2. The File Description + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + 11.7.1. Object Description + +                               + publication statement + mention de publication + 출판 진술 + 出版陳述 + Angaben zur Veröffentlichung + declaración de la publicación + dichiarazione sulla pubblicazione + groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. + regroupe des informations concernant la publication ou + la diffusion d’un texte électronique ou d’un autre type de texte. + 전자 또는 기타 텍스트의 출판 또는 배포에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集電子文件或其他類型文件的出版或發行相關資訊。 + 電子テキストなどの出版や頒布に関する情報をまとめる。 + umfasst Angaben zu Veröffentlichung oder Vertrieb eines elektronischen oder sonstigen Textes. + agrupa la información concerniente a la publicación o + distribución de un texto electrónico u otro texto. + raggruppa le informazioni riguardo la pubblicazione o la + distribuzione di un documento elettronico o di altra natua. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + C. Muquardt + Bruxelles & Leipzig + + + + + + + + ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) + L434 +
                              + 44, avenue de la Libération + BP 30687 + 54063 Nancy Cedex + FRANCE +
                              + +

                              Dans un cadre de recherche ou d'enseignement

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + 重慶大學出版社 + 中國：重慶 + + + + + + + + 大塊文化 + 台灣：台北 + +

                              版權所有 翻印必究

                              +                               + 1992 +                               +                               +                               + + + + Chadwyck Healey + Cambridge + +

                              Available under licence only

                              +                               + 1992 +                               +                               +                               + + + + Zea Books + Lincoln, NE + 2017 + +

                              This is an open access work licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license.

                              +                               + +                               +                               +                               + +

                              Where a publication statement contains several members of the + model.publicationStmtPart.agency or + model.publicationStmtPart.detail + classes rather than one or + more paragraphs or anonymous blocks, care should be taken to + ensure that the repeated elements are presented in a meaningful + order. It is a conformance requirement that elements supplying + information about publication place, address, identifier, + availability, and date be given following the name of the + publisher, distributor, or authority concerned, and preferably in + that order.

                              +                               + +

                              Bien que non imposé par les schémas, un document conforme à la TEI doit donner des + informations sur le lieu de publication, l'adresse, l'identifiant, les droits de diffusion et la date + dans cet ordre, après le nom de l'éditeur, du distributeur, ou de l'autorité concernée.

                              +                               + +

                              Aunque no sea hecho obligatorio por los esquemas, es un requisito para la conformidad de TEI + que la información sobre el lugar de publicación, la dirección, el identificador, la + disponibilidad, y la fecha de publicación. se dé en ese orden, después del nombre del editor, + del distribuidor, o de la autoridad referida

                              +                               + +

                              TEI準拠としてスキーマが求めるものではないが、出版に関する情報は、 出版者名、頒布者名、関連著作者に続いて、出版の場所、住所、識別子、 + 可用性、日付が、この順番で出現することが望ましい。

                              +                               + +

                              + Wenn die Angaben zur Veröffentlichung mehrere Mitglieder der Klassen model.publicationStmtPart.agency oder model.publicationStmtPart.detail + enthalten und nicht einen oder mehrere Absätze (p) bzw. unbestimmte Einheiten (ab), dann hat + die Reihenfolge der Elemente eine Bedeutung, auf die zu achten ist. So müssen Elemente, die Angaben über den Veröffentlichungsort, + die Adresse, den Identifikator, die Verfügbarkeit und das Veröffentlichungsdatum enthalten, auf den Namen des Verlags, des + Distributors oder der Freigabeinstanz folgen, und zwar möglichst in dieser Reihenfolge. +

                              +                               + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + 2.2. The File Description + +                               + distributor + diffuseur + Distributor + supplies the name of a person or other agency responsible for the +distribution of a text. + donne le nom d’une personne ou d’un organisme responsable de la diffusion d’un texte. + 텍스트 배포 권한을 갖는 개인 또는 기관의 이름을 제시한다. + 提供負責發行文件的個人或其他經銷商的名稱。 + テキストの頒布に責任を持つ人物または団体の名前を示す。 + gibt die Person oder Instanz an, die für die Distribution des Textes verantwortlich ist. + proporciona el nombre de la persona o agente responsable de la distribución de un texto. + fornisce il nome di una persona o di un'organizzazione responsabile della distribuzione di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford Text Archive + Redwood and Burn Ltd + + + + + Laboratoire : Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) + Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique + + + + + 中央研究院 + 中華電子佛典協會 + + + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + + + release authority + responsable de la publication. + 배포권자 + 供應機構 + Freigabeinstanz + responsable de la presentación + autorità di pubblicazione + 刊行許可元 + supplies the name of a person or other agency responsible for + making a work available, other than a publisher or + distributor. + donne le nom de la personne ou de l'organisme responsable de la publication d’un fichier électronique, autre qu’un éditeur ou un distributeur. + 출판사 또는 배포자 외에 전자 파일 사용 허가에 대한 권한을 갖는 개인 또는 기관의 이름을 제시한다. + 說明除了出版者或發行者之外，負責提供電子檔案的個人或其他經銷商的名稱。 + 作品の供給に責任のある、出版者や発売者以外の個人または団体の名前を示す。 + gibt die Person oder Instanz (außer Verlag oder Distributor) an, die für den Zugang zu einer Ressource verantwortlich ist. + proporciona el nombre de la persona o agente responsable que ha hecho disponible un archivo electrónico, que no es ni el editor ni el distribudor. + fornisce il nome di una persona o di un'organizzazione responsabile della messa a disposizione di un file elettronico, diversa dalll'editore o dal distributore. + + + + + + + + + + + John Smith + + + + + A. D. + + + + + 高行健 + + + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + + + identifier + identifiant + 식별 숫자 + 識別代碼 + Identifikator + número identificativo + numero identificatore + supplies any form of identifier used to identify some object, such as a bibliographic item, a person, a title, an organization, etc. in a standardized way. + donne un identifiant standardisé qui peut être utilisé pour identifier une référence bibliographique, une personne, un titre d'ouvrage ou une organisation. + 서지 정보 항목을 식별하기 위해 사용되는 표준 또는 비표준 숫자를 제시한다. + 提供任何用來識別書目項目的標準或非標準編碼。 + 書誌項目、人物、タイトル、組織など、何らかのオブジェクトを標準化された方法で識別するために使用される任意の形式の識別子を提供する。 + enthält einen frei wählbaren Identifikator, der ein beliebiges Objekt, z. B. eine bibliografische Einheit, eine Person, einen Titel, eine Organisation, in standardisierter Weise identifiziert. + proporciona un identificador estándar para un objecto; se usa parla la identificación de, por ejemplo, un elemento bibliográfico, una persona, un título o una organización. + fornisce un identificatore, standard o meno, usato per identificare un oggetto, come per esempio un'unità bibliografica, una persona, un titolo, un'organizzazione, ecc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + categorizes the identifier, for example as an ISBN, Social Security number, etc. + classe un numéro dans une catégorie, par exemple comme étant un numéro ISBN ou comme appartenant une autre série normalisée. + 예를 들어 ISBN 또는 기타 표준 일련번호로, 숫자를 범주화한다. + 表明編碼的種類，例如國際標準書號 (ISBN) 或其他標準系列編碼。 + 当該数値の分類を示す。例えば、ISBNなど。 + bestimmt die Art des Identifikators (z. B. ISBN, Sozialversicherungsnummer, URI) + clasifica el número, por ejemplo como un ISBN o cualquier otro número estándard. + classifica l'identificatore, ad esempio come codice ISBN o altri generi di identificatori standard. + + + + + + International Standard Book Number: a 13- or + (if assigned prior to 2007) 10-digit identifying number assigned by the publishing + industry to a published book or similar item, registered with the International ISBN Agency. + + + International Standard Serial Number: an + eight-digit number to uniquely identify a serial publication. + + + Digital Object Identifier: a unique string of + letters and numbers assigned to an electronic document. + + + Uniform Resource Identifier: a string of + characters to uniquely identify a resource, following the syntax of RFC 3986. + + + A data number in the Virtual Internet + Authority File assigned to link different names in catalogs around the world for the + same entity. + + + English Short-Title Catalogue number: an + identifying number assigned to a document in English printed in the British Isles or + North America before 1801. + + + OCLC control number (record number) for the + union catalog record in WorldCat, a union catalog for member libraries in the Online + Computer Library Center global cooperative. + + + + + + + 978-1-906964-22-1 + 0143-3385 + 10.1000/123 + http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/185922478 + http://authority.nzetc.org/463/ + Thomason Tract E.537(17) + C695 + 345 + +

                              In the last case, the identifier includes a non-Unicode character which is defined elsewhere + by means of a glyph or char element referenced here as #sym. +

                              +                               + + + 978-1-906964-22-1 + 0143-3385 + 10.1000/123 + http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/185922478 + http://authority.nzetc.org/463/ + Thomason Tract E.537(17) + C695 + 345 + +

                              In letztgenanntem Fall enthält der Identifikator ein Nicht-Unicode-Zeichen, das an anderer + Stelle mit Hilfe eines glyph oder char-Elements definiert ist und hier als + #sym referenziert wird.

                              +                               + + + 0143-3385 + 116 + 1-896016-00-6 + + + +

                              idno should be used for labels which identify an object or concept in a formal + cataloguing system such as a database or an RDF store, or in a distributed system such as the + World Wide Web. Some suggested values for type on idno are + ISBN, ISSN, DOI, and URI.

                              +                               + +

                              + idno sollte für Identifikatoren genutzt werden, die ein Objekt oder Konzept in einem + formalen Katalogsystem wie z. B. einer Datenbank oder einem RDF store oder in einem verteilten + System wie dem World Wide Web eindeutig identifizieren. Als Werte für type von + idno bieten sich z. B. die ISBN, die ISSN, ein DOI + oder ein URI an.

                              +                               + + 14.3.1. Basic Principles + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + 2.2.5. The Series Statement + 3.12.2.4. Imprint, Size of a Document, and Reprint Information + +                               + availability + disponibilité + disponibilità + Verfügbarkeit + supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. + renseigne sur la disponibilité du texte, par exemple sur toutes restrictions quant à son usage ou sa diffusion, son copyright, etc. + 텍스트 이용에 관한 정보를 제시한다. 예를 들어 사용 또는 배포의 제한, 저작권 상태 등. + 提供關於文件可利用性的資訊，例如使用或發行上的任何限制、版權狀態等。 + テキストの利用許可に関する情報を示す。例えば、その使用や頒布の制限、著作権の状態、適用されるライセンス等。 + liefert Informationen zur Verfügbarkeit eines Textes, zum Beispiel Einschränkungen bezüglich des Gebrauchs oder der Weitergabe, Lizensierungen usw. + proporciona información sobre la disponibilidad de un texto, por ejemplo cualquier restricción en cuanto a su uso o distribución, su copyright, etc. + fornisce informazioni sulla disponibilità di un testo, per esempio su qualsiasi restrizione che si applica alla sua utilizzazione o distribuzione, il suo statuto in merito al copyright, etc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + status + Statuscode + supplies a code identifying the current availability of the text. + donne un code caractérisant la disponibilité actuelle d’un texte. + 텍스트의 현재 이용 가능성을 식별하는 부호를 제공한다. + 提供一個代號，用來確認文件目前的可利用性。 + 当該テキストの、現在の利用可能性を表すコードを示す。 + gibt einen Code an, der die derzeitige Nutzbarkeit eines Textes festlegt. + proporciona un código identificativo de la disponibilidad actual del texto. + fornisce un codice che identifica l'attuale disponibilità del testo. + + + + free + frei + the text is freely available. + le texte est libre de droits. + 텍스트를 자유롭게 이용할 수 있음. + 文件的可利用性不受限。 + el texto está libremente disponible. + 当該テキストは、自由に使用できる。 + il testo è disponibile gratuitamente. + der Text ist frei verfügbar. + + + unknown + unbekannt + the status of the text is unknown. + le statut du texte est inconnu. + 텍스트의 상태를 알 수 없다. + 文件狀態不明。 + el estatus del texto es desconocido. + 当該テキストの利用可能性は不明。 + la disponibilità del testo non è nota + der Status des Textes ist unbekannt. + + + restricted + eingeschränkt + the text is not freely available. + le texte est sous droits. + 텍스트를 자유롭게 사용할 수 없음. + 文件的可利用性受限制。 + el texto no está libremente disponible. + 当該テキストは、自由に使用できない。 + il testo non è disponibile gratuitamente. + der Text ist nicht frei verfügbar. + + + + + + + +

                              Available for academic research purposes only.

                              +                               + +

                              In the public domain

                              +                               + +

                              Available under licence from the publishers.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              L' ABES a adopté le système Créative Commons pour permettre à tous ceux qui le + souhaitent, de reproduire tout ou partie des rubriques du site de l'ABES sur support + papier ou support électronique.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              僅供學術研究使用

                              +                               + +

                              用於公共領域

                              +                               + +

                              需徵求出版商授權

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              The MIT License + applies to this document.

                              +

                              Copyright (C) 2011 by The University of Victoria

                              +

                              Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal + in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights + to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell + copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

                              +

                              The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

                              +

                              THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, + OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN + THE SOFTWARE.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              A consistent format should be adopted

                              +                               + +

                              On devrait adopter un format de codage reconnu.

                              +                               + +

                              Se debe adoptar un formato constante

                              +                               + +

                              一貫した形式を採用すべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Es sollte ein einheitliches Format verwendet werden.

                              +                               + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + +                               + contains information about a licence or other legal agreement applicable to the text. + contient des informations légales applicables au texte, notamment le contrat de licence définissant les droits d'utilisation. + beinhaltet für den Text gültige Lizenzinformationen oder andere rechtswirksame Vereinbarungen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Licence: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 New Zealand Licence + + + + + + + Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 non transposé (CC BY 3.0) + + + + + + Ce document + est publié librement sur le web à destination de la communauté scientifique + dans le cadre de la licence Creative Commons « Paternité-Pas d’Utilisation + Commerciale-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l’Identique 2.0 France ». + + + + + + + +

                              The Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported (CC BY 3.0) Licence + applies to this document.

                              +

                              The licence was added on January 1, 2013.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              A licence element should be supplied for each licence + agreement applicable to the text in question. The + target attribute may be used to reference a full + version of the licence. The when, notBefore, + notAfter, from or to attributes + may be used in combination to indicate the date or dates of + applicability of the licence.

                              +                               + +

                              + Das licence-Element soll für jede Lizenzvereinbarung, + die sich auf den Text bezieht, angegeben werden. Das target-Attribut + kann verwendet werden, um auf eine vollständige Version der Lizenz zu referenzieren. Die Attribute when, notBefore, notAfter, from oder to können in Kombination verwendet werden, um den Gültigkeitszeitraum der Lizenz anzugeben. +

                              +                               + + 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. + +                               + series statement + mention de collection + 연속간행물 진술 + 集叢陳述 + Angaben zu einer Publikationsreihe + declaración de serie + dichiarazione sulla serie + groups information about the series, if any, to which a publication belongs. + regroupe toute information relative à la collection (si + elle existe) à laquelle appartient une publication. + 연속 간행물에 대한 정보를 모아 놓는다. + 若出版品隸屬於某叢書，則在此匯集該叢書的相關資訊。 + 出版されたシリーズの情報をまとめる。 + umfasst Angaben zu einer Publikationsreihe, zu der eine Veröffentlichung gehört. + agrupa información sobre la serie, si la hay, a la que + pertenece una publicación. + raggruppa le informazioni circa la serie alla quale + eventualmente la pubblicazione appartiene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Machine-Readable Texts for the Study of Indian Literature + + ed. by + Jan Gonda + + 1.2 + 0 345 6789 + + + + + + + Babel + + directeur de collection + Jacques Dubois + + + directeur de collection + Hubert Nyssen + + 1140-3853 + + + + + + + 《印度文學研究》的電腦可讀文件 + + 編者 + 珍．崗妲 + + 0 345 6789 + 1.2 + + + + + 2.2.5. The Series Statement + 2.2. The File Description + + + notes statement + mention de notes + 주석 진술 + 附註陳述 + Zusätzliche Anmerkungen + declaración de notas + dichiarazione sulle note + collects together any notes providing information about a text additional to that recorded + in other parts of the bibliographic description. + rassemble toutes les notes fournissant des informations + sur un texte, en plus des informations mentionnées dans d'autres parties de la description + bibliographique. + 서지 정보 기술의 다른 부분에 기록된 것들 이외에, 텍스트에 관한 정보를 제공하는 주석들을 모아 + 놓는다. + 收集其他部分的書目描述中所未記載的任何文件相關附註。 + 当該書誌情報の他の場所に記録されているテキストに関する注釈をまとめる。 + fasst Anmerkungen zu einem Text zusammen, zusätzlich zu jenen Informationen, die in anderen Teilen der bibliografischen Beschreibung bereits festgehalten sind. + agrupa algunas notas que proporcionan información sobre + un texto adicional referido en otras partes de la descripción bibliográfica. + raggruppa tutte le note sul testo in aggiunta a quelle + registrate nelle altre parti della descrizione bibliografica. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Historical commentary provided by Mark Cohen + OCR scanning done at University of Toronto + + + + + + + Les photographies, héliogravures et cartes postales colorisées signées Lehnert + & Landrock, de techniques novatrices, sont réellement des œuvres d'art ; elles + apportent en outre une documentation considérable sur la Tunisie du début du XXe + siècle. + + + + + + + 歷史評論由馬克．可漢提共 + OCR光學辨識掃描於多倫多大學 + + + + +

                              Information of different kinds should not be grouped together into the same note.

                              +                               + +

                              des informations hétérogènes ne doivent pas être regroupées dans une même note.

                              +                               + +

                              La información de diversos tipos no se debe agrupar junta en la misma nota.

                              +                               + +

                              種類が異なる情報は、同じ注釈としてまとめるべきではない。

                              +                               + +

                              Informationen unterschiedlicher Art sollten nicht in einer gemeinsamen Anmerkung gruppiert werden.

                              +                               + + 2.2.6. The Notes Statement + 2.2. The File Description + +                               + source description + description de la source + 원전 기술 + + descripción de la fuente + descrizione della fonte + Beschreibung der Quellen + describes the source(s) from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a + bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as born digital + for a text which has no previous existence. + décrit la source à partir de laquelle un texte électronique a été + dérivé ou produit, habituellement une description bibliographique pour un texte numérisé, ou une + expression comme document numérique natif pour un texte qui n'a aucune existence précédente. + 전자 파일을 생성하거나 도출한 원전 텍스트에 대한 기술을 제시한다. + 提供所製電子文件的一個或數個來源文件的書目描述。 + 電子テキストが作られた元テキストの情報を示す。 + beschreibt die Quelle, von der sich der elektronische Text ableitet. + Üblicherweise eine bibliografische Beschreibung im Falle eines digitalisierten Textes oder eine Bezeichnung wie + born digital für einen nur in elektronischer Form vorliegenden Text. + proporciona una descripción del texto (o textos) fuente + del que un texto electrónico deriva o ha sido generado. + fornisce una descrizione relativa alla o alle fonti da + cui è derivato o generato un documento elettronico. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood. In + Victor E Neuberg, The Penny Histories. + OUP1968. + + + + + + +

                              Texte original : le texte a été créé sous sa forme électronique.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              無來源：以電腦可讀格式建立

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Born digital: no previous source exists.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.2.7. The Source Description + +                               + fully-structured bibliographic citation + 완전히 구조화된 서지 인용 정보 + + citación bibliográfica estructurada completa + référence bibliographique totalement structurée + citazione bibliografica strutturata + 完全に構造化された典拠情報 + contains a fully-structured bibliographic citation, in which all components of the TEI file + description are present. + 완전히 구조화된 서지 정보를 포함하며, 그 안에 TEI 파일 기술의 모든 성분이 제시된다. + 包含結構完整的書目資料，其中呈現出TEI檔案描述內的所有元件。 + 完全に構造化された典拠情報を示す。TEIのファイル記述のための全要素が利用できる。 + contient une référence bibliographique totalement + structurée : tous les composants de la description du fichier TEI y sont présents. + contiene una cita bibliográfica completamente + estructurada, en la cual están presentes todos los componentes de la descripción del archivo + TEI. + contiene una citazione bibliografica interamente + strutturata nella quale sono presenti tutti i componenti di descrizione di un file TEI. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Feminist Companion to Literature in English: women writers from the middle ages + to the present + Blain, Virginia + Clements, Patricia + Grundy, Isobel + + + UK edition + + 1231 pp + + Yale University Press + New Haven and London + 1990 + + +

                              No source: this is an original work

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + Hydraulique fluviale. Tome 16, Écoulement et phénomènes de transport dans les + canaux à géométrie simple + Mustafa Siddik Altinakar + René Walther + + + 2e édition corrigée + + 627 p. + + Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes + Lausanne + 2008 + + +

                              Pas de source : il s'agit d'un document original

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + 勘誤表：審視後的生命 + 喬治．史坦納。 + + + 台灣地區繁中版本 + + 208面 + + 行人出版社 + 台北 + 2007 + + +

                              譯自 Errata: An Examined Life (1997)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References + 2.2. The File Description + 2.2.7. The Source Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + encoding description + description de l'encodage + 부호화 기술 + 編碼描述 + Beschreibung der Kodierung + Descripción de la codificación + descrizione della codifica + documents the relationship between an electronic text and the +source or sources from which it was derived. + documente la relation d'un texte électronique avec sa ou ses sources. + 전자 텍스트와 그것의 원전 텍스트 혹은 텍스트들 사이의 관련성을 기록한다. + 記錄電子文件和其ㄧ個或多個文件來源之間的關係。 + 電子テキストとその元資料との関係を示す。 + dokumentiert das Verhältnis zwischen dem elektronischen Text und seiner Quelle oder den Quellen, von denen er sich ableitet. + documenta la relación entre un texto electrónico y la fuente o fuentes de las que este deriva. + documenta la relazione fra un documento elettronico e la o le fonti da cui è derivato. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Basic encoding, capturing lexical information only. All + hyphenation, punctuation, and variant spellings normalized. No + formatting or layout information preserved.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Corpus de textes sélectionnés pour la formation MISAT, + Frejus, juillet 2010.

                              +                               + +

                              Corpus d'échantillons de 2000 mots pris au début de + chaque texte.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3. The Encoding Description + 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components + +                               + schema reference + describes or points to a related customization or schema file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + the identifier used for the customization or schema. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.10. The Schema Specification + + + project description + description du projet + 프로젝트 기술 + 計畫描述 + Beschreibung des Projekts + descripción del proyecto + descrizione del progetto + describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together + with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or + collected. + décrit en détail le but ou l’objectif visé dans + l’encodage d’un fichier électronique, ainsi que toute autre information pertinente sur la + manière dont il a été construit ou recueilli. + 전자 파일이 부호화된 목적을 상세히 기술하며, 아울러 그것이 수집된 절차에 관한 기타 관련 정보를 + 기술한다, . + 詳述將電子檔案編碼的目標或目的，以及其他關於檔案匯集或收集程序的任何資訊。 + 制作過程に関する情報も含めて、電子ファイルが作られた目的の詳細を示す。 + beschreibt detailliert Ziel bzw. Zweck, für den eine Datei kodiert wurde, zusammen mit weiteren relevanten Informationen, + die das Verfahren betreffen, nach dem die Daten zusammengestellt oder gesammelt wurden. + describe con detalle el objetivo o propósito para el que + un archivo electrónico ha sido codificado, junto a cualquier otra información relevante sobre el + proceso de codificación. + descrive in dettaglio lo scopo per il quale un documento + elettronico è sato codigicato, insieme a qualsiasi altra informazione rilevante riguardo le + procedure di raccolta. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Texts collected for use in the Claremont Shakespeare Clinic, June 1990

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              La saisie a été effectuée par notre partenaire Datactivity. Le texte saisi a été + ensuite converti et remis en forme selon les normes du format XML, standard d’échange ou + d’affichage de documents permettant de séparer la forme et le contenu et offrant une + déclinaison d’outils qui donnent la possibilité d’exploiter un texte comme une véritable + base de données. La norme adoptée (DTD) est le TEI (Text Encoding Initiative).

                              +

                              Affichage et manipulation du texte (mise au format, filtrage, réorganisation) se font + sur un serveur Apache à l'aide de l'infrastructure Axkit.

                              +

                              Le moteur logiciel du site a été développé en Xpathscript et s'appuie sur les travaux + de Dominique Quatravaux (Alliance Francophone Pour l'Avancement d'XPathScript) et de + Yanick Champoux (support de Libxml via YPathScript).

                              +

                              Les programmes développés pour le site sont mis à la disposition en open-source sur + demande (contacter Alexandre Gefen).

                              +

                              Les fonctions de recherche plein texte sont fournies par Philologic dans le cadre du + partenariat du projet avec ARTFL.

                              +

                              L’architecture de travail, sous Linux, est destinée à garantir une haute disponibilité + et des performances optimales. La liaison avec Internet est assurée par les services + informatiques de l’Université de Neuchâtel (SITEL).

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              文件收集於1990年7月，杭州杜甫詩作研討會使用

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.1. The Project Description + 2.3. The Encoding Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + sampling declaration + déclaration d'échantillonnage + 표본 추출 선언 + 取樣宣告 + Angabe der Auswahlverfahren + declaración de muestra + dichiarazione di campionatura + contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. + contient une description en texte libre du raisonnement + et des méthodes utilisés pour l'échantillonnage des textes dans la création d’un corpus ou + d’une collection. + 코퍼스 또는 텍스트 집단 구축에서 표본 추출에 사용된 원리와 방법에 대한 산문체 기술을 포함한다. + 以篇章描述的方式說明建立文集或文選時文件取樣的原理與方法。 + コーパス等を作成する際、テキストを標本化する原理や手法に関する、散文 による解説を含む。 + enthält eine Beschreibung der Kriterien und Methoden, + nach denen die Texte für ein Korpus oder eine Sammlung zusammengestellt wurden. + contiene una descripción en prosa sobre los fundamentos y + métodos usados en textos de muestra en la creación de un corpus o una selección de textos. + contiene una descrizione dei metodi e dei principi usati + nella campionatura dei testi nella creazione o raccolta del corpus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Samples of up to 2000 words taken at random from the beginning, middle, or end of each + text identified as relevant by respondents.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Corpus + d'échantillons de 2000 mots pris au début de chaque texte.

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              This element records all information about systematic inclusion or omission of portions of + the text, whether a reflection of sampling procedures in the pure sense or of systematic + omission of material deemed either too difficult to transcribe or not of sufficient + interest.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément rassemble toute information sur l'inclusion ou l'omission systématique de + segments du texte, quel que soit le résultat des procédures d'échantillonnage au sens strict, + ou de l'omission systématique d'éléments jugés soit trop difficiles à transcrire, soit sans + intérêt.

                              +                               + +

                              Este elemento registra toda la información sobre la inclusión sistemática o la omisión de + fragmentos de texto, si los procedimientos de muestra en el sentido estricto o la omisión + sistemática del material se consideran demasiado difíciles de transcribir o no de suficiente + interés.

                              +                               + +

                              純粋な意味での標本化過程または体系的な資料の省略が、難しすぎて転記 できない、または充分な関心が得られていないと考えられているにしても、 当該要 + 素は、テキスト部分の体系的な取捨選択に関する情報の全てを 記録する。

                              +                               + +

                              + Dieses Element umfasst Informationen über das systematische Einbinden oder Auslassen von Textteilen. + Dabei kann es sich um eine Beschreibung der Auswahlprozesse handeln oder um Angaben darüber, + warum bestimmtes Material ausgelassen wurde, z. B. weil das Material zu schwierig zu transkribieren + oder nicht interessant genug war. +

                              +                               + + 2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration + 2.3. The Encoding Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + editorial practice declaration + déclaration des pratiques éditoriales + 편집 실행 선언 + 編輯實行宣告 + Angabe der Editionsprinzipien + declaración de la edición + dichiarazione sulle pratiche editoriali + provides details of editorial principles and practices applied +during the encoding of a text. + donne des précisions sur les pratiques et les principes éditoriaux appliqués au cours de l’encodage du texte. + 텍스트 부호화에서 적용된 편집 원리 및 기준의 상세 항목을 제시한다. + 提供文件編碼時使用的編輯原則與實行方法的細節。 + テキストを符号化する際に適用される編集方針や編集方法の詳細を示す。 + beschreibt die Details der Editionsprinzipien und Verfahren, die bei der Kodierung des Textes angewandt wurden. + proporciona detalles de principios editoriales y prácticas aplicadas en la codificación de un texto. + fornisce dettagli su principi e pratiche editoriali seguite nella codifica di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              All words converted to Modern American spelling using + Websters 9th Collegiate dictionary +

                              +                               + +

                              All opening quotation marks converted to “ all closing + quotation marks converted to &cdq;.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Certains mots coupés par accident typographique en fin de ligne ont été réassemblés + sans commentaire.

                              +                               + +

                              Les "guillements français" ont été remplacée par des "guillemets droits" (sans + symétrie)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              所有字皆轉換為源自Websters 9th Collegiate字典的現代美語拼法

                              +                               + +

                              所有的前括號都改成" 後括號都改成 "

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 2.3. The Encoding Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + correction principles + règles de correction + 수정 원리 + 更正原則 + Korrekturverfahren + principios de corrección + principi di correzione + 修正の原則 + states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. + établit comment et dans quelles circonstances des + corrections ont été apportées au texte. + 텍스트의 수정의 상황과 방법에 대해 설명한다. + 說明文本中的更正是在什麼情況下、如何產生的。 + テキスト中に施された修正の状況や方法を示す。 + gibt an, wie und unter welchen Bedingungen Korrekturen an + dem Text vorgenommen wurden. + describe cómo y en qué casos se han hecho correcciones en + el texto. + dichiara quante correzioni sono state apportate al testo + e in quali circostanze. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the degree of correction applied to the text. + indique le degré de correction apporté au texte. + 텍스트에 적용된 수정의 정도를 표시한다. + 指出文本更正的程度。 + 当該テキストに施された修正の実行状況を示す。 + gibt Auskunft über das Ausmaß von Korrekturen, die an + dem Text vorgenommen wurden. + indica el grado de corrección aplicado al texto + indica il gradi di corrzione apportata al testo. + + + + the text has been thoroughly checked and proofread. + le texte a été entièrement vérifié et corrigé. + 텍스트가 철저하게 검사되고 교정되었다. + 該文本以被徹底檢查校對過。 + el texto se ha revisado y se ha corregido + minuciosamente. + 当該テキストは、十分に検査・校正されている。 + il testo è stato controllato accuratamente + + + the text has been checked at least once. + le texte a au moins été vérifié une fois. + 텍스트가 적어도 한번 검사되었다. + 該文本被檢查過至少一次。 + el texto se ha revisado por lo menos una vez. + 当該テキストは、少なくとも一度は検査されている。 + il testo è stato controllato almeno una + volta. + + + the text has not been checked. + le texte n’a pas été vérifié. + 텍스트가 검사되지 않았다. + 該文本從未被檢查過。 + el texto no se ha revisado. + 当該テキストは、検査されていない。 + il testo non è stato controllato. + + + the correction status of the text is unknown. + le niveau de correction du texte est inconnu. + 텍스트의 교정 상태를 알 수 없다. + 更正狀態不明 + el estatus de la corrección del texto es + desconocido. + 当該テキストに施された修正の精度は、不明である。 + lo stadio di correzione non è noto. + + + + + indicates the method adopted to indicate corrections within the text. + indique la méthode adoptée pour signaler les + corrections dans le texte. + 텍스트의 수정사항을 표시하기 위해 채택한 방법을 나타낸다. + 說明標示更正所採取的方法。 + 当該テキストに施された修正の方法を示す。 + Bezeichnet die Methode, die angewandt wurde um + Korrekturen im Text zu kennzeichnen. + indica el método seguido para indicar las + correcciones al interno del texto. + indica il metodo adottato per indicare le correzioni + all'interno di un testo. + + silent + + + corrections have been made silently + les corrections ont été faites sans être + marquées. + 수정사항이 표시되지 않았다. + 直接在文本中更正 + las correcciones se han hecho silenciosamente. + 修正の跡は残されていない。 + le correzioni sono state apportate + silenziosamente + + + corrections have been represented using markup + 수정사항이 마크업을 사용해 표사되었다. + las correcciones se han representado mediante el + marcado + 修正箇所は、タグで示されている。 + les corrections ont été notées par un codage + sono state rappresentate delle correzioni tramite + annotazione + + + + + + + +

                              Errors in transcription controlled by using the WordPerfect spelling checker, with a user + defined dictionary of 500 extra words taken from Chambers Twentieth Century + Dictionary.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Les erreurs de transcriptions ont été détectées et corrigées à l'aide du correcteur + Cordial 2006 - Synapse

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              抄寫錯誤由WordPerfect拼寫檢查系統控制，該系統使用Chambers Twentieth Century Dictionary裡內含之使用者自訂的500個詞條。

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              May be used to note the results of proof reading the text against its original, indicating + (for example) whether discrepancies have been silently rectified, or recorded using the + editorial tags described in section 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes.

                              +                               + +

                              Utilisé pour noter le résultat de la comparaison du texte et de l'original en indiquant par + exemple si les différences ont été faites sans être marquées, ou si elles ont été marquées en + utilisant les balises éditoriales décrites dans la section 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes.

                              +                               + +

                              Puede ser utilizado para observar los resultados de la corrección de las lecturas del texto + en contraposición con su original, indicando (por ejemplo) si las discrepancias se han + rectificado silenciosamente, o se han registrado usando las etiquetas editoriales descritas en + la sección 3.5. Simple Editorial Changes.

                              +                               + +

                              元資料を元に行われた校正結果を示すために使われるかもしれない。例え ば、相違点は密かに修正されているのか、または3.5. Simple Editorial Changes + にある編集用のタグを使用して記録されているのか、など。

                              +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + normalization + normalisation + indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. + indique l'extension de la normalisation ou de la régularisation effectuée sur le texte source dans sa conversion vers sa forme électronique. + 전자 형식으로 변환할 때 수행된 원본 텍스트의 표준화 또는 규칙화의 정도를 표시한다. + 指出來源文件轉換成電子文本時規格化或標準化的程度。 + 元資料が電子形式に変換される際に施される正規化の程度を示す。 + gibt an, in welchem Ausmaß das Original bei der + Umwandlung in elektronische Form normalisiert und vereinheitlicht wurde. + indica el grado de normalización o de regularización + aplicado a la fuente original en el proceso de conversión a formato electrónico. + indica il grado di normalizzazione o regolarizzazione + della fonte effettuato nella conversione a documento elettronico. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the method adopted to indicate normalizations within the text. + indique la méthode adoptée pour signaler les + normalisations dans le texte. + 텍스트의 표준화를 표시하기 위해 채택한 방법론을 제시한다. + 指出標示規格化所採取的方法。 + 当該テキストに施された正規化の方法を示す。 + bezeichnet die Methode, die angewandt wurde um + Normalisierungen im Text kenntlich zu machen. + indica el método adoptado para indicar + normalizaciones al interno del texto. + indica il metodo adottato per indicare le + normalizzazioni all'interno di un testo. + + silent + + + normalization made silently + normalisation effectuée sans être mentionnée. + 표준화가 드러나게 표시되지 않았다. + 直接在文本中實行規格化 + normalización hecha silenciosamente + 正規化は、何も記さずに施された。 + la normalizzazione è stata apportata + silenziosamente + + + normalization represented using markup + 표준화가 마크업을 사용하여 표시되었다. + normalización representada mediante el marcado + 正規化は、マークアップで示されている。 + la normalisation a été décrite en employant un + codage + la normalizzazione è stata rappresentata mediante + marcatori editoriali + + + + + + + + +

                              Where both upper- and lower-case i, j, u, v, and vv have been normalized, to modern + 20th century typographical practice, the choice element has been used to + enclose orig and reg elements giving the original and new values + respectively. ...

                              +                               + +

                              Spacing between words and following punctuation has been regularized to zero spaces; + spacing between words has been regularized to one space.

                              +                               + +

                              Spelling converted throughout to Modern American usage, based on Websters 9th + Collegiate dictionary.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Là où les majuscules et les minuscules i, j, u, v et vv ont été normalisées selon la + pratique typographique moderne, l'élément choice a été employé en association + avec orig et regpour fournir à la fois les formes originales et les + formes nouvelles , respectivement ...

                              +                               + +

                              L'espace entre chaque mot a été régularisé à un espace. Un signe de ponctuation + simple est suivi d'un espace, un signe de ponctuation double est précédé et suivi d'un + espace.

                              +                               + +

                              Normalisation effectuée selon le Rapport Du Conseil Supérieur De La Langue Française + publié dans les documents administratifs du Journal officiel du 6 décembre 1990

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              當大寫與小寫的 i, j, u, v, 以及vv已經標準化，符合二十世紀現代印刷術，choice元素就用來包含 orig 還有 + reg 兩個元素，並賦予新的意義。…

                              +                               + +

                              字與字後的標點符號之間規定沒有空格；字與字間規定留一個空格。

                              +                               + +

                              拼字源於Websters 9th Collegiate字典的現代美語用法

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + quotation + citation + specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to quotation marks in the original. + décrit la pratique éditoriale adoptée par rapport aux guillements dans l’original. + 원본 인용 부호에 관해 채택한 편집 방식을 명시한다. + 說明在編輯上是如何處理來源文件中的引文符號。 + 元資料にあった引用をどのように編集したのかを示す。 + beschreibt die editorische Praxis bezüglich der Anführungszeichen im Originaltext. + indica las prácticas editoriales adoptadas respecto al entrecomillado en el original. + specifica le pratiche editoriali rispetto all'uso delle virgolette nell'originale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + On , either the @marks attribute should be used, or a paragraph of description provided + + + + + + + quotation marks + 인용 부호 + comillas + guillemets + punti interrogativi + indicates whether or not quotation marks have been retained as content within the text. + indique si les guillemets ont été retenus ou non + comme faisant partie du texte. + 인용 부호가 텍스트에 유지되었는지 여부를 표시한다. + 指出引文符號是否在文本中被保留為內容的一部份。 + テキスト中の内容として、引用符をそのまま残したかどうかを示す。 + gibt an, ob Anführungszeichen als Bestandteil des + Textes beibehalten wurden. + indica si se ha mantenido o no el entrecomillado en + el texto. + indica se le virglotette siano state mantenute o meno + all'interno del testo. + + + + no quotation marks have been retained + aucun guillemet n’a été retenu. + 인용 부호가 유지되지 않았다. + 不保留任何引文符號 + no se ha conservado ningún uso de las comillas + 引用符は残っていない。 + le virgolette non sono state mantenute + + + some quotation marks have been retained + quelques guillemetsont été retenues. + 일부의 인용 부호가 유지되었다. + 保留部分引文符號 + se han conservado algunas comillas + いくつかの引用符は残っている。 + alcune virgolette sono state mantenute + + + all quotation marks have been retained + tous les guillemets ont été conservés. + 모든 인용 부호가 유지되었다. + 保留所有引文符號 + se han conservado todas las comillas + 全ての引用符が残っている。 + tutte le virgolette sono state mantenute + + + + + + + +

                              No quotation marks have been retained. Instead, the rend attribute on the + q element is used to specify what kinds of quotation mark was used, according + to the following list: double quotes, open and closesingle quotes, open and closelong dash open, no closedouble guillemets, open and close +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Aucun guillemet n'a été conservé. Au lieu de cela, on a utilisé l'attribut + rend pour l'élément q afin de spécifier quel type de guillemet a été + utilisé, selon la liste suivante : guillemet allemandguillemet anglais ou guillemet dactylographique guillemet français +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Tous les guillemets sont maintenus dans le texte et sont représentés par les caractères + Unicode appropriés.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              不保留引號，改用元素q內的屬性rend 來區分引號的種類，種類如下：雙引號，前後各一單引號，前後各一破折號，僅前面一個雙箭號，前後各一 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              保留所有引號，以合適的Unicode字形表示。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              All quotation marks are retained in the text and are represented by appropriate Unicode + characters.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + hyphenation + césurage + summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded + version of it. + résume la façon dont les traits d'union sécants de fin de + ligne d’un texte source ont été traités dans sa version encodée. + 원본 텍스트의 하이픈이 부호화된 버전에서 처리된 방법을 요약한다. + 概述來源文件裡的連字符號在電子化的版本中是如何被處理的。 + 元資料にあるハイフンが、符号化される場合にどのように扱われたかを示す。 + fasst zusammen, wie die Silbentrennung des Quelltextes in + der kodierten Fassung behandelt wurde. + indica el modo en que han sido tratados el uso del guión + presente en el texto fuente en la versión codificada de este. + riassume il modo in cui il trattino nell'originale sia + stato trattato nella versione codificata dello stesso testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + end-of-line + 행의 끝 + fin de línea + fin de ligne + fine riga + indicates whether or not end-of-line hyphenation has been retained in a text. + indique si des traits d'union sécants de fin de ligne + ont été conservés ou non dans un texte. + 텍스트에서 행의 끝 하이픈이 포함되었는지의 여부를 표시한다. + 指出行末連字符號是否在文本中被保留。 + 行末のハイフンをそのまま残したかどうかを示す。 + gibt an, ob die Silbentrennung am Zeilenende im Text + beibehalten wurde. + indica si el uso del guión al final de la línea se ha + conservado en un texto. + indica se il trattino a fine riga sia stato mantenuto + o meno. + + some + + + all end-of-line hyphenation has been retained, even though the lineation of the + original may not have been. + tous les traits d'union sécants de fin de ligne ont été + conservés, même si la largeur des lignes de l’original peut ne pas l’avoir été. + 원본에는 없을 수도 있지만, 모든 행 끝 하이픈이 유지되었다. + 保留所有行末連字符號，即使原文中的不被保留。 + se ha conservado la separación de corte de + palabras mediante el guión al final de la línea, incluso cuando la lineación del + original puede que no se haya mantenido. + 元資料では改行がなかったが、行末にあるハイフンは残した。 + tutti i trattini di fine riga sono stati + mantenuti, anche se l'allineamento dell'originale potrebbe non essere stato + conservato. + + + end-of-line hyphenation has been retained in some cases. + des traits d'union sécants de fin de ligne ont été + conservés dans certains cas. + 일부의 경우에 행 끝 하이픈이 유지되었다. + 行末連字符號在某些情況下被保留。 + la separación silábica mediante el guión al final + de línea se ha conservado en algunos casos. + 行末にあるハイフンは、場合によっては残した。 + i trattini di fine riga sono stati mantenuti in + alcuni casi. + + + all soft end-of-line hyphenation has been removed: any remaining end-of-line + hyphenation should be retained. + tous les traits d’union sécants générés par le césurage + en fin de ligne ont été supprimés : tout trait d’union sécant subsistant en fin de ligne doit + être conservé. + 복합어 표시아 아닌 행 끝 하이픈이 제거되었다: 남아있는 어떤 행 끝 하이픈은 유지되어야 + 한다. + 所有軟音的行末連字符號皆被移除：任何剩下的行末連字符號應該被保留。 + se ha suprimido todo el corte de sílabas mediante + guión al final de línea; pero se ha conservado cualquier otro corte de sílabas. + 行末にあるハイフンの殆どは除いた。いくらかは残した。 + tutti i trattini deboli di fine riga sono stati + eliminati: i restanti trattini di fine riga dovrebbero essere conservati. + + + all end-of-line hyphenation has been removed: any remaining hyphenation occurred + within the line. + tous les traits d’union sécants en fin de ligne ont été + supprimés : tout trait d’union sécant présent se trouvait à l’intérieur d’une ligne. + 모든 행 끝 하이픈이 제거되었다: 남아있는 어떤 하이픈은 행 내부에 나타나는 것들이다. + 所有行末連字符號皆被移除：剩下的是行中出現的行末連字符號。 + se ha suprimido toda la separación silábica al + final de línea; cualquier separación de sílabas conservada ocurrió dentro de la línea. + 行末にあるハイフンは全て除いた。行中にはハイフンが残っている。 + tutti i trattini di fine riga sono stati + eliminati: i restanti trattini si trovano all'interno di una riga. + + + + + + + +

                              End-of-line hyphenation silently removed where appropriate

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Le cas échéant, suppression du tiret de coupure de mot en de fin de ligne.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              行末連字符號，必要時可以移除。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + segmentation + segmentation + describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into + sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. + décrit les principes selon lesquels le texte a été + segmenté, par exemple en phrases, en intonèmes (unités tonales), en strates graphématiques + (niveaux superposés de signes graphiques), etc. + 예를 들어 문장, 음성 단위, 문자적 층위로 텍스트가 분절되는 원리를 기술한다. + 描述文件分割的原理方法，例如分割成句子、音調單位、字形層次等。 + 当該テキストを分割した基準を示す。例えば、文、音単位、書記層など。 + gibt an, nach welchen Prinzipien ein Text segmentiert + wurde, zum Beispiel in Sätze, Tonsequenzen, graphemische Einheiten, usw. + describe los principios aplicados en la fragmentación del + texto, p.ej. en las oraciones, sintagmas, morfemas, etc. + descrive il modo in cui è stato segmentato il testo, ad + esempio in frasi, unità toniche, strati grafemici, ecc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              s elements mark orthographic sentences and are numbered sequentially within + their parent div element

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              seg elements are used to mark functional constituents of various types within each + s; the typology used is defined by a taxonomy element in the corpus + header classDecl +

                              +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + standard values + valeurs normalisées + 표준 값 + 標準值 + Standardwerte + valores estándard + valori standard + specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. + précise le format utilisé pour exprimer une date ou une + valeur numérique de manière normalisée . + 표준화된 날짜 또는 숫자 값이 제시될 때 사용되는 형식을 명시한다. + 明確說明文本中標準化日期或數值所使用的格式。 + 標準的な日付や数値を示す形式を特定する。 + beschreibt das Format, das für Standard-Datumsangaben + oder Zahlenwerte genutzt wird. + indica el formato usado cuando aparecen fechas + estandarizadas o valores numéricos. + specifica il formato usato quando vengono fornite date e + altri valori numerici standardizzati. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              All integer numbers are left-filled with zeroes to 8 digits.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              Les nombres entiers sont précédés de 0 à 8 chiffres.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              所有數字四捨五入至小數點第二位

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + +                               + interpretation + Interprétation + describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in + addition to the transcription. + décrit le champ d’application de toute information + analytique ou interprétative ajoutée à la transcription du texte. + 전사본에 덧붙여 텍스트에 부착된 분석적 또는 해석적 정보의 범위를 기술한다. + 指出除了轉錄之外，文件中加入哪些分析性或詮釋性的資訊。 + 転記されたテキストに付加された、分析または解釈情報の範囲を示す。 + beschreibt den Umfang von Analyse oder Interpretation, + die zusätzlich zur Transkription dem Text hinzugefügt wurde. + describe la finalidad de cualquier información analítica + o descriptiva añadida al texto en la transcripción. + descrive l'estensione di qualsiasi informazione analitica + o interpretativa inserita nel testo, in aggiunta alla trascrizione + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The part of speech analysis applied throughout section 4 was added by hand and has not + been checked

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              La partie concernant l'analyse de discours qui a été appliquée partout dans la section + 4 a été ajoutée à la main et n'a pas été vérifiée.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              第四節部份言說分析是手寫加上去的，尚未檢查。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + +                               + specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether or not punctation marks have been retained as content within the text. + + + + no punctuation marks have been retained + + + some punctuation marks have been retained + + + all punctuation marks have been retained + + + + + indicates the positioning of punctuation marks that are associated with marked up text as being encoded within the element surrounding the text or immediately before or after it. + + + + punctuation marks found at the start or end of a marked up text component are included within its surrounding element; + + + punctuation marks found at the start or end of a marked up text component appear immediately before or after the surrounding element + + + + + + + +

                              All punctuation marks in the source text have been retained and represented using the + appropriate Unicode code point. In cases where a punctuation mark and nearby markup convey + the same information (for example, a sentence ends with a question mark and is also tagged + as s) the punctuation mark is captured as content within the element.

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              External placement of punctuation:

                              + +

                              I would agree with Saint Augustine that “An unjust law is no law at all.”

                              +                               +                               + +

                              Internal placement of punctuation:

                              + +

                              I would agree with Saint Augustine that “An unjust law is no law at all.”

                              +                               +                               + + 2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration + 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation + +                               + tagging declaration + déclaration de balisage + 태깅 선언 + 標誌宣告 + Beschreibung des Tag-Gebrauchs + declaración del etiquetado + dighiarazione sulla marcatura + provides detailed information about the tagging applied to a document. + donne l’information détaillée sur le balisage appliqué à un document . + 문서에 적용된 태깅에 관한 정보를 상세하게 제공한다. + 提供關於應用在XML文件中的標誌的詳細資訊。 + タグ付けに関する詳細な情報を示す。 + liefert detaillierte + Angaben zum Gebrauch von Tags, die in einem Dokument verwendet werden. + proporciona información pormenorizada sobre el etiquetado aplicado a un documento. + fornisce informazioni dettagliate sulla mercatura applicata ad un documento SGML o XML. + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether + the element types listed exhaustively include all those found + within text, or represent only a subset. + + +

                              TEI recommended practice is to specify this attribute. When + the tagUsage elements inside tagsDecl are + used to list each of the element types in the associated + text, the value should be given as false. + When the tagUsage elements inside tagsDecl + are used to provide usage information or default renditions + for only a subset of the elements types within the associated + text, the value should be true.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + font-style: italic; + + + + + + + + + +

                              If the partial attribute were not specified here, the implication would be that + the document in question contains only hi, title, and para elements.

                              +                               + + 2.3.4. The Tagging Declaration + 2.3. The Encoding Description + +                               + element usage + usage des balises + Verwendung eines Elements + documents the usage of a specific element within a specified document. + donne des informations sur l’utilisation d’un élément + spécifique dans un texte. + 텍스트에서 특정 요소의 사용에 관한 정보를 제공한다. + 提供文件中某個特定元素的使用資訊。 + テキスト中にある特定要素の使い方に関する情報を示す。 + dokumentiert den Gebrauch eines spezifischen Elements innerhalb + eines bestimmten Dokuments. + proporciona información sobre el uso de un elemento + específico al interno del texto. + fornisce informazioni circa l'uso di uno specifico + elemento all'interno di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + generic identifier + 요소 이름 + nombre de elemento + nom de l'élément + nome di elemento + generische Kennung + specifies the name + (generic identifier) of the element indicated by the tag, within the namespace indicated by the parent + namespace element. + nom (identifiant générique) de l’élément indiqué par + la balise. + 태그로 제시된 요소의 이름(일반적 확인소) + 該標籤所指明的元素名稱 (通用識別符碼)。 + 当該タグで示された要素の名前(GI、 共通識別子)。 + gibt den Namen (generische Kennung) des durch das Tag angegebenen Elements innerhalb jenes Namensraums an, + der im übergeordneten namespace-Element angegeben wird. + el nombre (identificador genérico) de un elemento + indicado mediante una etiqueta. + il nome (identificatore generico) dell'elemento + indicato dal marcatore. + + + + specifies the number of occurrences of this element within the text. + spécifie le nombre d’occurrences de cet élément dans + le texte. + 텍스트 내부에 이 요소가 출현 횟수를 명시한다. + 指出該元素在文本中出現的次數。 + 当該要素が、テキスト中で出現する回数を示す。 + gibt an, wie oft das Element im Text vorkommt. + especifica el número de veces que un elemento + determinado aparece en el texto. + specifica il numero di occorrenze dell'elemento nel + testo. + + + + with unique identifier + 고유한 확인소를 가진 + con identificador único + avec identificateur unique + con identificatore unico + mit eindeutiger Kennung + specifies the number of occurrences of this element within the text which bear a + distinct value for the global xml:id attribute. + spécifie le nombre d’occurrences de cet élément dans + le texte qui porte une valeur donnée pour l’attribut global xml:id. + 전반적 xml:id 속성에 대한 분별 값을 포함하는 텍스트 내의 이 요소에 + 대한 출현 횟수를 명시한다. + 指出帶有明確全域屬性xml:id屬性值的元素在文本中的出現次數。 + グローバル属性xml:idを持つテキスト中にある当該要素の 出現回数を示す。 + gibt an, wie oft dieses Element mit einem bestimmten + Wert für das globale Attribut xml:id im Text vorkommt. + indica el número de veces que este elemento aparece + en el texto con un valor distintivo apara el atributo global xml:id. + specifica il numero di occorrenze dell'elemento nel + testo e che reca un valore distinto dall'attributo globale xml:id. + + + + + + + font-style: italic; + + + Used to mark English words italicized in the copy text. + Used to mark non-English words in the copy text. + + + + + + + + + A noter l'emploi d'une variante penchée ou italique dans la fonte + actuelle. + + Les abréviations étant très courantes et de type + brevigraph (voir le manuel TEI), l'attribut "type" a cette valeur par + défaut. Dans les autres cas, ("Sénécial" abrégé par "Sénat") , l'attribut "type " a + explicitement la valeur "contraction" et l'attribut "expan" contient la forme + développée. + Chaque ligne est numérotée depuis le début du corps de la lettre (sauf + le titre). + Chaque page est numérotée sous la forme d'un numéro de folio suivi de + "recto" ou "verso". Dans certains cas, le foliotage réel n'est pas celui qui est + indiqué sur le registre. Dans ce cas, les deux numérotations sont gardées. + Mots difficiles à lire + Phrase(s) d'introduction de la lettre. + Signature du copiste. + + + + + + 2.3.4. The Tagging Declaration + + + namespace + espace de noms + supplies the formal name of the namespace to which the elements documented by its children + belong. + fournit le nom formel de l'espace de noms auquel + appartiennent les éléments documentés par ses éléments fils. + 그 자식이 기술한 요소가 속하는 네임스페이스의 공식적 이름을 제공한다. + 提供其子元素所描述的元素所屬的名稱空間之正式名稱。 + 当該要素が属する名前空間の形式名を示す。 + liefert die formale Bezeichnung des Namensraums, zu + dem die Elemente als Kind-Elemente gehören. + proporciona el nombre formal del namespace al cual + pertenecen los elementos documentados por sus hijos. + fornisce il nome formale del namespace a cui appartengono + gli elementi documentati dai suoi figli. + + + + + + + + + specifies the full formal name of the namespace concerned. + le nom formel complet de l'espace de noms concerné. + 관련된 네임스페이스의 공식적 전체 이름 + 名稱空間的正式完整名稱。 + 名前空間の全形式名。 + gibt die vollständige formale Bezeichnung des betreffenden + Namensraums an. + el nombre formal completo del namespace concerniente. + l'intero nome formale del namespace in questione. + + + + + + + Used only to mark English words + italicized in the copy text + + + + + + + Employé pour marquer des mots non-français dans le + texte. + + + + + + + 僅用於標示副本上的斜體英文字 + + + + + 2.3.4. The Tagging Declaration + + + rendition + rendu + supplies information about the rendition or appearance of one or more elements in the source + text. + donne des informations sur le rendu ou sur l'apparence + d'un ou de plusieurs éléments dans le texte source. + 원본 텍스트에서 요소의 모양에 대한 정보를 제공한다. + 提供關於一個或多個元素預定呈現方式的資訊。 + 元資料テキスト中にある、ひとつ以上の要素の描出や現れ方に関する情報を 示す。 + liefert Informationen über die Darstellung oder das Aussehen eines oder mehrerer Elemente im Quelltext. + proporciona información sobre la interpretación ideada + para uno o más elementos. + fornisce informazioni circa la resa prevista di uno o più + elementi. + + + + + + + + + + where CSS is used, provides a way of defining +pseudo-elements, that is, styling rules +applicable to specific sub-portions of an element. + + + + styling applies to the first line of +the target element + + + styling applies to the first letter of +the target element + + + styling should be applied immediately before +the content of the target element + + + styling should be applied immediately after +the content of +the target element + + + + + + contains a selector or series of selectors specifying the elements to which the contained style + description applies, expressed in the language specified in the scheme attribute. + + + + + + display: block; + + + + + + + font-style: italic; + + + + +

                              Since the default value of the scheme attribute is assumed to be CSS, the default + expectation for this attribute, in the absence of scheme, is that CSS selector + syntax will be used.

                              +

                              While rendition is used to point from an element in the transcribed source to a + rendition element in the header which describes how it appears, the selector + attribute allows the encoder to point in the other direction: from a rendition in the + header to a collection of elements which all share the same renditional features. In both cases, + the intention is to record the appearance of the source text, not to prescribe any particular + output rendering.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + text-align: center; + font-size: small; + font-size: large; + font-size: xx-large + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.4. The Tagging Declaration + +                               + style definition language declaration + specifies the name of the formal language in which style or + renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The + specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + font-weight: bold; + font-style: italic; + + + + + 2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration + + + references declaration + Déclaration du système de références + 참조 선언 + 參照宣告 + Angabe der Referenzstruktur + declaración de referencias + dichiarazione sui riferimenti + specifies how canonical references are constructed for this + text. + précise la manière dont les références canoniques ont été construites pour ce texte. + 표준 참조가 이러한 텍스트에 대해 어떻게 구성되는가를 명시한다. + 標明本文件與某一個權威參照標準的關係。 + 標準的な参照の作られ方を示す。 + beschreibt, wie Standardreferenzen für diesen Text aufgebaut sind. + indica cómo se han formado las referencias canónicas para este texto. + specifica in che modo siano costruiti i riferimenti canonici per il testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              This example is a formal representation for the referencing + scheme described informally in the following example.

                              +                               + + + + + + +

                              Dieses Beispiel ist eine formale Repräsentation für das im folgenden Beispiel informell + beschriebene Referenzierungsschema.

                              +                               + + + + +

                              Une référence a été créée en assemblant les éléments suivants dans l'ordre inverse de + la liste qui suit : la valeur n du précédent lb + une périodela valeur n de l'ancêtre div2 + un espacela valeurn du parent div1 + +

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              參照是將位於最高層級的div元素的屬性n值串聯起來， + 其後跟著空格和續接的下一層級div，接著冒點， + 然後是續接的下一(最低) 層級的div所組成。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              References are made up by concatenating the value for the + n attribute on the highest level div + element, followed by a space, followed by the sequential + number of the next level div followed by a colon + followed by the sequential number of the next (and lowest) + level div.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 2.3.6.3. Milestone Method + 2.3. The Encoding Description + 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration + +                               + citation structure + declares a structure and method for citing the current document. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + delimiter + supplies a delimiting string preceding the structural component. + + + + +

                              delim must contain at least one character.

                              +                               +                               + + match + supplies an XPath selection pattern using the + syntax defined in which identifies a set of nodes which are + citable structural components. The expression may be absolute (beginning with /) or relative. + match on a citeStructure without a citeStructure parent must be an absolute XPath. If it is + relative, its context is set by the match of the parent citeStructure. + + + + + + + An XPath in @match on the outer must start with '/'. + + + + + + + An XPath in @match must not start with '/' except on the outer . + + + + + + unit + describes the structural unit indicated by the citeStructure. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +                               + + + + + + + + + + + 3.11.4. Declaring Reference Systems + 17.2.5.4. Citation Structures + +                               + citation data + specifies how information may be extracted from citation structures. + + + + + + + + + + property + A URI indicating a property definition. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3.11.4. Declaring Reference Systems + 17.2.5.4. Citation Structures + + + canonical reference pattern + Modèle de référence canonique + 표준 참조 유형 + 定義如何將標準參照轉換成統一資源識別符 (URI) 。 + kanonisches Referenzmodell + define cómo convertir una referncia canónica en un URI + definisce in che modo convertire un riferimento canonico + in un URI + 標準的参照パタン + specifies an expression and replacement pattern for transforming a canonical reference into + a URI. + spécifie un modèle d’expression et des règles de + remplacement pour transformer une référence canonique en URI. + 표준 참조를 URI로 변환하기 위한 표현 및 대체 유형을 명시한다. + 標明將標準參照轉換成統一資源識別符的表示方法與取代模式。 + 標準的形式の参照をURIに変形するための表現・変形パタンを示す。 + legt einen Ausdruck und ein Ersetzungsmuster für die + Umwandlung einer kanonischen Referenz in eine URI fest. + indica una expresión y un patrón de remplazamiento para + transformar una referencia canónica en un URI. + specifica un espressione o un pattern di sostituzione per + convertire convertire un riferimento canonico in un URI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The result of the substitution may be either an absolute or a relative URI reference. In the + latter case it is combined with the value of xml:base in force at the place where + the cRef attribute occurs to form an absolute URI in the usual manner as prescribed + by XML Base.

                              +                               + +

                              Le résultat de la substitution peut être la référence à une URI relative ou absolue. + Dans ce dernier cas, il est combiné avec la valeur de l'attribut xml:base en + vigueur à la place où apparaît l'attribut cRef pour former une URI absolue selon + l'usage habituel indiqué par XML Base.

                              +                               + +

                              El resultado de la substitución puede ser una referencia URI absoluta o relativa. En el + último caso se combina con el valor de xml:base en vigor en el lugar donde el + atributo cRef aparece para formar un URI absoluto de manera común según lo + prescrito por Base de XML.

                              +                               + +

                              置換による結果は、絶対・相対URIであるかもしれない。相対URIの場合、 XML + Baseに示され ているように、属性xml:baseの値と共に、属性 cRefが絶対URIを示す場所で使用される。

                              +                               + + 2.3.6.3. Milestone Method + 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration + 2.3.6.2. Search-and-Replace Method + +                               + prefix definition + defines a prefixing scheme used in teidata.pointer values, + showing how abbreviated URIs using the scheme may be expanded into full URIs. + + + + + + + + + + supplies a name which functions as the prefix for an abbreviated + pointing scheme such as a private URI scheme. The prefix constitutes the + text preceding the first colon. + + + + +

                              The value is limited to teidata.prefix so that it may be + mapped directly to a URI prefix.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              + In the context of this project, private URIs with + the prefix "ref" point to div elements in + the project's global references.xml file. +

                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              The abbreviated pointer may be dereferenced to produce either + an absolute or a relative URI reference. In the latter case it is + combined with the value of xml:base in force at the + place where the pointing attribute occurs to form an absolute URI + in the usual manner as prescribed by XML Base.

                              +                               + + 17.2.3. Using Abbreviated Pointers + +                               + list of prefix definitions + contains a list of definitions of prefixing schemes used in teidata.pointer values, showing how abbreviated URIs using each scheme may be expanded into full URIs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              In this example, two private URI scheme prefixes are defined and patterns are provided + for dereferencing them. Each prefix is also supplied with a human-readable explanation in a + p element.

                              + + + +

                              + Private URIs using the psn + prefix are pointers to person + elements in the personography.xml file. + For example, psn:MDH + dereferences to personography.xml#MDH. +

                              +                               + +

                              + Private URIs using the bibl prefix can be + expanded to form URIs which retrieve the relevant + bibliographical reference from www.example.com. +

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 17.2.3. Using Abbreviated Pointers + +                               + reference state + 참조 상태 + estado de la referencia + état de la référence + stato del riferimento + 分界狀態 + specifies one component of a canonical reference defined by the milestone method. + 이정표 방법으로 정의된 표준 참조의 한 성분을 명시한다. + especifica un componente de una referencia canónica + definida por el método milestone + 標石要素の手法として定義されている標準的な参照の構成要素をひとつ示す。 + spécifie un composant d’une référence canonique définie + par la méthode du bornage. + specifica una componente di un riferimento canonico + definito dal metodo milestone + 標明分界方法所定義的權威參照標準裡其中一個組件。 + + + + + + + + + + specifies the fixed length of the reference component. + 참조 성분의 고정 길이를 명시한다. + especifica la longitud fija del componente de + referencia. + 参照構成要素の固定長を示す。 + spécifie la longueur fixe du composant de la + référence. + specifica la lunghezza stabilita della componente di + riferimento + + +

                              When constructing a reference, if the reference component found is of numeric type, the + length is made up by inserting leading zeros; if it is not, by inserting trailing blanks. + In either case, reference components are truncated if necessary at the right hand side.

                              +

                              When seeking a reference, the length indicates the number of characters which should be + compared. Values longer than this will be regarded as matching, if they start correctly. If no value is provided, the length is unlimited and + goes to the next delimiter or to the end of the value. +

                              +                               + +

                              Lorsqu'une référence est construite, si le composant de cette référence est de type + numérique, la longueur est obtenue en ajoutant au début des 0 ; sinon, en ajoutant en fin + de chaîne des blancs. Dans les deux cas, les composants des références sont tronqués sur + la droite si c'est nécessaire.

                              +

                              Lorsqu'on cherche une référence, la longueur indique le nombre des caractères devant être + comparés. Des valeurs plus longues seront considérées comme correspondant au modèle, si + elles commencent de façon identique. Si aucune valeur n'est fournie, + la longueur est illimitée et va jusqu'au prochain délimiteur ou jusqu'à la fin de la valeur.

                              +                               + +

                              Al construir una referencia, si el componente de la referencia es de tipo numérico, la + longitud es compuesta insertando ceros; si no lo es, insertando espacios a la derecha. En + cualquier caso, los componentes de la referencia se truncan en caso de necesidad por el + lado derecho.

                              +

                              En una referencia, la longitud indica el número de caracteres que deban ser comparados. + Los valores más largos a estos se considerarán puntualmente acceptado si comienzan + correctamente.

                              +                               + +

                              参照構成要素が数値型の場合、当該長さの先頭にゼロの列が付く。数 値型でない場合、最後に空白が付く。必要であれば、参照構成要素の 値は丸められることがある。

                              +

                              参照を求める際、当該長さは、比べられる文字の数を示す。この値よ りも長い場合、開始点が正しければ、マッチすると判断されるだろう。

                              +                               +                               + + delimiter + 구분 문자 + delimitador + délimiteur + delimitatore + supplies a delimiting string following the reference component. + 참조 성분 뒤에 구분 문자열을 제공한다. + suministra la cadena de delimitación que sigue el + componente de referencia. + 参照構成要素の開始を表すデリミタを示す。 + fournit une suite de caractères de délimitation après + le composant de référence. + fornisce una stringa di delimitazione in base alla + componente di riferimento + + +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.6.3. Milestone Method + 2.3.6. The Reference System Declaration + +                               + classification declarations + déclaration de classification + 분류 선언 + 分類宣告 + 分類法宣言 + Angabe zur Klassifikation + declaraciones de clasificación + dichiarazioni sulla ckassificazione + contains one or more taxonomies defining any classificatory +codes used elsewhere in the text. + contient une ou plusieurs taxinomies définissant les codes de classification utilisés n’importe où dans le texte. + 텍스트 내 어디서든 사용될 수 있는 분류 부호를 정의하는 분류법을 포함한다. + 包含一個或多個分類法，用來定義在文件中他處所使用之任何分類碼。 + 当該テキスト中で使用されている分類コードを定義する、 + ひとつ以上の分類法を示す。 + enthält eine oder mehrere Taxonomien, die im Text verwendete Klassifikationscodes definieren. + contiene una o más taxonomías que definen cualquier código usado en algún punto del texto. + contiene una o più tassonomie che definiscono un qualsiasi codice classificatorio usato in un'altra porzione del testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Library of Congress Subject Headings + + + + + + Political science + United States -- Politics and government -- + Revolution, 1775-1783 + + + + + + + + + Répertoire d'autorité-matière encyclopédique et alphabétique unifié + (RAMEAU) de la Bibliothèque nationale de France. + + + + + + + Bien et mal -- Enseignement coranique + + + + + + 2.3.7. The Classification Declaration + 2.3. The Encoding Description + + + taxonomy + taxinomie + Taxonomie + defines a typology either implicitly, by means of a bibliographic + citation, or explicitly by a structured taxonomy. + définit une typologie + soit implicitement au moyen d’une référence bibliographique, soit explicitement au moyen d’une + taxinomie structurée. + 서지 정보 인용으로 비명시적으로 또는 구조화된 분류법으로 명시적으로 텍스트를 분류하는 유형을 정의한다. + 定義文件分類的類型學，可以是潛在地以書目資料的方式，或是明確地以結構分類法的方式來分類。 + テキストの分類法を、書誌情報を参照したり、または構造化された分類法を 示すことで、定義する。 + definiert eine Typologie entweder implizit durch einen bibliografischen Verweis oder explizit durch eine strukturierte Taxonomie. + define una tipología o + implícitamente, mediante una cita bibliográfica, o explícitamente, mediante una taxonomía + estructurada. + definisce una tipologia o + in modo implicito, usando una citazione bibliograficha, o in modo esplicito attraverso una + tassonomia strutturata. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Brown Corpus + + Press Reportage + + Daily + + + Sunday + + + National + + + Provincial + + + Political + + + Sports + + + + Religion + + Books + + + Periodicals and tracts + + + + + + + + + + littérature + + + Drame bourgeois + + + Comédie larmoyante + + + Correspondance + + + Dernières lettres + + + Littérature européenne -- 16e siècle + + + Satire de la Renaissance + + + Récits de voyage + + + Récits de la mer + + + indexation selon le système d'indexation RAMEAU, géré par la Bibliothèque nationale de + France + + + + + + 布朗集 + + 媒體採訪報導 + + 日報 + + + 週日 + + + 全國性 + + + 地方性 + + + 政治 + + + 體育 + + + + 宗教 + + 藝文 + + + 期刊與短文 + + + + + + + + + + Literature + + Poetry + + Sonnet + + Shakespearean Sonnet + + + Petrarchan Sonnet + + + + Haiku + + + + Drama + + + + Metrical Categories + + Metrical Feet + + Iambic + + + trochaic + + + + Number of feet + + >Pentameter + + + >Tetrameter + + + + + + + Shall I compare thee to a summer's day + + + + + +

                              Nested taxonomies are common in many fields, so the + taxonomy element can be nested.

                              +                               + +

                              + Da in vielen Bereichen verschachtelte Taxonomien gängig sind, kann das taxonomy-Element verschachtelt werden. +

                              +                               + + 2.3.7. The Classification Declaration + +                               + category + catégorie + Kategorie + 分類 + contains an individual descriptive category, possibly nested within a superordinate + category, within a user-defined taxonomy. + contient une catégorie descriptive particulière, + éventuellement intégrée dans une catégorie de niveau supérieur, à l’intérieur d’une taxinomie + définie par l’utilisateur. + 사용자가 정의한 분류법 안의 개별 기술 범주를 포함한다. 상위 범주 내에 포함될 수 있다. + 在使用者定義之分類法當中，此元素包含一項個別的描述性類目，該類目可能位於一個更上層的類目之中。 + 利用者が定義した分類法に基づく、分類上の単一の項目を示す。上位分類の中に入れることもできる。 + enthält eine eigenständige, gegebenfalls in eine übergeordnete Kategorie eingebettete, deskriptive Kategorie in einer benutzerdefinierten Taxonomie. + contiene una categoría descriptiva individual, + posiblemente anidada dentro de una categoría superior, dentro de una taxonomía definida por el + usuario. + contiene una sola categoria descrittiva, possibilmente + innestata in una categoria più generale, all'interno di una tassonomia definita dall'utente. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prose reportage + + + + + + + Récits de voyage + + indexation selon le système d'indexation RAMEAU, géré par la Bibliothèque nationale de + France + + + + + + Devinettes et énigmes + + Anagrammes + + + + + + + + 報導文學 + + + + + + + 散文 + + 報導性質 + + + 虛構 + + + + + + + + Prose + + journalism + + + fiction + + + + + + + + literatura piękna + fiction + + proza + prose + + + poezja + poetry + + + dramat + drama + + + + + + 2.3.7. The Classification Declaration + + + category description + Description de la catégorie + 범주 기술 + 類目描述 + Beschreibung der Kategorie + descripción de una categoría + descrizione della categoria + 分類の記述 + describes some category within a taxonomy or text typology, either in the form of a brief + prose description or in terms of the situational parameters used by the TEI formal textDesc. + décrit une catégorie particulière à l’intérieur d’une + taxinomie ou d’une typologie de texte, sous forme d’un court texte descriptif suivi ou dans les + termes des paramètres contextuels utilisés dans l’élément Description du texte + textDesc. + 간단한 산문체 기술 형식 또는 TEI의 형식적 텍스트 기술에 의해 사용된 상황 매개변수를 통해 분류법 + 또는 텍스트 유형 내에서 어떤 범주를 기술한다. + 描述分類法中或文件類型學中的某些類目，可用短文描述的型式，或是用TEI正式元素textDesc所使用的狀況參數。 + テキスト分類や分類法における分類項目を示す。簡単な散文形式またはTEIのtextDescで使用される形式化された状況パラメータで示される。 + beschreibt eine Kategorie innerhalb einer Taxonomie oder Texttypologie, + entweder als einfacher Fließtext oder über kontextbezogene Parameter, mittels des strukturierten textDesc-Elements. + describe alguna categoría dentro de una taxonomía o + tipología textual, a través de una breve e descripción en prosa o en términos de parámetros + situacionales usados por el textDesc formal de TEI. + descrive una categoria all'interno di una tassonomia o + tipologia di testo, sotto forma di una breve descrizione in prosa o secondo i parametri + situazionali usati in modo formale dall'elemento TEI textDesc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prose reportage + + + + + Texte documentaire + + + + + + genre + + Géneral + + + Journal + + + Manuel technique + + + + + + + 報導文學 + + + + + + + 出版品；專輯 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + print; part issues + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.7. The Classification Declaration + + + geographic coordinates declaration + 지리적 좌표 선언 + declaración de las coordenadas geográficas + déclaration de coordonnées géographiques. + dichiarazione di coordinate geografiche + documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the geo element elsewhere within the document. + 문서 내 어디서든지 geo 요소의 내용으로 표현된 지리적 좌표로 사용된 표기법과 자료를 + 기재한다. + documenta la anotación y los datos usados para los + coordenadas geográficas expresadas como contenido del elemento geo en qualquier parte + del documento. + 当該文書中にある要素geoの内容が表す座標の表記法を示す。 + documente la notation et les données utilisées pour + exprimer les coordonnées géographiques dans l'élément geoailleurs dans le document. + documenta la notazione e il dato utilizzati per le + coordinate geografiche espressi come contenuto di un elemento geo collocato altrove all'interno + del documento + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + supplies a commonly used code name for the datum employed. + 사용된 자료의 일반적 부호명을 제시한다. + proporciona un nombre de código de uso general para + los datos empleados. + データを示す、一般に使われている符号名を示す。 + donne un nom de code d'usage général pour les données + employées. + indica un nome in codice comunemente impiegato per il + dato utilizzato + + WGS84 + + + World Geodetic System + 세계 측지 시스템 + Sistema Geodésico Mundial + Système Géodésique Mondial + sistema geodetico mondiale + a pair of numbers to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according to + the World Geodetic System. + 세계 측지 시스템에 따라 한 쌍의 숫자는 위도, 경도를 나타낸다. + couple de nombres destinés à être interprétés + comme la latitude suivie de la longitude selon le Système Géodésique Mondial. + un par de números que se interpretarán como + latitud siguió por la longitud según el sistema geodésico del mundo. + 世界測地システムに従った、緯度、経度とされる数値組。 + coppia numeri da interpretare come latitudine + seguita da longitudine secondo il sistema geodetico mondiale + + + Military Grid Reference System + 군사 좌표 참조 시스템 + Sistema de Coordenadas MGRS + Système de Référence du Réseau Militaire, + (MGRS). + sistema di riferimento delle coordinate MGRS + values supplied follow the Military Grid Reference System, + which designates grid zones in a string of letters and numbers that distinctly indicate each square meter on the planet. + 값은 만국 횡메르카토르 시스템 좌표에 기초하여 지리공간적 개체 부호를 제시한다. + les valeurs fournies sont des codes objet + d'entités geospatiales, fondées sur les coordonnées de la grille de projection + transversale universelle de Mercator, (UTM). + los valores proporcionados son códigos objeto de + entidades geospaciales, basados en las coordenadas Universal Transverse Mercator + ユニバーサル横メルカトル座標による、地理空間実体の値。 + i valori indicati sono codici di entità + geospaziali basati su coordinate UTM (Universale Trasverso di Mercatore) + + + ordnance survey great britain + 영국 육지 측량부 + Système de coordonnées de Grande-Bretagne (OSGB) + sistema di riferimento a reticolato OSGB36 + the value supplied is to be interpreted as a British National Grid Reference. + 제시된 값은 영국 측량 참조로 해석된다. + el valor proporcionado debe ser interpretado como + una referencia British National Grid. + 英国グリッド参照による値。 + la valeur fournie est à interpréter selon le + système "British national grid reference". + il valore indicato va interpretato come + riferimento dell'OSGB36 + + + European Datum coordinate system + 유럽 자료 좌표 시스템 + Sistema de coordinadas European Datum + système de coordonnées de données européen. + sistema di riferimento ED50 + the value supplied is to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according + to the European Datum coordinate system. + 값은 유럽 자료 좌표 시스템에 따라 위도, 경도를 나타낸다. + la valeur fournie doit être interprétée comme la + latitude suivie de la longitude selon le système de coordonnées de données européen. + el valor suministrado debe ser interpretado como + latitud seguida por la longitud según el sistema de coordenadas del European Datum. + 欧州測地基準座標システムによる、緯度、軽度となる値。 + il valore indicato va interpretato come + latitudine seguita da longitudine secondo il sistema di coordinate ED50 + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.8. The Geographic Coordinates Declaration + + + unit declarations + provides information about units of measurement that are not members of the International System of Units. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.9. The Unit Declaration + + + unit definition + contains descriptive information related to a specific unit of measurement. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Equivalent to a cubit or 24 daktyloi. + + + + + A basic unit of length equivalent to one finger (or the size of a thumb) in ancient Greece. + + + + + + 2.3.9. The Unit Declaration + + + defines how to calculate one unit of measure in terms of another. + + + + + + + + + + indicates a source unit of measure that is to be converted into another unit indicated in toUnit. + + + + + + the target unit of measurement for a conversion from a source unit referenced in fromUnit. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              The conversion element is designed to store information about converting from one unit of measurement to another. The formula attribute holds an XPath expression that indicates how the measurement system in fromUnit is converted to the system in toUnit. Do not confuse the usage of the dating attributes (from and to) in the examples with the attributes (fromUnit and toUnit) designed to reference units of measure.

                              +                               + + 2.3.9. The Unit Declaration + +                               + application information + 애플리케이션 정보 + información de la aplicación + informations d'application + informazioni su applicazione + アプリケーション情報 + records information about an application which has + edited the TEI file. + TEI 파일을 편집한 애플리케이션에 관한 정보를 기록한다. + recoge información sobre la aplicación que ha editado el fichero de TEI. + TEIファイルを編集したソフトウェアに関する情報を示す。 + enregistre des informations sur l'application qui a +été utilisée pour traiter le fichier TEI. + registra informazioni relative a un'applicazione che ha modificato il contenuto del file TEI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.11. The Application Information Element + + + provides information about an application which has acted upon the document. + 문서에 사용한 애플리케이션에 관한 정보를 제시한다. + proporciona información sobre la aplicación que ha actuado sobre el documento. + 当該文書に作用するソフトウェアに関する情報を示す。 + fournit des informations sur une application qui a été utilisée pour le traitement du document. + registra informazioni relative a un'applicazione che ha agito sul documento + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + supplies an identifier for the application, independent of its version number or display name. + 버전 또는 표시명과 상관없이 애플리케이션의 확인소를 제공한다. + proporciona un identificador para la aplicación, independientemente de su número de versión o el nombre de la visualización. + 当該ソフトウェアの識別子を示す。これは、版番号や表示名とは異なる。 + fournit un identifiant pour l'application, indépendamment de son numéro de version ou du nom affiché. + indica un identificatore per l'applicazione, indipendentemente dal numero di versione o dal nome visualizzato + + + + supplies a version number for the application, independent of its identifier or display name. + 확인소 또는 표시명과 상관없이 애플리케이션의 버전을 제공한다. + Suministra un número de versión para la aplicación, independientemente de su identificador o el nombre de la visualización. + 当該ソフトウェアの版番号を示す。識別子や表示名とは異なる。 + fournit un numéro de version pour l'application, indépendamment de son identifiant ou du nom affiché. + indica un numero di versione per l'applicazione, indipendentemente dall'identificatore o dal nome visualizzato + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              This example shows an appInfo element documenting the fact that version 1.5 of the Image + Markup Tool1 application has an interest in two parts of a document which was last saved on + June 6 2006. The parts concerned are accessible at the URLs given as target for the two + ptr elements.

                              +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2.3.11. The Application Information Element + +                               + text-profile description + description du profil + 텍스트-개요 기술 + 文件背景描述 + Beschreibung des Textprofils + descripción del perfil del texto. + descrizione del profilo del testo + provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the + languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and + their setting. + fournit une description détaillée des aspects + non bibliographiques du texte, notamment les langues utilisées et leurs variantes, les + circonstances de sa production, les collaborateurs et leur statut. + 분명하게 언어와 특수 언어가 사용된 텍스트, 텍스트가 생산된 상황, 참여자, 배경에 관한 비서지적 + 측면을 상세히 기술한다. + 提供文件非書目性方面的細節描述，特別是所使用的語言及次要語言、在何種情況下製作、參與人員及其環境背景。 + 書誌情報的ではない詳細な解説を示す。例えば、言語や特殊言語、生成され たときの状況、参加者など。 + enthält eine detaillierte Beschreibung der nicht-bibliografischen Merkmale des Textes, besonders der verwendeten Sprachen und Subsprachen, + der Entstehungsbedingungen eines Textes sowie der Beteiligten und deren Umfeld. + proporciona una descripción detallada de los aspectos no + bibliográficos de un texto, especialmente las lenguas y jergas usadas, la situación en que se + aparecen, los participantes que intervienen, etc. + fornisce una descrizione dettagliata degli aspetti non + bibliografici di un testo, in modo particolare le lingue e i linguaggi secondari utilizzati, la + situazione in cui è stato prodotto il testo, i partecipanti e la relativa ambientazione + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + French + + + print; part issues + + + + + + + + + + + + Paris, France + + + + + + + + + + + français + + + copie; extraits + + + + + + + + + + + + Paris, France + + + + + + + + + + + 法文 + + + 出版品；專題輯 + + + + + + + + + + + + 法國巴黎 + + + + + + + +

                              Although the content model permits it, it is rarely +meaningful to supply multiple occurrences for any of the child +elements of profileDesc unless these are documenting multiple texts.

                              +                               + +

                              Obwohl durch das Inhaltsmodell erlaubt, erscheint es in den seltensten Fällen sinnvoll, mehrere Vorkommen der erlaubten Kindelemente der profileDesc zu notieren – außer diese beziehen sich auf unterschiedliche Texte. +

                              +                               + + 2.4. The Profile Description + 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components + +                               + note on hand + 기법에 관한 설명 + 書寫特徵 + note sur une main + notas sobre la mano + nota sulla mano + describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript. + 원고 내에서 구분되는 특별한 문체 또는 기법을 기술한다. + 描述在手稿中可明顯辨識出的特殊風格或書寫手法。 + 手書き資料中にある特定のスタイルまたは筆致を示す。 + décrit un style d'écriture ou une main qui sont reconnus dans un manuscrit. + describe un determinado estilo o una determinada mano al interno de un manuscrito. + descrive un determinato stile o una determinata mano all'interno di un manoscritto + + + + + + + + + + + + Handwriting of the copyist Karol Libelt, brown ink, in German cursive script. + A note, pencil, unknown author. + Writer of the title page Józef Łepkowski, pencil. + Note on the title page, pencil, by Józef Korzeniowski. + + + + + + + Hand des Nachschreibers Karol Libelt, braune Tinte, vorwiegend in Kurrentschrift. + Eine Anmerkung, Bleistift, unbekannter Verfasser. + Schreiber des Titelblattes Józef Łepkowski, Bleistift. + Anmerkung auf dem Titelblatt, Bleistift, von Józef Korzeniowski. + + + + + + + Premier scribe : inconnu + + + Premier rubricateur : inconnu + + + + + + +

                              以類似小篆字體書寫，行間有以隸書寫成的古文字。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 11.7.2. Writing, Decoration, and Other Notations + +                               + contains a summary or formal + abstract prefixed to an existing source document by the encoder. + Contiene un resumen o abstract formal prefijado a una fuente documental por el codificador. + contiene un riepilogo o abstract formale aggiunto, in testa a un dato documento di origine, da chi codifica. + enthält eine (formale) Zusammenfassung, die einem bestehenden Quelldokument vorangestellt wird. + 符号化する人によって既存の元文書の前に付加された要約または正式な要約を含む。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Good database design involves the acquisition and deployment of + skills which have a wider relevance to the educational process. From + a set of more or less instinctive rules of thumb a formal discipline + or "methodology" of database design has evolved. Applying that + methodology can be of great benefit to a very wide range of academic + subjects: it requires fundamental skills of abstraction and + generalisation and it provides a simple mechanism whereby complex + ideas and information structures can be represented and manipulated, + even without the use of a computer.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              This element is intended only for cases where no abstract is available in the + original source. Any abstract already present in the source document + should be encoded as a div within the front, as it + should for a born-digital document.

                              +                               +

                              Este elemento debe utilizarse solo en casos en los que el abstract no se encuentra disponible en la fuente original. Cualquier abstract presente en el documento fuente debe ser codificado como un div dentro del front, como corresponde en los casos de documentos de origen digital.

                               +

                              この要素は、元資料で要約が利用できない場合にのみ使用されます。 元文書に既に存在する任意の要約は、ボーンデジタル文書の場合と同じように、front内のdivとして符号化する必要があります。

                               + + 2.4.4. Abstracts + +                               + creation + création + Entstehung + contains information about the creation of a text. + contient des informations concernant la création d’un texte. + 텍스트 생성에 관한 정보를 포함한다. + 包含關於文件建置的資訊。 + テキストの作成に関する情報を示す。 + beinhaltet Informationen zur Entstehung eines Textes. + contiene información sobre la creación del texto. + contiene informazioni riguardanti la creazione di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Before 1987 + + + + + + + Avant 1987 + + + + + + + 10 Juillet 1988 + + + + + + + 1987年之前 + + + + + + + 1988年7月10日 + + + + + + + 10 July 1988 + + + + +

                              The creation element may be used to record details of + a text's creation, e.g. the date and place it was composed, if + these are of interest.

                              +

                              It may also contain a more structured account of the various + stages or revisions associated with the evolution of a text; this + should be encoded using the listChange element. It + should not be confused with the publicationStmt element, + which records date and place of publication.

                              +                               + +

                              L’élément creation peut être utilisé pour détailler des éléments concernant l’origine du + texte, c’est-à-dire sa date et son lieu de composition ; on ne doit pas le confondre avec + l'élément publicationStmt qui contient la date et le lieu de publication.

                              +                               + +

                              El elemento creación se puede utilizar para registrar los detalles de la creación + de un texto, p.ej. la fecha y el lugar en el que fue compuesto, si éstos son de interés; no + debe ser confundido con el elemento publicationStmt, que registra la fecha y el lugar + de la publicación.

                              +                               + +

                              creation要素はテキストが作成された詳細、たとえば時間や場所などの記録に使用できる。 + listChange要素を用いてテキストの発展段階や修正についての構造的情報を含んでもよい。 + 刊行時・刊行地を記録するpublicationStmt要素と混同しないように。

                              +                               + +

                              + Das creation-Element kann dafür verwendet werden, Einzelheiten über die Entstehung eines Textes, + z. B. Entstehungszeit und Entstehungsort, zu dokumentieren, wenn diese von Interesse sind.

                              +

                              Es kann auch eine mehr oder weniger strukturierte Entstehungsgeschichte mit den einzelnen Bearbeitungs- und Revisionstufen + enthalten; diese sollten mithilfe des listChange-Elements ausgezeichnet werden. Das creation-Element darf + aber nicht mit dem publicationStmt-Element, das Zeit und Ort der Veröffentlichung verzeichnet, verwechselt werden. +

                              +                               + + 2.4.1. Creation + 2.4. The Profile Description + +                               + language usage + langue utilisée + 언어 사용 + 語言使用 + Sprachgebrauch + lengua empleada + lingua utilizzata + describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. + décrit les langues, variétés de langues, registres, dialectes, etc. présents à l’intérieur d’un texte. + 텍스트 내에 나타나는 언어, 특수 언어, 레지스터, 방언 등을 기술한다. + 描述文件中使用的語言、次要語言、語域、方言等。 + テキスト中にある言語、特殊言語、社会的方言、方言などを示す。 + beschreibt Sprachen, Subsprachen, Register, Dialekte usw., die innerhalb eines Textes vorkommen. + describe las lenguas, jergas, registros, dialectos, etc. presentes en el texto. + descrive le lingue, i linguaggi secondari, i registri, i dialetti ecc. rappresentati all'interno di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Québecois + Canadian business English + British English + + + + + + + Québecois + Anglais canadien des affaires + Anglais de Grande-Bretagne + + + + + + + 加拿大魁北克省法語 + 加拿大商用英語 + 英式英語 + + + + + 2.4.2. Language Usage + 2.4. The Profile Description + 16.3.2. Declarable Elements + + + language + langue + Sprache + characterizes a single language or sublanguage used within a text. + caractérise une langue ou une variété de langue utilisée dans un texte. + 텍스트 내에서 사용되는 언어 또는 특수 언어의 특징을 기술한다. + 個別敘述文本中使用的語言或次要語言。 + テキスト中にあるひとつの言語または特殊言語を示す。 + beschreibt eine einzelne Sprache oder eine Subsprache, die innerhalb eines Textes verwendet wird. + caracteriza una lengua o jerga empleada en un texto. + indica una lingua o un linguaggio secondario utilizzato all'interno di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + identifier + 확인소 + identificador + identificateur + identificatore + Identifikator + + Supplies a language code constructed as defined in BCP 47 which is used to identify the + language documented by this element, and which may be referenced by the global + xml:lang attribute. + fournit un code de langue issu de la recommandation + BCP 47 (ou son + successeur) utilisé pour identifier la langue précisée par cet élément, référencé par + l’attribut global xml:lang s’appliquant à l’élément considéré. + 요소로 기록된 언어를 식별하고기 위해 사용되는, 전체 xml:lang 속성에 + 의해 참조되는 BCP 47에서 정의된 방식대로 구축된 언어 부호를 + 제시한다. + 提供一語言代碼，其編碼方式定義在BCP 47中 (或其系列中) + ，用來識別此元素所紀錄的語言，並由全域屬性xml:lang所參照。 + 当該要素で記録される言語を特定するために、 BCP 47 で定義されている言語コードを示す。また、 BCP 47 + は、グローバル属性xml:langでも使用される。 + gibt einen Sprachcode, aufgebaut nach BCP 47 an, + der zur Identifikation der im Element dokumentierten Sprache benutzt wird und auf den das globale xml:lang-Attribut verweist. + proporciona un código de lengua construido según se + define en BCP 47 (o en su sucesor) + que se utiliza para identificar la lengua documentada por este elemento, y a la cual se hace + referencia mediante el atributo globlal xml:lang. + fornisce un codice per la lingua costruito come + definito in BCP 47 (o nei sui + successori), utilizzato per identificare la lingua documentata da questo elemento e che è + indicato dall'attributo globale xml:lang. + + + + specifies the approximate percentage of the text which uses this language. + précise approximativement le pourcentage du volume de + texte utilisant cette langue. + 이 언어를 사용하는 텍스트의 대략적 백분율(분량)을 명시한다. + 標明該文本使用此語言的大約比例 (以冊計) 。 + 当該言語がテキスト中で使用されているおよその割合を示す。 + gibt den ungefähren prozentualen Anteil des Textes an, der in dieser Sprache verfasst wurde. + especifica el porcentaje (de volumen) aproximado de + texto que usa esa lengua. + specifica la percentuale approsimativa (per volume) + di testo che usa questa lingua. + + + + + + + modern American English + Azerbaijani in Arabic script + Pig Latin + + + + + + + Anglais américain moderne + Azerbaijanais en caractères arabes + verlan + + + + + + + 現代美語 + 阿拉伯文手寫的亞塞拜然語 + 一種行話，將字頭的子音調至字尾，再多加一個音節 + + + + +

                              Particularly for sublanguages, an informal prose characterization should be + supplied as content for the element.

                              +                               + +

                              Dans le cas particulier des variétés de langues, l'élément contiendra un + texte caractérisant mais non structuré.

                              +                               + +

                              Determinado para los sublenguajes, se debe suministrar una caracterización + informal de la prosa como contenido del elemento.

                              +                               + +

                              特殊言語の場合には、非公式の散文による記述にすべきである。

                              +                               + +

                              Insbesondere für Subsprachen sollte eine Beschreibung als Inhalt des Elements angegeben werden.

                              +                               + + 2.4.2. Language Usage + +                               + text classification + classification du texte + 텍스트 분류 + 文件分類 + Textklassifikation + clasificación de texto + classificazione del testo + groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard + classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. + regroupe des informations décrivant la nature ou le sujet + d’un texte selon des termes issus d’un système de classification standardisé, d’un thésaurus, + etc. + 표준 분류 스키마, 시소러스 등을 통해서 텍스트의 특성 또는 주제를 기술하는 정보를 모아 놓는다. + 匯集以標準分類架構、索引典等來描述文件性質或主題的資訊。 + 標準的な分類スキーム、分類語彙などにより、テキストの性格や話題を示す 情報をまとめる。 + gruppiert Informationen über Art oder Thematik eines Textes unter + Bezug auf ein Standard-Klassifikationsschema, einen Thesaurus o. ä. + agrupa información que describe la naturaleza o la + temática de un texto en términos de un esquema de clasificación estándard. + raggruppa le informazioni che descrivono la natura o + l'argomento di un testo secondo uno schema di classificazione standard, un dizionario i + sinonimi, ecc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Academic prose + + + + + + + 001.9 + + + End of the world + History - philosophy + + + + + + + + + + + Littérature française -- 20ème siècle -- Histoire et critique + Littérature française -- Histoire et critique -- Théorie, etc. + Français (langue) -- Style -- Bases de données. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 中國文學 + + + + + + + 820 + + + 傷痕文學 + 語文類 + + + + + + + 2.4.3. The Text Classification + + + keywords + mot clé + Schlagwörter + contains a list of keywords or phrases identifying the topic or nature of a text. + contient une liste de mots clés ou d’expressions + décrivant la nature ou le sujet d’un texte. + 텍스트의 주제 또는 특성을 식별하는 주제어 또는 구의 목록을 포함한다. + 包含標明文件主題或性質的關鍵詞或字詞列表。 + テキストの話題や性格を特定するキーワードや句のリストを示す。 + enthält eine Zusammenstellung von Schlagwörtern oder Phrasen zur Art oder Thematik des Textes. + contiene una lista de palabras clave o sintagmas que + identifican la temática o la naturaleza del texto. + contiene una lista delle parole chiave o frasi che + identificano l'argomento o la natura di un testo. + + + + + + + + + + + + identifies the controlled vocabulary within which the set of keywords concerned is + defined, for example by a taxonomy element, or by + some other resource. + désigne la liste close de mots dans lequel l'ensemble + des mots-clés concernés est défini. + 관련 키워드 집합이 정의된 통제 어휘를 식별하며, 이 정의는 통제 어휘 내에서 수행된다. + 標明相關關鍵詞所使用到的詞彙範圍。 + 当該キーワードリストが定義されている統制語彙を示す。 + gibt das kontrollierte Vokabular an, in dem die benutzten Schlagwörter + definiert sind. Dabei kann das scheme-Attribut auf ein taxonomy-Element oder eine andere Ressource verweisen. + identifican el vocabulario con el que se define el + conjunto de palabras clave referidas. + identifica il vocabolario controllato all'interno del + quale sono definite le parole chiave. + + + + + + + Babbage, Charles + Mathematicians - Great Britain - Biography + + + + + + + Fermented beverages + Central Andes + Schinus molle + Molle beer + Indigenous peoples + Ethnography + Archaeology + + + + + + + Littérature française -- 20ème siècle -- Histoire et critique + Littérature française -- Histoire et critique -- Théorie, etc. + Français (langue) -- Style -- Bases de données. + + + + + + + 李白 + 詩人 - 唐代 - 傳記 + + + + +

                              Each individual keyword (including compound subject headings) should +be supplied as a term element directly within the +keywords element. An alternative usage, in which each +term appears within an item inside a list is +permitted for backwards compatibility, but is deprecated.

                              +

                              If no control list exists for the keywords used, then no value +should be supplied for the scheme attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              Jedes einzelne Schlagwort (zusammengesetzte Themen-Schlagwörter eingeschlossen) + sollte als term-Element direkt im keywords-Element notiert werden. + Aus Gründen der Rückwärtskompatibilität ist es zwar auch erlaubt, ein term-Element + in einem item-Element zu notieren, das wiederum Kindelement eines list-Elementes ist. + Allerdings ist dieses Vorgehen veraltet und wird daher nicht empfohlen.

                              +

                              Wenn keine kontrollierte Liste für die verwendeten Schlagwörter existiert, sollte das scheme-Attribute nicht gesetzt werden.

                              +                               + + 2.4.3. The Text Classification + +                               + classification code + code de classification + 분류 부호 + código de clasificación + Klassifikationscode + codice di clasificazione + 分類コード + contains the classification code used for this text in some standard classification system. + contient le code de classification attribué à ce texte en + référence à un système standard de classification. + 표준 분류 체계에서 이 텍스트에 대하여 사용된 분류 부호를 포함한다. + 包含文件在某標準分類系統中所屬的分類代碼。 + 当該テキストで使用されている、ある規格に従った分類コードを示す。 + enthält den für den Text verwendeten Klassifikationscode auf Basis eines normierten Klassifikationssystems. + indica el código de clasificación empleado para este + texto en algún sistema de clasificación estándard. + contiene il codice di classificazione utilizzato per + questo testo in un sistema di calssificazione standard. + + + + + + + + + identifies the + classification system in use, as defined by, e.g. a taxonomy element, or + some other resource. + identifie le système de classification ou la + taxinomie utilisée. + 사용하고 있는 분류 체계 또는 분류법을 표시한다. + 說明使用中的分類系統或分類法。 + 用いられている分類体系を定義するtaxonomy要素や他の資料などを指す。 + benennt das verwendete Klassifikationssystem, definiert z. B. durch Verweis auf ein + taxonomy-Element oder eine andere Ressource. + identifica el sistema de clasificación o taxonomía en + uso. + idantifica il sistema di classificazione o la + tassonomia utilizzati. + + + + + + 410 + + + + + 801 + classification Dewey + + + + 2.4.3. The Text Classification + + + category reference + référence à la catégorie + 범주 참조 + 類目參照 + Verweis auf eine Kategorie + referencia de categoría + riferimento alla categoria + 分類の参照 + specifies one or more defined categories within some taxonomy or text typology. + spécifie une ou plusieurs catégories définies dans une + taxinomie ou une typologie textuelle. + 분류법 또는 텍스트 유형 내에서 하나 이상의 정의된 범주를 명시한다. + 標明在某分類法或文件類型學中，一個或多個已定義之類目。 + 分類法やテキスト分類中の、ひとつ以上の分類項目を定義する。 + gibt eine oder mehrere Kategorien an, die innerhalb einer + Taxonomie oder Texttypologie definiert sind. + indica una o más categorías definidas al interno de una + taxonomía o tipología textual. + specifica una o più categorie definite all'interno di una + tassonomia o tipologia di testo + + + + + + + + identifies the classification scheme within which the set of categories concerned is + defined, for example by a taxonomy element, or by + some other resource. + identifie le schéma de classification dans lequel est + défini le jeu de catégories concerné. + 관련 범주 집합이 정의된 분류 스키마를 표시한다. + 標明該分類架構，其中相關的類目群組已被定義 + たとえばtaxonomy要素あるいはその他の資料によって、当該分類項目が定義されている分類スキームを同定する。 + gibt das Klassifikationsschema an, in dem die entsprechenden Kategorien definiert sind, + z. B. über ein taxonomy-Element oder eine andere Ressource. + indica el esquema de clasificación al interno del + cual se define una serie de categorias referidas. + identifica lo schema di classificazione all'interno + del quale sono definite le categorie interessate. + + + + + + + + + + Newspapers + + + Provincial + + + Low to average annual sales + + + + + + + + + + + Lexique + + + Dictionnaire + + + Glossaire + + + + + + + + + + + 報紙 + + + 全省的 + + + 低於每年平均銷售額 + + + + + +

                              The scheme attribute needs to be supplied only if more than one + taxonomy has been declared.

                              +                               + +

                              L'attribut scheme n'est donné que si plus d'une taxinomie a été déclarée.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo del esquema necesita ser suministrado solamente si se ha declarado más de una + taxonomía

                              +                               + +

                              scheme属性は、複数の分類法が宣言されている場合にのみ、必要となる。

                              +                               + +

                              Das scheme-Attribut muss nur dann verwendet werden, wenn mehr als eine Taxonomie deklariert ist.

                              +                               + + 2.4.3. The Text Classification + +                               + calendar description + descripción de las calendarios + description des calendriers + descrizione delle calendari + 暦の記述 + contains a description of the calendar system used in any + dating expression found in the text. + contient la description des différents calendriers + utilisés dans des dates écrits dans un manuscrit. + contiene una descripción de todos los diferentes + calendarios usados en un manuscrito. + contiene una descrizione dei diversi calendari usati in + un manoscritto + テキスト中に見いだされた日付表現において用いられる暦日法の記述。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Anno Domini (Christian Era)

                              +                               + +

                              Anno Hegirae (Muhammedan Era)

                              +                               + +

                              Mauludi Era (solar years since Mohammed's birth)

                              +                               + +

                              Anno Mundi (Jewish Calendar)

                              +                               + +

                              Anno Persici

                              +                               + +

                              Aji Saka Era (Java)

                              +                               + +

                              Buddhist Era

                              +                               + +

                              Cooch Behar Era

                              +                               + +

                              Common Era

                              +                               + +

                              Chinese Lunar Era

                              +                               + +

                              Chula Sakarat Era

                              +                               + +

                              Ethiopian Era

                              +                               + +

                              Fasli Era

                              +                               + +

                              ISO 8601 calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Japanese Calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Khalsa Era (Sikh calendar)

                              +                               + +

                              Kali Yuga

                              +                               + +

                              Malabar Era

                              +                               + +

                              Monarchic Solar Era

                              +                               + +

                              Nepal Samwat Era

                              +                               + +

                              Old Style (Julian Calendar)

                              +                               + +

                              Rattanakosin (Bangkok) Era

                              +                               + +

                              Saka Era

                              +                               + +

                              Mohammedan Solar Era (Iran)

                              +                               + +

                              Saka Samvat

                              +                               + +

                              Tripurabda Era

                              +                               + +

                              Vikrama Era

                              +                               + +

                              Vikrama Samvat Era

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Gregorian calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Julian calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Islamic or Muslim (hijri) lunar calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Hebrew or Jewish lunisolar calendar

                              +                               + +

                              French Revolutionary calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Iranian or Persian (Jalaali) solar calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Coptic or Alexandrian calendar

                              +                               + +

                              Chinese lunisolar calendar

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Egyptian calendar (as defined by Wikipedia)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              In the first example above, calendars and short codes for + xml:ids are from W3 guidelines at + http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions-11/#lang-cal-country +

                              +                               +

                              ひとつめの例での、暦の名とxml:idの略号は、 + http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions-11/#lang-cal-countryにおけるW3Cガイドラインから来ている。

                               + + + 2.4. The Profile Description + 2.4.5. Calendar Description + +                               + calendar + calendrier + calendario + calendario + 暦 + describes a calendar or dating system used in a dating formula in the text. + describe un calendario o sistema de datación usado en una fórmula de datación en el texto. + テキスト中での日付の書式で用いられる暦日法を記述する。 + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Julian Calendar (including proleptic)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Egyptian calendar (as defined by Wikipedia)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Calendario juliano (incluido el proléptico)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + +

                              Calendario egipcio (tal como lo define Wikipedia)

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 2.4.5. Calendar Description + +                               + correspondence description + descrizione di corrispondenza epistolare + 書簡の記述 + contains a description + of the actions related to one act of correspondence. + 書簡の一連のやりとりに関連する所作の記述を含む。 + contiene una descrizione delle azioni intorno a un atto di corrispondenza epistolare. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Carl Maria von Weber + Dresden + 23 June 1817 + + + Caroline Brandt + Prag + + + Previous letter of + Carl Maria von Weber + to Caroline Brandt: + June 19/20, 1817 + + Next letter of + Carl Maria von Weber to + Caroline Brandt: + June 27, 1817 + + + + + + + 2.4.6. Correspondence Description + + + correspondence action + 書簡に関する所作 + contains a structured + description of the place, the name of a person/organization and the + date related to the sending/receiving of a message or any other + action related to the correspondence. + メッセージの送信・受信をはじめとする書簡に関する所作についての場所、人名／組織名、日付の構造的記述を含む。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + describes the nature of the action. + （書簡に関する）所作の性質を記述する。 + + + + + + information concerning the sending or dispatch of a message. + メッセージの送信や発送に関する情報。 + + + information concerning the receipt of a message. + メッセージの受信に関する情報。 + + + information concerning the transmission of a message, i.e. between the dispatch and the next receipt, redirect or forwarding. + メッセージの伝達手段に関する情報。発信とその後の受信・転送等の間の情報。 + + + information concerning the + redirection of an unread message. + 〔開封せずに〕未読のままに転送されるメッセージに関する情報。 + + + information concerning the + forwarding of a message. + 〔開封後の〕メッセージの転送に関する情報。 + + + + + + + + Adelbert von Chamisso + Vertus + + + + + + 2.4.6. Correspondence Description + + + correspondence context + Korrespondenzstelle + 書簡の文脈 + + provides references to preceding or following correspondence related to this piece of correspondence. + 当該書簡の前後の書簡への参照。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Previous letter of + Carl Maria von Weber to + Caroline Brandt: + December 30, 1816 + + + Next letter of + Carl Maria von Weber to + Caroline Brandt: + January 5, 1817 + + + + + + 2.4.6. Correspondence Description + + + non-TEI metadata + provides a container + element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be + placed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              This example presumes that the prefix dc has been bound to the namespace + http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/ and the prefix rdf is bound to + the namespace http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#. Note: The + about attribute on the rdf:Description in this example gives a URI + indicating the resource to which the metadata contained therein refer. The + rdf:Description in the second xenoData block has a blank + about, meaning it is pointing at the current document, so + the RDF is about the document within which it is contained, i.e. the TEI document containing + the xenoData block. Similarly, any kind of relative URI may be used, including + fragment identifiers (see ). Do note, however, that if the contents of + the xenoData block are to be extracted and used elsewhere, any relative URIs will + have to be resolved accordingly.

                              + + + The description of a new world, called the blazing-world + The Duchess of Newcastle + 1667 + British Library, 8407.h.10 + utopian fiction + + + The Description of a New World, Called the Blazing-World, 1668 + Cavendish, Margaret (Lucas), Duchess of Newcastle + Women Writers Project + 2002-02-12 + utopian fiction + + +                               + + + + + + + +

                              In this example, the prefix + rdf is bound to the namespace http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#, the prefix + dc is bound to the namespace http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/, and the prefix + cc is bound to the namespace http://web.resource.org/cc/.

                              + + + + Applied Software Project Management - review + + + + + + + + + + + + + +                               + +

                              In this example, the prefix + dc is again bound to the namespace + http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc/, and the prefix + oai_dc is bound to the namespace http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc/.

                              + + + The colonial despatches of Vancouver Island and British + Columbia 1846-1871: 11566, CO 60/2, p. 291; received 13 November. + Trevelyan to Merivale (Permanent Under-Secretary) + 1858-11-12 + Trevelyan + University of Victoria Humanities Computing and Media + Centre, and UVic Libraries + InteractiveResource + application/xhtml+xml + text + http://bcgenesis.uvic.ca/getDoc.htm?id=B585TE13.scx + This document is licensed under a Creative Commons … + (SCHEME=ISO639) en + Transcribed from microfilm and/or original documents, and + marked up in TEI P5 XML. The interactive XHTML resource is generated + from the XHTML using XQuery and XSLT. + repository: CO + coNumber: 60 + coVol: 2 + page: 291 + coRegistration: 11566 + received: received 13 November + Trevelyan, Sir Charles Edward + Merivale, Herman + Elliot, T. Frederick + Moody, Colonel Richard Clement + Lytton, Sir Edward George Earle Bulwer + Jadis, Vane + Carnarvon, Earl + British Columbia + British Columbia correspondence: Public Offices + document (normally correspondence between government + departments) + + + +                               + +

                              In this example, the prefix mods is bound to the + namespace http://www.loc.gov/mods/v3.

                              + + + + + Academic adaptation and cross-cultural + learning experiences of Chinese students at American + universities + a narrative inquiry + + + + + Author + + Northeastern University + Hong + Zhang + + + + + Advisor + + Liliana + Meneses + + + text + doctoral theses + + + Boston (Mass.) + + Northeastern University + 2013 + + + eng + + + electronic + born digital + + + + + +                               + +

                              This example shows GeoJSON embedded + in xenoData. Note that JSON does not permit newlines inside string values. These + must be escaped as \n. To avoid the accidental insertion of newlines by software, + the use of xml:space is recommended. Blocks of JSON should be wrapped in CDATA + sections, as they may contain characters illegal in XML.

                              + +<![CDATA[ +{ + "features": [ + { + "geometry": { + "type": "Point", + "coordinates": [ + 68.388483, + 33.498616 + ] + }, + "type": "Feature", + "id": "darmc-location-19727", + "properties": { + "snippet": "Unknown; 330 BC - AD 300", + "link": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/59694/darmc-location-19727", + "description": "5M scale point location", + "location_precision": "precise", + "title": "DARMC location 19727" + } + } + ], + "id": "59694", + "subject": [ + "dare:ancient=1", + "dare:feature=settlement", + "dare:major=0" + ], + "title": "Arachosiorum Oppidum/Alexandria", + "provenance": "Barrington Atlas: BAtlas 6 B3 Arachosiorum Oppidum/Alexandria", + "placeTypeURIs": [ + "https://pleiades.stoa.org/vocabularies/place-types/settlement" + ], + "details": "<p>The Barrington Atlas Directory notes: Kalat-e-Ghilzai? AFG</p>", + "@context": { + "snippet": "dcterms:abstract", + "rights": "dcterms:rights", + "description": "dcterms:description", + "title": "dcterms:title", + "dcterms": "http://purl.org/dc/terms/", + "subject": "dcterms:subject", + "uri": "@id", + "created": "dcterms:created" + }, + "review_state": "published", + "type": "FeatureCollection", + "description": "An ancient place, cited: BAtlas 6 B3 Arachosiorum Oppidum/Alexandria", + "reprPoint": [ + 68.388483, + 33.498616 + ], + "placeTypes": [ + "settlement" + ], + "bbox": [ + 68.388483, + 33.498616, + 68.388483, + 33.498616 + ], + "rights": "Copyright © The Contributors. Sharing and remixing permitted under CC-BY.", + "created": "2010-09-23T04:31:55Z", + "uri": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/59694", + "creators": [ + { + "username": null, + "name": "M.U. Erdosy" + } + ], + "@type": "Place" +} +]]> + +

                              Note: the example above has been trimmed for legibility. The original may be found linked + from Arachosiorum + Oppidum/Alexandria. The contributors, listed per the license terms, are R. Talbert, + Jeffrey Becker, W. Röllig, Tom Elliott, H. Kopp, DARMC, Sean Gillies, B. Siewert-Mayer, + Francis Deblauwe, and Eric Kansa.

                              +                               + + 2.5. Non-TEI Metadata + +                               + revision description + descriptif des révisions + 수정 기술 + 修訂描述 + Beschreibung der Dateihistorie + descripción de la revisión + descirzione della revisione + summarizes the revision history for a file. + fournit un résumé de l’historique des révisions d’un fichier. + 하나의 파일에 대한 수정 이력을 요약한다. + 概述檔案的修訂歷史。 + ファイルの改訂履歴を示す。 + dokumentiert die Änderungen, die an der Datei vorgenommen wurden. + resume el historial de la revisión de un archivo. + sintetizza la storia delle revisioni di un file + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + deleted chapter 10 + + + + + + + + 12 avril 03Dernière révision par F. B. + 1 mars 03 F.B a fait le nouveau fichier. + + + + + + + + 王大明刪除第十章 + + + + +

                              If present on this element, the status attribute + should indicate the current status of the document. The same + attribute may appear on any change to record the status + at the time of that change. Conventionally change elements should + be given in reverse date order, with the most recent change at the + start of the list.

                              +                               + +

                              Les changements les plus récents apparaissent en début de liste

                              +                               + +

                              Registran los cambios más recientes en el top de la lista.

                              +                               + +

                              直近の変更をリストの先頭に記録する。

                              +                               + +

                              Wenn an diesem Element gesetzt, sollte das status-Attribut den aktuellen + Status des Dokuments widerspiegeln. An jedem change-Kindelement gibt das selbe + Attribut den jeweiligen Status zum Zeitpunkt der Änderung an. Die change-Elemente + werden der Konvention nach so angeordnet, dass die letzte Änderung am Anfang steht und die erste zum Schluss.

                              +                               + + 2.6. The Revision Description + 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components + +                               + change + Änderung + 変更 + documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file. + résume une modification ou une correction apportée à une version particulière d’un texte électronique partagé entre plusieurs chercheurs. + 몇몇 연구자들 사이에 공유된 전자 텍스트의 특정 버전에 대한 특정 변경 또는 수정 사항을 요약한다. + 概述多位研究者共享的某版本電子文本當中，某特定的內容變更或修正。 + 元文書の作成や電子ファイルの改訂においてなされた一つあるいは一連の変更を記述する。 + verzeichnet Änderungen oder Korrekturen während der Erstellung eines Basisdokuments oder während der Überarbeitung einer elektronischen Datei. + resume un cambio o corrección determinada llevada a cabo en una versión dada de un texto electrónico en el que trabajan diversos investigadores. + sintetizza un particolare cambiamento o correzione effettuato ad una particolare versione di un documento elettronico, condivisa da più ricercatori. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + target + Ziel + 対象 + points to one or more elements that belong to this change. + verweist auf ein oder mehrere Elemente, die zu dieser Änderung gehören. + この変更の対象となる一つ以上の要素を指す。 + + + + + + + ... + Lou Burnard + + copy editing + Brett Zamir + + + + + Finished chapter 23 + Finished chapter 2 + Added examples to section 3 + Deleted chapter 10 + + + + + + + + + First draft in pencil + First revision, mostly +using green ink + Final corrections as +supplied to printer. + + + + + + + + + ... + G.K. + + copie + R.T. + + + + Fin du chapitre 23 + FIn du chapitre 2 + Ajout d'exemples dans la section 3 + Suppression du chapitre 10 + + + + + + 張三新增範例於第三節 + 李四刪除第十章 + + + +

                              The who attribute may be used to point to any other element, but will typically + specify a respStmt or person element elsewhere in the header, identifying + the person responsible for the change and their role in making it.

                              +

                              It is recommended that changes be recorded with the most recent + first. The status attribute may be used to indicate the + status of a document following the change documented.

                              +                               + +

                              Les modifications doivent être enregistrées dans l'ordre, par exemple la plus récente en + premier.

                              +                               + +

                              El atributo quién (who) se puede utilizar para señalar a cualquier otro elemento, + pero especificará típicamente a respStmt o al elemento persona de cualquier + parte del encabezado, identificando a la persona responsable del cambio y de su papel en la + producciónl.

                              +

                              Se recomienda que los cambios se registren con el primero más reciente.

                              +                               + +

                              who属性は、他の任意の要素を指すことができるが、典型的には、ヘッダ内の他の場所にある、変更に関わった人物とその役割を示すrespStmtまたはperson要素を指定する。最新のものを最初に書くことを推奨する。status属性を、変更が適用された後の文書の状態を示すために使用してもよい。

                              +                               + +

                              Das who-Attribut kann dafür verwendet werden, um zu einem beliebigen anderen + Element zu verweisen, sollte aber typischerweise auf ein respStmt- oder + person-Element innerhalb des TEI-Headers zeigen, um die für die Änderungen + Verantwortlichen und deren Rolle zu identifizieren.

                              +

                              Es wird empfohlen, Änderungen so aufzuzeichnen, dass die neuesten am Anfang eingetragen werden. + Das status-Attribut kann dafür verwendet werden, + um den Zustand des Dokuments nach erfolgter Änderung zu beschreiben.

                              +                               + + 2.6. The Revision Description + 2.4.1. Creation + 12.7. Identifying Changes and Revisions + +                               + describes a particular script distinguished within + the description of a manuscript or similar resource. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11.7.2. Writing, Decoration, and Other Notations + + + groups a number of change descriptions associated +with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether the ordering of its child change +elements is to be considered significant or not. + + true + + + + + + + deleted chapter 10 + completed first draft + + + + + + + + + + First stage, written in ink by a writer + Second stage, written in Goethe's hand using pencil + Fixation of the revised passages and further revisions by +Goethe using ink + Addition of another stanza in a different hand, +probably at a later stage + + + + + + +

                              When this element appears within the creation +element it documents the set of revision campaigns or stages +identified during the evolution of the original text. When it appears within +the revisionDesc element, it documents only changes made +during the evolution of the encoded representation of that text.

                              +                               + + 2.6. The Revision Description + 12.7. Identifying Changes and Revisions + +                               + TEI document + TEI 문서 + TEI文件 + document TEI + TEI-Dokument + documento TEI + documento TEI + TEI文書 + contains a single TEI-conformant document, combining + a single TEI header with one or more members of the model.resource class. Multiple TEI + elements may be combined within a TEI (or teiCorpus) element. + TEI 헤더와 텍스트로 구성된 단일 TEI 구조 문서를 포함한다. 독립 요소 또는 teiCorpus 요소의 부분. + 包含符合TEI標準的單一文件，由一個TEI標頭及一份文本組成，可單獨出現或是作為元素teiCorpus的一部分。 + 一つ以上のmodel.resourceクラスを持つ一つのTEIヘッダを持つ、単一のTEI準拠文書を含む。teiCorpusエレメントには複数のTEI要素が含まれてもよい。 + contient un seul document conforme à la TEI, qui + comprend un en-tête TEI et un texte, soit de façon isolée, soit comme partie d’un + élément teiCorpus. + enthält ein einzelnes TEI-konformes Dokument, das aus einem einzigen TEI-Header und einem oder + mehreren Mitgliedern der model.resource-Klasse besteht. Mehrere + TEI-Elemente können in einem teiCorpus-Element zusammengefasst werden. + contiene un solo documento conforme a la norma TEI, combinando un solo encabezado TEI (teiHeader) con uno o más miembros de la clase model.resource. Múltiples elementos TEI se pueden combinar al interno de un elemento TEI o teiCorpus. + contiene un documento TEI-conforme, comprendente un'intestazione e un testo, sia esso isolato o parte di un elemento teiCorpus + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + specifies the version number of the TEI Guidelines against + which this document is valid. + TEI 스키마의 버전 + TEI架構的版本 + 当該文書が妥当（に符号化される）TEIスキームの版を示す。 + la version majeure du schéma TEI. + gibt die Versionsnummer der TEI-Richtlinien an, gegen die dieses Dokument validiert wird. + especifica el número de versión de las Directrices TEI frente a las cuales este documento es válido. + versione dello schema TEI + + +

                              Major editions of the Guidelines have long been informally referred to by a name made up + of the letter P (for Proposal) followed by a digit. The current release is one of the many + releases of the fifth major edition of the Guidelines, known as P5. This attribute may be + used to associate a TEI document with a specific release of the P5 Guidelines, in the absence + of a more precise association provided by the source attribute on the associated + schemaSpec.

                              +                               +

                              Durante mucho tiempo, se ha hecho referencia informalmente a las principales ediciones de las Directrices con un nombre compuesto por la letra P (de Propuesta) seguida de un dígito. El lanzamiento actual es uno de los muchos lanzamientos de la quinta edición principal de las Directrices, conocida como P5. Este atributo puede utilizarse para asociar un documento TEI con una publicación específica de las Directrices P5, en ausencia de una asociación más precisa proporcionada por el atributo fuente en el schemaSpec asociado.

                               + +

                              Hauptausgaben der TEI-Richtlinien werden seit langem informell mit einem Namen bezeichnet, der sich aus dem Buchstaben P (für proposal) + und einer Ziffer zusammensetzt. Die aktuelle Ausgabe ist eine der vielen Ausgaben + der fünften Hauptausgabe der Richtlinien, bekannt als P5. Dieses Attribut kann dazu verwendet werden, + um ein TEI-Dokument einer bestimmten Version der P5-Richtlinien zuzuordnen, sofern keine genauere Zuordnung durch + das Attribut source im assoziierten schemaSpec-Element angegeben ist.

                              +                               + +

                              ガイドラインのメジャーな版は、長い間、P（ProposalのP）と数字からなる名前で呼ばれてきました。このリリースは、P5と呼ばれる5番目のメジャーな版のなかの多くのリリースのひとつです。この属性は、schemaSpecのsource属性によってより適切に関連づけられていない場合、任意のTEI文書を特定のP5ガイドラインのリリースと関連づけることができる。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + The shortest TEI Document Imaginable + + +

                              First published as part of TEI P2, this is the P5 + version using a namespace.

                              +                               + +

                              No source: this is an original work.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              This is about the shortest TEI document imaginable.

                              + +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + A TEI Document containing four page images + + +

                              Unpublished demonstration file.

                              +                               + +

                              No source: this is an original work.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + + Le document TEI le plus court possible. + + +

                              D'abord publié comme faisant partie de la TEI P2.

                              +                               + +

                              Aucune source : il s'agit d'un document original.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              A peu pres, le document TEI le plus court envisageable.

                              + +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + TEI中文指引 + + +

                              將與TEI 中文在地化計劃等文件一同出版

                              +                               + +

                              譯自TEI P5 英文指引

                              +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              這是TEI P5的中文指引...

                              + +                               +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              As with all elements in the TEI scheme (except egXML) this element is + in the TEI namespace (see 5.7.2. Namespaces). Thus, when it is used as the + outermost element of a TEI document, it is necessary to specify the TEI namespace + on it. This is customarily achieved by including http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 as the value of the XML namespace declaration (xmlns), without indicating a prefix, + and then not using a prefix on TEI elements in the rest of the document. For example: + TEI version="4.8.1" xml:lang="it" xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0".

                              +                               + +

                              Como todos los elementos en el esquema TEI (excepto egXML), este elemento se encuentra en el espacio de nombres (namespace) de TEI (cf. 5.7.2. Namespaces). Por lo tanto, cuando se utiliza como el elemento más externo de un documento TEI, es necesario especificar el espacio de nombres de TEI en su interior. Esto se hace, normalmente, incluyendo http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 como valor de la declaración de espacio de nombres (xmlns) sin indicar un prefijo, y por lo tanto sin necesidad de utilizar un prefijo en los elementos TEI del resto del documento. Por ejemplo: TEI version="4.8.1" xml:lang="it" xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0".

                               + +

                              Cet élément est obligatoire.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該要素は必須であり、xmlns 属性を用いてTEIの名前空間 http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 を指定することになっている。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Element ist obligatorisch. Es ist notwendig, + auch den TEI-Namensraum http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 anzugeben, z.B. + TEI version="4.4.0" xml:lang="it" + xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0".

                              +                               + + 4. Default Text Structure + 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text + +                               + text + texte + contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or + drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample. + 어떤 종류의 단일 텍스트를 포함한다. 예를 들어, 시 또는 드라마, 수필선, 소설, 사전 또는 코퍼스 + 표본과 같은 단일 텍스트 또는 혼합 텍스트. + 包含一份任何種類的文本，無論是單一或複合的，例如詩詞或戲劇、散文集、小說、字典、或是文集範例。 + ひとつのテキストを示す。単体でも複合体でもよい。例えば、詩、舞台芸術、 随筆、小説、辞書、コーパスなど。 + contient un seul texte quelconque, simple ou composite, + par exemple un poème ou une pièce de théâtre, un recueil d’essais, un roman, un dictionnaire ou + un échantillon de corpus. + enthält einen einzelnen, eigenständigen oder kompilierten Text, zum Beispiel ein Gedicht oder + Drama, eine Sammlung von Aufsätzen, einen Roman, ein Wörterbuch oder ein Korpus-Sample. + contiene un único texto de cualquier tipo, sea este + unitario o combinado, p.ej. un texto en verso o teatral, una recopilación de ensayos, una + novela, un diccionario, o una fragmento de corpus. + contiene un unico testo di qualsiasi tipo, sia esso + unitario o composito, per esempio un testo in versi o teatrale, una raccolta di saggi, un + romanzo, un dizionario, o una porzione di corpus + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Autumn Haze + + + + Is it a dragonfly or a maple leaf + That settles softly down upon the water? + + + + + + + + + + Souvenir de la nuit du 4 + + + + Il avait dans sa poche une toupie en buis. + + + + + +

                              Le body d'un texte peut être remplacé par un groupe de textes enchâssés, comme + dans la structure suivante :

                              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +                               + + + + + + 憶江南 + + + + 江南好， + 風景舊曾諳。 + 日出江花紅胜火， + 春來江水綠如藍， + 能不憶江南。 + + + + + +

                              The body of a text may be replaced by a group of nested texts, as in the following schematic:

                              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +                               + +

                              Der Textkörper kann durch eine Gruppierung von verschachtelten Texten ersetzt werden, wie das folgende Beispiel zeigt:

                              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +                               + +

                              This element should not be used to represent a text which is inserted at an arbitrary point + within the structure of another, for example as in an embedded or quoted narrative; the + floatingText is provided for this purpose.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément ne devrait pas être utilisé pour encoder un texte inséré à un endroit non + prévisible à l'intérieur de la structure d'un autre texte, comme par exemple dans un récit qui est enchâssé + ou cité dans un autre ; c'est l'élément floatingText qui doit être utilisé à + cet effet.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素は、別の構造中、例えば引用された語りの任意の場所に挿入され るテキストを示すためには使うべきではない。この場合は、要素 floatingTextが使われる。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Element sollte nicht benutzt werden, um einen Text wiederzugeben, der an irgendeiner + Stelle in einer anderen Struktur eingefügt ist, wie z. B. eine eingebettete oder zitierte + Erzählung. Für diesen Zweck wird das Element floatingText benutzt.

                              +                               + + 4. Default Text Structure + 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text + +                               + text body + 텍스트 본문 + 正文 + corps du texte + Textkörper + cuerpo del texto + corpo del testo + テキスト本文 + contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. + 전면부 또는 후면부 자료를 배제한 단일 텍스트의 전체 본문을 포함한다. + 單篇文章的整體部分，不包含正文前及正文後資訊。 + 前付、後付を除いた、単一の作品の本文全体を示す。 + contient la totalité du corps d’un seul texte simple, à + l’exclusion de toute partie pré- ou post-liminaire. + enthält den gesamten Textkörper eines eigenständigen Textes, außer den Vorspann (front) und Nachspann (back). + contiene el cuerpo completo de un texto unitario, + excluyendo los eventuales añadidos paratextuales (prólogos, dedicatorias, apéndices, etc.) al + inicio o fin de un texto. + contiene l'intero corpo di un testo unitario, esclusi + eventuale peritesto iniziale e finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Nu scylun hergan hefaenricaes uard + metudæs maecti end his modgidanc + uerc uuldurfadur sue he uundra gihuaes + eci dryctin or astelidæ + he aerist scop aelda barnum + heben til hrofe haleg scepen. + tha middungeard moncynnæs uard + eci dryctin æfter tiadæ + firum foldu frea allmectig + primo cantauit Cædmon istud carmen. + + + + + 4. Default Text Structure + + + group + groupe + Gruppierung + contains the body of a composite text, grouping together a sequence of distinct texts (or + groups of such texts) which are regarded as a unit for some purpose, for example the collected + works of an author, a sequence of prose essays, etc. + 어떤 목적의 단위로 간주되는 일련의 서로 다른 텍스트(또는 그러한 텍스트군)를 모아 놓은 혼합 텍스트의 + 본문을 포함한다. 예를 들어, 한 작가의 선집, 일련의 수필 등. + 包含複合文本的正文，所匯集的一連串單一文件 (或文件群組) + ，因為某特殊目的被視為一個整體，例如一個作者的作品集合、一連串的散文集等。 + ある単位として独立している個別テキストをまとめた複合テキストを示す。 例えば、ある著者の作品集やエッセイ集など。 + contient un ensemble de textes distincts (ou des groupes de textes de ce type), considérés comme formant une + unité, par exemple pour présenter les œuvres complètes d’un auteur, une + suite d’essais en prose, etc. + enthält den Textkörper eines aus mehreren Einzeltexten bestehenden Textes, (oder eine Reihe + solcher Texte), die zusammen als Einheit gesehen werden, zum Beispiel die gesammelten Werke + eines Autors, eine Reihe von Prosastücken, etc. + contiene el cuerpo de un texto compuesto, es decir, que + agrupa un conjunto de textos distintos (o grupos de textos) considerados como una unidad por + criterios determinados, por ejemplo la obra completa de un autor, una serie de ensayos, etc. + contiene il corpo di un testo composito, che raggruppa + cioè un insieme di testi distinti (o più insiemi di testi) considerati come unità per + determinati scopi, per esempio l'opera completa di un autore, una serie di saggi, ecc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4. Default Text Structure + 4.3.1. Grouped Texts + 16.1. Varieties of Composite Text + + + floating text + texte mobile + contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, which interrupts the text + containing it at any point and after which the surrounding text resumes. + 단일 또는 혼합이든지 간에, 어떤 지점에서 그것을 포함한 텍스트를 중단시키고 그 이후 주변 텍스트가 + 다시 시작하는 텍스트. + 包含一份任何種類的文本，無論是單一或複合的，該份文本任意穿插於整體文本中，而週遭文字則接續其後。 + ひとつのテキストを示す。下位構造はあってもよい。当該部分はテキスト中 のどこにでも出現できる。自在テキスト。 + contiene un unico testo di qualsiasi tipo, sia esso + unitario o composito, che interrompe il testo che lo contiene in un qualsiasi punto e dopo il + quale il testo circostante riprende + contient un texte quelconque, homogène ou composite, qui + interrompt le texte le contenant à n’importe quel endroit et après lequel le texte environnant + reprend. + contiene un texto de cualquier tipo, unitario o + compuesto, que se insiere en algún punto en un texto que lo contiene interrumpiéndolo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + +

                              Hush, the players begin...

                              +                               + + +
                              + + In Athens our tale takes place [...] + + +
                              + +                               + +

                              Now that the play is finished ...

                              +                               +
                              + +                               +                               + + + +
                              + +

                              Chut ! Les acteurs commencent...

                              +                               + + +
                              + + Notre histoire se passe à Athènes [...] + + +
                              + +                               + +

                              La pièce est maintenant finie ...

                              +                               +
                              + +                               +                               + + + +
                              + +

                              快點，演員開始了...

                              +                               + + +
                              + + 故事開始於雅典... + + +
                              + +                               + +

                              戲劇結束...

                              +                               +
                              + +                               +                               + +

                              A floating text has the same content as any other text + and may thus be interrupted by another floating text, or contain a + group of tesselated texts.

                              +                               + +

                              Un texte "flottant" a le même contenu que tout autre texte : il peut donc être interrompu par + un autre texte "flottant" ou contenir un groupe de textes composites.

                              +                               + +

                              自在テキストは、他の自在テキストと同じ内容をとったり、定まった構造 の部分としてあるテキスト(充填テキスト)をとる。

                              +                               + + 4.3.2. Floating Texts + +                               + text division + 텍스트 구역 + 文本區段 + division du texte + Textabschnitt + división de texto + partizione testuale + contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문, 후면부의 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文、及正文後資訊的分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält einen Unterabschnitt in Vorspann (front), Textkörper oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del paratexto inicial, del cuerpo del texto o del paratexto final. + contiene una suddivisione del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: p and ab may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, unless div is a descendant of floatingText. + + + + + + + +
                              + Fallacies of Authority +

                              The subject of which is Authority in various shapes, and the object, to repress all + exercise of the reasoning faculty.

                              +
                              + The Nature of Authority +

                              With reference to any proposed measures having for their object the greatest + happiness of the greatest number [...]

                              +
                              + Analysis of Authority +

                              What on any given occasion is the legitimate weight or influence to be attached to + authority [...]

                              +
                              +
                              + Appeal to Authority, in What Cases Fallacious. +

                              Reference to authority is open to the charge of fallacy when [...]

                              +
                              +
                              +
                              + +                               +                               + + + +
                              + Les Chouans +
                              + Première partie + L'embuscade +
                              + Chapitre premier +
                              + I +

                              Dans les premiers jours de l'an VIII, au commencement de vendémiaire, ou, pour + se conformer au calendrier actuel, vers la fin du mois de septembre 1799, une + centaine de paysans et un assez grand nombre de bourgeois, partis le matin de + Fougères pour se rendre à Mayenne, gravissaient la montagne de la Pèlerine, + située à mi-chemin environ de Fougères à Ernée, petite ville où les voyageurs + ont coutume de se reposer.

                              +
                              +
                              +
                              +
                              + +                               +                               + + + +
                              + 對話的喧囂：巴赫汀文化理論述評 +

                              本書以中國人的觀點，介紹巴赫汀的一生志業。深入淺出、引證周詳。尤其面對海峽兩岸劇變中的政治、文化思潮，巴赫汀從對話到喧嘩的理論，更具有深刻的歷史意義，發人省思。

                              +
                              + 引言：巴赫汀對話論—轉型期的文化理論 +

                              文化轉型期的文藝理論，一般都呈現著特別關注文藝之外的歷史社會環境的傾向。不過，這種關注在二十世紀之前的文論中，大致上均以一種文藝內在規律語歷史社會語境二元對立的面貌出現。...

                              +
                              + 眾聲喧嘩：轉型期的文化理論 +

                              當代西方文論對巴赫汀思想的看法迥異，見仁見智。有強調其「對話性」的，有看重他的「複調小說」理論的，也有語言學、符號學、哲學和美學的不同角度來解釋巴赫汀的。... +

                              +
                              +
                              + 哲學建構論語對話美學 +

                              眾聲喧嘩的文化理論形成於二○年代末和三○年代，是巴赫汀思想成熟階段的結晶。...

                              +
                              +
                              +
                              + +                               +                               + + 4.1. Divisions of the Body + +                               + level-1 text division + 1 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次一 + division du texte de niveau 1 + Textgliederungsebene -1 + división textual de primer nivel + partizione testuale di livello 1 + contains a first-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 첫 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第一層分段 + (若未使用區段層次零，區段層次一是最高層的分段。若使用區段層次零，則區段層次一為第二層分段) 。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第1位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de premier niveau dans + le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die erste Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), + Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del primer nivel en el paratexto + inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di primo livello del peritesto + iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale (la più ampia, se div0 non è usato, + altrimenti la seconda in ordine gerarchico) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Part I: Of Man + + Chap. I. Of Sense +

                              Concerning the Thoughts of man...

                              +                               +                               + + Part II: Of Common-Wealth + +                               +                               + + + + livre premier + + La Grand'salle +

                              Il y a aujourd'hui trois cent quarante-huit ans six mois et dix-neuf jours que les + parisiens s'éveillèrent au bruit de toutes les cloches sonnant à grande volée dans la + triple enceinte de la Cité, de l'Université et de la Ville.

                              +                               +                               + + livre deuxième + + De Charybde en Scylla +

                              La nuit arrive de bonne heure en janvier. Les rues étaient déjà sombres quand + Gringoire sortit du Palais.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + 第一部：陰錯陽差 + + 第一章 +

                              乾隆年間，北京。紫薇帶著丫頭金瑣，來到北京已經快一個月了。..

                              +                               +                               + + 第二部: 水深火熱 + +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped into lower + subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, + éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-2 text division + 2 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次二 + division du texte de niveau 2 + Textgliederungsebene -2 + división textual de segundo nivel + partizione testuale di livello 2 + contains a second-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a + text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 두 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第二層分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第2位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de deuxième niveau dans + le texte prélimaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die zweite Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del segundo nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di secondo livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Second Partition: + The Cure of Melancholy + + + + Unlawful Cures rejected. +

                              Inveterate melancholy, howsoever it may seem to + be a continuate, inexorable disease, hard to be + cured, accompanying them to their graves most part + (as Montanus observes), yet many + times it may be helped... +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + Sect. II. Memb. I +

                              +

                              +                               +                               + + + Sect. III. Memb. I +

                              +

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +                               + + + + Chapitre II. Traitement électronique des données en histoire de la littérature + française : bilan provisoire + + + + Les objectifs +

                              Chaque étudiant est convié à parcourir la banque à partir des différentes entrées + liées au cours magistral qu'il suit en amphithéâtre...

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + Sect. II. Subsection I. Exploitation pédagogique de la BDHL +

                              Pour la plupart des étudiants en Lettres des générations précédentes, un + enseignement de l'histoire de la littérature allait de soi...

                              +                               +                               + + + Sect. III. Subsection I. Etudes permises par la BDHL +

                              L'existence d'une banque de données, quelle qu'elle soit, permet d'envisager des + traitements statistiques.

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + 第三章：對話性—文化理論的基石 + + + + 歷史、社會與佛洛伊德主義 +

                              《述評》開宗明義，運用歷史唯物主義的觀點，批判佛洛伊德主義的反歷史和反社會傾向。巴赫汀指出...

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + 打破內在/外在、主觀/客觀的二元對立 +

                              在二○年代的蘇聯文藝界，...

                              +                               +                               + + + 建立馬克思主義和社會學詩學 +

                              《社會學詩學》是巴赫汀對話美學的一個目標，...

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped + into lower subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas + niveau, éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              + 下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。 +

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-3 text division + 3 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次三 + division du texte de niveau 3 + Textgliederungsebene -3 + división textual de tercer nivel + partizione testuale di livello 3 + contains a third-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 세 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第三層分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第3位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de troisième niveau dans + le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die dritte Gliederungsebene von Vorspann + (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión de tercer nivel en el paratexto + inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di terzo livello del peritesto + iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sect. II. Memb. I +

                              +                               + + Memb. II Retention and Evacuation rectified. +

                              +                               + + Memb. III Ayr rectified. With a digression of the Ayr. +

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + Sect. II. Subsect. I Dictionnaires. +

                              C'est un recueil de mots rangés dans un ordre convenu...

                              +                               + + Sect. II. Subsect. II. Qu'est-ce qu'un dictionnaire de langue ? . +

                              Un dictionnaire de langue est un dictionnaire donnant les mots d'une langue et leurs + emplois...

                              +                               + + Sect. II. Subsect. III. Qu'est-ce qu'un dictionnaire encyclopédique ? +

                              Un dictionnaire encyclopédique est un dictionnaire qui contient des renseignements + sur les choses, sur les idées

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + + 打破內在/外在、主觀/客觀的二元對立 +

                              在二○年代的蘇聯文藝界，...

                              +                               + + 交流：藝術話語與生活話語的共性 +

                              林林總總的文理理論圍繞著作者、作品和讀者的關係問題，...

                              +                               + + 言談和音調 +

                              在這裡，巴赫汀為言談做了一個大膽的定義：...

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped into lower + subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, + éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-4 text division + 4 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次四 + division du texte de niveau 4 + Textgliederungsebene -4 + división textual de cuarto nivel + partizione testuale di livello 4 + contains a fourth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 네 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第四層分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第4位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de quatrième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die vierte Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del cuarto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di quarto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sect. II. Memb. I + + Subsect I. — Dyet rectified in substance. +

                              Diet, diaitotiku, victus or + living

                              +                               + + Subsect II. — Dyet rectified in quantity. +

                              Man alone, saith Cardan, eates and drinks without appetite, and useth all his pleasures + without necessity

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + Sect. II. Subsect. I + + Alinéa I. HorlogerieLame de ressort. +

                              Bande d'acier enroulée formant le ressort d'une montre, d'une pendule. (Dict. XIXe + et XXe s.).

                              +                               + + Alinéa II. — MenuiserieLame de parquet +

                              Lame de parquet. Chacune des bandes de bois qui, emboîtées, constituent le + parquet

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + + + + 打破內在/外在、主觀/客觀的二元對立 + + 薩庫林的《文學研究的社會學方法》 +

                              薩庫林把藝術史和文學史的發展分成兩個部份：內在與因果部份。...

                              +                               + + 美的本質 +

                              五○至六○年代在中國大陸進行的美學大辯論，一個核心的問題就是美的本質問題。...

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped into lower + subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, + éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-5 text division + 5 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次五 + division du texte de niveau 5 + Textgliederungsebene -5 + división textual de quinto nivel + partizione testuale di livello 5 + contains a fifth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 다섯 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第五層分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第5位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de cinquième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die fünfte Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del quinto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di quinto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Recipes + Chapter VI. + + Fruit and vegetable soups +

                              ...

                              + + Stocks for all kinds of soups + + Rich strong stock + + + + Medium Stock + + + + + Apple soup + + Ingredients + + 2 lbs. of good boiling apples, + 3/4 teaspoonful of white pepper, + 6 cloves, + cayenne or ginger to taste, + 3 quarts of medium stock + + + + Mode +

                              Peel and quarter the apples taking out their cores; put them into + the stock, stew them gently till tender, Rub the whole through a + strainer, add the seasoning. give it one boil up, and serve.

                              +                               + + Time +

                              1 hour.

                              +                               + + Average cost +

                              per quart, 1s.

                              +                               + + Seasonable +

                              from September to December.

                              +                               + + Sufficient +

                              for 10 persons

                              +                               + + The apple +

                              This useful fruit is mentioned in Holy Writ; and Homer describes it + as valuable in his time... As a food, the apple cannot be considered + to rank high, as more than the half of it consists of water, and + the rest of its properties are not the most nourishing. It is + however a useful adjunct to other kinds of food, and, when cooked, is + esteemed as slightly laxative.

                              +                               +                               + + Artichoke (Jerusalem) soup +

                              ...

                              +                               + +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped into lower + subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, + éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-6 text division + 6 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次六 + division du texte de niveau 6 + Textgliederungsebene -6 + división textual de sexto nivel + partizione testuale di livello 6 + contains a sixth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 여섯 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第六層分段。 + 前付、本文、後付中の第6位のテキスト部分を示す。 + contient une subdivision de sixième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die sechste Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del sexto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di sesto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Recipes + Chapter VI. + + Fruit and vegetable soups +

                              ...

                              + + Stocks for all kinds of soups + + Rich strong stock + + Ingredients + + 4 lbs of shin of beef, + 4 lbs of knuckle of veal, + + 4 quarts of water + + + + Mode +

                              Line a delicately clean stewpan... Strain through a very + fine hair sieve, or tammy, and it will be fit for use

                              +                               + + Time +

                              5 hours.

                              +                               + + Average cost +

                              1s 3d. per quart

                              +                               +                               + + Medium Stock + + +                               + +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, possibly grouped into lower + subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, + éventuellement groupés en subdivisions.

                              +                               + +

                              下位区分と成りうる一連の構造単位。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + level-7 text division + 7 층위 텍스트 구역 + 區段層次七 + division du texte de niveau 7 + Textgliederungsebene -7 + división textual de nivel séptimo + partizione testuale di livello 7 + contains the smallest possible subdivision of the front, body or back of a text, larger than + a paragraph. + 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의, 문단보다 큰 가능한 한 가장 작은 하위 구역을 포함한다. + 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的最低層分段，分段層級高於段落。 + 前付、本文、後付中の一番小さいレベルのテキスト部分を示す。 + contient la plus petite subdivision possible dans le + texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire, plus grande + néanmoins qu’un paragraphe. + enthält die kleinste mögliche Untergliederung von + Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes, die größer als ein Absatz ist. + contiene la subdivisión más pequeña, pero más grande que + un párrafo, del paratexto inicial, del cuerpo del texto o del paratexto final. + contiene la sezione più ristretta, ma più ampia di un + paragrafo, del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Recipes + Chapter VI. + + Fruit and vegetable soups +

                              ...

                              + + Stocks for all kinds of soups + + Asparagus soup + + I. + + Ingredients + + ... + + + + Mode +

                              Put the beef, cut into pieces and rolled in flour, into a + stewpan...

                              +                               + +                               + + II. + + Ingredients + + ... + + + + Mode +

                              Boil the peas, and rub them through a sieve; add the gravy...

                              +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               +                               + +

                              any sequence of low-level structural elements, e.g., paragraphs (p), + lists (list), or examples (eg or egXML).

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément contient une séquence d'éléments structurels de bas niveau, par + exemple des paragraphes (p), des listes (list), ou des exemples (eg + ou egXML).

                              +                               + +

                              一連の低レベル構造単位要素。例えば、段落(p)、リスト + (list)、用例(egまたはegXML)など。

                              +                               + + 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions + +                               + contains a closing title or footer appearing at the end of a division of a text. + 텍스트 구역의 종료부에 나타나는 마지막 제목 또는 꼬리말을 포함한다. + 包含文本中一個區段結束時的結尾題名或尾錄。 + テキスト部分の最後にある、結びのタイトルや脚注を示す。 + contient un titre de fin ou de bas de page à la fin d’une + division du texte. + enthält einen abschließenden Nachsatz oder eine Fußzeile am Ende eines Textabschnitts. + contiene una fórmula de clausura o un elemento a pie de + página que aparece al final de una sección de texto + contiene una formula di chiusura o un elemento a piè di + pagina che compare alla fine di una sezione di testo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Explicit pars tertia + + + + + + In stead of FINIS this advice I send, + Let Rogues and Thieves beware of + Hamans END. + + +

                              From EEBO A87070

                              +                               + + + Explicit pars tertia + + + + + 畢竟董卓性命如何，且聽下文分解。 + + + + + + In stead of FINIS this advice I send, + Let Rogues and Thieves beware of + Hamans END. + + +

                              Aus EEBO A87070

                              +                               + + 4.2.4. Content of Textual Divisions + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + +                               + byline + mention de responsabilité + Verfasserzeile + contains the primary statement of responsibility given for a work +on its title page or at the head or end of the work. + 제목 페이지 또는 작품의 시작부 또는 종료부에서 작품 책임성에 대한 주요 진술을 포함한다. + 包含作品的主要責任陳述，出現在題名頁或作品開頭或結尾處。 + タイトルページや作品の冒頭や最後にある、作品の主要な責任表示。 + indique la responsabilité principale pour une œuvre donnée sur la page de titre ou au début ou à la fin de l’œuvre. + enthält Angaben zur Hauptverantwortlichkeit eines Werks, entweder auf der Titelseite oder am Anfang oder Ende des Werks. + contiene la declaración principal de responsabilidad de una obra tal y como aparece en su título correspondiente, o al inicio o fin de la obra. + contiene la principale dichiarazione di responsabilità per un'opera così come appare sul corrispondente frontespizio oppure all'inizio o alla fine dell'opera stessa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Written by a CITIZEN who continued all the +while in London. Never made publick before. + + + + + écrit par Costals sur le feuillet blanc de cette lettre : " cette correspondance n' + était pour vous qu' un jeu. " + + + + + extraits de Villoison et de Schlegel. Commencé la rédaction du quatrième + livre. + + + + + Reportage céleste de notre envoyé spécial au paradis + + + + + Zagreb : + de notre envoyé spécial. + + + + + Par le docteur Martin Becanus, au tome troisiesme de ses + opuscules + + + + + 由一個倫敦土生土長的市民撰寫，先前未曾出版過。 + + + + + 錄自她自己的回憶錄 + + + + + 來自華盛頓的政治編輯喬治．瓊斯 + + + + + 重慶: + 外交使節專用 + + + + + 源自美國哥倫比亞大學博士胡適 + + + + + + Written from her own MEMORANDUMS + + + + + By George Jones, Political Editor, in Washington + + + + + BY +THOMAS PHILIPOTT, +Master of Arts, +(Somtimes) +Of Clare-Hall in Cambridge. + + + +

                              The byline on a title page may include either the name +or a description for the document's author. Where the name is included, +it may optionally be tagged using the docAuthor element.

                              +                               + +

                              La mention de reponsabilité sur une page de titre peut inclure, soit le nom, soit la description de + l'auteur d'un document. Lorsque le nom y est donné, on peut éventuellement l'encoder + au moyen de l'élément docAuthor.

                              +                               + +

                              + タイトルページにある署名欄には、当該文書の作者名や説明があるかもし + れない。作者名がある場合、要素docAuthorを使い符号化しても + よい。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Die Verfasserzeile auf einer Titelseite kann entweder den Namen oder die Beschreibung des + Dokumentautors enthalten. Wenn der Name angegeben wird, kann er optional mit dem + docAuthor-Element ausgezeichnet werden.

                              +                               + + 4.2.2. Openers and Closers + 4.5. Front Matter + +                               + dateline + mention de date + contains a brief description of the place, date, time, etc. of production of a letter, + newspaper story, or other work, prefixed or suffixed to it as a kind of heading or trailer. + 편지, 신문 기사 또는 다른 작품에 제목부 또는 종료 요약부로서, 앞에 또는 뒤에 부착되어 있는, + 그것이 생성된 장소, 날짜, 시간 등의 간단한 기술. + 包含簡短的地點、日期及時間等的描述，通常出現在信件、報紙文章、或其他作品中的開頭或結尾，作為一種標頭或結尾。 + 手紙や新聞記事などの前後に付加されている、場所、日付、時間などを簡易 に示す。 + contient une brève description des lieux, date, heure, + etc. concernant la production d’une lettre, d’un article de journal ou d’un autre texte qui, + placée au début ou à la fin, lui est associée comme en-tête ou annonce de fin. + enthält kurze Angaben zu Entstehungsort, -datum, -zeit, usw. eines Briefs, Zeitungsartikels oder + anderen Werks. Diese können als Überschrift oder Nachsatz dem Text voran- bzw. nachgestellt + werden. + contiene una breve descripción de lugar, fecha, hora, + etc. de producción de una carta, un artículo periodístico u otro tipo de texto; viene antepuesto + o pospuesto a este como elemento de abertura o clausura. + contiene una breve descrizione di luogo, data, ora, ecc. + di produzione di una lettera, un articolo di giornale o altro tipo di testo; viene anteposto o + posposto a mo' di elemento di apertura o chiusura + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Walden, this 29. of August 1592 + + + + + + Datum in Mexico primo die Augusti 1531 +

                              + Al muy Magnifico y muy Reverendo Señor el Señor obispo diócesis Colmensis +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + Avignon, le 11 février. + + + + +
                              +

                              Et, sur cet océan bourdonnant de mille vaguelettes, se leva l'armée caressante et si + tendre des merveilleuses sirènes blondes aux seins durs comme ça.

                              + + Thionne-Paris, 1950-1951. + +
                              +                               +                               + + + 2008年7月3日，香港。 + + + + +
                              +

                              自己想吃人，又怕被別人吃了，都用著疑心极深的眼光，面面相覷。……

                              + + + 南京 + 1918–1919 + + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              and his heart was going like mad and yes I said yes I will Yes.

                              + + + Trieste-Zürich-Paris, + 1914–1921 + + +
                              +                               + +                               + + 4.2.2. Openers and Closers + +                               + argument + argument + contains a formal list or prose description of the topics addressed by a subdivision of a text. + 텍스트의 하위 구역에서 서술된 주제에 대한 형식적 목록 또는 산문체 기술 + 規則列表或文字敘述，說明文本分段內容包含的主題。 + 下位部分にあるテキストのトピックを整形のリストまたは散文説明を含む。 + liste formelle ou description en texte libre des sujets traités dans une subdivision d’un texte. + beinhaltet eine systematische Aufzählung oder eine Prosabeschreibung der Themen, die in einem Unterabschnitt des Textes behandelt werden. + lista formal o descripción de los argumentos contenidos en una sección de texto. + lista formale o descrizione degli argomenti contenuti in una sezione di testo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Monte Video — Maldonado — Excursion +to R Polanco — Lazo and Bolas — Partridges — +Absence of Trees — Deer — Capybara, or River Hog — +Tucutuco — Molothrus, cuckoo-like habits — Tyrant +Flycatcher — Mocking-bird — Carrion Hawks — +Tubes formed by Lightning — House struck

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              28 janvier. J’ai le plus grand mal à me réatteler aux Faux-Monnayeurs — La Bastide. Fin mars. Besoin de couper mon travail. — Cuverville . Fin mai. Mise au net et dactylographie de cinq chapitres des Faux-Monnayeurs. — 8 juin. Achevé les Faux- Monnayeurs. — 14 juillet. Départ pour le Congo.

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +

                              自我與他者的關係— 個體感性存在—共有性—交流性—同時性— 責任感/回應性—亦此亦彼—你中有我、我中有你—同時共存——非非此即彼—非你死我活—視域剩餘—外在性—超在性

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + epigraph + Motto + contains a quotation, anonymous or attributed, appearing at + the start or end of a section or on a title page. + 절 또는 장의 시작, 또는 제목 페이지에 나타나는 인용, 작자미상, 또는 추정을 포함한다. + 包含一段匿名或署名引文，出現在段落或章節的開頭，或在題名頁中。 + 章や節の始め、タイトルページなどにある引用(題辞)を示す。 + contient une citation, anonyme ou attribuée et qui apparaît au + début d’une section ou d’un chapitre ou sur une page de titre. + enthält ein anonymes oder jemandem zugeschriebenes Zitat, das am Beginn eines Abschnitts, + Kapitels oder auf einer Titelseite steht. + contiene una cita, anónima o atribuida, que aparece al + inicio de una sección o capítulo, o en el frontispicio. + contiene una citazione, anonima o attribuita, che appare + all'inizio di una sezione o capitolo, o sul frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Lucret. + + petere inde coronam, + Vnde prius nulli velarint tempora Musae. + + + + + + + + + + 俞平伯 + + 小燕子其實也無所愛， + 只是沉浸在朦朧而飄忽的夏夜夢里罷了。 + + + + + + + 4.2.3. Arguments, Epigraphs, and Postscripts + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + 4.6. Title Pages + + + opener + formule de début + groups together dateline, byline, salutation, and similar phrases appearing as a preliminary + group at the start of a division, especially of a letter. + 구역, 특히 편지의 시작부에 서문군으로 나타나는 날짜 표시란, 필자명 행, 인사말, 그리고 유사 구를 + 합하여 모아 놓는다. + 匯集日期地點、署名、稱呼語及其他在區段開端出現的類似措辭，尤指信件開頭。 + テキスト部分の始まりに、日付欄、署名欄、挨拶文言など、前置き的な部分 + としてあるものをまとめる。典型例は、手紙の場合である。 + regroupe la date, la mention de responsabilité, la + formule de politesse et d'autres expressions de ce type dans un groupe préliminaire au début + d’une division, en particulier au commencement d’une lettre. + fasst Datumszeile, Verfasserangabe, Anredeformel und ähnliche Phrasen zusammen, die einleitend zu + Beginn eines Abschnitts stehen, vor allem bei einem Brief. + agrupa la fecha, autoria, fórmula introductiva o de + saludo o expresiones similares utilizades al inicio de una división textual, especialmente en + una carta. + raggruppa dateline, byline, formule introduttive o di + saluto ed espressioni simili utilizzate all'inizio di una partizione testuale, soprattutto in + una lettera + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Walden, this 29. of August 1592 + + + + + + + Avignon, le 11 février. + + + + + + + à Paris , le 2 septembre 1769 + +

                              Mais non, ma bonne amie, vous n' aviez pas raison de vous plaindre...

                              +                               +                               + + + + 1983年7月3日 + + + + + + + + 杭州西湖 + 2008年4月1日 + + 親愛的小張： + +

                              很抱歉，我今天有事無法赴約，希望您能諒解...

                              +                               +                               + + + + + Great Marlborough Street + November 11, 1848 + + My dear Sir, + +

                              I am sorry to say that absence from town and other circumstances have prevented me from + earlier enquiring...

                              +                               + +                               + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + +                               + closer + cierre + formule finale + groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at + the end of a division, especially of a letter. + 구역의 마지막, 특히 편지의 종료부에 발문으로 나타나는 인사말, 날짜 표시란, 그리고 유사 구를 합하여 + 모아 놓는다. + 匯集日期地點、署名、稱呼語、及其他在區段結尾出現的類似措辭，尤指信件結尾。 + 挨拶文言、日付欄など、ある区分の終わり、特に手紙の終わりにある一連の文言をまとめる。 + regroupe une formule de politesse, une indication d'une + date et d'autres expressions semblables figurant comme expression à la fin d’une division, en + particulier à la fin d’une lettre. + fasst Grußformeln, Datumszeilen und ähnliche Phrasen zusammen, die am Ende eines Abschnitts + stehen, vor allem bei einem Brief. + agrupa saludos, fechas, y expresiones similares que +aparecen en la última sección al final de una división, especialmente en una carta. + raggruppa dateline, byline, formule conclusive o di + saluto ed espressioni simili utilizzate alla fine di una partizione, soprattutto in una lettera + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              +

                              perhaps you will favour me with a sight of it when convenient.

                              + + I remain, &c. &c. + H. Colburn + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              N'y voyez que le signe de l'intérêt que je que je porte à une profession qui fut la + mienne. Je désire en effet, insérer votre article dans un ouvrage sur la presse + française contemporaine.

                              + + Veuillez agréer, je vous prie, Monsieur, l'assurance de mes sentiments les + meilleurs. + Françoise Giroud + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              Voilà, cher Rhedi, ce que j' appelle le droit public. Voilà le droit des gens, ou + plutôt celui de la raison.

                              + + à Paris , le 4 de la lune de Zilhagé, 1716. + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              不久，我們就能再見面。

                              + + 祝事事順心 + 謝甯 + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              自己想吃人，又怕被別人吃了，都用著疑心极深的眼光，面面相覷。……

                              + + + 南京 + 1918–1919 + + +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              +

                              and his heart was going like mad and yes I said yes I will Yes.

                              + + + Trieste-Zürich-Paris, + 1914–1921 + + +
                              +                               + +                               + + + + 4.2.2. Openers and Closers + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + +                               + salutation + 挨拶文言 + 인사말 + 稱呼語 + formule de politesse + Grußformel + saludo + formula di saluto + contains a salutation or greeting prefixed to a foreword, dedicatory epistle, or other + division of a text, or the salutation in the closing of a letter, preface, etc. + 머리말, 헌정 서한, 또는 텍스트의 다른 구역 앞에 첨부되는 인사말 또는 환영사, 아니면 편지, 서문 + 등의 결문의 인사말. + 包含在序言、獻詞、或其他文本區段開頭的稱呼語或問候語，或是信件、引言等結尾處的致意詞。 + (著者以外の)序文や献呈書簡などのテキスト部分に附属する挨拶文言または +挨拶、または書簡や(著者による)序文の末尾にある挨拶文言を示す。 + contient un dédicace ou une formule de salut qui précède + un avant-propos ou autre division du texte; ou bien encore la formule de + politesse qui conclut une lettre, une préface, etc. + enthält eine Anrede oder Grußformel, die einem Vorwort, einer Widmung oder einem anderen + Abschnitt eines Textes vorangestellt ist oder die Grußformel am Ende eines Briefes, eines + Vorworts, usw. + contiene una fórmula introductiva o de saludo previa a un + prefacio, a una dedicatoria o a atra división textual, o bien una fórmula conclusiva o de saludo + al final de una carta, prefacio, etc. + contiene una formula introduttiva o di saluto anteposta + rispetto a una prefazione, una lettera di dedica o altra partizione testuale, oppure una formula + conclusiva o di saluto alla fine di una lettera, prefazione, ecc + + + + + + + + + + + + To all courteous mindes, that will voutchsafe the readinge. + + + + + Faites toutes mes amitiés à votre femme et recevez, mon cher ami, l'expression de + mes sentiments affectueux et dévoués. + + + + + 致敬啟者 + + + + 4.2.2. Openers and Closers + + + signature + 서명 + 簽名 + Signatur + firma + firma + contains the closing salutation, etc., appended to a foreword, +dedicatory epistle, or other division of a text. + 머리말, 헌정 서한 또는 텍스트의 다른 구역에 첨부되는 결문 인사. + contient la dernière salutation, ajoutée à un avant-propos, + à une dédicace ou à une autre division du texte. + 包含結尾致意詞等，附加在序言、獻詞、或其他文本區段中。 + (著者以外の)序文や献呈書簡などのテキスト部分にある、結びの挨拶などを + 示す。 + enthält die abschließende Grußformel o.Ä. die ein Vorwort, eine Widmung oder einen anderen Abschnitt des Textes beendet. + contiene una fórmula conclusiva o de saludo pospuesta a un prefacio, dedicatoria, u otro tipo de división textual. + contiene una formula conclusiva o di saluto posposta rispetto a una prefazione, lettera di dedica, o altra partizione testuale. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Thine to command Humph. Moseley + + + + + + + Sign'd and Seal'd, + John Bull,Nic. Frog. + + + + + + + votre fidèle amante, Manon Lescaut. + + + + + + 李敖，于台北。 + + + + + 4.2.2. Openers and Closers + + + contains a postscript, e.g. to a letter. + 예를 들어 편지의, 추신. + contiene una posdata, p.ej. en una carta. + 追伸を示す。例えば、手紙の場合など。 + contient un post-scriptum, par exemple au bas d' une lettre. + contiene un post scriptum, come nel caso di una lettera + enthält einen Nachtrag (Postskriptum), z. B. zu einem Brief. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + + + Rimaone + 21 Nov 06 + + Dear Susan, + +

                              Thank you very much for the assistance splitting those + logs. I'm sorry about the misunderstanding as to the size of + the task. I really was not asking for help, only to borrow the + axe. Hope you had fun in any case.

                              + + Sincerely yours, + Seymour + + + +

                              The collision occurred on 06 Jul 01.

                              +                               +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + + + Printemps 1942 + + Cher ami, + +

                              Le printemps vient maintenant. J'espère que là où tu es le climat à cette saison n'est + pas encore pénible. C'est le moment des travaux des champs ; peut-être arrivera-t-on à + quelque chose pour toi. S'il n'y a pas moyen de te faire venir en France, faut-il faire + des démarches pour essayer de te faire quitter l'Europe ? Écris-le-moi.

                              +

                              [...]

                              + + Crois à mon amitié fraternelle. + Simone Weil + + + +

                              Voici la traduction de quelques vers grecs d'Eschyle. Ils sont prononcés par + Prométhée, le dieu qui, d'après les croyances des Grecs, avait sauvé les hommes de la + destruction, avait volé le feu pour le leur donner et leur avait appris le langage, le + nombre, l'astronomie, les métiers et les arts. Il en fut puni et fut cloué sur un + rocher. La tragédie d'Eschyle commence par la scène où on le cloue ; il se tait + pendant ce temps, puis, quand ses bourreaux sont partis, il dit : [...]

                              +                               +
                              +                               +                               + + +
                              + + + 辛亥三月二十六 + + 意映卿卿如晤： + +

                              吾今以此書與汝永別矣！吾作此書，淚珠和筆墨齊下，不能竟書，而欲擱筆！又恐汝不察吾衷，謂吾忍舍汝而死，謂吾不知汝之不欲吾死也，故遂忍悲為汝言之。...

                              + + 夜四鼓意洞手書 + +
                              +                               +                               + + 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions + +                               + title page + 제목 페이지 + 題名頁 + page de titre + Titelseite + frontispicio + frontespizio + contains the title page of a text, appearing within the front or back matter. + 전면부 또는 후면부 자료 내에서 나타나는 텍스트의 제목 페이지를 포함한다. + 包含文本的題名頁，出現在正文前資訊或正文後資訊之中。 + 前付や後付中にある、テキストのタイトルページを示す。 + contient la page de titre d’un texte qui figure dans + les parties liminaires. + enthält die Titelseite eines Textes, die entweder im + Vorspann (front) oder Nachspann (back) stehen kann. + contiene el frontispicio de un texto incluido en el + paratexto inicial o final + contiene il frontespizio di un testo compreso nel + peritesto iniziale o finale + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + classifies the title page according to any convenient typology. + 다양한 유형에 따라서 제목 페이지를 분류한다. + 將題名頁分類。 + タイトルページを分類する。 + classe la page de titre selon la typologie + appropriée. + klassifiziert die Titelseite entsprechend einer geeigneten + Typologie. + clasifica el frontispicio de acuerdo con una + tipología funcional. + classifica il frontespizio in base a una tipologia + funzionale + + +

                              This attribute allows the same element to be used for volume title pages, series title + pages, etc., as well as for the main + title page of a work. +

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut est utile parce que c'est le même élément titlePage qui est utilisé + pour les pages de titre de volumes, de collections, etc., et pour la page de titre + principale d'un ouvrage.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性は、いわゆる主タイトルページのよ うに、巻タイトルページや叢書タイトルページなどで使われるものと 同じ要素をとる。

                              +                               + +

                              Dieses Attribut erlaubt es, das Element titlePage sowohl für Bandtitelseiten und + Reihentitelseiten etc. als auch für die eigentliche Haupttitelseite eines Werks zu benutzen. +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + THOMAS OF Reading. + OR, The sixe worthy yeomen of the West. + + Now the fourth time corrected and enlarged + By T.D. +
                              + TP +

                              Thou shalt labor till thou returne to duste

                              + Printers Ornament used by TP +
                              + Printed at London for T.P. + 1612. + +                               +                               +                               + + + + + Histoire du Roi de Bohême + et de ses sept châteaux + + Pastiche. + Par Charles Nodier + + + O imitatores, servum pecus! + Horat., Epist. I. XIX, 19. + + PARIS, Delangle Frères Éditeurs-libraires, + Place de la Bourse + + MDCCCXXX + + + + + + + + 紅樓夢 + 又名石頭記 + + 清乾隆四十九年甲辰（1784年）夢覺主人序本正式題為《紅樓夢》，在此之前，此書一般都題為《石頭記》。 + 曹雪芹 +
                              + HL +

                              紅樓夢圖詠

                              + 清光緒刊本的《紅樓夢》插圖，改琦畫。 +
                              + 最早的抄本出現於清朝乾隆中期的 甲戌年（1754年）。 + +                               +                               +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + document title + 문서 제목 + 文件題名 + titre du document + Dokumenttitel + título del documento + titolo del documento + contains the title of a document, including all its +constituents, as given on a title page. + 제목 페이지에 제시되는 모든 구성성분을 포함한 문서의 제목을 제시한다. + 包含文件題名，包含所有組成部分，同於題名頁上所顯示的題名。 + 当該文書のタイトルを示す。タイトルページにあるタイトルの全情報を含む。 + contient le titre d’un document, incluant la + totalité de ses composants tels qu’ils sont donnés sur la page de titre. + enthält den Titel eines Dokuments, einschließlich aller Bestandteile, wie sie auf dem Titelblatt + angegeben sind. + contiene el título del documento incluyendo todos sus elementos constitutivos, como especificado en el frontispicio. + contiene il titolo del documento in tutti i suoi elementi costitutivi, come specificato nel frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The DUNCIAD, VARIOURVM. + WITH THE PROLEGOMENA of SCRIBLERUS. + + + + + + + LES CHOSES + Une histoire des années soixante. + + + + + + + 食物的歷史 + 透視人類的飲食與文明 + + + + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + title part + Titelbestandteil + contains a subsection or division of the title of a work, as +indicated on a title page. + 제목 페이지에 제시되는 작품 제목의 소절 또는 구역을 포함한다. + 包含作品題名的部分或區段，同於題名頁上所標示的題名。 + タイトルページに示されている、作品タイトルの下位部分を示す。 + contient une section ou division du titre d’un + ouvrage telle qu’elle est indiquée sur la page de titre. + enthält einen Bestandteil eines Werktitels, wie er auf der Titelseite angegeben ist. + contiene una subsección o división del título de una obra, como se indica en el frontispicio. + contiene una sezione o partizione del titolo di un'opera, come specificato nel frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + + + type + Titelart + specifies the role of this subdivision of the title. + 제목의 하위 구역에 대한 역할을 명시한다. + 說明該題名部分的作用。 + 当該タイトルにおける、当該下位部分の役割を示す。 + précise le rôle de cette subdivision du + titre. + beschreibt die Funktion dieses Titelbestandteils näher. + especifica la función de tal subdivisión del título. + specifica il ruolo di tale sezione o partizione all'interno del titolo + + main + + + main + Haupttitel + main title of the work + 작품의 주요 제목 + 作品主要題名 + título principal del trabajo + 主タイトル。 + titre principal de l'oeuvre. + titolo principale dell'opera + Haupttitel des Werks + + + subordinate + 부수적 + subordinato + sous-titre de l’ouvrage. + Untertitel + subtítulo de una obra + subtitle of the work + 작품의 부제 + 作品次要題名 + subtítulo del trabajo + 副タイトル。 + sous-titre de l'oeuvre. + sottotitolo dell'opera + Untertitel des Werks + + + alternate + 이명 + alternativo + titre alternatif de + l’ouvrage. + Alternativer Titel + título alternativo de una obra + alternative title of the work + 작품의 다른 제목 + 作品代換題名 + título alternativo del trabajo + 別タイトル。 + autre titre de l'oeuvre. + titolo alternativo dell'opera + Alternativer Titel des Werks + + + short + Kurztitel + abbreviated form of title + 제목의 축약형 + 題名的縮寫形式 + forma abreviada del título + タイトルの省略形。 + forme abrégée du titre. + forma abbreviata del titolo + Kurzform des Titels + + + descriptive + 기술적 + descrittivo + description paraphrastique de + l’ouvrage. + Beschreibung + paráfrasis descriptiva de la obra + descriptive paraphrase of the work + 작품의 기술적 설명적 환문 + 作品的描述性改述 + paráfrasis descriptiva del trabajo + 説明的な言い換え。 + texte qui paraphrase l'oeuvre. + parafrasi descrittiva dell'opera + beschreibende Paraphrase eines Werks + + + + + + + + THE FORTUNES + AND MISFORTUNES Of the FAMOUS + Moll Flanders, &c. + + Who was BORN in NEWGATE, + And during a Life of continu'd Variety for + Threescore Years, besides her Childhood, was + Twelve Year a Whore, five times a Wife (wherof + once to her own Brother) Twelve Year a Thief, + Eight Year a Transported Felon in Virginia, + at last grew Rich, liv'd Honest, and died a + Penitent. + + + + + + + Cinq semaines en ballon. + Voyage de découvertes en Afrique par 3 anglais. + + + + + + + 千年一嘆 + 這是一份真實的考察日記，記錄余秋雨在 20 世紀最後幾個月的數萬里行程。余秋雨與鳳凰電視台一行於 1999 年 9 月 27 日啟程，尋訪世界的古老文明。旅程開始時，5 輛吉普車從香港海運至埃及亞歷山大港，人員乘坐飛機至希臘雅典，考察完希臘本土和克利特島後至開羅，與吉普車會合，然後由吉普車走完全程，直至返回香港。 + + + + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + document author + 문서 저자 + 文件作者 + auteur du document + Verfasser des Dokuments + autor del documento + autore del documento + contains the name of the author of the document, as given on the +title page (often but not always contained in a byline). + 제목 페이지에 제시되는 문서의 작가명을 포함한다(그러나 종종 작자명 행에 포함되는 것은 아니다.) + 包含文件作者名稱，同於題名頁上顯示的作者名 (經常但不一定出現在署名當中) 。 + タイトルページにある(一般には署名欄にある)当該文書の著者名を示す。 + contient le nom de l’auteur du document tel qu’il est donné sur la page de titre (ce nom est le plus souvent contenu dans une mention de responsabilité). + enthält den Namen des Verfassers des Dokuments, wie auf dem Titelblatt angegeben (häufig, jedoch nicht immer in der Verfasserzeile). + contiene el nombre del autor del documento, tal y como aparece indicado en el frontispicio (a menudo, pero no siempre, contenido dentro del elemento byline). + contiene il nome dell'autore del documento, come indicato nel frontespizio (spesso ma non sempre contenuto all'interno dell'elemento byline) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World, in Four +Parts. + + By Lemuel Gulliver, First a Surgeon, +and then a Captain of several Ships + + + + + + + + Le quart livre de faicts et dict Heroiques du bon + Pantagruel + + Composé par M. François Rabelais docteur en Medicine. + + + + +

                              The document author's name often occurs within a byline, but + the docAuthor element may be used whether the + byline element is used or not. It should be used only for + the author(s) of the entire document, not for author(s) of any + subset or part of it. (Attributions of authorship of a subset or + part of the document, for example of a chapter in a textbook or an + article in a newspaper, may be encoded with byline + without docAuthor.)

                              +                               + +

                              Le nom de l'auteur d'un document apparaît souvent au sein d'un élément + byline, mais l'élément docAuthor peut être utilisé même si + l'élément byline n'est pas présent.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該文書の著者名が署名欄に書かれている場合、要素byline + の使用状況とは関係なく、要素docAuthorは使用されることがあ + る。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Der Name eines Autors eines Dokuments erscheint zwar häufig in einer Verfasserzeile, das + docAuthor-Element kann jedoch auch unabhängig von einem byline-Element + benutzt werden. Es sollte jedoch nur für Autoren des gesamten Dokuments und nicht für Autoren + von Abschnitten des Dokuments eingesetzt werden. (Für solche Fälle, wie z. B. Beiträge in + Sammelbänden oder einzelne Zeitungsartikel, kann das byline-Element ohne die Angabe + eines docAuthor-Elements benutzt.)

                              +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + imprimatur + Imprimatur + contains a formal statement authorizing the publication of a work, sometimes required to + appear on a title page or its verso. + 작품 출판을 인가하는 공식적 진술. 이는 제목 페이지 또는 그 이면에 나타나도록 종종 요구된다. + 包含作品出版的正式授權聲明，有時必須出現在題名頁或反頁上。 + 作品の出版に関する公式の情報を示す。場合によっては、タイトルページや その左ページに出現する必要がある。 + contient une mention formalisée autorisant la publication + d’un ouvrage, parfois exigée sur une page de titre ou à son verso. + enthält eine formelle Erklärung zur Autorisation der + Veröffentlichung, die manchmal auf der Titel- oder Rückseite erscheinen muss. + contiene una declaración formal que autoriza la + publicazione de una obra, normalmente contenida en el recto o en el verso del frontispicio. + contiene una dichiarazione formale che autorizza la + pubblicazione di un'opera, di solito riportata sul recto o sul verso del frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + Licensed and entred acording to Order. + + + + + Paris, 20 juin 1968; E. Berrat, Vicaire général. + + + + + 版權所有 翻印必究 + + + + 4.6. Title Pages + + + document edition + 문서 편집 + 文件版本 + édition du document + Ausgabe des Dokuments + edición del documento + edizione del documento + contains an edition statement as presented on a title page of a +document. + 문서의 제목 페이지에 제시되는 편집 진술을 포함한다. + 包含一份版本陳述，與文件題名頁所顯示的相同。 + タイトルページにある当該文書の版を示す。 + contient une mention d’édition telle qu’elle + figure sur la page de titre d’un document. + enthält Angaben zur Ausgabe, entsprechend den Informationen auf dem Titelblatt eines + Dokuments. + contiene una declaración editorial como la contiene el frontispicio de un documento. + contiene una dichiarazione editoriale così come riportata nel frontespizio di un documento + + + + + + + + + + + The Third edition Corrected + + + + + 3e Edition Augmentée + + + + + 修訂第三版 + + + +

                              Cf. the edition element of bibliographic +citation. As usual, the shorter name has been given to the +more frequent element.

                              +                               + +

                              Voir l'élément edition dans une citation bibliographique. Comme d'habitude, + un nom abrégé a été donné à l'élément le plus fréquent.

                              +                               + +

                              + 要素editionも参照のこと。一般には、よく使われる要素により + 簡単な名前が記述される。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Vgl. das edition-Element für bibliografische Angaben. Wie üblich wurde der kürzere Name + für das häufiger benutzte Element verwendet.

                              +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + document imprint + 문서 간기 + 文件出版說明 + mention d'impression + Impressum des Dokuments + declaración de imprenta + sigla editoriale del documento + contains the imprint statement (place and date of publication, +publisher name), as given +(usually) at the foot of a title page. + 대개 제목 페이지 아래에 제시되는 인쇄 판 진술(출판 장소와 날짜, 출판사명)을 포함한다. + 包含文件出版陳述 (出版日期、地點以及出版公司名稱) ，同於 (通常) 題名頁尾所顯示的出版資訊。 + 刊記にある出版関連情報を示す。例えば、出版日、出版者名など。一般には + タイトルページの下にある。 + contient la mention d'impression + de l'éditeur (lieu et date de publication, nom de l’éditeur), telle qu’elle est + généralement donnée au bas de la page de titre. + enthält das Impressum (Erscheinungsort und -datum, Verlag), das (üblicherweise) am unteren Rand der Titelseite steht. + contiene la declaración de la publicación (lugar y fecha de publicación, casa editorial) tal y como consta al pie del frontispicio. + contiene la dichiarazione di pubblicazione (luogo e data di pubblicazione, casa editrice) così come riportata di norma in fondo al frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1987 + +

                              Imprints may be somewhat more complex: +London +Printed for E. Nutt, +at +Royal Exchange; +J. Roberts in +wick-Lane; +A. Dodd without +Temple-Bar; +and J. Graves in +St. James's-street. + 1722. + +

                              +                               + + + Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1987 + +

                              Das Impressum kann auch etwas komplexer sein: + London + Printed for E. Nutt, + at + Royal Exchange; + J. Roberts in + wick-Lane; + A. Dodd without + Temple-Bar; + and J. Graves in + St. James's-street. + 1722. + +

                              +                               + + + 2006, Les Editions Trintexte, Trinity College, Toronto, Canada M5S + 1H8 + + + +

                              La description de l'impression est parfois plus complexe:

                              + + PARIS, Delangle Frères Éditeurs-libraires, + Place de la Bourse + + MDCCCXXX + +                               + + + 上海：中華書局，2001年。 + + + + + 1995年初版發行於台北：麥田出版，王德威主編 ; 另外亦出版於香港： 城邦; 馬來西亞：城邦。 + + + +

                              Cf. the imprint element of bibliographic +citations. As with title, author, and editions, the shorter name is +reserved for the element likely to be used more often.

                              +                               + +

                              Voir l'élément imprint dans une citation bibliographique. Comme pour le + titre, l'auteur, et la mention d'édition, le nom le plus court est réservé à + l'élément le plus fréquemment utilisé.

                              +                               + +

                              + 書誌情報向けの要素imprintも参照のこと。タイトル、著者名、 + 版については、よく使われる要素により簡単な名前が記述される。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Vgl. das imprint-Element für bibliografische Angaben. Wie bei title, + author und edition ist der kürzere Name für das häufiger benutzte Element + reserviert.

                              +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + document date + 문서 날짜 + 文件日期 + date du document + Datierung des Dokuments + fecha del documento + data del documento + contains the date of a document, as given on a title page or in a dateline. + 대개 제목 페이지에 제시되는 문서의 날짜를 포함한다. + 包含文件日期， 同於 (通常) 在題名頁上顯示的日期。 + 文書の日付を示す。一般にはタイトルページに書かれている。 + contient la date d’un document telle qu’elle est (généralement ) donnée sur une page de titre. + enthält die Datierung des Dokuments, wie auf der Titelseite oder in einer Datumszeile angegeben. + contiene la fecha del documento, tal y como, normalmente, aparece en el frontispicio. + contiene la data del documento così come riportata di norma nel frontespizio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1987 + + + + + + Lettres Modernes Minard, PARIS-CAEN + 2003 + + + + + + 上海：中華書局，2001年。 + + + + +

                              Cf. the general date element in the core tag set. + This specialized element is provided for convenience in marking + and processing the date of the documents, since it is likely to + require specialized handling for many applications. It should be + used only for the date of the entire document, not for any subset + or part of it.

                              +                               + +

                              Voir l'élément générique date dans le module core. L'élément + spécifique docDate est fourni à toutes fins utiles pour encoder et traiter + la date des documents, puisque celle-ci requiert une gestion particulière pour de + nombreux besoins.

                              +                               + +

                              + 要素dateは、コアタグ集合で定義されている。 + 当該要素は、当該文書の日付を記述・処理するためのものである。多くの + ソフトウェアは独自の扱いをするだろう。 +

                              +                               + +

                              Vgl. das allgemeine date-Element im core-Modul. Dieses + spezialisierte Element erleichtert die Kodierung und Verarbeitung der Datierung eines Dokuments, + die vermutlich in vielen Anwendungsszenarien gesondert behandelt wird. Es sollte nur für das + Datum des gesamten Dokuments verwendet werden, nicht für Datierungen von Abschnitten oder + Teilen.

                              +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + +                               + front matter + 전면부 내용 + 正文前資訊 + texte préliminaire + Vorspann (front) + paratexto inicial + peritesto iniziale + contains any prefatory matter + (headers, abstracts, title page, prefaces, dedications, etc.) found at the + start of a document, before the main body. + 주 본문 앞에 나타나는 문서의 시작부에서 발견되는 서문 + 자료(헤더, 제목 페이지, 머리말, 헌정사 등)를 포함한다. + 包含位於文件最前端、正文之前的項目 + (標頭、題名頁、前言、獻詞等) 。 + 本文より前、文書の始めにある序文としてあるもの(標題、タイトル、序文、 献辞など)。 + contient tout ce qui est au début + du document, avant le corps du texte : page de titre, dédicaces, préfaces, + etc. + enthält alle dem Textkörper vorangestellten Texte (Überschriften, Abstracts, Titelseite, + Vorworte, Widmungen, usw.) zu Beginn eines Dokuments. + contiene cualquier material + paratextual (encabezamiento, frontispicio, prefacio, dedicatoria, etc.) que + aparece delante del inicio del texto. + contiene qualsiasi materiale + peritestuale (intestazioni, frontespizio, prefazioni, dediche, etc.) che si + trovi prima dell'inizio del testo vero e proprio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Nam Sibyllam quidem Cumis ego ipse oculis meis vidi in ampulla + pendere, et cum illi pueri dicerent: Σίβυλλα τί + θέλεις; respondebat illa: ὰποθανεῖν θέλω. + + +
                              +

                              For Ezra Pound il miglior fabbro. +

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              +

                              à la mémoire de Raymond Queneau

                              +
                              +
                              +

                              L'amitié, l'histoire et la littérature m'ont fourni quelques-uns + des.personnages de ce livre. Toute autre ressemblance avec des + individus vivants ou ayant réellement ou fictivement existé ne + saurait être que coïncidence.

                              + + Regarde de tous tes yeux, regarde (Jules Verne, Michel + Strogoff ) + + +
                              +
                              + PRÉAMBULE + + + L'œil suit les chemins qui lui ont été ménagés dans l'oeuvre + (Paul Klee, Pädagosisches Skizzenbuch) + + + +

                              Au départ, l'art du puzzle semble un art bref, un art mince, tout + entier contenu dans un maigre enseignement de la Gestalttheorie : + ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              + Préface +

                              Tant qu'il existera, par le fait des lois et des moeurs, une + damnation sociale créant artificiellement, en pleine civilisation, + des enfers, et compliquant d'une fatalité humaine la destinée qui + est divine ; tant que les trois problèmes du siècle, la dégradation + de l'homme par le prolétariat, la déchéance de la femme par la faim, + l'atrophie de l'enfant par la nuit, ne seront pas résolus; tant que, + dans certaines régions, l'asphyxie sociale sera possible; en + d'autres termes, et à un point de vue plus étendu encore, tant qu'il + aura sur la terre ignorance et misère, des livres de la nature de + celui-ci pourront ne pas être inutiles.

                              + + + Hauteville-House + 1er janvier 1862 + + +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + 小燕子其實也無所愛，只是沉浸在朦朧而飄忽的夏夜夢里罷了。 + +
                              +

                              《憶》第三十五首

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              +

                              聲明啟事

                              +
                              +
                              + 作者聲明 +

                              書中所有情節內容皆為虛構，若有雷同，純屬巧合。

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              +

                              To our three selves

                              +
                              +
                              + Author's Note +

                              All the characters in this book are purely imaginary, and if the + author has used names that may suggest a reference to living persons + she has done so inadvertently. ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              +
                              + BACKGROUND: +

                              Food insecurity can put children at greater risk of obesity because + of altered food choices and nonuniform consumption patterns.

                              +
                              +
                              + OBJECTIVE: +

                              We examined the association between obesity and both child-level + food insecurity and personal food insecurity in US children.

                              +
                              +
                              + DESIGN: +

                              Data from 9,701 participants in the National Health and Nutrition + Examination Survey, 2001-2010, aged 2 to 11 years were analyzed. + Child-level food insecurity was assessed with the US Department of + Agriculture's Food Security Survey Module based on eight + child-specific questions. Personal food insecurity was assessed with + five additional questions. Obesity was defined, using physical + measurements, as body mass index (calculated as kg/m2) greater than + or equal to the age- and sex-specific 95th percentile of the Centers + for Disease Control and Prevention growth charts. Logistic + regressions adjusted for sex, race/ethnic group, poverty level, and + survey year were conducted to describe associations between obesity + and food insecurity.

                              +
                              +
                              + RESULTS: +

                              Obesity was significantly associated with personal food insecurity + for children aged 6 to 11 years (odds ratio=1.81; 95% CI 1.33 to + 2.48), but not in children aged 2 to 5 years (odds ratio=0.88; 95% + CI 0.51 to 1.51). Child-level food insecurity was not associated + with obesity among 2- to 5-year-olds or 6- to 11-year-olds.

                              +
                              +
                              + CONCLUSIONS: +

                              Personal food insecurity is associated with an increased risk of + obesity only in children aged 6 to 11 years. Personal + food-insecurity measures may give different results than aggregate + food-insecurity measures in children.

                              +
                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + +

                              Because cultural conventions differ as to which elements are grouped as + front matter and which as back matter, the content models for the + front and back elements are identical.

                              +                               + +

                              Aufgrund von unterschiedlichen kulturellen Konventionen, die Angaben in Vorspann und Nachspann + betreffend, sind die Inhaltsmodelle für die Elemente front und back + identisch.

                              +                               + + 4.6. Title Pages + 4. Default Text Structure + +                               + back matter + 후면부 내용 + 正文後資訊 + texte annexe + Nachspann (back) + paratexto final + peritesto finale + 後付 + contains any appendixes, etc. following the main part + of a text. + 텍스트의 주요부 뒤에 오는 부록 등을 포함한다. + 在正文之後，包含附錄等。 + 後付。本文の後に続く付録などを示す。 + contient tout supplément placé après la partie + principale d'un texte : appendice, etc. + enthält Anhänge jeglicher Art, die auf den Hauptteil + eines Textes folgen. + contiene cualquier tipo de apéndice, etc. que aparece + detrás del texto. + contiene qualsiasi appendice che segua il testo vero + e proprio + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              + The Golden Dream or, the Ingenuous Confession +

                              TO shew the Depravity of human Nature, and how apt the Mind is to be misled by Trinkets + and false Appearances, Mrs. Two-Shoes does acknowledge, that after she became rich, she + had like to have been, too fond of Money +

                              +
                              + +
                              + A letter from the Printer, which he desires may be inserted + Sir. +

                              I have done with your Copy, so you may return it to the Vatican, if you please; + +

                              +
                              +
                              + The Books usually read by the Scholars of Mrs Two-Shoes are these and are sold at Mr + Newbery's at the Bible and Sun in St Paul's Church-yard. + + The Christmas Box, Price 1d. + The History of Giles Gingerbread, 1d. + + A Curious Collection of Travels, selected from the Writers of all Nations, + 10 Vol, Pr. bound 1l. + +
                              +
                              + By the KING's Royal Patent, Are sold by J. NEWBERY, at the Bible and Sun in St. + Paul's Church-Yard. + + Dr. James's Powders for Fevers, the Small-Pox, Measles, Colds, &c. 2s. + 6d + Dr. Hooper's Female Pills, 1s. + + +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + +
                              + APPENDICE I + CHAPITRE XV bis +

                              Des cruautez exercées par les Turcs, et autres peuples : et nommément par les + Espagnols, beaucoup plus barbares que les Sauvages mesmes

                              +

                              Premierement Chalcondile en son histoire de la decadence de l'Empire des Grecs, ...

                              +
                              +
                              + Appendice 2 + Advertissement de l'autheur +

                              Outre les augmentations bien amples, et la revision beaucoup plus exacte que je n'avoye + fait és precedentes Editions, j'ai pour le contentement des Lecteurs, plusieurs endroits + de ceste quatrieme et derniere monstré ...

                              +
                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + 臺灣現代詩論戰史資料彙編 +

                              現代詩論戰史第一階段

                              +                               + + 白先勇致瘂弦洛夫 + 您好， +

                              您的副本我已使用完畢，可以歸還了，麻煩您。

                              +                               + + 本論文提及的專書，可於台灣各大書店詢問訂購。 + + 陳芳明《詩與現實》，台北：洪範，1983。 + 洛夫《詩人之鏡》，台北：大業，1969。 + 廖炳惠《回顧現代》，台北：麥田，1994。 + + + + 詩集、詩選也可於網路書店購得。 + + 余光中《天狼星》，台北：洪範，1976。 + 席慕蓉著《無怨的青春》，台北，大地，1983。 + + +                               +                               +                               + +

                              Because cultural conventions differ as to which elements are grouped as back matter and which + as front matter, the content models for the back and front elements are + identical.

                              +                               + +

                              Le modèle de contenu de l'élément back est identique à celui de l'élément + front, ce qui permet de rendre compte de pratiques éditoriales qui ont évolué avec + l'histoire culturelle.

                              +                               + +

                              どのような内容が後付あるいは前付とされるかは文化的慣習で異なるため、backとfrontの内容モデルは同一である。

                              +                               + +

                              Aufgrund von unterschiedlichen kulturellen Konventionen, die Angaben in Vorspann und Nachspann + betreffend, sind die Inhaltsmodelle für die Elemente front und back + identisch.

                              +                               + + 4.7. Back Matter + 4. Default Text Structure + +                               + provides a set of attributes for hypertextual linking. + 하이퍼텍스트와 다른 연결에 대한 속성의 집합을 정의한다. 이것은 연결에 대한 부가적 태그 집합이 선택될 때 모든 요소에 가능해야 한다. + 定義一組用於超文字連結及其他連結的屬性，當連結的附加標籤組被選擇時，這些屬性可用於所有元素。 + ハイパーテキストリンクの属性セットを提供する。 + fournit un ensemble d'attributs pour décrire les liens hypertextuels. + define un conjunto de atributos para hipertexto u otro vínculo habilitado para todos los elementos cuando se selecciona la etiqueta adicional para los enlaces. + definisce un insieme di attributi per ipertesto o altro legame abilitati per tutti gli elementi quando è selezionato il sottoinsieme di marcatori per i collegamenti + stellt Attribute für hypertextuelle Verlinkungen bereit. + + + corresponds + 일치 + correspondencia + correspond + corrispondente + 対応 + korrespondiert + points to elements that correspond to the current element in some way. + 어떤 식으로든 현 요소와 일치하는 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到的元素在某方面符合現有元素。 + 当該要素と対応する要素を示す。 + pointe vers des éléments qui ont une correspondance avec l'élément en question. + señala los elementos que presentan una correspondencia con el elemento corriente. + punta a elementi che hanno una qualche corrispondenza con l'elemento corrente + zeigt auf Elemente, die dem aktuellen Element in gewisser Weise entsprechen. + + + + + + +
                              + He Whakamaramatanga mo te Ture Hoko, Riihi hoki, i nga Whenua Maori, 1876. +

                              …

                              +
                              + +                               + + +
                              + An Act to regulate the Sale, Letting, and Disposal of Native Lands, 1876. +

                              …

                              +
                              + +                               +                               +                               +

                              In this example a group contains two texts, each containing the same document in a different language. The correspondence is indicated using corresp. The language is indicated using xml:lang, whose value is inherited; both the tag with the corresp and the tag pointed to by the corresp inherit the value from their immediate parent.

                              +                               + + + + + + + London + The city of London... + + + + + London + +

                              Allegorical character representing the city of London.

                              +                               +                               + + London’s Genius + +

                              Personification of London’s genius. Appears as an + allegorical character in mayoral shows. +

                              +                               +                               +                               +

                              In this example, a place element containing information about the city of + London is linked with two person elements in a literary personography. + This correspondence represents a slightly looser relationship than the one in the + preceding example; there is no sense in which an allegorical character could be + substituted for the physical city, or vice versa, but there is obviously a correspondence + between them.

                              +                               + +                               + + synchronous + 동시발생 + sincrónico + synchrone + sincrono + 連動 + synchron + points to elements that are synchronous with the current element. + 현 요소와 동시 발생하는 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到的元素和現有元素同時出現。 + 当該要素と連動する要素を示す。 + pointe vers des éléments qui sont synchrones avec l'élément en question. + señala los elementos que son sincrónicos con el elemento corriente. + punta a elementi sincroni rispetto all'elemento corrente + zeigt auf Elemente, die synchron mit dem aktuellen Element sind. + + + + points to an element that is the same as the current element. + 현 요소와 동일한 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到的元素和現有元素相同。 + 当該要素と同一の要素を示す。 + pointe vers un élément identique à l'élément en question. + señala el elementos que se corresponde exactamente con el elemento corriente. + punta a un elemento che corrisponde esattamente all'elemento corrente + zeigt auf ein Element, das mit dem aktuellen Element identisch ist. + + + + points to an element of which the current element is a copy. + 현 요소가 그 복사인 요소를 가리킨다. + 現有元素為所連結元素的複製本。 + 当該要素のコピー要素を示す。 + pointe vers un élément dont l'élément en question est une copie. + señala un elemento del que el elemento corriente es una copia. + punta a un elemento di cui l'elemento corrente è una copia + zeigt auf ein Element, von dem das aktuelle Element eine Kopie ist. + + +

                              Any content of the current element should be ignored. Its + true content is that of the element being pointed at.

                              +                               + +

                              Tout contenu appartenant à l'élément en cours doit être ignoré. Le vrai + contenu est celui de l'élément cible du pointeur.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該要素の内容は無視されるべき。本当の内容は、参照先の要素の内 + 容になる。 +

                              +                               +                               + + next + suivant + nachfolgend + points to the next element of a virtual aggregate of which the current element is part. + 현 요소가 그 부분인 가상 집합의 다음 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到現有元素所屬虛擬集合中的下一個元素。 + indica el elemento siguiente de un agregado virtual del cual elemento actual es una parte. + 当該要素も所属する仮想集合における次の要素を示す。 + pointe vers l'élément suivant d'un ensemble virtuel dont l'élément en question est une partie. + punta all'elemento seguente all'interno di un aggregazione virtuale di cui l'elemento corrente fa parte + zeigt auf das nächste Element innerhalb einer gedachten Gruppe, von der das betreffende Element ein Teil ist. + +

                              It is recommended that the element indicated be of the same type as the element bearing this attribute.

                               + +

                              指定された要素も、この属性を持つ要素と同じ型であることが推奨される。

                              +                               +                               + + previous + 이전 + anterior + précédent + precedente + 前の + vorhergehend + points to the previous element of a virtual aggregate of which the current element is part. + 현 요소가 그 부분인 가상 집합의 이전 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到現有元素所屬虛擬集合中的上一個元素。 + 当該要素も所属する仮想集合における前の要素を示す。 + pointe vers l'élément précédent d'un ensemble virtuel auquel appartient l'élément en question. + señala al elemento precedente de una adición virtual, de la cual el elemento corriente forma parte. + punta all'elemento precedente all'interno di un aggregazione virtuale di cui l'elemento corrente fa parte + zeigt auf das vorherige Element innerhalb einer gedachten Gruppe, von der das betreffende Element ein Teil ist. + +

                              It is recommended that the element indicated be of the same type as the element bearing this attribute.

                               + +

                              指定された要素も、この属性を持つ要素と同じ型であることが推奨される。

                              +                               +                               + + points to elements that are in exclusive alternation with the current element. + 현 요소와 배타적 교체인 요소를 가리킨다. + 連結到的元素是現有元素的專有替換元素。 + 当該要素の代替要素を示す。 + pointe vers des éléments qui sont une alternative exclusive à l'élément en question. + señala los elementos que estan en relación de alternancia exclusiva con el elemento corriente. + punta a elementi in relazione di alternanza esclusiva con l'elemento corrente + zeigt auf Elemente, die eine exklusive Alternative zu dem aktuellen Element darstellen. + + + + selects one or more alternants; if one alternant is + selected, the ambiguity or uncertainty is marked as resolved. If + more than one alternant is selected, the degree of ambiguity or + uncertainty is marked as reduced by the number of alternants not + selected. + 하나 이상의 교체형을 선택한다; 만약 하나의 교체형이 선택되면 중의성 또는 불활실성이 해결된 것으로 표시된다. 만약 둘 이상의 교체형이 선택되면, 중의성 또는 불확실성의 정도가, 선택되지 않은 교체형의 수로 감소된 것으로 표시된다. + 選擇一個或多個替換；若選擇一個替換，則疑惑或不明確被標記為已解決。若選擇的替換多於一個，則疑惑或不明確的程度因為未選擇的替換而被標記為減低。 + ひとつ以上の選択肢を選ぶ。ひとつの選択肢が選ばれる場合、その曖昧 度や不確実度が示される。複数の選択肢が選ばれる場合、選ばれなかっ た選択肢の数から還元される、曖昧度や不確実度が示される。 + sélectionne une ou plusieurs valeurs alternatives ; si une seule valeur est sélectionnée, l'ambiguïté ou l'incertitude est marquée comme résolue. Si plus d'une valeur alternative est sélectionnée, le degré d'ambiguïté ou d'incertitude est marqué comme réduit par le nombre de valeurs alternatives non sélectionnées. + selecciona una o más alternativas; si se selecciona una de las alternativas, la ambigüidad o la incerteza se indica como resuelta; si se selecciona más de una alternativa, el grado de ambigüidad o incerteza se indica como reducido del número de las alternativas no seleccionadas. + seleziona una o più alternative; se viene selezionata una delle alternative, l'ambiguità o incertezza è indicata come risolta; se viene selezionata più di un'alternativa, il grado di ambiguità o incertezza è indicato come ridotto dal numero delle alternative non selezionate + + +

                              This attribute should be placed on an element which is + superordinate to all of the alternants from which the + selection is being made.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut doit être placé dans un élément hiérarchiquement supérieur à + tous les éléments possibles parmi lesquelles la sélection est faite.

                              +                               + +

                              + 当該属性は、選択対象となる全ての要素の上位に位置する要素に付与 + されるべきである。 +

                              +                               +                               +                               + + 17. Linking, Segmentation, and Alignment + +                               + link + lien + defines an association or hypertextual link among elements or passages, of some type not more precisely specifiable by other elements. + 다른 요소들에 의해 좀 더 명확하게 명시되지 않는 유형의 요소 또는 단락들의 연관 또는 하이퍼텍스트 연결을 정의한다. + 定義元素或段落之間的關連或超文字連結，其他元素無法將此連結類型作更詳細說明。 + 他の要素では上手く示せない、要素や一節間にある関連性やハイパーテキス トリンクを定義する。 + définit une association ou un lien hypertextuel entre des éléments ou des passages, lien dont le type ne peut être spécifié précisément par d'autres éléments. + define una asociación o vínculo hipertextual entre elementos o fragmentos de texto que no es especificable por otros elementos. + definisce tra elementi o porzioni di testo un'associazione o legame ipertestuale non meglio specificabile da altri elementi + + + + + + + + + + + + You must supply at least two values for @target or on + + + + + + The state Supreme Court has refused to release Rahway State Prison inmate + James Scott on bail. + The fighter is serving 30-40 years + for a 1975 armed robbery conviction in the penitentiary. + + + + + + + + +

                              This element should only be used to encode associations not otherwise provided for by more specific elements.

                              +

                              The location of this element within a document has no significance, unless it is included within a linkGrp, in which case it may inherit the value of the type attribute from the value given on the linkGrp.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet élément n’est utilisé que pour encoder des associations ; il n’est pas préconisé pour d’autres éléments plus spécifiques.

                              +

                              L’emplacement de cet élément dans un document n'a aucune signification, à moins qu'il ne soit inclus dans un élément linkGrp ; dans ce cas il peut hériter de la valeur donnée à l’attribut type de l’élément linkGrp .

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素は、他の要素では示すことができない関連性を符号化する際にの み使われるべきである。

                              +

                              当該要素が、要素linkGrpでまとめられているのでなければ、当 該要素のある場所は重要ではない。要素linkGrpの下にある場合、 属性typeの値は要素linkGrpがもつ値を継承する。

                              +                               + + 17.1. Links + +                               + link group + 연결군 + + grupo de enlace + groupe de liens + gruppo di collegamenti + defines a collection of associations or hypertextual links. + 연관 또는 하이퍼텍스트 연결의 집합을 정의한다. + 定義一群關連或超文字連結的集合。 + 関連性やハイパーテキストリンクの集合を定義する。 + définit un ensemble d'associations ou de liens hypertextuels. + define un conjunto de asociaciones o de vínculos hipertextuales. + definisce una raccolta di associazioni o legami ipertestuali + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                              +

                              + Longtemps, je me suis couché de bonne heure. + Parfois, à peine ma bougie éteinte, mes yeux se fermaient si vite que je n'avais pas le temps de me dire : "Je m'endors." +

                              + +
                              +
                              +

                              + For a long time I used to go to bed early. + Sometimes, when I had put out my candle, my eyes would close so quickly that I had not even time to say "I'm going to sleep." +

                              + +
                              +                               +                               + + + + + + + +
                              +

                              + Longtemps, je me suis couché de bonne heure. + Parfois, à peine ma bougie éteinte, mes yeux se fermaient si vite que + je n'avais pas le temps de me dire : "Je m'endors." +

                              +
                              +
                              +

                              + For a long time I used to go to bed early. + Sometimes, when I had put out my candle, my eyes would close so quickly + that I had not even time to say "I'm going to sleep." +

                              +
                              +                               +                               + + + + + + + +
                              +

                              + 床前明月光，疑似地上霜； + 舉頭望明月，低頭思故鄉。 +

                              + +
                              +
                              +

                              + 月光照的床前一片潔白，看起來像是地上結滿的白霜； + 抬起頭來，望著明月，低下頭來，思念起故鄉。 +

                              + +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              May contain one or more link or ptr elements.

                              +

                              A web or link group is an administrative convenience, which should be used to collect a set of links together for any purpose, not simply to supply a default value for the type attribute.

                              +                               + +

                              Ne peut contenir qu’un ou plusieurs éléments link ou ptr.

                              +

                              Un groupe de liens facilite les opérations de gestion de ces liens ; on devrait l'utiliser pour regrouper un ensemble de liens dans un but précis, et non pas simplement pour donner une valeur par défaut à l'attribut type.

                              +                               + +

                              ひとつ以上の要素linkのみを含む。場合によっては、ポインタ 要素が挟まることもある。

                              +

                              webグループまたはリンクグループは、管理上便利なものである。これに より、属性typeのデフォルト値を与えるためだけではなく、各 種の目的でリンクをまとめることができる。

                              +                               + + 17.1. Links + +                               + anonymous block + 익명 구역 + 匿名區塊 + bloc anonyme + bloque anónimo + blocco anonimo + 無名ブロック + contains any component-level unit of text, acting as a container for phrase or inter level elements analogous to, but without the same constraints as, a paragraph. + 의미적 부담 없이, 문단과 유사한 구 또는 상호층위 요소에 대한 익명 전달체로 기능하는 임의적 성분-층위 단위를 포함한다. + 包含文件中任何隨機組合性層次的單元，匿名收容類似一個段落、但不包含段落語義的字詞或中間層元素。 + 任意の部分的テキスト単位を示す。特定の意味はなくとも、段落に相当する、 句レベル・挿入レベルの単位として無名単位になる。 + contient une unité de texte quelconque, de niveau composant, faisant office de contenant anonyme pour une expression ou des éléments de niveau intermédiaire, analogue à un paragraphe mais sans sa portée sémantique. + contiene cualquier unidad textual a nivel de componente que actua como un contenedor anónimo de sintagmas o de elementos de internivel similares al párrafo pero sin la carga semántica de este último. + contiene una qualsiasi unità testuale a livello di componente che funge da contenitore anonimo di sintagmi o elementi interlivello simili al paragrafo ma senza il bagaglio semantico di quest'ultimo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abstract model violation: Metrical lines may not contain higher-level divisions such as p or ab, unless ab is a child of figure or note, or is a descendant of floatingText. + + + + + + +
                              +
                              + In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. + And the earth was without form, and void; and + darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the + spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters. + And God said, Let there be light: and there was light. + +
                              +
                              +                               +                               + +

                              The ab element may be used at the encoder's discretion to mark any component-level elements in a text for which no other more specific appropriate markup is defined. Unlike paragraphs, ab may nest and may use the type and subtype attributes.

                              +                               +

                              El elemento ab se puede utilizar a discreción del codificador para marcar cualquier elemento a nivel de componente en un texto para el que no se haya definido ningún otro marcado apropiado más específico.

                               + +

                              L'élément ab peut être utilisé à la discrétion de l'encodeur pour marquer dans un texte tout élément de niveau composant pour lequel aucune méthode appropriée de balisage plus spécifique n'est définie.

                              +                               + +

                              要素abは、符号化する人が望むあらゆる単位レベルで、適切な 要素が規定されていない場合に、自由に使用することが出来る。

                              +                               + + 17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors + +                               + anchor point + 앵커 지점 + 錨點 + point d'ancrage + punto de anclaje + punto di ancoraggio + Ankerpunkt + アンカーポイント + attaches an identifier to a point within a text, whether or not it corresponds with a textual element. + 텍스트적 요소와의 일치여부와 상관없이 텍스트 내의 특정 지점에 확인소를 부착한다. + 在文件中某一位置附上識別符碼，無論該位置是否符合一個文字性元素。 + テキスト中のある地点に対して識別子を付与する。テキスト要素と対応するかは問われない。 + attache un identifiant à un point du texte, que ce point corresponde ou non à un élément textuel. + enlanza un indentificador con una posición al interno del texto, independientemente del hecho que esta corresponda o no a un elemento textual. + aggancia un indentificatore a una posizione all'interno del testo indipendentemente dal fatto che questa corrisponda o meno a un elemento testuale + fügt an einer Stelle im Text eine Kennung ein, unabhängig von der Textstruktur. + + + + + + + + + + The anchor is here somewhere. + Help me find it. + + + + + + L'ancre est ici quelque part. + Aidez-moi à la trouver. + + + + + + 此錨點指向這裡 + 請搜尋此處 + + + + +

                              On this element, the global xml:id attribute must be supplied to specify an identifier for the point at which this element occurs within a document. The value used may be chosen freely provided that it is unique within the document and is a syntactically valid name. There is no requirement for values containing numbers to be in sequence.

                              +                               + +

                              Il faut donner à cet élément un attribut global xml:id afin de spécifier un identifiant pour le point où l'élément intervient dans un document TEI. La valeur utilisée peut être choisie librement, pourvu qu'elle soit unique dans le document TEI et que le nom soit syntaxiquement valide. Les valeurs contenant des nombres ne doivent pas nécessairement former une séquence.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素において、グローバル属性xml:idの値としてIDを付 与する必要がある。この値は、該当する文書中でユニークであり、かつ統語 上妥当な名前であれば、自由に決めてよい。必ずしも連続する番号を振る必 要はない。

                              +                               + +

                              In diesem Element muss das globale xml:id-Attribut gesetzt werden, um eine Kennung für + genau diese Stelle innerhalb des Dokuments angeben zu können. Der Wert kann frei gewählt werden, + solange er innerhalb des Dokuments eindeutig ist und es sich um einen syntaktisch validen Namen + handelt. Werden innerhalb des xml:id-Attributs Zahlen verwendet, müssen die Werte nicht + sequenziell verwendet werden.

                              +                               + + 8.4.2. Synchronization and Overlap + 17.5. Correspondence and Alignment + +                               + arbitrary segment + 임의의 분절 + 隨機分割 + segment quelconque + segmento arbitrario + segmento arbitrario + arbiträres Segment + represents any segmentation of text below the chunk level. + (다른 분절 요소를 포함하여) 텍스트의 임의의 구-층위 단위를 포함한다. + 包含文件中任何隨機字詞層次的單元 (包括其他分割元素)。 + 任意の句レベルのテキスト単位を示す(要素segを含む)。 + contient une unité de texte quelconque de niveau segment. + contiene cualquier unidad textual a nivel sintagmático (inclusive otros elementos de tipo seg.) + contiene una qualsiasi unità testuale a livello sintagmatico (ivi compresi altri elementi del tipo seg) + beschreibt Segmente eines Texts unterhalb des Chunk-Level. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When are you leaving? + Tomorrow. + + + + + Quand partez-vous ? + Demain. + + + + + C' était à Mégara, faubourg de Carthage, dans les jardins d' Hamilcar. + + + + + La magnificence et la galanterie n'ont jamais paru en France avec tant d'éclat que dans les dernières + années du règne de Henri second. + + + + + + 你什麼時候出發? + 明天。 + + + + + + 此屬性值表示句首第一個字母大寫 + + + + + + + 唐太宗李世民， 為唐高祖李淵與竇皇后的次子，是唐朝第二位皇帝。 + 李承乾為其三子中的長子... + 娶長孫氏為妻，長孫皇后是北魏皇族拓跋氏之後... + + + + + + So father's only glory was the ballfield. + + + + + + Sigmund, the son of Volsung, was a king in Frankish country. + Sinfiotli was the eldest of his sons ... + Borghild, Sigmund's wife, had a brother ... + + + + +

                              The seg element may be used at the encoder's discretion to mark any segments of the text of interest for processing. One use of the element is to mark text features for which no appropriate markup is otherwise defined. Another use is to provide an identifier for some segment which is to be pointed at by some other element—i.e. to provide a target, or a part of a target, for a ptr or other similar element.

                              +                               + +

                              L'élément seg peut être utilisé à la discrétion de l'encodeur pour baliser tout segment du texte intéressant pour un traitement informatique. L'un des usages de cet élément est d'encoder des caractéristiques textuelles pour lesquelles aucun balisage approprié n'est défini par ailleurs. Un autre usage consiste à fournir un identifiant pour un segment vers lequel pointe un autre élément - c'est-à-dire à fournir une cible, ou une partie de cible, pour un élément ptr ou pour un autre élément similaire.

                              +                               + +

                              要素segは、何らかの処理対象を想定して、符号化する人の判断 により、使用されるかもしれない。当該要素は、適当な要素が定義されて いないときに、そのテキスト素性を示すために使われる。すなわち、簡易 拡張機能としてある。また、ある部分に識別子を付与するためにも使用さ れる。すなわち、要素ptr等から参照される対象を作る。

                              +                               + +

                              Das seg-Element kann nach Gutdünken verwendet werden, um jegliches Textsegment, welches + für eine Weiterverarbeitung relevant sein könnte, auszuzeichnen. Eine Anwendung des Elements ist + die Auszeichnung von Textmerkmalen, für welche sonst kein dediziertes Markup verfügbar ist. Ein + anderer Anwendungsfall ist, einen Identifikator für ein Textsegment anzubieten, um von anderen + Elementen auf dieses Segment verweisen zu können, z. B. um ein Ziel für einen ptr oder + ein ähnliches Element zur Verfügung zu stellen.

                              +                               + + 17.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors + 6.2. Components of the Verse Line + 7.2.5. Speech Contents + +                               + indicates a point in time either relative to other elements in the same timeline tag, or absolutely. + 동일 시간선상의 태그에서 다른 요소들에 대한 상대적 또는 절대적인 시간 지점을 표시한다. + 指出一個時間點，相對或絕對於同一時間進程標籤裡的其他元素。 + 同じ要素timeline中にある他の要素に対応する時点、または絶対 的な時点を示す。 + indique un point dans le temps, soit relatif à d'autres éléments de l'élément timeline dans lequel il est contenu, soit dans l'absolu. + proporciona una indicación temporal en términos relativos respecto a otros elementos determinados sobre la misma escala temporal, o en términos absolutos. + fornisce un'indicazione temporale in termini relativi, rispetto ad altri elementi determinati sulla stessa scala temporale, o in termini assoluti + + + + + + + supplies an absolute value for the time. + 시간에 대한 절대값을 제시한다. + 提供一個絕對時間值。 + 当該時点の、絶対時間を示す。 + contient une valeur temporelle absolue. + proporciona un valor temporal absoluto + indica un valore temporale assoluto + + +

                              This attribute should always be specified on a when element which serves as the target for the origin attribute of a timeline.

                              +                               + +

                              Cet attribut est obligatoire pour l'élément when qui est désigné comme cible par l'attribut origin de l'élément timeline.

                              +                               + +

                              要素timelineにある属性originの値で指定され た要素で必要となる。

                              +                               +                               + + specifies the unit of time in which the interval value is expressed, if this is not inherited from the parent timeline. + 상위 timeline으로부터 상속받지 않았다면, interval 값이 표현된 시간 단위를 명시한다. + 若未由父元素timeLine得到時間單位資訊，則在此指明屬性interval所使用的時間單位。 + 親要素timeLineから継承されない場合、属性 intervalで示される時間の単位を示す。 + spécifie l'unité de temps dans laquelle la valeur de l'attribut interval est exprimée, si elle n'est pas héritée de l'élément parent timeLine. + especifica la unidad temporal en la que se expresa el valor interval, si este valor no es heredado del padre timeline. + specifica l'unità temporale nel quale è espresso l'attributo interval, se questo non è ereditato dal genitore timeline + + + + days + jours + giorni + días + + + hours + heures + ore + horas + + + minutes + minutos + minuti + + + seconds + secondes + secondi + segundos + + + milliseconds + millisecondes + millesimi di secondo + milésimas de segundo + + + + + specifies a time + interval either as a number or as one of the keywords defined + by the datatype teidata.interval. + 시구간의 수치 부분을 명시한다. + 指明時間區段中的數值部份 + 時間幅を数値で示す。 + spécifie la partie numérique d'un intervalle de temps. + especifica los componentes numéricos de un intervalo temporal. + indica la componente numerica di un intervallo temporale + + + + identifies the reference point for determining the time of the current when element, which is obtained by adding the interval to the time of the reference point. + 현재의 when 요소의 시간을 결정하기 위한 참조 지점을 식별하며, 이것은 참조 지점의 시간에 구간을 합하여 구해진다. + 指出一個參照點，用以確定現有元素when的時間，可於參照點的時間內加入區段而取得。 + 当該要素whenの時間となる参照時点を示す。参照時点に時間 幅を足すことで得られる。 + identifie le point de référence pour déterminer la date ou l'heure de l'élément courant when : cette date ou cette heure s'obtiennent en ajoutant la valeur de l'intervalle à la date du point de référence. + identifica el punto de referencia para la determinación del valor temporal del elemento when (cuando) en cuestión, obtenido añadiendo el intervalo al punto de referencia temporal. + identifica il punto di riferimento per la determinazione del valore temporale dell'elemento when corrente, ottenuto aggiungendo l'intervallo al punto di riferimento temporale + + +

                              This attribute should point to another when + element in the same timeline. If no value is + supplied, and the absolute attribute is also unspecified, then the reference point is understood to be the origin of the enclosing timeline tag.

                              +                               + +

                              Si cet attribut est omis, et qu'il n'y a pas d'attribut absolute, le point de référence retenu est alors l'attribut originde l'élément englobant timeline.

                              +                               + +

                              当該属性が省略され、かつ属性absoluteが指定されてい ない場合、参照時点は、要素timelineの始点と解釈される。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              On this element, the global xml:id attribute must be supplied to specify an identifier for this point in time. The value used may be chosen freely provided that it is unique within the document and is a syntactically valid name. There is no requirement for values containing numbers to be in sequence.

                              +                               + +

                              L'élément when doit avoir un attribut global xml:id pour identifier ce point dans le temps. La valeur utilisée peut être choisie librement, pourvu qu'elle soit unique dans le document et que le nom soit syntaxiquement valide. Les valeurs contenant des nombres ne doivent pas nécessairement former une séquence.

                              +                               + +

                              当該要素には、時点の識別子となるグローバル属性xml:idは 必ず付与される。この値は、当該文書中でユニークであり、統語上妥当で ある名前であれば、自由に選んでよい。一連の数字を含むといった制約は ない。

                              +                               + + 17.4.2. Placing Synchronous Events in Time + +                               + timeline + 시간선상 + 時間進程 + frise chronologique + escala temporal + scala temporale + provides a set of ordered points in time which can be linked to elements of a spoken text to create a temporal alignment of that text. + 해당 텍스트의 시간 정렬을 생성하기 위해 구어 텍스트의 요소들이 연결될 수 있는 시간의 순서로 정렬된 지점의 집합을 제시한다. + 提供一組整齊的時間順序點，可與口說文本的元素相連結，以建立該文本的時間組序。 + 時間的なまとまりを示すために、発話テキストの要素をリンクすることがで きる、時間軸上の順序付き時点の集合を示す。 + fournit un ensemble de points ordonnés dans le temps qui peuvent être liés à des éléments de la parole transcrite pour créer un alignement temporel de ce texte. + indica una serie de puntos ordenados temporalmente los cuales pueden ser enlazados a los elementos de un texto hablado a fin de obtener un alineamiento temporal del texto mismo. + indica una serie di punti ordinati temporalmente i quali possono essere collegati agli elementi di un testo parlato al fine di ottenere un allineamento temporale del testo stesso + + + + + + + + + + + + + designates the origin of the timeline, i.e. the time at which it begins. + 시간선상의 시작점을 가리킨다, 즉, 시작 시간 + 標出時間進程的開頭，例如開始時間。 + 時間軸の起点示す。すなわち、始点の時間。 + désigne le début de la frise chronologique, c'est-à-dire le moment où elle commence. + indica el origen de la escala temporal, es decir, el momento en que inicia. + indica l'origine della scala temporale, cioè il momento in cui ha inizio + + +

                              If this attribute is not supplied, the implication is that + the time of origin is not known. If it is supplied, it must + point either to one of the when elements in its + content, or to another timeline element.

                              +                               + +

                              Si cet attribut n'est pas fourni, cela implique que le moment où commence la frise n'est pas connu.

                              +                               +                               + + specifies the unit of time corresponding to the interval value of the timeline or of its constituent points in time. + 시간선상의 interval 값에 일치하는 시간 또는 시간 구성성분 지점의 단위를 명시한다. + 指出符合時間進程屬性interval的屬性值或是符合其接續時間點的時間單位。 + 時間軸を構成する属性intervalの値に対応する、時間単位 を特定する。 + spécifie l'unité de temps correspondant à la valeur de l'attribut interval de la frise chronologique ou des points temporels qui la constituent. + especifica la unidad temporal correspondiente al valor del atributo interval (intervalo) de la escala temporal o de sus puntos constitutivos. + specifica l'unità temporale corrispondente al valore dell'attributo interval della scala temporale o dei suoi punti costitutivi + + + + days + jours + giorni + días + + + hours + heures + ore + horas + + + minutes + minutos + minuti + + + seconds + secondes + secondi + segundos + + + milliseconds + millisecondes + millesimi di secondo + milésimas de segundo + + + + + specifies a time + interval either as a positive integral value or using one of a + set of predefined codes. + 시구간의 수치 비율을 명시한다. + 指明時間區段中的數值部份 + 間隔を表す数値を示す。 + spécifie la partie numérique d'un intervalle de temps. + indica los componentes numéricos de un intervalo de tiempo. + indica la componente numerica di un intervallo temporale + + +

                              The value irregular indicates uncertainty about all the intervals in the timeline; the value regular indicates that all the intervals are evenly spaced, but the size of the intervals is not known; numeric values indicate evenly spaced values of the size specified. If individual points in time in the timeline are given different values for the interval attribute, those values locally override the value given in the timeline.

                              +                               + +

                              La valeur irregular indique une incertitude sur tous les intervalles de la frise chronologique ; la valeur regular indique que tous les intervalles sont espacés régulièrement, mais que leur taille est inconnue ; des valeurs numériques indiquent des intervalles régulièrement espacés, de la taille spécifiée. Si on attribue à certains points temporels de la frise chronologique des valeurs différentes pour l'attribut interval, ces valeurs prennent le pas pour ces points sur la valeur donnée dans la frise chronologique.

                              +                               + +

                              値irregularは、時間軸上の間隔がはっきりしないことを 示す。値regularは、間隔が均等にとられていることを示 す。但し、その間隔の大きさは不明である。属性値が数値の場合、こ の大きさにより間隔は均等にとられていることを示す。時間軸上にあ る時点の属性intervalが、異なる値をとる場合、その値 により、時間軸上にある値を上書きすると解釈される。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 17.4.2. Placing Synchronous Events in Time + +                               + join + jointure + identifies a possibly fragmented segment of text, by pointing at the possibly discontiguous elements which compose it. + 텍스트를 구성하고 있는 비연소적 요소를 가리킴으로 텍스트의 파편화된 분절을 식별한다. + 標明文本中可能的不完整分割，指向構成此不完整分割的可能不連接元素。 + バラバラにあるテキスト部分を参照し、ひとつのテキスト部分を指定する。 + identifie un segment de texte, qui peut être fragmenté, en pointant vers les éléments éventuellement dispersés qui le composent. + identifica un segmento o fragmento de texto señalando eventuales elementos no contiguos que lo componen. + identifica un segmento o frammento di testo puntando ad eventuali elementi non contigui che lo compongono + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + You must supply at least two values for @target on + + + + + + + specifies the name of an element which this aggregation may be understood to represent. + 이 집합체의 표상으로 이해될 수 있는 요소의 이름을 명시한다. + 指出一個推斷該元素集合所代表的元素名稱。 + 当該要素によりまとめられる要素名を示す。 + spécifie le nom de l'élément que cette agrégation est censée former. + indica el nombre del elemento representado por el conjunto de identificadores en cuestión. + indica il nome dell'elemento rappresentato dall'insieme di identificatori in questione + + + + indicates whether the targets to be joined include the entire element indicated (the entire subtree including its root), or just the children of the target (the branches of the subtree). + 결합된 대상이 제시된 전체 요소(그 뿌리를 포함하는 전체 하부수형도) 또는 대상의 자식노드(하부수형도의 가지)의 포함 여부를 제시한다. + 指出被連結的目標是否包含所指元素的完整部份 (完整樹狀圖包含根節點) ，或僅包含該目標的子元素 (樹狀分支部份) 。 + まとめられる対象が、要素全体(すなわち当該要素をルートとする部分 木全体)、またはその子要素(すなわち部分木の枝)であるかどうかを示 す。 + indique si les cibles à réunir incluent l'intégralité de l'élément indiqué (le sous-arbre entier y compris sa racine) ou seulement les enfants de la cible (les branches du sous-arbre). + especifica si las metas a enlazar incluyen el elemento entero indicado (el árbol entero con la raíz inclusive) o sólo los elementos que tienen como padre la misma meta (las ramas del árbol). + specifica se le destinazioni da collegare includono l'intero elemento indicato (l'intero albero compresa la radice) oppure solo gli elementi che hanno come genitore la stessa destinazione (i rami dell'albero) + + root + + + the rooted subtrees indicated by the target attribute are joined, each subtree become a child of the virtual element created by the join + 대상 속성에 의해 지시된 한 뿌리에 대한 하부수형도가 결합되고, 각 하부수형도는 결합에 의해 생성된 실제 요소의 자식 노드가 된다. + 由屬性target所指明、具根節點的樹狀圖彼此連結，每個樹狀圖成為該連結所產生之虛擬元素的子元素。 + las subárboles arraigados indicados por los atributos target + 属性で示された根付き部分木がまとめられ、各部分木は、当該要素 で作られた仮想要素の子となる。 + les sous-arbres dotés de leur racine qui sont désignés par l'attribut target sont joints ; chaque sous-arbre devient un fils de l'élément virtuel créé par la jointure. + gli alberi dotati di radice e indicati dall'attributo delle destinazioni sono collegati e ogni albero diventa un discendente dell'elemento virtuale ottenuto dal collegamento + + + the children of the subtrees indicated by the target attribute become the children of the virtual element (i.e. the roots of the subtrees are discarded) + 대상 속성에 의해 지시된 하부수형도의 자식은 실제 요소의 자식이 된다.(즉, 하부수형도의 뿌리는 없어진다) + 由屬性target所指明的樹狀圖的子元素成為虛擬元素的子元素 (例如捨去樹狀圖的根節點) 。 + los hijos de los sub-árboles indicados por el atributo de los target se inician con los hijos del elemento virtual (es decir, las raíces de los sub-árboles se desechan) + 属性で示された部分木の子は、仮想要素の子となる(すなわち、当 該部分木の根は捨てられる。 + les fils des sous-arbres désignés par l'attribut target deviennent les fils de l'élément virtuel (c'est-à-dire que les racines des sous-arbres disparaissent). + i discendenti degli alberi indicati dall'attributo delle destinazioni diventano i discendenti dell'elemento virtuale (cioè vengono rimosse le radici dei vari alberi) + + + + + +

                              The following example is discussed in section :

                              + + + Hughie +

                              How does it go? da-da-dagets a new frog... +

                              +                               + + Louie +

                              + + When the old pond + ... + +

                              +                               + + Dewey +

                              + ... It's a new pond. + +

                              + +                               +                               + +

                              The join element here identifies a linegroup (lg) comprising the three lines indicated by the target attribute. The value root for the scope attribute indicates that the resulting virtual element contains the three l elements linked to at #frog_l1 #frog_l2 #frog_l3, rather than their character data content.

                              +                               + +

                              The following example is discussed in section :

                              + + + Hughie +

                              How does it go? da-da-dagets a new frog... +

                              +                               + + Louie +

                              + + When the old pond + ... + +

                              +                               + + Dewey +

                              + ... It's a new pond. + +

                              + +                               +                               +

                              The join element here identifies a linegroup (lg) comprising the three + lines indicated by the target attribute. The value root for + thescope attribute indicates that the resulting virtual element contains the + three l elements linked to at #frog_l1 #frog_l2 #frog_l3, rather than their + character data content.

                              +                               + +

                              In this example, the attribute scope is specified with the value of + branches to indicate that the virtual list being constructed is to be made by + taking the lists indicated by the target attribute of the join element, + discarding the list tags which enclose them, and combining the items contained + within the lists into a single virtual list:

                              + +

                              Southern dialect (my own variety, at least) has only I done goneI done went whereas Negro Non-Standard basilect has both these and I done go.

                              +

                              White Southern dialect also has I've done goneI've done went which, when they occur in Negro dialect, should probably be considered as + borrowings from other varieties of English.

                              + + Sample sentences in Southern speech + +                               +                               + + + + 休 +

                              怎麼樣了？呱、呱、呱有新來的青蛙... +

                              +                               + + 路易 +

                              + + 以前的池塘 + ... + +

                              +                               + + 迪威 +

                              + ... 有新的池塘 + +

                              + +                               +                               +                               + + +

                              台灣譯為艾蜜莉的異想世界 ；香港譯作天使愛美麗。

                              +

                              中國大陸則名為阿梅麗的奇妙命運。

                              + + 電影Le Fabuleux Destin d'Amélie Poulain的中港台譯名 + +                               +                               + +

                              In this example, the attribute scope is specified with the value of branches to indicate that the virtual list being constructed is to be made by taking the lists indicated by the target attribute of the join element, discarding the list tags which enclose them, and combining the items contained within the lists into a single virtual list:

                              + +

                              Southern dialect (my own variety, at least) has only I done goneI done went whereas Negro Non-Standard basilect has both these and I done go.

                              +

                              White Southern dialect also has I've done goneI've done went which, when they occur in Negro dialect, should probably be considered as borrowings from other varieties of English.

                              + + Sample sentences in Southern speech + +                               +                               + + 17.7. Aggregation + +                               + join group + 결합군 + 連結群組 + groupe de jointures + grupo de enlace + gruppo di collegamento + groups a collection of join elements and possibly pointers. + 결합 요소 및 가능한 포인터의 집합군 + 匯集一群連結元素與可能指標。 + 要素joinやポインタをまとめる。 + regroupe une collection d'éléments join ainsi que, éventuellement, des pointeurs. + agrupa un conjunto de elementos de enlace a eventuales señalizadores. + raggruppa un insieme di elementi di collegamento ed eventuali puntatori + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + supplies the default value for the result on each join included within the group. + 이 집합에 모아진 결합 결과를 기술한다. + 描述此集合中匯集的連結結果。 + 当該要素でまとめられた要素joinを示す。 + décrit le résultat produit par le rassemblement dans cette collection des éléments join. + describe el resultado de los enlaces agrupados en tal conjunto. + descrive il risultato dei collegamenti raggruppati in tale insieme + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Any number of join or ptr elements.

                              +                               + +

                              Un nombre quelconque d'éléments join ou ptr.

                              +                               + +

                              任意数の要素joinまたは要素ptr。

                              +                               + + 17.7. Aggregation + +                               + alternation + 교체 + 替換 + alternative + alternancia + alternanza + 代替選択肢 + identifies an alternation or a set of choices among elements or passages. + 요소나 단락 사이의 교체 또는 선택 집합을 식별한다. + 標明一個替換，或是元素或段落之間的一組不同選擇。 + 要素などが選択的である場合のいち選択肢を示す。 + identifie une alternative ou un ensemble d'options + entre des éléments ou des passages. + identifica una alternancia o una serie de elecciones + entre los elementos o los pasajes de texto. + identifica un'alternanza o una serie di scelte tra gli + elementi o le porzioni di testo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + states whether the alternations gathered in this collection are exclusive or + inclusive. + 이 집합에 모아진 교체가 배타적인지 또는 총괄적인지를 진술한다. + 說明在此集合中的替換物件是唯一的或通用的。 + 示された選択肢の選択度を示す。 + établit si les alternatives rassemblées dans + cette collection sont exclusives ou non. + declara si las alternativas contenidas en el + conjunto son exclusivas o inclusivas. + dichiara se le alternative contenute + nell'insieme sono esclusive o inclusive + + + + exclusive + 배타적 + exclusif + esclusivo + indica que la alternancia es + exclusiva, es decir, que aparece sólo una de las posibles alternativas. + 単一選択 + indicates that the alternation is exclusive, i.e. that at most one of the + alternatives occurs. + indique que l'alternative est + exclusive, c'est-à-dire, qu'une seule des options proposées est possible. + 교체가 배타적임을 나타낸다. 즉, 기껏해야 교체 집합 중 하나가 + 나타난다. + 替換物件是唯一的，例如最多只出現一個替換。 + indica que la alternancia es exclusiva, + es decir, que como máximo una de las alternativas ocurre. + 高々ひとつしか選択できない。 + indica che l'alternanza è esclusiva, + cioè che compare solo una delle possibili alternative + + + inclusive + 총괄적 + non exclusif + inclusivo + inclusivo + 複数選択 + indicates that the alternation is not exclusive, i.e. that one or more of + the alternatives occur. + 교체가 배타적이 아님을 나타낸다. 즉, 교체집합 중 하나 이상이 + 나타난다. + 替換物件不是唯一的，例如出現一個或多個替換。 + indica que la alternancia no es + exclusiva, es decir que ocurren una o más de las alternativas. + 複数を選択できる。 + indique que cette alternative n'est pas + exclusive, c'est-à-dire qu'une option au moins est vraie. + indica che l'alternanza non è + esclusiva, cioè che possono comparire più alternative + + + + + If mode is excl, each weight states the probability that + the corresponding alternative occurs. If mode is incl each + weight states the probability that the corresponding alternative occurs given that + at least one of the other alternatives occurs. + mode가 excl이라면, 각 가중치는 + 대응하는 교체가능성이 발생할 확률을 말한다. mode가 incl이라면, 각 가중치는 적어도 다른 교체가능집합 중 + 하나가 발생한 상태에서 대응하는 교체가능성이 발생할 확률이다. + 若屬性mode的屬性值是excl，則每個weight皆表明相對應替換的可能性。若屬性mode的屬性值是incl，則每個weight皆表明，在至少一個其他替換存在的前提下，相對應替換的可能性 + 属性modeの値がexclの場合、各重みは対応する代替が発生する確率を示す。 属性modeの値がinclの場合、他の選択肢の少なくとも1つが発生した場合に対応する代替が発生する確率を示す。 + si l'attribut mode a la valeur + excl, chacune des valeurs de l'attribut weights établit + la probabilité que l'option correspondante soit vraie. Si l'attribut mode + a la valeur incl, chacune des valeurs de l'attribut weights + établit la probabilité que l'option correspondante soit vraie, étant posé qu'au + moins une des autres options l'est aussi. + si el atributo mode es + excl, cada peso representa la probabilidad de que aparezca la + alternativa correspondiente; si el atributo mode es incl, cada + peso representa la probabilidad de que aparezca la alternativa correspondiente a + condición que aparezca al menos otra de las posibles alternativas. + se l'attributo mode è + excl, ogni peso rappresenta la probabilità che compaia l'alternativa + corrispondente; se l'attributo mode è incl ogni peso + rappresenta la probabilità che compaia l'alternativa corrispondente a patto che + compaia almeno un'altra delle possibili alternative + + +

                              If mode is excl, the sum of weights must be 1. If + mode is incl, the sum of weights must be in the + range from 0 to the number of alternants.

                              +                               + +

                              Si l'attribut mode a la valeur excl, la somme des poids + doit être égale à 1. Si l'attribut mode a la valeur + incl, la somme des poids doit se situer entre 0 et le nombre des + alternants.

                              +                               + +

                              属性modeの値がexclの場合、重みの合計は1でなければならない。属性mode値が inclの場合、重みの合計は0から代替数の範囲内になければならない。

                              +                               +                               +                               + + + + + + + + + + + + 17.8. Alternation + +                               + alternation group + 교체군 + 替換群組 + groupe d'alternatives + grupo de alternancia + gruppo di alternanza + 代替選択肢グループ + groups a collection of alt elements and possibly pointers. + 교체 요소 및 가능한 포인터의 집합군 + 匯集一群替換元素和可能指標。 + 要素altまたはポインタ要素ptrをまとめる。 + regroupe une collection d'éléments alt et, + éventuellement, de pointeurs. + agrupa un conjunto de elementos alt y de + eventuales indicadores. + raggruppa un insieme di elementi alt ed + eventuali puntatori + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + states whether the alternations gathered in this collection are exclusive or + inclusive. + 이 집합에 모아진 교체의 배타적 또는 총괄적 여부를 진술한다. + 說明在此集合中的替換物件是專有的或通用的。 + 当該要素でまとめられたものの、選択度を示す。 + établit si les alternatives rassemblées dans + cette collection sont exclusives ou non. + declara si las alternativas contenidas en el + conjunto son exclusivas o inclusivas. + dichiara se le alternative contenute + nell'insieme sono esclusive o inclusive + + excl + + + exclusive + 배타적 + exclusif + esclusivo + indica que la alternancia es + exclusiva, es decir, que aparece sólo una de las posibles alternativas. + 排他的 + indicates that the alternation is exclusive, i.e. that at most one of the + alternatives occurs. + 교체가 배타적임을 나타낸다. 즉, 기껏해야 교체집합 중 하나가 + 발생한다. + 替換物件是專有的，例如最多只出現一個替換。 + indica que la alternancia es exclusiva, + es decir aquella en que como máximo unade las alternativas ocurre. + 高々ひとつしか選択できない。 + indique que l'alternative est + exclusive, c'est-à-dire qu'une seule des alternatives proposées est + possible. + indica che l'alternanza è esclusiva, + cioè che compare solo una delle possibili alternative + + + inclusive + 총괄적 + non exclusif + inclusivo + indica que la alternancia no es + exclusiva, es decir, que pueden aparecer una o más de las posibles + alternativas. + 複数可 + indicates that the alternation is not exclusive, i.e. that one or more of + the alternatives occur. + 교체가 배타적이 아님을 표시한다. 즉, 교체집합 중 하나 이상이 + 발생한다. + 替換物件不是專有的，例如出現一個或多個替換。 + indica que la alternancia no es + exclusiva, es decir que ocurren una o más de las alternativas. + 複数を選択できる。 + indique que l'alternative n'est pas + exclusive, c'est-à-dire qu'une alternative au moins est vraie. + indica che l'alternanza non è + esclusiva, cioè che possono comparire più alternative + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                              Any number of alternations, pointers or extended pointers.

                              +                               + +

                              Un nombre quelconque d'éléments alternatifs, de pointeurs et de pointeurs + étendus.

                              +                               + +

                              任意数の選択肢、ポインタ、拡張ポインタを示す。

                              +                               + + 17.8. Alternation + +                               + Functions as a container element for linked data, contextual information, and stand-off annotations embedded in a TEI document. + リンクト・データや文脈情報、TEI文書に埋め込まれたスタンドオフ・アノテーションをコンテナ化する要素として機能する。 + + + + + + + + + + + + + This + element must have a @type attribute, since it is + nested inside a + + + + +

                              This example shows an encoding of morphosyntactic features similar to the encoding + system used by ISO 24611 (MAF).

                              + + + + + + +

                              + I + wanna + put + up + new + wallpaper + . +

                              + + +                               + + + + + + + + + + + I + + + + want + + + + to + + + + put up + + + + new + + + + wallpaper + + + +                               +                               +                               + +

                              This example shows an encoding of contextual + information which is referred to from the main text.

                              + + + + + + + Atlanta + + Georgia + United States of America + 33.755 -84.39 + + + + + Birmingham + + Alabama + United States of America + 33.653333 -86.808889 + + + + + + + + +

                              Moreover, I am congnizantcognizant of the interrelatedness of all communities and + states. I cannot sit idly by in Atlanta and not be concerned about what happens + in Birmingham. Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We + are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment + of destiny. Whatever affects one directly affects all indirectly. Never + again can we afford to live with the narrow, provincial outside agitator + idea. Anyone who lives inside the United States can never be considered + an outsider anywhere in this country.

                              + + +                               +                               +                               +                               + + 17.10. The standOff Container + +                               + contains a list of annotations, typically encoded as + annotation, annotationBlock, or note, possibly organized with + nested listAnnotation elements. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The spell begins to + break + The turning point of the poem... + + + + + + The self-same moment I could pray; + And from my neck so free + The albatross fell off, and sank + Like lead into the sea. + + + + + + + + + CONJ + RELPRO + V + + + faster + + + + + + + + + + + + creator + Francis Kelsey + + ‘Gaul as a whole,’ contrasted with Gaul in the narrower sense, or Celtic Gaul; Celtic Gaul also is often called Gallia. + + + + creator + Rice Holmes + + Gallia...divisa: Notice the order of the words. ‘Gaul, taken as a whole, is divided’. + + + + creator + Arthur Tappan Walker + + Belgae -arum m., the Belgae or Belgians + + + + creator + Arthur Tappan Walker + + Aquitani, -orum m.: the Aquitani, inhabiting southwestern Gaul + + + + creator + Arthur Tappan Walker + + Celtae, -arum m: the Celtae or Celts + + + + creator + William Francis Allen + Joseph Henry Allen + Harry Pratt Judson + + the verb is singular, because the two rivers make one boundary; as we should say, + ‘is divided by the line of the Seine and Marne.’ + + + + +
                              +
                              +

                              + Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam + Aquitani, tertiam qui ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. + Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis + Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit. + +

                              +
                              +
                              + +                               +                               +                               + +

                              The enclosed annotations may use the general-purpose note element; or, for + annotations pertaining to transcriptions of speech, the special-purpose + annotationBlock element; or the annotation element, which is intended to + map cleanly onto the Web Annotation Data Model.

                              +                               + + 17.10. The standOff Container + +                               + represents an annotation following the Web Annotation Data Model. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + intent is to assess the target resource in + some way, rather than simply make a comment about it + + + intent is to create a bookmark to the target + or part thereof + + + intent is to classify the target in some + way + + + intent is to comment about the target + + + intent is to describe the target, rather than + (for example) comment on it + + + intent is to request an edit or a change to + the target resource + + + intent is to highlight the target resource or + a segment thereof + + + intent is to assign an identity to the + target + + + intent is to link to a resource related to + the target + + + intent is to assign some value or quality to + the target + + + intent is to ask a question about the + target + + + intent is to reply to a previous statement, + either an annotation or another resource + + + intent is to associate a tag with the + target + + + +

                              For further detailed explanation of the suggested values, see the Web + Annotation Vocabulary (WAV). The motivations described here map to URIs defined by + the WAV and when exported to RDF or JSON-LD must have the URI + http://www.w3.org/ns/oa# prepended.

                              +

                              As an RDF vocabulary, WADM permits the definition of new + motivations (see Appendix C of the WAV). In TEI, new motivations may be defined in a + custom ODD (see section 23.3.1.3). New motivations must also + map to URIs defined by an RDF ontology extending the WAV.

                              +                               +                               + + +                               + + + + + + creator + Fred Editor + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The correct title of this specification, and the correct full name of XML, is + "Extensible Markup Language". "eXtensible Markup Language" is just a spelling error. + However, the abbreviation "XML" is not only correct but, appearing as it does in the title + of the specification, an official name of the Extensible Markup Language. + + + + + 17.10. The standOff Container + +                               + This element encodes a new citation (CASE 1) + + + + + + + + This element encodes a new citation (CASE 2) + + + + + + + + This element encodes a new quote (CASE 4) + + + + + + +                               + + +                               \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test34.odd.html b/Test/expected-results/test34.odd.html index 6fbb6d3a06..09e096fc4f 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test34.odd.html +++ b/Test/expected-results/test34.odd.html @@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@

                              closer : ( closer) - groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter.[ + groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter.[ 4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test34.rnc b/Test/expected-results/test34.rnc index 7039434e49..016062f921 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test34.rnc +++ b/Test/expected-results/test34.rnc @@ -374,41 +374,6 @@ tei_att.declarable.attribute.default = ## This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. "false" }? -sch:pattern [ - id = "declarable" - abstract = "true" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:rule [ - context = - "$tde[ ancestor::tei:teiHeader and following-sibling::$tde and not( preceding-sibling::$tde ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:report [ - test = "../child::$tde[ not( @xml:id ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", each must have an @xml:id\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:assert [ - test = - "count( ../child::$tde[ normalize-space( @default ) = ('1','true') ] ) eq 1" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", one and only one must have a @default of 'true'.\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " -] tei_att.declaring.attributes = tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls = @@ -566,7 +531,7 @@ tei_att.global.source.attribute.source = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-6" + "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -707,7 +672,7 @@ tei_att.measurement.attribute.commodity = } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-7" + id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-6" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -802,7 +767,7 @@ tei_att.pointing.attribute.targetLang = "") }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-8" + id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-7" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -934,7 +899,7 @@ tei_att.spanning.attribute.spanTo = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-9" + "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-8" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -990,7 +955,7 @@ tei_att.styleDef.attribute.schemeVersion = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-10" + "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-9" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1024,7 +989,7 @@ tei_att.typed.attribute.subtype = xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-11" + id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-10" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1851,7 +1816,8 @@ tei_model.divWrapper = | tei_salute | tei_docAuthor | tei_docDate -tei_model.divTopPart = tei_model.headLike | tei_opener | tei_signed +tei_model.divTopPart = + tei_model.headLike | tei_address | tei_opener | tei_signed tei_model.divTop = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divTopPart tei_model.frontPart.drama = notAllowed tei_model.pLike.front = @@ -1867,7 +1833,7 @@ tei_model.pLike.front = | tei_docImprint | tei_docDate tei_model.divBottomPart = - tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript + tei_address | tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript tei_model.divBottom = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divBottomPart tei_model.titlepagePart = tei_graphic @@ -2154,7 +2120,7 @@ tei_att.calendarSystem.attribute.calendar = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-12" + "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-11" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2239,7 +2205,7 @@ tei_p = tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13" + "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2260,7 +2226,7 @@ tei_p = " " ] >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14" + id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2469,7 +2435,7 @@ tei_desc = tei_macro.limitedContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15" + "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2565,7 +2531,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16" + id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2588,7 +2554,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17" + id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2613,7 +2579,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18" + id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3010,7 +2976,7 @@ tei_ptr = element ptr { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19" + id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3044,7 +3010,7 @@ tei_ref = element ref { tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20" + id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3083,7 +3049,7 @@ tei_list = (tei_label, tei_model.global*, tei_item, tei_model.global*)+)), (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21" + id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3563,23 +3529,15 @@ tei_bibl = ## (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element bibl { - ((text - | tei_model.gLike - | tei_model.highlighted - | tei_model.pPart.data - | tei_model.pPart.edit - | tei_model.segLike - | tei_model.ptrLike - | tei_model.biblPart - | tei_model.global)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text + | tei_model.gLike + | tei_model.highlighted + | tei_model.pPart.data + | tei_model.pPart.edit + | tei_model.segLike + | tei_model.ptrLike + | tei_model.biblPart + | tei_model.global)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3598,15 +3556,7 @@ tei_biblStruct = (tei_model.noteLike | tei_model.ptrLike | tei_relatedItem - | tei_citedRange)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_citedRange)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3623,15 +3573,7 @@ tei_listBibl = (tei_model.headLike*, tei_desc*, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*, - (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -3645,7 +3587,7 @@ tei_relatedItem = element relatedItem { ((tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.ptrLike)?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22" + id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3689,7 +3631,7 @@ tei_l = | tei_model.inter | tei_model.global)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23" + id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3730,7 +3672,7 @@ tei_lg = | tei_lg)*, (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24" + id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3750,7 +3692,7 @@ tei_lg = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25" + "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3779,15 +3721,32 @@ tei_sp = ## (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] element sp { - ((tei_model.global | tei_model.stageLike)*, - (tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + (tei_model.global*, + (tei_model.stageLike, tei_model.global*)*, + (((tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)) + | ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q), + tei_model.global*)), ((tei_lg | tei_model.lLike | tei_model.pLike | tei_model.listLike - | tei_model.stageLike - | tei_model.attributable), - (tei_model.global* | tei_q))+), + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.ascribed.directed.attributes, tei_att.placement.attributes, @@ -4104,15 +4063,7 @@ tei_availability = ## (availability) supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.] element availability { - ((tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4147,15 +4098,7 @@ tei_seriesStmt = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_title+, (tei_editor | tei_respStmt)*, - (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4175,15 +4118,7 @@ tei_sourceDesc = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.sourceDescPart - | tei_model.listLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_model.listLike)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4199,15 +4134,7 @@ tei_biblFull = tei_seriesStmt*, tei_notesStmt?), tei_sourceDesc*) - | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -4241,15 +4168,7 @@ tei_projectDesc = ## (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element projectDesc { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4258,15 +4177,7 @@ tei_samplingDecl = ## (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element samplingDecl { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4275,15 +4186,7 @@ tei_editorialDecl = ## (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element editorialDecl { - ((tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4292,15 +4195,7 @@ tei_correction = ## (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element correction { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4336,15 +4231,7 @@ tei_normalization = ## (normalization) indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element normalization { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4366,15 +4253,7 @@ tei_quotation = element quotation { (tei_model.pLike*) >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-26" + id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-25" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4416,15 +4295,7 @@ tei_hyphenation = ## (hyphenation) summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element hyphenation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4450,15 +4321,7 @@ tei_segmentation = ## (segmentation) describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element segmentation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4467,15 +4330,7 @@ tei_stdVals = ## (standard values) specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element stdVals { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4484,15 +4339,7 @@ tei_interpretation = ## (interpretation) describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration] element interpretation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4501,15 +4348,7 @@ tei_punctuation = ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation] element punctuation { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4621,15 +4460,7 @@ tei_styleDefDecl = ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration] element styleDefDecl { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.styleDef.attributes, @@ -4642,15 +4473,7 @@ tei_refsDecl = (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_citeStructure+ | tei_cRefPattern+ - | tei_refState+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_refState+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4685,7 +4508,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = attribute match { text } >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-27" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-26" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4706,7 +4529,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-28" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-27" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4848,15 +4671,7 @@ tei_geoDecl = ] ] element geoDecl { - tei_macro.phraseSeq - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_macro.phraseSeq, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4988,15 +4803,7 @@ tei_langUsage = ## (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element langUsage { - (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5032,15 +4839,7 @@ tei_textClass = ## (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification] element textClass { - ((tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5120,15 +4919,7 @@ tei_correspDesc = ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description] element correspDesc { - (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -5176,15 +4967,7 @@ tei_xenoData = ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata] element xenoData { - (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.typed.attributes, @@ -5337,7 +5120,7 @@ tei_div = (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*)?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-29" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-28" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5358,7 +5141,7 @@ tei_div = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-30" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-29" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5580,10 +5363,11 @@ tei_opener = } tei_closer = - ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] element closer { (text | tei_model.gLike + | tei_byline | tei_signed | tei_dateline | tei_salute @@ -5843,7 +5627,7 @@ tei_link = element link { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-31" + id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-30" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5886,7 +5670,7 @@ tei_ab = tei_macro.abContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-32" + "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-31" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6069,7 +5853,7 @@ tei_join = element join { ((tei_model.descLike | tei_model.certLike)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-33" + id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-32" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6225,7 +6009,7 @@ tei_standOff = (tei_model.standOffPart+) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-34" + "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-33" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test35.rnc b/Test/expected-results/test35.rnc index 02a4be3f29..7f74c2a9cd 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test35.rnc +++ b/Test/expected-results/test35.rnc @@ -374,41 +374,6 @@ tei_att.declarable.attribute.default = ## This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. "false" }? -sch:pattern [ - id = "declarable" - abstract = "true" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:rule [ - context = - "$tde[ ancestor::tei:teiHeader and following-sibling::$tde and not( preceding-sibling::$tde ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:report [ - test = "../child::$tde[ not( @xml:id ) ]" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", each must have an @xml:id\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:assert [ - test = - "count( ../child::$tde[ normalize-space( @default ) = ('1','true') ] ) eq 1" - "\x{a}" ~ - " When there is more than one " - sch:name [ ] - ", one and only one must have a @default of 'true'.\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " -] tei_att.declaring.attributes = tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls tei_att.declaring.attribute.decls = @@ -566,7 +531,7 @@ tei_att.global.source.attribute.source = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-6" + "foo-att.global.source-source-only_1_ODD_source-constraint-rule-5" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -707,7 +672,7 @@ tei_att.measurement.attribute.commodity = } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-7" + id = "foo-att.measurement-att-measurement-unitRef-constraint-rule-6" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -802,7 +767,7 @@ tei_att.pointing.attribute.targetLang = "") }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-8" + id = "foo-att.pointing-targetLang-targetLang-constraint-rule-7" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -934,7 +899,7 @@ tei_att.spanning.attribute.spanTo = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-9" + "foo-att.spanning-spanTo-spanTo-points-to-following-constraint-rule-8" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -990,7 +955,7 @@ tei_att.styleDef.attribute.schemeVersion = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-10" + "foo-att.styleDef-schemeVersion-schemeVersionRequiresScheme-constraint-rule-9" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1024,7 +989,7 @@ tei_att.typed.attribute.subtype = xsd:token { pattern = "[^\p{C}\p{Z}]+" } }? sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-11" + id = "foo-att.typed-subtypeTyped-constraint-rule-10" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -1847,7 +1812,8 @@ tei_model.divWrapper = | tei_salute | tei_docAuthor | tei_docDate -tei_model.divTopPart = tei_model.headLike | tei_opener | tei_signed +tei_model.divTopPart = + tei_model.headLike | tei_address | tei_opener | tei_signed tei_model.divTop = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divTopPart tei_model.frontPart.drama = notAllowed tei_model.pLike.front = @@ -1863,7 +1829,7 @@ tei_model.pLike.front = | tei_docImprint | tei_docDate tei_model.divBottomPart = - tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript + tei_address | tei_trailer | tei_closer | tei_signed | tei_postscript tei_model.divBottom = tei_model.divWrapper | tei_model.divBottomPart tei_model.titlepagePart = tei_graphic @@ -2149,7 +2115,7 @@ tei_att.calendarSystem.attribute.calendar = }? sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-12" + "foo-att.calendarSystem-calendar-calendar_attr_on_empty_element-constraint-rule-11" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2234,7 +2200,7 @@ tei_p = tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-13" + "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-12" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2255,7 +2221,7 @@ tei_p = " " ] >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-14" + id = "foo-p-abstractModel-structure-p-in-l-constraint-rule-13" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2464,7 +2430,7 @@ tei_desc = tei_macro.limitedContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-15" + "foo-desc-deprecationInfo-only-in-deprecated-constraint-rule-14" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2560,7 +2526,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-16" + id = "foo-rt-target-rt-target-not-span-constraint-rule-15" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2583,7 +2549,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-17" + id = "foo-rt-from-rt-from-constraint-rule-16" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -2608,7 +2574,7 @@ tei_rt = xsd:anyURI { pattern = "\S+" } }?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-18" + id = "foo-rt-to-rt-to-constraint-rule-17" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3005,7 +2971,7 @@ tei_ptr = element tei:ptr { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-19" + id = "foo-ptr-ptrAtts-constraint-rule-18" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3039,7 +3005,7 @@ tei_ref = element tei:ref { tei_macro.paraContent >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-20" + id = "foo-ref-refAtts-constraint-rule-19" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3078,7 +3044,7 @@ tei_list = (tei_label, tei_model.global*, tei_item, tei_model.global*)+)), (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-21" + id = "foo-list-gloss-list-must-have-labels-constraint-rule-20" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3558,23 +3524,15 @@ tei_bibl = ## (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. [3.12.1. Methods of Encoding Bibliographic References and Lists of References 2.2.7. The Source Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:bibl { - ((text - | tei_model.gLike - | tei_model.highlighted - | tei_model.pPart.data - | tei_model.pPart.edit - | tei_model.segLike - | tei_model.ptrLike - | tei_model.biblPart - | tei_model.global)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:bibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text + | tei_model.gLike + | tei_model.highlighted + | tei_model.pPart.data + | tei_model.pPart.edit + | tei_model.segLike + | tei_model.ptrLike + | tei_model.biblPart + | tei_model.global)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3593,15 +3551,7 @@ tei_biblStruct = (tei_model.noteLike | tei_model.ptrLike | tei_relatedItem - | tei_citedRange)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblStruct" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_citedRange)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -3618,15 +3568,7 @@ tei_listBibl = (tei_model.headLike*, tei_desc*, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*, - (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:listBibl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.biblLike+, (tei_model.milestoneLike)*)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -3640,7 +3582,7 @@ tei_relatedItem = element tei:relatedItem { ((tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.ptrLike)?) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-22" + id = "foo-relatedItem-targetorcontent1-constraint-rule-21" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3684,7 +3626,7 @@ tei_l = | tei_model.inter | tei_model.global)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-23" + id = "foo-l-abstractModel-structure-l-in-l-constraint-rule-22" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3725,7 +3667,7 @@ tei_lg = | tei_lg)*, (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-24" + id = "foo-lg-atleast1oflggapl-constraint-rule-23" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3745,7 +3687,7 @@ tei_lg = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-25" + "foo-lg-abstractModel-structure-lg-in-l-constraint-rule-24" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -3774,15 +3716,32 @@ tei_sp = ## (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] element tei:sp { - ((tei_model.global | tei_model.stageLike)*, - (tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + (tei_model.global*, + (tei_model.stageLike, tei_model.global*)*, + (((tei_speaker, tei_model.global*), + ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)) + | ((tei_lg + | tei_model.lLike + | tei_model.pLike + | tei_model.listLike + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q), + tei_model.global*)), ((tei_lg | tei_model.lLike | tei_model.pLike | tei_model.listLike - | tei_model.stageLike - | tei_model.attributable), - (tei_model.global* | tei_q))+), + | tei_model.attributable + | tei_q + | tei_model.stageLike), + tei_model.global*)*), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.ascribed.directed.attributes, tei_att.placement.attributes, @@ -4080,15 +4039,7 @@ tei_availability = ## (availability) supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, any licence applying to it, etc. [2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc.] element tei:availability { - ((tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:availability" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.availabilityPart | tei_model.pLike)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4123,15 +4074,7 @@ tei_seriesStmt = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_title+, (tei_editor | tei_respStmt)*, - (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:seriesStmt" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_idno | tei_biblScope)*)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4151,15 +4094,7 @@ tei_sourceDesc = (tei_model.pLike+ | (tei_model.biblLike | tei_model.sourceDescPart - | tei_model.listLike)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:sourceDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_model.listLike)+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4175,15 +4110,7 @@ tei_biblFull = tei_seriesStmt*, tei_notesStmt?), tei_sourceDesc*) - | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:biblFull" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | (tei_fileDesc, tei_profileDesc)), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.cmc.attributes, @@ -4217,15 +4144,7 @@ tei_projectDesc = ## (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. [2.3.1. The Project Description 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:projectDesc { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:projectDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4234,15 +4153,7 @@ tei_samplingDecl = ## (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. [2.3.2. The Sampling Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:samplingDecl { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:samplingDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4251,15 +4162,7 @@ tei_editorialDecl = ## (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 2.3. The Encoding Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:editorialDecl { - ((tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:editorialDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike | tei_model.editorialDeclPart)+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4268,15 +4171,7 @@ tei_correction = ## (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:correction { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correction" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4312,15 +4207,7 @@ tei_normalization = ## (normalization) indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:normalization { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:normalization" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4342,15 +4229,7 @@ tei_quotation = element tei:quotation { (tei_model.pLike*) >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:quotation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ] - >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-26" + id = "foo-quotation-quotationContents-constraint-rule-25" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4392,15 +4271,7 @@ tei_hyphenation = ## (hyphenation) summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:hyphenation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:hyphenation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4426,15 +4297,7 @@ tei_segmentation = ## (segmentation) describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:segmentation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:segmentation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4443,15 +4306,7 @@ tei_stdVals = ## (standard values) specifies the format used when standardized date or number values are supplied. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:stdVals { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:stdVals" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4460,15 +4315,7 @@ tei_interpretation = ## (interpretation) describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration] element tei:interpretation { - (tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:interpretation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike+, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4477,15 +4324,7 @@ tei_punctuation = ## specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to punctuation marks in the original. [2.3.3. The Editorial Practices Declaration 3.2. Treatment of Punctuation] element tei:punctuation { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:punctuation" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4597,15 +4436,7 @@ tei_styleDefDecl = ## (style definition language declaration) specifies the name of the formal language in which style or renditional information is supplied elsewhere in the document. The specific version of the scheme may also be supplied. [2.3.5. The Default Style Definition Language Declaration] element tei:styleDefDecl { - (tei_model.pLike*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:styleDefDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_model.pLike*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.styleDef.attributes, @@ -4618,15 +4449,7 @@ tei_refsDecl = (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_citeStructure+ | tei_cRefPattern+ - | tei_refState+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:refsDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + | tei_refState+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -4661,7 +4484,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = attribute match { text } >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-27" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-outer-match-constraint-rule-26" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4682,7 +4505,7 @@ tei_citeStructure = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-28" + "foo-citeStructure-match-citestructure-inner-match-constraint-rule-27" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -4826,15 +4649,7 @@ tei_geoDecl = ] ] element tei:geoDecl { - tei_macro.phraseSeq - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:geoDecl" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + tei_macro.phraseSeq, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -4966,15 +4781,7 @@ tei_langUsage = ## (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. [2.4.2. Language Usage 2.4. The Profile Description 16.3.2. Declarable Elements] element tei:langUsage { - (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:langUsage" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.pLike+ | tei_language+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5010,15 +4817,7 @@ tei_textClass = ## (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. [2.4.3. The Text Classification] element tei:textClass { - ((tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:textClass" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_classCode | tei_catRef | tei_keywords)*, tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, empty @@ -5098,15 +4897,7 @@ tei_correspDesc = ## (correspondence description) contains a description of the actions related to one act of correspondence. [2.4.6. Correspondence Description] element tei:correspDesc { - (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:correspDesc" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (tei_model.correspDescPart+ | tei_model.pLike+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.canonical.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, @@ -5154,15 +4945,7 @@ tei_xenoData = ## (non-TEI metadata) provides a container element into which metadata in non-TEI formats may be placed. [2.5. Non-TEI Metadata] element tei:xenoData { - (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+) - >> sch:pattern [ - is-a = "declarable" - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - sch:param [ name = "tde" value = "tei:xenoData" ] - "\x{a}" ~ - " " - ], + (text | anyElement_xenoData_1+), tei_att.global.attributes, tei_att.declarable.attributes, tei_att.typed.attributes, @@ -5315,7 +5098,7 @@ tei_div = (tei_model.divBottom, tei_model.global*)*)?) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-29" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-l-constraint-rule-28" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5336,7 +5119,7 @@ tei_div = ] >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-30" + "foo-div-abstractModel-structure-div-in-ab-or-p-constraint-rule-29" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5558,10 +5341,11 @@ tei_opener = } tei_closer = - ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + ## (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] element tei:closer { (text | tei_model.gLike + | tei_byline | tei_signed | tei_dateline | tei_salute @@ -5821,7 +5605,7 @@ tei_link = element tei:link { empty >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-31" + id = "foo-link-linkTargets3-constraint-rule-30" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -5864,7 +5648,7 @@ tei_ab = tei_macro.abContent >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-32" + "foo-ab-abstractModel-structure-ab-in-l-constraint-rule-31" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6047,7 +5831,7 @@ tei_join = element tei:join { ((tei_model.descLike | tei_model.certLike)*) >> sch:pattern [ - id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-33" + id = "foo-join-joinTargets3-constraint-rule-32" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ @@ -6203,7 +5987,7 @@ tei_standOff = (tei_model.standOffPart+) >> sch:pattern [ id = - "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-34" + "foo-standOff-nested_standOff_should_be_typed-constraint-rule-33" "\x{a}" ~ " " sch:rule [ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test38.xml b/Test/expected-results/test38.xml index 98f08f9846..3fc53f5a11 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test38.xml +++ b/Test/expected-results/test38.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

                              This is the global <header> element for this page, including the <hgroup> and <nav> elements.

                              - + Global <nav> link within the <header> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ You can download them from this page using your browser.)

                              Purpose of this document: - + Includes all the HTML5 elements as listed in the side column. Minimal styling has been used. Use this document to test CSS files (base, reset, custom, etc.) on desired elements in various browsers. Use this document to create comprehensive templates that need to use many of the common HTML5 elements. @@ -91,11 +91,11 @@
                              Unordered list - + Unordered list item Unordered list item - Unordered list itemUnordered list item - Unordered list itemUnordered list itemUnordered list item + Unordered list itemUnordered list item + Unordered list itemUnordered list itemUnordered list item Unordered list item Unordered list item @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@
                              Ordered list - + Ordered list item Ordered list item - Ordered list itemOrdered list item - Ordered list itemOrdered list itemOrdered list item + Ordered list itemOrdered list item + Ordered list itemOrdered list itemOrdered list item Ordered list item Ordered list item @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Details and summary:

                              Details: Here is information and links related to / referenced within this article. This uses the <details> and <summary> elements.

                              - + HTML5doctor: HTML5 Glossary @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ jQuery.LocalScroll by Ariel Flesler See source code for HTML and CSS for other references to stylesheet inspiration etc. What's next? You need to check out these: - Dive into HTML5HTML 5 Demos and Examples + Dive into HTML5HTML 5 Demos and Examples @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Elements included in this demo:

                              View / hide list of elements

                              Note: Some elements are only used within the source code and not as examples.

                              - + <!-- Comments --> @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
                              Elements not included in this demo:

                              View / hide list of elements

                              - + <area> @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
                              Elements not supported by HTML5:

                              View / hide list of elements

                              - + <acronym> @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@

                              This is the global <footer> for this page/site.

                              - + Global footer <nav> link diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test7.xml b/Test/expected-results/test7.xml index 743047d853..378472a9ed 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/test7.xml +++ b/Test/expected-results/test7.xml @@ -102,26 +102,26 @@ Heading 2

                              And ending with level two.

                              Now some lists:

                              - + cats dogs - + chow pooch hound - + alligators

                              Whereas we have a gloss list now

                              - + cats nice creatures dogs

                              nasty creatures

                              - + lists paragraphs tables diff --git a/Test/expected-results/test_3.epub b/Test/expected-results/test_3.epub new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2be9b68bb2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Test/expected-results/test_3.epub differ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/testdrama.compiled.xml b/Test/expected-results/testdrama.compiled.xml index 830b3b10c6..0f7c8a55d6 100644 --- a/Test/expected-results/testdrama.compiled.xml +++ b/Test/expected-results/testdrama.compiled.xml @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Elements precedence when both key and ref are provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, - probably in an ODD customizaiton, for interchange.

                              + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

                              14.1.1. Linking Names and Their Referents @@ -1162,21 +1162,28 @@ Elements decls. proporciona atributos para los elementos contenidos en el encabezado que pueden ser seleccionados autónomamente mediante el atributo decls adecuado. individua attributi per gli elementi contenuti nell'intestazione che possono essere selezionati autonomamente grazie all'apposito attributo decls - - - - - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - - - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when @@ -1443,8 +1450,7 @@ associated with a dated element, at the time indicated. 12.3.1.1. Core Elements for Transcriptional Work - provides attributes identifying the source edition from which - some encoded feature derives. + provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives. fournit des attributs identifiant l'édition source dont provient une quelconque caractéristique encodée. 符号化された属性が派生する元のソースのエディションを特定する属性を提供する。 @@ -1492,9 +1498,17 @@ associated with a dated element, at the time indicated. still living their personal lives in zest and endless novelty of action, … I saw myself still preserving, though with increasing difficulty, my lucid - con-sciousness;

                              + consciousness;

                              +

                              In the above example, the soft hyphen in Stapledon 1937 is omitted. Such decisions may be documented in the edition's declaration of editorial principles, e.g. with the hyphenation element in the teiHeader.

                              + +

                              These guidelines provide no semantic basis or suggested + precedence when both ed and edRef are + provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not + recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

                              +                               provides attributes for representing fragmentation of a structural element, typically as @@ -10644,6 +10658,8 @@ concerned, as further discussed in section + + @@ -10682,8 +10698,7 @@ concerned, as further discussed in section
                              - - Lyon - 69002 - IIème - Perrache - 30, Cours de Verdun -
                              + + Lyon + 69002 + IIème + Perrache + 30, Cours de Verdun +                               -

                              This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may - be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as street, postCode etc.

                              +

                              This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as street, postCode etc.

                               -

                              Cet élément ne doit être utilisé que pour donner une adresse postale. A l'intérieur de cet élément, - l'élément générique addrLine peut être utilisé comme élément alternatif aux éléments plus spécialisés de la classe - model.addrPart class, tels que street, postCode etc.

                              +

                              Cet élément ne doit être utilisé que pour donner une adresse postale. A l'intérieur de cet élément, l'élément générique addrLine peut être utilisé comme élément alternatif aux éléments plus spécialisés de la classe model.addrPart class, tels que street, postCode etc.

                               -

                              当該要素は、郵便配達情報にのみ使用されるべきである。 子要素として要素addrLineは、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 - 素の代わりとして、例えば、要素streetや要素 postcodeとして使用することができる。

                              +

                              当該要素は、郵便配達情報にのみ使用されるべきである。 子要素として要素addrLineは、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 素の代わりとして、例えば、要素streetや要素 postcodeとして使用することができる。

                              -

                              Dieses Element sollte ausschließlich für postalische Addressen verwendet werden. Innerhalb des Elements - kann das generische addrLine-Element als Alternative zu den spezielleren Elementen aus der - model.addrPart-Klasse, wie street (Straße), postCode (Postleitzahl), etc. verwendet werden.

                              +

                              Dieses Element sollte ausschließlich für postalische Addressen verwendet werden. Innerhalb des Elements kann das generische addrLine-Element als Alternative zu den spezielleren Elementen aus der model.addrPart-Klasse, wiestreet (Straße), postCode (Postleitzahl), etc. verwendet werden.

                               3.6.2. Addresses @@ -12592,7 +12601,7 @@ Measures                               - + Tentative d'inventaire de quelques-unes des choses qui ont été trouvées dans les escaliers au fil des ans. Plusieurs photos, dont celle d'une jeune fille de quinze ans vêtue d'un slip @@ -12800,7 +12809,7 @@ Measures                               des listes ordonnées.

                              L’unité mixte de recherche ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) propose 3 types - de ressources : Des ressources linguistiques publiées.Des ressources linguistiques informatisées.Des ressources linguistiques logicielles. + de ressources : Des ressources linguistiques publiées.Des ressources linguistiques informatisées.Des ressources linguistiques logicielles. @@ -12858,7 +12867,7 @@ Measures - 有關本書的版權問題，我做出以下兩點聲明。未經授權許可，請勿擅自複印。歡迎學術引用本文，然請詳細標明出處。 + 有關本書的版權問題，我做出以下兩點聲明。未經授權許可，請勿擅自複印。歡迎學術引用本文，然請詳細標明出處。 @@ -12881,7 +12890,7 @@ Measures the label element is synonymous with the n attribute on the item element:

                              I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred - in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own.                               @@ -12891,7 +12900,7 @@ Measures Autobiographie. In diesem Fall ist das label-Element gleichbedeutend mit dem n-Attribut des item-Elements:

                              I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred - in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own. @@ -16403,30 +16412,62 @@ epistemology, methodology and history of + + + - - + + - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - + + + + + @@ -26391,7 +26432,7 @@ Tubes formed by Lightning — House struck

                              closer cierre formule finale - groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at + groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. 구역의 마지막, 특히 편지의 종료부에 발문으로 나타나는 인사말, 날짜 표시란, 그리고 유사 구를 합하여 모아 놓는다. @@ -26417,6 +26458,7 @@ aparecen en la última sección al final de una división, especialmente en una + diff --git a/Test/expected-results/testoucscourses.docx b/Test/expected-results/testoucscourses.docx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c93e0191d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Test/expected-results/testoucscourses.docx differ diff --git a/Test/expected-results/testoucscoursesp5.xml b/Test/expected-results/testoucscoursesp5.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be38a65c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Test/expected-results/testoucscoursesp5.xml @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ + + + + Course Booking Admin System + Janet McKnight + + + + October 2014 + + + courses@it.ox.ac.uk
                              + help@it.ox.ac.uk +
                              + +

                              + + + + + + + + + Isis + Mon 27 Oct + 09:15 + 12:15 + EndNote for Clinical Embryology + Pamela Stanworth + + + + + Evenlode + Mon 27 Oct + 09:15 + 13:15 + Programming: Concepts + Steven Albury + + + + + Isis + Mon 27 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + Engage: Social media and analytics + Suzi Ardley + + + + + Windrush + Mon 27 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + WebLearn Bytes: Surveys + Jill Fresen + + + + + Cherwell + Mon 27 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + InDesign: An introduction (Mac) + David Baker + + + + + Isis + Mon 27 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + ISKILLS: Finding stuff - scholarly literature for your research + Libraries + + + + + Evenlode + Mon 27 Oct + 14:00 + 15:30 + Research data management planning: An introduction for researchers + Meriel Patrick + + + + + Windrush + Mon 27 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + SPSS: An introduction to using syntax + Eli Grant + + + + + Evenlode + Tue 28 Oct + 09:15 + 12:15 + Databases: Creating a user interface using Access + Pamela Stanworth + + + + + Isis + Tue 28 Oct + 10:30 + 12:00 + ISKILLS: Getting information to come to you + Libraries + + + + + Isis + Tue 28 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + Engage: Visualisations that bring data to life + Stefano De Sabbata + + + + + Evenlode + Tue 28 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + Matlab: An introduction + Robert Stewart + + + + + Isis + Tue 28 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + Security and privacy online: You are the target! (extended session) + Tony Brett + + + + + External + Tue 28 Oct + 14:00 + 15:30 + Sharepoint for Student Administration + Rob Eadie + + + + + Windrush + Tue 28 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + WebLearn: Surveys + Fawei Geng + + + + + Evenlode + Tue 28 Oct + 17:15 + 20:15 + Matlab: An introduction + Robert Stewart + Omar Al-Kadi + + + + Kennet + Wed 29 Oct + 09:15 + 16:15 + Refreshments + IT Services + + + + + Evenlode + Wed 29 Oct + 10:00 + 16:15 + Spreadsheets: Working with archival lists and text in Excel + Gillian Sheldrick + + + + + Isis + Wed 29 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + Things to do with data: The Online Research Database Service (ORDS) + James Wilson + + + + + Isis + Wed 29 Oct + 14:00 + 14:20 + Office: Fundamentals - enrolment + Steven Albury, David Baker, Traci Huggins + + + + + Isis + Wed 29 Oct + 14:20 + 14:40 + Office: Fundamentals - enrolment + Steven Albury, David Baker, Traci Huggins + + + + + Isis + Wed 29 Oct + 14:40 + 15:00 + Office: Fundamentals - enrolment + Steven Albury, David Baker, Traci Huggins + + + + + Windrush + Wed 29 Oct + 15:00 + 17:00 + Agent-based modelling (3): The NetLogo programming language + Ken Kahn, Howard Noble + + + + + Isis + Wed 29 Oct + 15:00 + 17:00 + Office: Fundamentals - workshop + Steven Albury, Traci Huggins + + + + + Windrush + Thu 30 Oct + 09:15 + 17:15 + BizTalk + IT Services + + + + + Evenlode + Thu 30 Oct + 09:15 + 12:15 + Spreadsheets: Essential techniques for working with data + Steven Albury + + + + + Isis + Thu 30 Oct + 09:15 + 12:15 + Word: Creating professional documents + Pamela Stanworth + + + + + External + Thu 30 Oct + 10:00 + 10:30 + Science: Radcliffe Science Library (RSL) Tour and Introduction to the Library Catalogue (SOLO) and Services + Radcliffe Science Library + + + + + Isis + Thu 30 Oct + 10:00 + 12:00 + Training course + Humanities + + + + + External + Thu 30 Oct + 10:30 + 11:30 + Science: Finding research information for Engineering + Radcliffe Science Library + + + + + Isis + Thu 30 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + Engage: Social media and cultural heritage - are hashtags the answer? + Oliver Cox + + + + + Evenlode + Thu 30 Oct + 14:00 + 17:00 + Digital images: Concepts + David Baker + + + + + Windrush + Fri 31 Oct + 09:15 + 17:15 + BizTalk + IT Services + + + + + Isis + Fri 31 Oct + 09:15 + 12:15 + RefWorks for Sciences and Social Sciences + Libraries + + + + + Evenlode + Fri 31 Oct + 10:30 + 11:15 + Computer8 + Steven Albury, Pamela Stanworth, Stephen Eyre + + + + + Evenlode + Fri 31 Oct + 11:15 + 12:00 + Computer8 + Steven Albury, Pamela Stanworth, Stephen Eyre + + + + + Evenlode + Fri 31 Oct + 12:30 + 13:30 + Google Analytics: Increasing website visitors + Scott Wilson + + + + + Isis + Fri 31 Oct + 13:00 + 17:00 + Bloomberg + Careers + + + +
                              + + +                               + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Test/mdtest1.tei b/Test/mdtest1.tei index 34a759a034..948447737a 100644 --- a/Test/mdtest1.tei +++ b/Test/mdtest1.tei @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

                              Paragraphs are separated by a blank line.

                              2nd paragraph. Italic, bold, monospace, deleted. Itemized lists

                              look like:

                              - + this one that one the other one diff --git a/Test/mdtest1.xml b/Test/mdtest1.xml index d5b92c07fe..0d0d5fad23 100644 --- a/Test/mdtest1.xml +++ b/Test/mdtest1.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

                              Paragraphs are separated by a blank line.

                              2nd paragraph. Italic, bold, monospace, deleted. Itemized lists

                              look like:

                              - + this one that one the other one diff --git a/Test/test.xml b/Test/test.xml index 7524671ddb..accdecc8f3 100644 --- a/Test/test.xml +++ b/Test/test.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ A Christmas Carol - CharlesDickens + Charles Dickens Household Words charles.dickens@gmail.com @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Lists

                              Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists... - DogsZebrasBirdsCats + DogsZebrasBirdsCats

                              @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

                              The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

                              - + This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist first item diff --git a/Test/test27.xml b/Test/test27.xml index d35de0aad7..f4996b1349 100644 --- a/Test/test27.xml +++ b/Test/test27.xml @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ - NancyIde - LaurentRomary + Nancy Ide + Laurent Romary A Registry of Standard Data Categories for Linguistic Annotation @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Durand -D. +D. Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies diff --git a/Test/test28.xml b/Test/test28.xml index 8a64cb38a5..331a9d9c39 100644 --- a/Test/test28.xml +++ b/Test/test28.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

                              The following instructions apply to using the Eduroam wireless service on Apple OS X based machines, specifically those using 10.7 aka Lion. If you find an error in the instructions, please contact wireless@oucs.ox.ac.uk; if you have general questions or need other assistance, contact help@it.ox.ac.uk

                              - + In the Apple menu, select System Preferences .
                              Screenshot of Apple menu showing System Preferences
                              @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

                              • On the next screen, perform the following steps: - + select the button (see red oval in top right corner) click the padlock to unlock the interface if locked (see red arrow in bottom left corner) click on the button(see red oval in bottom right corner) diff --git a/Test/testrend.xml b/Test/testrend.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a7c59fa999..0000000000 --- a/Test/testrend.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Testing rendition in TEI - Sebastian Rahtz - - -

                              Stylesheets test file

                              -                               - -

                              -                               -                               - - - content:"‘"; - content:"’"; - content:"“"; - content:"“"; - - - - -                               - - - - -abbr -abbr - - -bibl -bibl - - -Quote -Quote - - -corr -corr - - -date -date - - -dead as a -dodo -dead as a dodo - - - - - - -emph -emph - - -expan -expan - - -foreign -foreign - - -Formula -Formula - - - - - - - - - - -term -term - - -a -technical definition -a technical definition - - -bold red -bold red - - -rend -test 1 -rend test 1 - - -rend test 1 -rend -test 1 - - -bold effect -bold effect - - -capsall effect -capsall effect - - -color(red) effect -color(red) effect - - -normalweight effect -normalweight effect - - -smallcaps effect -smallcaps effect - - -Philosophischen -Philosophischen - - - -hi rend="special" -hi rend="special" - - -strikedoublethrough effect -strikedoublethrough -effect - - -strikethrough effect -strikethrough effect - - -subscript effect -subscript effect - - -superscript effect -superscript effect - - -typewriter effect -typewriter effect - - -underdoubleline effect -underdoubleline effect - - -underline effect -underline effect - - -underwavyline effect -underwavyline effect - - -hi -tag -hi tag - - -in -despatches -in despatches - - -orgName -orgName - - -orig -orig - - -q -q - - -a -block quote set off as such from the rest of the -text -a block quote set off as such from the -rest of the text - - -Quote -Quote - - -reg -reg - - -Who-e -debel you? — he at last said — -Who-e debel you? — he -at last said — - - -sic -sic - - -highlighting -highlighting - - -Roderigo -Roderigo - - -transmogrification -transmogrification - - -think -think - -
                              - -                               -                               diff --git a/Test/testxi.xml b/Test/testxi.xml index a3fb0d670a..ec6d235fb5 100644 --- a/Test/testxi.xml +++ b/Test/testxi.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Current status

                              Our external information presence consists of: - + (deprecated as top-level site, but still visible) (deprecated as top-level site, but still visible) diff --git a/Test2/README.md b/Test2/README.md index 1204687eb2..5bd460635b 100644 --- a/Test2/README.md +++ b/Test2/README.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Example usages: ### How the tests are run -Some tests are run by invoking the bin/thing2thing symlinks, which call the universal bin/transformtei script. Others are run by directly invoking Saxon to do an XSLT tranformation. The latter approach is faster and simpler for transformation which involve only XSLT transformation; where other processes are used (such as FO to PDF conversion) the bin script is more straightforward. Read the ant files for more info. +Some tests are run by invoking the bin/thing2thing symlinks, which call the universal bin/transformtei script. Others are run by directly invoking Saxon to do an XSLT transformation. The latter approach is faster and simpler for transformation which involve only XSLT transformation; where other processes are used (such as FO to PDF conversion) the bin script is more straightforward. Read the ant files for more info. ### Tests not included diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testAttValQuant.rng b/Test2/expected-results/testAttValQuant.rng index 9eb709e920..b92dbe7ac1 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testAttValQuant.rng +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testAttValQuant.rng @@ -449,20 +449,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] human; 2] template; 3] system; 4] bot; 5] unspecifi - - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - - - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - @@ -3001,6 +2987,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] duplicate; 2] duplicate-partial; 3] excessStart; 4] ex + @@ -3031,6 +3018,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] duplicate; 2] duplicate-partial; 3] excessStart; 4] ex + @@ -5121,12 +5109,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5159,12 +5141,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5201,12 +5177,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho - - - @@ -5335,33 +5305,65 @@ Sample values include: 1] main; 2] sub (subordinate); 3] alt (alternate); 4] sho (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] - - - - + - - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - + - + + + + @@ -5750,13 +5752,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5810,13 +5805,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5850,13 +5838,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5892,13 +5873,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5945,13 +5919,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5963,13 +5930,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -5984,13 +5944,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6002,13 +5955,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6048,13 +5994,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6079,13 +6018,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - - - - @@ -6156,13 +6081,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6174,13 +6092,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6192,13 +6103,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6210,13 +6114,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6344,13 +6241,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -6374,13 +6264,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -6629,13 +6512,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] book; 2] chapter; 3] entry; 4] poem; 5] letter; 6] lin (geographic coordinates declaration) documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the <geo> element elsewhere within the document. [2.3.8. The Geographic Coordinates Declaration] - - - @@ -6815,13 +6691,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -6865,13 +6734,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -6965,13 +6827,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7036,13 +6891,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sent; 2] received; 3] transmitted; 4] redirected; 5 - - - @@ -7554,11 +7402,12 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sent; 2] received; 3] transmitted; 4] redirected; 5 - (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testBibliography1.fo b/Test2/expected-results/testBibliography1.fo index 2dde989a6e..76db3b4883 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testBibliography1.fo +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testBibliography1.fo @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ 2. - Donald E. Knuth. Literate Programming, CSLI Lecture Notes 27 0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. + Knuth Donald E. Literate Programming, CSLI Lecture Notes 27 0-937073-80-6. 1992. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ - British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914, Verlyn Klinkenborg, Herbert Cahoon. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. + British Literary Manuscripts. Series 2: from 1800 to 1914, Klinkenborg Verlyn, Cahoon Herbert. 1981. New York: Pierpont Morgan Library. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ 24. - A. Renear, E. Mylonas, D. Durand. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) Research in Humanities Computing, 1996. Oxford University Press. + Renear A., Mylonas E., Durand D. ‘Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies’. Nancy Ide, Susan Hockey (eds.) Research in Humanities Computing, 1996. Oxford University Press. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ 37. - Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’. Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. + Stig Johansson. ‘Encoding a Corpus in Machine-Readable Form’. Sue Atkins, Antonio Zampolli (eds.) Computational Approaches to the Lexicon: An Overview, 1994. Oxford: Oxford University Press. diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testFromOdt1.xml b/Test2/expected-results/testFromOdt1.xml index d2774db301..e1199ebc1b 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testFromOdt1.xml +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testFromOdt1.xml @@ -101,26 +101,26 @@ Heading 2

                              And ending with level two.

                              Now some lists:

                              - + cats dogs - + chow pooch hound - + alligators

                              Whereas we have a gloss list now

                              - + cats nice creatures dogs

                              nasty creatures

                              - + lists paragraphs tables diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testHtmlInput1.xml b/Test2/expected-results/testHtmlInput1.xml index a13730766b..1ff7b609ad 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testHtmlInput1.xml +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testHtmlInput1.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
                              HTML5 Elements

                              This is the global <header> element for this page, including the <hgroup> and <nav> elements.

                              - + Global <nav> link within the <header> @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ You can download them from this page using your browser.)

                              Purpose of this document: - + Includes all the HTML5 elements as listed in the side column. Minimal styling has been used. Use this document to test CSS files (base, reset, custom, etc.) on desired elements in various browsers. Use this document to create comprehensive templates that need to use many of the common HTML5 elements. @@ -82,13 +82,13 @@
                              Unordered list - + Unordered list item Unordered list item - + Unordered list item Unordered list item - + Unordered list item Unordered list item Unordered list item @@ -102,13 +102,13 @@
                              Ordered list - + Ordered list item Ordered list item - + Ordered list item Ordered list item - + Ordered list item Ordered list item Ordered list item @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                              Details and summary:

                              Details: Here is information and links related to / referenced within this article. This uses the <details> and <summary> elements.

                              - + HTML5doctor: HTML5 Glossary @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ jQuery.LocalScroll by Ariel Flesler See source code for HTML and CSS for other references to stylesheet inspiration etc. What's next? You need to check out these: - + Dive into HTML5 @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ View / hide list of elements

                              Note: Some elements are only used within the source code and not as examples.

                              - + <!-- Comments --> @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Elements not included in this demo:

                              View / hide list of elements

                              - + <area> @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Elements not supported by HTML5:

                              View / hide list of elements

                              - + <acronym> @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@

                              This is the global <footer> for this page/site.

                              - + Global footer <nav> link diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testMarkdown1.xml b/Test2/expected-results/testMarkdown1.xml index d5b92c07fe..0d0d5fad23 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testMarkdown1.xml +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testMarkdown1.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

                              Paragraphs are separated by a blank line.

                              2nd paragraph. Italic, bold, monospace, deleted. Itemized lists

                              look like:

                              - + this one that one the other one diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testPure1.rng b/Test2/expected-results/testPure1.rng index 7b13fb9f54..f10aebaf2b 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testPure1.rng +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testPure1.rng @@ -765,20 +765,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] human; 2] template; 3] system; 4] bot; 5] unspecifi - - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - - - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - @@ -3714,6 +3700,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] duplicate; 2] duplicate-partial; 3] excessStart; 4] ex + @@ -3744,6 +3731,7 @@ Sample values include: 1] duplicate; 2] duplicate-partial; 3] excessStart; 4] ex + @@ -5802,30 +5790,21 @@ Elements] - - - - - - + + + - + - + - - + + - - - @@ -5862,12 +5841,6 @@ Elements] - - - @@ -5996,33 +5969,65 @@ Elements] (speech) contains an individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. [3.13.2. Core Tags for Drama 3.13. Passages of Verse or Drama 7.2.2. Speeches and Speakers] - - - - + - - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - + - + + + + @@ -6409,13 +6414,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6609,13 +6607,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6649,13 +6640,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6691,13 +6675,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6744,13 +6721,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6762,13 +6732,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6783,13 +6746,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6801,13 +6757,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6847,13 +6796,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6878,13 +6820,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - - - - @@ -6955,13 +6883,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6973,13 +6894,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -6991,13 +6905,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -7009,13 +6916,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] ISBN; 2] ISSN; 3] DOI; 4] URI; 5] VIAF; 6] ESTC; 7] - - - @@ -7143,13 +7043,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -7173,13 +7066,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] first-line; 2] first-letter; 3] before; 4] after - - - @@ -7428,13 +7314,6 @@ Sample values include: 1] book; 2] chapter; 3] entry; 4] poem; 5] letter; 6] lin (geographic coordinates declaration) documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the <geo> element elsewhere within the document. [2.3.8. The Geographic Coordinates Declaration] - - - @@ -7614,13 +7493,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7664,13 +7536,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7764,13 +7629,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] WGS84 (World Geodetic System); 2] MGRS (Military Gr - - - @@ -7834,13 +7692,6 @@ Suggested values include: 1] sent; 2] received; 3] transmitted; 4] redirected; 5 - - - @@ -9596,11 +9447,12 @@ Suggested values include: 1] d (days); 2] h (hours); 3] min (minutes); 4] s (sec - (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + (closer) groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. [4.2.2. Openers and Closers 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions] + diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testPure1InvalidInstanceRngMessages.txt b/Test2/expected-results/testPure1InvalidInstanceRngMessages.txt index 4ed6c34df6..5b268ee5a2 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testPure1InvalidInstanceRngMessages.txt +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testPure1InvalidInstanceRngMessages.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:29:51: error: element "tag" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag, text or element "abbr", "add", "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "att", "bibl", "biblFull", "binaryObject", "c", "cb", "choice", "cit", "cl", "corr", "date", "del", "desc", "distinct", "ellipsis", "email", "emph", "expan", "floatingText", "foreign", "gap", "gb", "gi", "gloss", "graphic", "hi", "idno", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "l", "label", "lb", "lg", "link", "linkGrp", "list", "listBibl", "m", "measure", "measureGrp", "media", "mentioned", "milestone", "name", "note", "noteGrp", "num", "orgName", "orig", "pb", "pc", "persName", "phr", "placeName", "ptr", "q", "quote", "ref", "reg", "rs", "ruby", "s", "said", "seg", "sic", "soCalled", "span", "spanGrp", "stage", "term", "time", "timeline", "title", "unclear", "unit", "val" or "w" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:38:33: error: element "joinGrp" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "ab", "alt", "altGrp", "alt_of_seq_3-4", "anchor", "argument", "bibl", "biblFull", "byline", "cb", "cit", "closer", "dateline", "desc", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "floatingText", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "l", "label", "lb", "lg", "link", "linkGrp", "list", "listBibl", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "p", "pb", "postscript", "q", "quote", "said", "salute", "signed", "sp", "span", "spanGrp", "stage", "timeline" or "trailer" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:38:33: error: element "joinGrp" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "ab", "address", "alt", "altGrp", "alt_of_seq_3-4", "anchor", "argument", "bibl", "biblFull", "byline", "cb", "cit", "closer", "dateline", "desc", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "floatingText", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "l", "label", "lb", "lg", "link", "linkGrp", "list", "listBibl", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "p", "pb", "postscript", "q", "quote", "said", "salute", "signed", "sp", "span", "spanGrp", "stage", "timeline" or "trailer" /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:44:34: error: attribute "synch" not allowed here; expected attribute "ana", "cert", "copyOf", "corresp", "decls", "exclude", "generatedBy", "hand", "n", "next", "part", "prev", "rend", "rendition", "resp", "sameAs", "select", "source", "style", "xml:base", "xml:id", "xml:lang" or "xml:space" /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:50:33: error: attribute "type" not allowed here; expected attribute "ana", "cert", "copyOf", "corresp", "exclude", "generatedBy", "n", "next", "prev", "rend", "rendition", "resp", "sameAs", "select", "sortKey", "source", "style", "xml:base", "xml:id", "xml:lang" or "xml:space" /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:62:47: error: value of attribute "corresp" is invalid; must be an integer @@ -7,22 +7,23 @@ /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:78:47: error: value of attribute "copyOf" is invalid; must be an integer matching the regular expression "[0-9][0-9]?" /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:90:20: error: element "title" not allowed yet; missing required element "author" /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:97:24: error: element "publisher" not allowed yet; missing required element "title" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:110:31: error: element "publisher" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag or element "date" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:113:23: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:115:60: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:117:34: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:127:12: error: element "w" missing required attribute "ana" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:137:53: error: element "addName" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag, text or element "abbr", "add", "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "att", "binaryObject", "c", "cb", "choice", "cit", "cl", "corr", "date", "del", "distinct", "ellipsis", "email", "emph", "expan", "floatingText", "foreign", "gap", "gb", "gi", "gloss", "graphic", "hi", "idno", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "m", "measure", "measureGrp", "media", "mentioned", "milestone", "name", "note", "noteGrp", "num", "orgName", "orig", "pb", "pc", "persName", "phr", "placeName", "ptr", "q", "quote", "ref", "reg", "rs", "ruby", "s", "said", "seg", "sic", "soCalled", "span", "spanGrp", "term", "time", "timeline", "title", "unclear", "unit", "val" or "w" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:141:13: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:142:46: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:143:45: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:148:73: error: character content of element "email" invalid; must be equal to "amourdecosmos@gmail.com" or "thevenerablebede@gmail.com" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:154:30: error: element "reg" not allowed yet; expected element "abbr", "corr", "expan" or "orig" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:154:46: error: element "orig" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:161:19: error: element "alt_of_seq_3-4" incomplete; expected element "emph" or "orgName" -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:163:24: error: element "orgName" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:168:19: error: element "alt_of_seq_3-4" incomplete; missing required element "emph" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:107:31: error: element "publisher" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag or element "date" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:109:31: error: element "publisher" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag or element "date" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:112:23: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:114:60: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:116:34: error: element "biblStruct" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "anchor", "bibl", "biblFull", "cb", "gb", "lb", "listBibl", "milestone" or "pb" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:126:12: error: element "w" missing required attribute "ana" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:136:53: error: element "addName" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag, text or element "abbr", "add", "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "att", "binaryObject", "c", "cb", "choice", "cit", "cl", "corr", "date", "del", "distinct", "ellipsis", "email", "emph", "expan", "floatingText", "foreign", "gap", "gb", "gi", "gloss", "graphic", "hi", "idno", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "m", "measure", "measureGrp", "media", "mentioned", "milestone", "name", "note", "noteGrp", "num", "orgName", "orig", "pb", "pc", "persName", "phr", "placeName", "ptr", "q", "quote", "ref", "reg", "rs", "ruby", "s", "said", "seg", "sic", "soCalled", "span", "spanGrp", "term", "time", "timeline", "title", "unclear", "unit", "val" or "w" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:140:13: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:141:46: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:142:45: error: element "div1" not allowed anywhere; expected the element end-tag or element "address", "alt", "altGrp", "anchor", "argument", "byline", "cb", "closer", "dateline", "div", "divGen", "docAuthor", "docDate", "ellipsis", "epigraph", "gap", "gb", "index", "interp", "interpGrp", "lb", "link", "linkGrp", "meeting", "milestone", "note", "noteGrp", "pb", "postscript", "salute", "signed", "span", "spanGrp", "timeline" or "trailer" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:147:73: error: character content of element "email" invalid; must be equal to "amourdecosmos@gmail.com" or "thevenerablebede@gmail.com" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:153:30: error: element "reg" not allowed yet; expected element "abbr", "corr", "expan" or "orig" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:153:46: error: element "orig" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:160:19: error: element "alt_of_seq_3-4" incomplete; expected element "emph" or "orgName" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:162:24: error: element "orgName" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:167:19: error: element "alt_of_seq_3-4" incomplete; missing required element "emph" +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:173:11: error: element "emph" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag +/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:173:16: error: element "lb" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:174:11: error: element "emph" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag /invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:174:16: error: element "lb" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:175:11: error: element "emph" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag -/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml:175:16: error: element "lb" not allowed here; expected the element end-tag diff --git a/Test2/expected-results/testWhitespace1.html b/Test2/expected-results/testWhitespace1.html index d6d6b5ec51..bd9c138e19 100644 --- a/Test2/expected-results/testWhitespace1.html +++ b/Test2/expected-results/testWhitespace1.html @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

                              Table of contents

                              Figure links: Figure 1, Doris Lessing and Lessing pic

                              - Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of Knebworth + Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of Knebworth via Marsala 24 40126 Bologna Italy @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@

      - - - Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, + Edward + George + Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of Knebworth @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

      - Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of Knebworth + Edward George Bulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of Knebworth via Marsala 24 40126 Bologna Italy diff --git a/Test2/inputFiles/generalP5.xml b/Test2/inputFiles/generalP5.xml index 8f18fc05cc..3fe6e01a07 100644 --- a/Test2/inputFiles/generalP5.xml +++ b/Test2/inputFiles/generalP5.xml @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Lists

      Various sorts of list are legal within paragraphs, and you can reference items in lists... - DogsZebrasBirdsCats + DogsZebrasBirdsCats

      @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

      The preceding lists was between paragraphs.

      - + This untyped list has a heading and a nested glosslist first item diff --git a/Test2/inputFiles/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml b/Test2/inputFiles/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml index 3d3666d472..a2270073dd 100644 --- a/Test2/inputFiles/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml +++ b/Test2/inputFiles/invalidInstances/testPure1InvalidInstance.xml @@ -106,7 +106,6 @@ - diff --git a/Test2/inputFiles/testBibliography1.xml b/Test2/inputFiles/testBibliography1.xml index d35de0aad7..f4996b1349 100644 --- a/Test2/inputFiles/testBibliography1.xml +++ b/Test2/inputFiles/testBibliography1.xml @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ - NancyIde - LaurentRomary + Nancy Ide + Laurent Romary A Registry of Standard Data Categories for Linguistic Annotation @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Durand -D. +D. Refining our notion of what text really is: the problem of overlapping hierarchies diff --git a/VERSION b/VERSION index 70dc47f089..a2b58630ad 100644 --- a/VERSION +++ b/VERSION @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -7.59.0a +7.60.0a diff --git a/common/common_core.xsl b/common/common_core.xsl index 99aa20e477..4b730dae5a 100644 --- a/common/common_core.xsl +++ b/common/common_core.xsl @@ -258,16 +258,25 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + - + - . + + + + . + + + + + + - + + , @@ -318,9 +327,14 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - - . - + + + . + + + + + @@ -336,9 +350,14 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - - . - + + + . + + + + + @@ -1240,31 +1259,6 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - - Process forename - - - - - - - - - - - - Process surname - - - - - - - - - - - abbreviation marker and expansion inside expan diff --git a/common/common_makeTEIStructure.xsl b/common/common_makeTEIStructure.xsl index 862a7d187b..4580722298 100644 --- a/common/common_makeTEIStructure.xsl +++ b/common/common_makeTEIStructure.xsl @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ - + @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ - + diff --git a/common/common_msdescription.xsl b/common/common_msdescription.xsl index d79bbd2c95..6d30ff41df 100644 --- a/common/common_msdescription.xsl +++ b/common/common_msdescription.xsl @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + diff --git a/common/common_tagdocs.xsl b/common/common_tagdocs.xsl index a86e697440..377f059287 100644 --- a/common/common_tagdocs.xsl +++ b/common/common_tagdocs.xsl @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ - http://www.tei-c.org/Activities/Council/Working/tcw27.xml + https://tei-c.org/documentation/tcw27/ @@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ - http://www.tei-c.org/Activities/Council/Working/tcw27.xml + https://tei-c.org/documentation/tcw27/ diff --git a/debian-tei-xsl/debian/changelog b/debian-tei-xsl/debian/changelog index 61b5937841..739322ff4d 100644 --- a/debian-tei-xsl/debian/changelog +++ b/debian-tei-xsl/debian/changelog @@ -1,3 +1,15 @@ +tei-xsl (7.60.0a) natty; urgency=low + + * new release from upstream + + -- TEI Thu, 04 Sep 2025 22:20:25 -0400 + +tei-xsl (7.59.0) natty; urgency=low + + * new release from upstream + + -- TEI Thu, 14 Aug 2025 12:18:36 +0200 + tei-xsl (7.59.0a) natty; urgency=low * new release from upstream diff --git a/docbook/docbooktotei.xsl b/docbook/docbooktotei.xsl index 7d4648861f..6fc798cfec 100644 --- a/docbook/docbooktotei.xsl +++ b/docbook/docbooktotei.xsl @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + diff --git a/docx/to/teitodocx.xsl b/docx/to/teitodocx.xsl index 66f0f69825..25263ad986 100644 --- a/docx/to/teitodocx.xsl +++ b/docx/to/teitodocx.xsl @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + diff --git a/html/html2tei.xsl b/html/html2tei.xsl index bb6c80e3db..f17dbcaec3 100644 --- a/html/html2tei.xsl +++ b/html/html2tei.xsl @@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ - + - + diff --git a/odds/teiodds.xsl b/odds/teiodds.xsl index d462bce61f..81cee2e0f5 100644 --- a/odds/teiodds.xsl +++ b/odds/teiodds.xsl @@ -2243,11 +2243,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - - - - - + @@ -2492,7 +2488,7 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + diff --git a/odt/odttotei.xsl b/odt/odttotei.xsl index f6652954ac..794fad2f3b 100644 --- a/odt/odttotei.xsl +++ b/odt/odttotei.xsl @@ -443,12 +443,12 @@ of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. - + - + diff --git a/profiles/default/tei-fo.xsl b/profiles/default/tei-fo.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index 1931c532c6..0000000000 --- a/profiles/default/tei-fo.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - -

      This software is dual-licensed: - -1. Distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 -Unported License http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ - -2. http://www.opensource.org/licenses/BSD-2-Clause - - - -Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are -met: - -* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - -* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - -This software is provided by the copyright holders and contributors -"as is" and any express or implied warranties, including, but not -limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for -a particular purpose are disclaimed. In no event shall the copyright -holder or contributors be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, -special, exemplary, or consequential damages (including, but not -limited to, procurement of substitute goods or services; loss of use, -data, or profits; or business interruption) however caused and on any -theory of liability, whether in contract, strict liability, or tort -(including negligence or otherwise) arising in any way out of the use -of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. -

      -

      Author: See AUTHORS

      - -

      Copyright: 2013, TEI Consortium

      - - - - - - diff --git a/profiles/dhoxss/README.txt b/profiles/dhoxss/README.txt index ef01a918cd..4851fe8e20 100644 --- a/profiles/dhoxss/README.txt +++ b/profiles/dhoxss/README.txt @@ -1 +1 @@ -Oxford Digitial Humanities Summer School +Oxford Digital Humanities Summer School diff --git a/profiles/jtei/openedition/to.xsl b/profiles/jtei/openedition/to.xsl index feb8041696..f0e43ada87 100644 --- a/profiles/jtei/openedition/to.xsl +++ b/profiles/jtei/openedition/to.xsl @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ - http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 http://lodel.org/ns/tei/tei.openedition.1.6.2/document.xsd + http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 http://lodel.org/ns/tei/tei.openedition.1.6.4/document.xsd @@ -162,6 +162,18 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/profiles/jtei/pdf/to.xsl b/profiles/jtei/pdf/to.xsl index 981c7b1e33..7993f97809 100644 --- a/profiles/jtei/pdf/to.xsl +++ b/profiles/jtei/pdf/to.xsl @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ - + diff --git a/source/p5subset.xml b/source/p5subset.xml index f5ab3c68da..d67d16bd94 100644 --- a/source/p5subset.xml +++ b/source/p5subset.xml @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ The TEI Guidelines - P5 Version 4.10.0a. Last updated on - 6th July 2025, revision 9dbe3a1e6 + P5 Version 4.11.0a. Last updated on + 6th October 2025, revision 2d8eae701 TEI Consortium @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ of any adjacent whitespace precedence when both key and ref are provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, - probably in an ODD customizaiton, for interchange.

      + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

      @@ -1438,21 +1438,35 @@ of any adjacent whitespace decls. proporciona atributos para los elementos contenidos en el encabezado que pueden ser seleccionados autónomamente mediante el atributo decls adecuado. individua attributi per gli elementi contenuti nell'intestazione che possono essere selezionati autonomamente grazie all'apposito attributo decls - - - - - - - When there is more than one , each must have an @xml:id - - - When there is more than one , one and only one must have a @default of 'true'. - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when @@ -1784,8 +1798,7 @@ associated with a dated element, at the time indicated. - provides attributes identifying the source edition from which - some encoded feature derives. + provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives. fournit des attributs identifiant l'édition source dont provient une quelconque caractéristique encodée. 符号化された属性が派生する元のソースのエディションを特定する属性を提供する。 @@ -1833,9 +1846,17 @@ associated with a dated element, at the time indicated. still living their personal lives in zest and endless novelty of action, … I saw myself still preserving, though with increasing difficulty, my lucid - con-sciousness;

      + consciousness;

      +

      In the above example, the soft hyphen in Stapledon 1937 is omitted. Such decisions may be documented in the edition's declaration of editorial principles, e.g. with the hyphenation element in the teiHeader.

      + +

      These guidelines provide no semantic basis or suggested + precedence when both ed and edRef are + provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not + recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, + probably in an ODD customization, for interchange.

      +       provides attributes for representing @@ -18902,6 +18923,8 @@ concerned, as further discussed in section .

      + + @@ -18940,8 +18963,7 @@ concerned, as further discussed in section .

      Centre d'Études Supérieures de la Renaissance 59, rue Néricault-Destouches - 37013 -TOURS + 37013 TOURS France
      @@ -18971,7 +18993,7 @@ TOURS
      Computing Center, MC 135 P.O. Box 6998 - Chicago, IL 60680 + Chicago, IL 60680 USA
      @@ -18979,32 +19001,26 @@ TOURS
      - - Lyon - 69002 - IIème - Perrache - 30, Cours de Verdun -
      + + Lyon + 69002 + IIème + Perrache + 30, Cours de Verdun +       -

      This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may - be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as street, postCode etc.

      +

      This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as street, postCode etc.

       -

      Cet élément ne doit être utilisé que pour donner une adresse postale. A l'intérieur de cet élément, - l'élément générique addrLine peut être utilisé comme élément alternatif aux éléments plus spécialisés de la classe - model.addrPart class, tels que street, postCode etc.

      +

      Cet élément ne doit être utilisé que pour donner une adresse postale. A l'intérieur de cet élément, l'élément générique addrLine peut être utilisé comme élément alternatif aux éléments plus spécialisés de la classe model.addrPart class, tels que street, postCode etc.

       -

      当該要素は、郵便配達情報にのみ使用されるべきである。 子要素として要素addrLineは、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 - 素の代わりとして、例えば、要素streetや要素 postcodeとして使用することができる。

      +

      当該要素は、郵便配達情報にのみ使用されるべきである。 子要素として要素addrLineは、クラスmodel.addrPartにある要 素の代わりとして、例えば、要素streetや要素 postcodeとして使用することができる。

      -

      Dieses Element sollte ausschließlich für postalische Addressen verwendet werden. Innerhalb des Elements - kann das generische addrLine-Element als Alternative zu den spezielleren Elementen aus der - model.addrPart-Klasse, wie street (Straße), postCode (Postleitzahl), etc. verwendet werden.

      +

      Dieses Element sollte ausschließlich für postalische Addressen verwendet werden. Innerhalb des Elements kann das generische addrLine-Element als Alternative zu den spezielleren Elementen aus der model.addrPart-Klasse, wiestreet (Straße), postCode (Postleitzahl), etc. verwendet werden.

       @@ -20922,7 +20938,7 @@ my twenty-first birthday

      - + Tentative d'inventaire de quelques-unes des choses qui ont été trouvées dans les escaliers au fil des ans. Plusieurs photos, dont celle d'une jeune fille de quinze ans vêtue d'un slip @@ -21131,7 +21147,7 @@ my twenty-first birthday

      des listes ordonnées.

      L’unité mixte de recherche ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) propose 3 types - de ressources : Des ressources linguistiques publiées.Des ressources linguistiques informatisées.Des ressources linguistiques logicielles. + de ressources : Des ressources linguistiques publiées.Des ressources linguistiques informatisées.Des ressources linguistiques logicielles.       @@ -21189,7 +21205,7 @@ my twenty-first birthday

       - 有關本書的版權問題，我做出以下兩點聲明。未經授權許可，請勿擅自複印。歡迎學術引用本文，然請詳細標明出處。 + 有關本書的版權問題，我做出以下兩點聲明。未經授權許可，請勿擅自複印。歡迎學術引用本文，然請詳細標明出處。 @@ -21212,7 +21228,7 @@ my twenty-first birthday

      the label element is synonymous with the n attribute on the item element:

      I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred - in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own.       @@ -21222,7 +21238,7 @@ my twenty-first birthday

      Autobiographie. In diesem Fall ist das label-Element gleichbedeutend mit dem n-Attribut des item-Elements:

      I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred - in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the + in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own. @@ -24806,30 +24822,116 @@ epistemology, methodology and history of + + + - - + + - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + - + + + + + + @@ -28091,7 +28193,7 @@ Tubes formed by Lightning — House struck

      closer cierre formule finale - groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at + groups together salutations, datelines, bylines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. 구역의 마지막, 특히 편지의 종료부에 발문으로 나타나는 인사말, 날짜 표시란, 그리고 유사 구를 합하여 모아 놓는다. @@ -28117,6 +28219,7 @@ aparecen en la última sección al final de una división, especialmente en una + @@ -35680,7 +35783,14 @@ very loudly.

      - + + + + + + +       @@ -35709,15 +35819,15 @@ very loudly.

      -

      This attribute should be used to encode technical - reply information that is due to a formal reply action (such - as activating a reply button in the client software) - and that is formally represented in the source, e.g. in the - references field of a Usenet message header or in the - subject line of a forum post. It should not be used for - inferred or interpreted reply relations based only on - ambiguous signs such as linguistic discourse markers or - indentation.

      +

      This attribute should be used to encode technical + reply information that is due to a formal reply action (such + as activating a reply button in the client software) + and that is formally represented in the source, e.g. in the + references field of a Usenet message header or in the + subject line of a forum post. It should not be used for + inferred or interpreted reply relations based only on + ambiguous signs such as linguistic discourse markers or + indentation.

       @@ -35836,10 +35946,10 @@ very loudly.

      - In article - <2****.**********0@m*******.***.*****.**c.uk> S.*.*.*****z@e**.*****.**c.uk (Sebastian Rahtz) writes: + In article + <2****.**********0@m*******.***.*****.**c.uk> S.*.*.*****z@e**.*****.**c.uk (Sebastian Rahtz) writes: - [for] Lou Burnard: + [for] Lou Burnard: the Text Encoding Initiative document is a many-splendoured thing, redolent of the mysterious east, caribbean evenings and the scent of fresh pine in the himalayas [...] @@ -35849,8 +35959,8 @@ very loudly.

      But really, what is it?

      Doug - Doug Merritt ****@e***.********y.edu (ucbvax!eris!doug) or uunet.uu.net!crossck!dougm - + Doug Merritt ****@e***.********y.edu (ucbvax!eris!doug) or uunet.uu.net!crossck!dougm +       @@ -48109,6 +48219,7 @@ reading groups, each associated with witness specifications.

      +